Current Affairs

Bhopal 9109108421 | Indore 9109108422 | Jaipur 9109108430| Jodhpur 9109108419 | Jabalpur 9039911553 | Lucknow 9109108172| Nagpur 9109108171 | Ranchi
9102673728 | | Jammu
9419188148 | Delhi 8448444207 | Raipur 7000954770| Patna 7645019145 | Chandigarh 7000954770| Bhilai 7000954770| Navi Mumbai 8448704604 | Bilaspur 9109108416 | Gurugram
09717289708 | w 6390573333
1
S. No.
Content
Page No.
1
SWAYATT initiative
8
2
Three Decades of 73rd & 74th Amendments
9
3
Digital India Act 2023
10
4
Judgment of Army Court in Shopian killings (2020)
11
5
SC Power to do Complete Justice under Article 142
12
6
2022 Academic Freedom Index
14
7
2022 Report on Global Internet Shutdowns
15
8
Social Stock Exchange
17
9
FCRA license of the Centre for Policy Research (CPR) suspended
18
10
World Bank Loan to India
20
11
India-US Pact on Semiconductors
21
12
UN Treaty on the High Seas
23
13
Second Conference 0f Intelligence and Security Chiefs
25
14
Women, Business and the Law 2023
26
15
UN Conference on Least Developed Countries
28
16
India’s First DNA Vaccine for Dengue
29
17
Clean Energy Transition Index
30
18
World Air Quality Report 2023 by IQAir
31
19
SIPRI Arms Import Report
33
20
Demand to Declare Lightning as a Natural Disaster
35
21
Swachh Sujal Shakti Samman 2023
36
22
India Targets becoming Leader in Shipbuilding by 2030
37
23
Defamation Law and Disqualification of MPs
38
24
India’s Inland Water Transport
40
25
Rajasthan’s Right to Health Bill
41
26
New India Literacy Programme (NILP)
42
27
SC Directs to File FIR Against Wrestling Federation of India’s President
43
28
Information Technology (Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules, 2021
44
29
Inter-State Water Dispute
45
30
Supreme Court on National Security Act
47
31
2023 Logistics Performance Index (LPI)
48
32
UDAN 5.0
49
33
Animal Birth Control Rules, 2023
51
34
Sangathan Se Samridhhi
53
35
Nineth Schedule of Constitution of India
55
36
Digital Health Summit 2023
56
37
Supreme Court on Extra-Judicial Killings
57
38
World Trade Organization (WTO) Panel has ruled against India in a dispute over information technology (IT)
tariffs with the European Union (EU)
58
Bhopal 9109108421 | Indore 9109108422 | Jaipur 9109108430| Jodhpur 9109108419 | Jabalpur 9039911553 | Lucknow 9109108172| Nagpur 9109108171 | Ranchi 9102673728 | | Jammu
09717289708 | w 6390573333
2
39
India and EFTA
60
40
Armenian Genocide
61
41
Operation Kaveri
62
42
State of World Population Report
63
43
Demand for Civil Union for Same Sex Couple
64
44
State of Global Climate Report 2023
65
45
Dimasa National Liberation Army Peace Pact with Assam Government
67
46
World Health Day 2023
68
47
International Prize in Statistics 2023
69
48
El Nino phenomenon in May 2023
70
49
Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Tribunal
71
50
Antarctica's rapidly melting ice
73
51
Great Nicobar Island Project
74
52
State Energy Efficiency Index (SEEI) for 2021-22
75
53
Tiger Census 2022
76
54
Indian Space Policy 2023
78
55
Genome India Project
79
56
LIGO Project in India
81
57
EU’s JUICE Mission
83
58
NASA's Tropospheric Emissions Monitoring of Pollution (TEMPO) Instrument
84
59
Himachal Pradesh Sukhashraya Act, 2023
85
60
Kurmi community Demand for ST Status
86
61
India's to take part in multinational exercise Orion
87
62
Stand-Up India Scheme
88
63
Ranganath Report and Quota for Dalit Converts
89
64
Agnipath Scheme
90
65
Role of Parliamentary Committees in Indian Democracy
92
66
Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023
66
67
Copyright Act 1957
94
68
India Justice Report 2022
95
69
National Electricity Plan
97
70
Competition (Amendment) Bill, 2022
101
71
Swachh Bharat Mission-Urban (SBM-U)
102
72
China-Taiwan Conflict
103
73
U.K. Joins CPTPP
105
74
Finland joins NATO
106
75
International Court of Justice and Climate Change
108
76
Bhopal: First Indian City to Track SDG
109
77
Supreme Court on Default Bail
111
78
The Green Port Guidelines 2023
112
79
Supreme Court on Floor Test in Maharashtra
114
80
Role of Enforcement Directorate
116
81
Supreme Court on the Power divide between Centre and Delhi Government
117
82
Poshan bhi Padhai bhi
119
09717289708 | w 6390573333
3
83
Prevention of Money-Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002
121
84
Meitei ST demand
123
85
Mercy Petition of Balwant Singh Rajoana
124
86
Action against Online Betting and Gambling Entities
125
87
India's Supreme Court on Irretrievable Breakdown of Marriage
127
88
Examination of Sedition Law
128
89
Modal Code of Conduct
130
90
Right to Religion Under Constitution of India
131
91
Inauguration of First Millets Experience Centre
133
92
National Medical Devices Policy, 2023
134
93
Advisory Committee Suggests Ban on Diesel 4-Wheelers
136
94
India’s first International Multi-Modal Logistics Park
138
95
6th India-Canada Ministerial Dialogue on Trade and Investment
139
96
National Security Advisers Meet
140
97
Re-admitting Syria into the Arab League
141
98
China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) into Afghanistan
142
99
One Year of India-UAE CEPA
144
100
U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom
146
101
Ludhiana Gas Leak Incident
148
102
World Press Freedom Day, 2023
149
103
New Parliament Building
151
104
3rd Edition of Khelo India University Games
153
105
Supreme Court Upholds Laws Allowing Jallikattu
154
106
4th Positive Indigenisation List
156
107
RBI's to withdraw Rs 2,000 notes from circulation
157
108
First G20 Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group
158
109
Call to Reform UNSC
159
110
India- EU Trade and Technology Council
160
111
6th Indian Ocean Conference
161
112
Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) adopting India's proposal to support Digital Public Infrastructure
162
113
NITI Aayog’s annual health index for the pandemic year 2020-21
163
114
Child Wasting in India
164
115
World Food India 2023
165
116
Global Report on Internal Displacement 2023
166
117
ISRO's new NavIC Satellite NVS-01
168
118
25 years Since Pokhran-II
169
119
The International Day for Biological Diversity 2023
170
120
Sengol Installation at the Parliament Building
171
121
International Bookers Prize 2023
172
122
Appointment of Judges in Supreme Court
174
123
Model Prisons Act 2023
175
124
India plans to launch 18 new petaFLOP
176
125
Cyclone Mocha
177
126
India’s Power Sector in 2030
178
09717289708 | w 6390573333
4
127
India’s Role in UN Peacekeeping Mission
179
128
Global Slavery Index 2023
182
129
Can the govt claim immunity when entering contracts under the President’s name?
185
130
Second Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee
186
131
Train Accident at Bahanaga Bazar Railway Station in Odisha's Balasore District
188
132
Mekedatu Project
190
133
AI to find an antibiotic against a superbug
193
134
India's Energy Transition Through States
194
135
National Highways Authority of India (NHAI)
196
136
Global DPI Summit
198
137
Sovereign Gold Bond (SGB) scheme
200
138
VAIBHAV Scheme
201
139
Pune’s IUCAA team develops space telescope to capture ultraviolet imaging of Sun
202
140
International Yoga Day
203
141
Discovery of Mesolithic-era rock paintings in Guntur
204
142
Jet engine deal between India and US
205
143
Medicines Patent Pool Agreement for Leukaemia
206
144
Poachers gun down Odisha tiger reserve patrol member
207
145
Wagner Private Military Company
208
146
Titan Accident and India’s Matsya-6000
211
147
Indian Ocean Dipole
214
148
National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF) Ranking 2023
216
149
Taiwan Strait
218
150
Digital Personal Data Protection Bill 2023
220
151
Cyclone Biparjoy
223
152
Uniform Civil Code (UCC)
225
153
Governor’s Role in the Legislature
227
154
Delimitation Acts
228
155
PM SVANidhi Scheme
230
156
The National E-Commerce Policy
232
157
Primary Agricultural Credit Societies
234
158
Indo-US cooperation in agriculture
235
159
Changes in the Outer Space Treaty
236
160
The Atlantic Declaration
237
161
Indonesia’s Peace Proposal on Russia-Ukraine
239
162
Kosovo-Serbia Conflict
240
163
Report on Hunger by Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
242
164
National Commission for Scheduled Castes issues Notice to Zomato
244
165
WEF’s Gender Gap Index, 2023
246
166
UNDP’s Gender Social Norms Index
248
167
Scheduled Tribe Women Not Entitled To Any 'Right Of Survivorship' Under Hindu Succession Act
249
168
76th World Health Assembly
251
169
SDG7: The Energy Progress Report 2023
253
170
Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) Yearbook 2023
255
09717289708 | w 6390573333
5
171
“Fattah” Iranian Hypersonic Missile
257
172
Decision on Appointment of the Temple priests: Madras HC
259
173
Alarm Over ndian Cough Syrups
260
174
TN Withdraw Consent extended to CBI
262
175
Recent GI Tags in Uttar Pradesh
264
176
Growth of Indian Start Ups
265
177
Forced Displacement in 2022
266
178
Paris finance meet
268
179
Global Liveability Index 2023
269
180
Law of Anti-Defection Law
271
181
Union Ministry for Women and Child Development to support pregnant minor victims of sexual assault
273
182
Annulment of Member of Parliament
274
183
Disrespecting National Anthem
275
184
Governor’s Power in dismissing a Minister
276
185
India's Participation in Artemis Accords
277
186
SCO Summit 2023
279
187
Solar Radiation Management (SRM)
281
188
Internationalization of Rupee
283
189
Global Environment Facility (GEF)
284
190
Data Governance in India
287
191
Anthropocene Epoch
289
192
Welfare Schemes and Brain Development
291
193
Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) 2023
293
194
Export Preparedness Index 2022
295
195
India-UAE Local Currency Settlement System
297
196
25th Anniversary of the India-France Strategic Partnership
298
197
India's Export Outlook
300
198
Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM)
301
199
India's Water Challenges and Har Ghar Jal Scheme
303
200
NATO Plus
304
201
50th Meeting of GST Council
306
202
India-U.S. Strategic Partnership
308
203
Rajasthan Platform-Based Gig Workers (Registration and Welfare) Bill, 2023
310
204
24th Anniversary of Kargil Vijay Diwas
311
205
Supreme Court to hear pleas on extending RTI to political parties
312
206
Political Funding and Electoral Bond
314
207
Supreme Court on Tenure Extensions of Enforcement Directorate Chief
316
208
Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act
317
209
Panchayat Development Index (PDI)
318
210
Farmers Distress Index
319
211
India-Africa Partnership: Achievements, Challenges, and Roadmap 2030
320
212
International Conference on Green Hydrogen
322
213
Decline in Global Tropical Primary Forests: Global Forest Watch
323
214
Energy Transition Index 2023
324
09717289708 | w 6390573333
6
215
Government Launches Sagar Sampark
326
216
China developing Infrastructure Around Pangong Tso
327
217
World Population Day
329
218
Historic Nomination in Rajya Sabha
330
219
Rajasthan Minimum Guaranteed Income Bill 2023
331
220
8th round of India-Australia Defence Policy Talks
333
221
India-UK Free Trade Agreement
335
222
First Ever Foreign Ministers’ meeting of the BIMSTEC
336
223
National Multidimensional Poverty Index, 2023
338
224
UNESCO's 2023 Global Education Monitoring Report
340
225
The Biological Diversity Amendment Bill, 2021
341
226
Forest Conservation Amendment Bill 2023
343
227
Henley Passport Index 2023
344
228
Oppenheimer and Manhattan Project
346
229
Self-Reliant India Fund
347
230
Indian Tiger Conservation
350
231
The Supreme Court permits a survivor to terminate her pregnancy
353
232
20th ASEAN-India Economic Ministers’ Meeting
355
233
India Post Payment Bank
357
234
Coastal Aquaculture Authority (Amendment) Bill, 2023
359
235
15th BRICS Summit
360
236
The CEC and Other ECs (Appointment, Conditions of Service, and Term of Office) Bill, 2023
362
237
Green Hydrogen Standards and Emission Thresholds for Production in India
365
238
Offshore Areas Mineral (Development and Regulation) Amendment Bill, 2023
367
239
Akhil Bharatiya Shiksha Samagam and ULLAS Initiative
368
240
National Handloom Day
369
241
Amrit Bharat Stations Scheme
370
242
World Tribal Day 2023
371
243
Proposed Change to the Criminal Laws in India
372
244
Luna 25
375
245
Chandrayaan-3
377
246
To remove gender stereotypes from the law, a new SC handbook
379
247
New scheme to help urban poor build houses
381
248
Lakhpati Didi Scheme
382
249
Cinematograph (Amendment) Bill, 2023
384
250
The National Nursing and Midwifery Commission Bill (NNMC) and the National Dental Commission Bill
386
251
Registration of Births and Deaths (Amendment) Bill, 2023
387
252
Jal Jeevan Mission
389
253
The Constitution (Jammu and Kashmir) Scheduled Tribes Order (Amendment) Bill, 2023
391
254
Inter-Services Organisation (Command, Control & Discipline) Bill – 2023
392
255
The Katchatheevu controversy
394
256
The Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Amendment Bill, 2023
396
257
Mercury Pollution and Minamata Convention
397
09717289708 | w 6390573333
7
258
Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) to conduct a non-invasive survey of the Gyanvapi mosque
398
259
United Naga Council seeks NRC in Manipur
399
260
Mother being natural guardian of child has right to decide surname
400
261
CAG Report on Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY),
401
262
The State of Elementary Education in Rural India Report
403
263
China releases new official map, showing territorial claims
404
264
Supreme Court & Muslim Personal Law Practices:
405
265
Immunity to legislators on bribery: Supreme Court to revisit order Background
407
266
The Nari Shakti Vandan Adhiniyam 2023
410
267
The history and debates about ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’ in the preamble of the Constitution
267
268
Himachal Pradesh gets ground ready for cannabis cultivation
215
269
Children from void, voidable marriages entitled to parents’ share in ancestral property: SC
417
270
41st and 42nd Indian world heritage sites
419
271
PM Vishwakarma Yojna
422
272
India-Middle East-Europe Corridor
424
273
Hangzhou 2022 Asian Games
426
274
For G20 leaders, a hamper full of India’s rich crafts, organic produce
428
275
Strengthening India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership
430
276
20th ASEAN-India Summit
432
277
The 18th East Asia Summit
434
278
R. Ravi Kannan Wins Ramon Magsaysay Award 2023
435
279
‘Gujarat Declaration’ underlining outcome of the first WHO Traditional Medicine Global Summit 2023 released
437
280
Central Bank Digital Currency
438
281
National Mission for Clean Ganga
440
282
Opposition to the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Act (FCA), 2023
441
283
Myanmar denied leadership for regional block ASEAN
444
284
29th World Ozone Day
446
285
Three years of the Abraham Accords
448
286
The global push to make ecocide a crime
450
287
Khalistan Movement
451
288
Centre identifies 62 new elephant corridors; total now 150
453
289
India-Africa Collaboration on Renewable Energy
455
290
Rashtriya Poshan Maah 2023
458
291
Aatmanirbhar Bharat Rozgar Yojana (ABRY)
460
292
Aditya L1 Mission
462
293
State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World (SOFI) 2023
465
294
One Nation, One Election
468
295
Indian Air Force's Trishul Exercise
470
296
India’s name change to ‘Bharat’
471
297
State of Educational Empowerment for Religious Minorities in India
473
298
18th G20 Summit
475
299
Maratha Quota
478
300
Stocktake Report
479
09717289708 | w 6390573333
8
1.
1. SWAYATT initiative

 Recent Event: The "SWAYATT" initiative recently marked its achievements in a dedicated event in New
Delhi, celebrating its impact on startups, women, and youth through enhanced e-Transactions.

 SWAYATT Overview: Initiated in 2019 by the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, SWAYATT aims
to integrate India's entrepreneurial landscape into the Government e-Marketplace (GeM), fostering a more
inclusive ecosystem.

 Objective: SWAYATT is designed to streamline the involvement of micro and small enterprises
(MSEs), particularly those led by women and youth, in government procurement processes, thereby
promoting economic inclusivity.

 Significant Milestones: Since its inception, SWAYATT has onboarded over 8.5 lakh MSEs onto the
GeM platform, facilitating business transactions exceeding Rs. 1.87 lakh crore across more than 68 lakh
orders.

 Women Empowerment: The initiative has significantly impacted women's entrepreneurship, with over
1.45 lakh women-run MSEs successfully completing orders worth Rs. 15,922 crore.

 Supporting Marginalized Communities: SWAYATT extends its inclusivity by empowering around
43,000 SC/ST-owned MSEs, who have collectively fulfilled orders amounting to Rs. 2,592 crore.

 Agricultural Outreach: In a notable development, 105 Farmer Producer Organisations (FPOs) have
gained direct access to government procurement for over 200 agricultural products via GeM, enhancing the
rural economy.

 About GeM: Established in 2016, the Government e-Marketplace operates as a national portal for
transparent procurement of goods and services required by various government departments and PSUs.

 Innovative Procurement: GeM stands out for its paperless and cashless marketplace, minimizing human
intervention and making the procurement process more system-driven and transparent.

 Administrative Structure: The platform was developed collaboratively by the Directorate General of
Supplies and Disposals and the National e-Governance Division, operating under the Ministry of
Commerce and Industry's guidance.

 National Impact: GeM's influence extends across the country, revolutionizing procurement processes by
offering a unified platform that various government entities utilize for their diverse needs.

 Economic Ripple Effect: By integrating MSEs into the national procurement framework, SWAYATT and
GeM collectively stimulate the Indian economy, encouraging entrepreneurship and local production.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
9
2.
2. Three Decades of 73rd & 74th Amendments

 73rd Amendment Overview: Enacted in 1992, the 73rd Amendment formalized the Panchayati Raj
system, infusing democratic principles into rural local governance. It introduced Part-IX, Articles 243 to
243-O, and the 11th Schedule, detailing 29 functional domains of panchayats.

 74th Amendment Explained: Parallelly, the 74th Amendment in 1993 empowered urban local bodies,
embedding municipalities within the constitutional framework. It initiated Part IX-A, Articles 243-P to
243-ZG, and the 12th Schedule, outlining 18 functional areas of municipalities.

 Decentralization Impact: The amendments fostered democratic decentralization, enhancing local
community autonomy in governance, ensuring more context-specific developmental initiatives, and
encouraging grassroots participation in the democratic process.

 Transparency and Accountability: By bringing governance closer to the people, these amendments have
promoted greater transparency and made local bodies more accountable, thereby strengthening the
democratic fabric.

 Inclusivity in Governance: The reformation has facilitated diverse representation in local bodies, ensuring
voices from marginalized communities are heard, contributing to more equitable and inclusive policy-
making.

 Disparity in Implementation: Despite the overarching framework, the execution of decentralization
displays significant variance across states, resulting in unequal resource allocation, power distribution, and
developmental outcomes.

 Ceremonial Role of Mayors: The limited power of elected mayors, primarily symbolic in many
jurisdictions, contrasts with the extensive authority of state-appointed Municipal Commissioners,
undermining the spirit of local self-governance.

 Infrastructure Deficiencies: A substantial number of Gram Panchayats operate without dedicated office
spaces or basic amenities, impeding their functional efficiency and service delivery.

 Digital Connectivity Issues: Despite the provision of internet connections, inconsistent functionality forces
Panchayat representatives to seek external facilities for administrative tasks, causing delays and
inefficiencies.

 Financial Autonomy Concerns: Local bodies often struggle with inadequate financial resources and over-
dependence on state or central grants, restricting their ability to undertake development projects
independently.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
10
3.
3. Digital India Act 2023
The upcoming Digital India Act, 2023, poised to replace the Information Technology Act of 2000, represents
India's adaptive legal response to the evolving digital landscape, coinciding with the introduction of the
Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2022.

 Inadequacies of the IT Act: Initially formulated to safeguard e-commerce and define cybercrimes, the IT
Act, despite amendments, remains insufficient in addressing contemporary cybersecurity challenges and data
privacy complexities.

 Digital India Act's Vision: The new act aims to bolster the Indian economy by fostering innovation and
startups, ensuring citizen safety, and enhancing accountability and trust in the digital domain.

 Revisiting Free Speech: The act is expected to align social media moderation with constitutional free
speech guarantees, reflecting changes made in October 2022 to the IT Rules, emphasizing user rights in
digital expression.

 Grievance Redressal Evolution: Established Grievance Appellate Committees, addressing content-
related complaints on social media, are anticipated to integrate into the broader framework of the Digital
India Act.

 Expanding Safety Measures: Comprehensive coverage under the new act will include emerging digital
phenomena like AI, deepfakes, online competition dynamics, and overarching data protection, reflecting the
multifaceted nature of online safety.

 Four-Pronged Approach: The Digital India Act will synergize with the Digital Personal Data Protection
Bill, National Data Governance Policy, and certain Indian Penal Code amendments, creating a holistic legal
framework for digital space governance.

 Adjudication Mechanism Overhaul: The act proposes a novel adjudicatory structure for handling online
civil and criminal offenses, streamlining the legal process in the digital context.

 Safe Harbour Principle Revaluation: The concept of 'safe harbour', protecting online platforms from
liability for user-generated content, is under scrutiny, potentially recalibrating platform responsibilities in
content management.

 Digital Personal Data Protection Bill Overview: This bill regulates digital data processing, mandating
consent-based usage, ensuring data accuracy, security, and timely deletion, and introducing the concept of
"Data Fiduciary" for entities controlling data processing.

 Individual Data Rights: The bill empowers individuals with rights over their data, including correction,
erasure, and grievance redressal, while allowing government exemptions under specific circumstances.

 Regulatory Body Establishment: The Data Protection Board of India is slated for creation under the
bill, tasked with enforcing compliance and addressing related legal issues.

 Global Data Protection Paradigms: The EU's GDPR emphasizes comprehensive, dignity-centric data
protection; the US adopts a sector-specific approach with distinct public and private sector regulations;
China's recent PIPL and DSL focus on individual data rights and stringent cross-border data transfer rules,
respectively.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
11
4.
4. Judgment of Army Court in Shopian killings (2020)
A significant verdict emerged from an Army court, advocating life imprisonment for a Captain implicated in
the fabricated Shopian killings (2020), pending final confirmation from the Northern Army Commander.
Figure 1. Source: Times of India

 Initiating Investigation: The investigative process within the Army commences with a Court of Inquiry
(CoI), akin to the civilian FIR, aimed at preliminary examination of the allegations.

 Role of CoI: The CoI, while instrumental in gathering evidence and witness testimonies, does not possess
the authority to impose penalties. Its function parallels the civilian police's witness examination under the
CrPC's Section 161.

 Charge Sheet Formation: Post-CoI findings, the accused's commanding officer formulates a provisional
charge sheet, marking the onset of formal proceedings against the alleged personnel.

 Hearing Stage: Subsequent to charge sheeting, a preliminary hearing occurs, resembling a civilian court's
initial summoning phase, followed by a comprehensive evidence summary.

 General Court Martial (GCM): The GCM, ordered post the preliminary stages, undertakes the trial
process, mirroring the judicial scrutiny in civilian legal scenarios.

 Pre-Confirmation Rights: Under the Army Act 1950, Section 164 empowers the accused to seek a pre-
confirmation review of the GCM's decision, submitted to the Army Commander for consideration.

 Post-Confirmation Appeal: Following sentence confirmation and the accused's military dismissal, a post-
confirmation petition can be directed to the government, challenging the verdict's merits.

 Armed Forces Tribunal (AFT): Post internal military reviews, the accused retains the right to petition the
AFT, a judicial body capable of suspending the imposed sentence.

 Notable Precedent: The AFT's role was highlighted in 2017 when it suspended the sentences of five
Army personnel involved in the 2010 Machil encounter, underscoring the Tribunal's appellate significance.

 AFSPA Context: The recent court-martial verdict originated from violations under the Armed Forces
(Special Powers) Act, indicating the military's internal mechanisms to address excesses by its members.

 Sentence Confirmation: The life imprisonment recommendation necessitates the Northern Army
Commander's endorsement before gaining legal finality, ensuring an additional layer of review.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
12
5.
5. SC Power to do Complete Justice under Article 142
The Supreme Court, invoking Article 142, has made a landmark decision, reducing the required
professional experience for appointments to consumer commissions, impacting the Consumer
Protection Rules, 2020.

 Rule Amendment: The ruling necessitates amendments in the 2020 Rules, lowering the eligibility criteria
from 20 and 15 years to 10 years for professionals aspiring to be Presidents or members of state
consumer commissions and district forums.

 Interim Eligibility: Until formal amendments are enacted, professionals, including lawyers with a decade
of experience in various relevant fields, are now eligible for these positions, enhancing the inclusivity of the
consumer protection system.

 Enhanced Selection Process: The Supreme Court's directive introduces written examinations and viva
voce, ensuring a comprehensive assessment of candidates' competencies for these roles.

 Article 142 Overview: This constitutional provision empowers the Supreme Court to enact necessary
orders or decrees, ensuring complete justice, showcasing judicial discretion beyond ordinary statutes.

 Historical Applause: Initially, Article 142's application received widespread acclaim, as it facilitated
justice for marginalized communities and contributed to significant environmental conservation efforts,
including the preservation of the Taj Mahal.

 Judicial Overreach Concerns: However, the expansive use of Article 142 in recent times, encroaching on
legislative or executive domains, has raised concerns over potential judicial overreach and the blurring of the
constitutional separation of powers.

 Notable Example: A case illustrating this overreach includes the Supreme Court's unilateral extension of a
liquor sale ban to state highways, a decision impacting numerous stakeholders and bypassing state
legislative prerogatives.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
13

 Rights and Balance: Critics argue that the broad application of Article 142, especially in cases impacting
fundamental rights or commercial norms, necessitates a delicate balance, preserving constitutional sanctity
while delivering justice.

 Consumer Protection Focus: The current ruling underscores the judiciary's commitment to enhancing
consumer protection mechanisms by broadening the pool of eligible professionals, thereby infusing diverse
expertise into consumer forums.

 Legal Evolution: This decision reflects the evolving nature of legal frameworks, adapting to contemporary
needs and professional landscapes, ensuring that consumer rights adjudication benefits from varied and
extensive expertise.

 Judicial Prudence: The Supreme Court's choice to use Article 142 in this context reaffirms its role in
rectifying legislative and regulatory gaps, albeit with careful consideration to avoid undermining other
government branches.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
14
6.
6. 2022 Academic Freedom Index
The 2022 Academic Freedom Index revealed India's position in the lower 30% of 179 countries,
indicating significant constraints on academic liberties.

 Understanding Academic Freedom: This concept refers to the unhindered ability of scholars to conduct
research, disseminate their work, and express their opinions without facing repercussions from governmental,
institutional, or external forces.

 Report Origins: The index, a collaborative effort among global institutes including the Global Public
Policy Institute and Friedrich-Alexander University, offers insights into the state of academic freedom
worldwide, utilizing input from over 2,197 experts.

 Evaluation Criteria: Countries' academic freedom is assessed based on five critical indicators,
encompassing aspects like research autonomy, institutional independence, and the sanctity of academic
environments, with scoring ranging from 0 (worst) to 1 (best).

 Global Trends: The report highlighted a worrying decline in academic freedom over the past decade in
22 countries, including major nations like India, China, the USA, and Mexico, with only a few countries
showing improvement.

 Stagnation and Decline: The majority of countries surveyed have not seen significant changes, with the
global average of academic freedom receding to levels observed forty years ago, impacting scholars
worldwide.

 India's Performance: With a score of 0.38, India's current academic freedom is alarmingly below its
historical average (0.60-0.70), even falling short compared to neighboring countries like Pakistan.

 Comparative Perspectives: While India struggles with restrictions, countries like China have even more
stringent limitations, as reflected in its low score of 0.07, one of the world's lowest.

 Areas of Concern for India: The country's academic institutions face severe deficits in campus integrity
and autonomy, with additional pressures on academic expression, particularly concerning politically sensitive
content.

 Slight Positives: Despite the overall grim scenario, India maintains moderate standards in upholding the
freedom to research, teach, and engage in academic exchange, although these areas are also under pressure.

 Timeline of Decline: India's academic freedom witnessed a substantial downturn around 2013, further
exacerbated following the 2014 elections, marking a period of increased restrictions and challenges.

 Legal Framework Deficit: The absence of robust legal protections for academic freedom in India has
facilitated the ongoing erosion of scholarly autonomy and expression, particularly under the current
government.

 Institutional Pressures: Academic institutions in India are experiencing heightened interference,
compromising their operational integrity and independence, and stifling free academic discourse.

 Freedom of Expression: Indian scholars face growing limitations on their ability to explore and discuss
politically contentious topics, impacting the quality and diversity of academic contributions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
15
7.
7. 2022 Report on Global Internet Shutdowns
Access Now and the KeepItOn coalition's report highlighted India's recurrent position at the top, with 84
internet shutdowns in 2022, marking it the fifth consecutive year for such a record.
Figure 3. Source: Keepiton

 Global Shutdowns: The year 2022 witnessed 187 instances of internet shutdowns spread across 35
countries, with 33 being repeat offenders in this digital suppression practice.

 Notable Rankings: Following India, Ukraine, Iran, and Myanmar experienced significant shutdowns, with
the latter facing over 500 days of blackout in certain regions by March 2022.

 Extended Blackouts: Extreme cases included Tigray, Ethiopia, where residents faced over two years of
complete communication blackout by the end of 2022.

 India's Regional Stats: Jammu and Kashmir topped Indian states with 49 instances of internet
suspensions, followed by Rajasthan and West Bengal with frequent shutdowns due to various reasons.
Figure 4. Source: Keepiton
09717289708 | w 6390573333
16

 Digital Authoritarianism: The report condemned internet shutdowns as acts of digital authoritarianism,
often used to conceal human rights violations and hinder humanitarian aid and monitoring efforts.

 Shutdown Triggers: Authorities worldwide initiated internet blackouts for reasons ranging from quelling
protests and managing conflicts to preventing cheating during exams and controlling election narratives.

 Consequences of Shutdowns: These digital blackouts disrupt daily life, impede democratic movements,
and can obscure instances of violence or crime, making reporting and seeking help challenging.

 Economic and Social Impact: Shutdowns lead to substantial economic losses, disrupt social connections,
and hinder educational, health, and political processes by stifling communication and access to information.

 Regulatory Framework in India: The Indian Telegraph Act of 1885 and the subsequent 2017 Rules
authorize central and state officials to enforce temporary internet shutdowns during public emergencies.

 Supreme Court Intervention: The 2020 Anuradha Bhasin vs Union of India case led the Supreme
Court to declare indefinite internet suspension as illegal, demanding adherence to principles of necessity
and proportionality.

 Regulatory Amendments: Post-ruling, the government amended the 2017 Rules to restrict internet
suspension durations, although dissatisfaction with these changes persisted.

 Parliamentary Oversight: In December 2021, a parliamentary committee advocated for a
comprehensive review and further amendments to the 2017 Rules, pushing for minimal public
disturbance and uniform guidelines for internet shutdown implementation.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
17
8.
8. Social Stock Exchange

 The National Stock Exchange of India has garnered SEBI's approval to establish a Social Stock
Exchange (SSE), marking a significant stride in social enterprise financing.

 SSE Explained: Operating within the conventional stock exchange framework, the SSE is designed to
assist social enterprises in securing public funding, ensuring enhanced transparency and visibility in their
financial endeavors.

 Investor Participation: While retail investors are restricted to engaging with for-profit social enterprises
(SEs) on the Main Board, institutional and non-institutional investors have the latitude to invest across all
SE securities.

 Eligibility Criteria: SEBI outlines stringent eligibility for entities desiring SSE listing, mandating a clear
demonstration of social intent. Eligible activities span various social and environmental objectives, such as
combating poverty, advancing education, and promoting equality.

 Exclusions: Entities like corporate foundations, political bodies, religious organizations, and certain
commercial sectors are excluded from SSE participation. Additionally, non-profit organizations (NPOs)
reliant on corporate funding beyond a 50% threshold face disqualification.

 Financing for NPOs: NPOs on the SSE can accrue funds via Zero Coupon Zero Principal (ZCZP)
instruments or donations, particularly from mutual funds. These unique ZCZP bonds, requiring no coupon
or principal repayment, have set issuance and subscription parameters.

 Outcome-Based Funding: The SSE framework accommodates Development Impact Bonds, rewarding
successful project completion based on predetermined social outcomes and cost metrics.

 Financing for FPSEs: For-profit social enterprises (FPSEs) enjoy more flexibility, with no prerequisite
SSE registration. Their fundraising can occur through equity shares, collaborations with Alternative
Investment Funds, or debt instruments.

 Promoting Social Impact: The SSE initiative underscores India's commitment to fostering social welfare,
encouraging organizations to contribute positively to societal and environmental issues.

 Regulatory Oversight: SEBI's involvement ensures a regulated ecosystem for the SSE, safeguarding
investor interests while promoting genuine social entrepreneurship.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
18
9.
9. FCRA license of the Centre for Policy Research (CPR) suspended

 The Indian government has recently suspended the FCRA license of the Centre for Policy Research
(CPR), following surveys by the Income Tax department, highlighting the stringent oversight on foreign
contributions.

 FCRA Overview: Established in 1976 during a period of political turmoil, the FCRA was designed to
curb foreign influence on domestic activities through monetary means, ensuring alignment with national
interests.

 Evolution of FCRA: The act underwent significant revisions in 2010, with a focus on streamlining the
utilization of foreign contributions and preventing activities contrary to national interests. A subsequent
2020 amendment further tightened governmental control over NGOs receiving foreign funds.

 Registration Requirements: Entities must comply with specific criteria under FCRA, including
registration under the Act, maintaining a dedicated bank account with the State Bank of India in Delhi, and
adhering strictly to the intended use of the foreign contributions.

 Eligibility Criteria: Registration under FCRA is reserved for organizations with clear objectives in
cultural, economic, educational, religious, or social domains, ensuring they contribute positively to society.

 Prohibitions: The Act disqualifies individuals or groups with a history of activities promoting
religious conversion, causing communal unrest, or propagating sedition. Additionally, certain
professionals and organizations, such as election candidates, media houses, and political entities, are barred
from receiving foreign funds.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
19

 Validity and Compliance: FCRA registration is subject to renewal every five years, with strict adherence
to the Act's provisions. Non-compliance or inactivity can trigger registration cancellation, barring the
entity from re-registration for three years.

 Recent Amendments: In 2022, the government expanded the scope of compoundable offenses under the
FCRA and relaxed some notification requirements for smaller foreign contributions, reflecting an adaptive
approach to changing circumstances and feedback.

 Impact on NGOs: The stringent regulations under FCRA impact how NGOs operate, particularly
concerning funding, project execution, and compliance reporting, necessitating greater transparency and
accountability.

 Government's Discretion: The Act empowers the government with considerable discretion in interpreting
"activities detrimental to national interest," potentially affecting NGOs' operational freedom.

 Financial Implications: With tighter controls on foreign funding, NGOs may face financial challenges,
necessitating a shift towards more domestic funding sources or altering their operational models.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
20
10.
10. World Bank Loan to India
The World Bank has sanctioned a loan of USD 1 billion to India, aimed at enhancing the nation's
preparedness for pandemics and fortifying its healthcare infrastructure.
Figure 7. The economics times

 Loan Division: This financial aid will be divided into two equal parts, with each loan amounting to USD
500 million.

 Targeted Support: The funds will bolster the Pradhan Mantri-Ayushman Bharat Health
Infrastructure Mission (PM-ABHIM), a flagship initiative launched in October 2021, to upgrade public
health facilities nationwide.

 Loan Characteristics: The loans, structured under the Program-for-Results financing model, prioritize
outcome-driven results. They come with a maturity period of 18.5 years, inclusive of a 5-year grace
period.

 PHSPP Initiative: USD 500 million will be allocated to the Public Health Systems for Pandemic
Preparedness Program, aiming to enhance India's capacity to identify and report potential global epidemics
swiftly.

 EHSDP Initiative: An additional USD 500 million will be channeled into the Enhanced Health Service
Delivery Program, which focuses on refining the primary healthcare delivery model.

 State Prioritization: A segment of the loan will be specifically directed towards enhancing health services
in seven states, namely Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Meghalaya, Odisha, Punjab, Tamil Nadu, and Uttar
Pradesh.

 India's Health Progress: Over the years, India has witnessed improvements in health metrics, with life
expectancy rising from 58 in 1990 to 70.19 in 2022. Key health indicators like under-five mortality rate,
infant mortality rate, and maternal mortality ratio have shown positive trends.

 Infrastructure Challenges: Despite progress, India grapples with a dearth of medical facilities, especially
in rural regions. The country has a mere 0.9 beds per 1000 individuals, with rural areas accounting for
only 30% of these.

 Doctor-Patient Disparity: A significant concern is the vast gap in the doctor-patient ratio. India is
projected to require 20 lakh doctors by 2030. Presently, a single doctor in a government hospital caters to
approximately 11,000 patients, surpassing the WHO's recommended 1:1000 ratio.

 Mental Health Concerns: India's mental healthcare infrastructure is notably inadequate, with a low per
capita count of mental health professionals. The government's expenditure on mental health remains minimal,
leading to subpar mental health outcomes and insufficient care for those with mental health issues.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
21
11.
11. India-US Pact on Semiconductors
India and the United States have forged a partnership through a Memorandum of Understanding aimed at
enhancing the resilience and diversification of the semiconductor supply chain, a critical component in
modern electronics.

 Strategic Importance: This alliance is a strategic move, positioning India to potentially become a pivotal
player in the global electronics supply chain, leveraging policies like the U.S.'s CHIPS Act and India's
dedicated Semiconductor Mission.

 Potential Benefits: By partnering with semiconductor powerhouses like the U.S., India anticipates
significant commercial opportunities, innovation development, and a central role in the global electronics
supply chain.
Figure 8. Source: Japan Forward

 Addressing Global Shortage: The collaboration is timely, as it seeks to mitigate the ongoing
semiconductor supply crunch that has affected numerous industries worldwide since the Covid-19 pandemic.

 Policy Shift: India's engagement with the U.S. could signal a strategic shift in its domestic policy,
potentially prioritizing advanced semiconductor manufacturing capabilities beyond the current focus on
mature nodes.

 Investment Challenges: The semiconductor sector demands substantial capital, with high risks and long
return periods. India's current fiscal support may fall short given the industry's extensive investment
requirements.

 Fabrication Constraints: Despite its strong chip design capabilities, India lacks substantial semiconductor
fabrication facilities, relying on imports to meet domestic demand.

 Infrastructure Demands: Establishing a semiconductor fab is not only capital-intensive but also requires
vast resources, including water, stable electricity, specialized workforce, and technological expertise.

 Market Dependency: India's semiconductor market, valued at USD 24 billion, is import-reliant, with
expectations to quadruple by 2025. The absence of domestic manufacturing highlights the critical need for
infrastructure development.

 Government Initiatives: Recognizing this, the Indian government has launched several schemes, including
a substantial Rs 76,000 crore investment for ecosystem development, incentives for design companies, and
the SPECS program to boost domestic manufacturing.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
22

 Incentive Schemes: The PLI scheme, introduced in 2021, promises around USD 10 billion in incentives
to stimulate domestic semiconductor and display manufacturing.

 Design Support: The DLI Scheme aims to foster domestic semiconductor design, targeting significant
turnover growth for at least 20 companies within five years.

 Consumption Forecast: With a booming electronics market, India's semiconductor consumption is
projected to soar, reaching over USD 80 billion by 2026 and USD 110 billion by 2030.

 Global Leaders: The semiconductor industry is dominated by Taiwan, South Korea, Japan, the United
States, and China, with Taiwan and South Korea jointly accounting for approximately 80% of the
global foundry base.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
23
12.
12. UN Treaty on the High Seas
The United Nations has initiated a groundbreaking High Seas Treaty, focusing on the conservation and
sustainable use of marine biodiversity in areas beyond any national jurisdiction, a step forward in
international maritime law.

 Understanding High Seas: High seas refer to the vast oceanic spaces not governed by any nation's
territorial waters or Exclusive Economic Zone, accounting for over half of the Earth's surface and a
significant portion of its marine biodiversity.

 Ecological Importance: These marine expanses are critical for climate regulation, absorbing carbon and
solar radiation, and hosting a diverse range of species, many undiscovered, making them essential for
ecological balance and human survival.

 Current Threats: The high seas face multiple threats, including climate change effects, acidification,
pollution, overfishing, and biodiversity loss, with projections of numerous marine species facing extinction if
current trends persist.

 Protection Deficit: Despite their ecological significance, the high seas are among the least protected areas
globally, with only about 1% under any form of conservation status.

 Treaty Genesis: The High Seas Treaty emerged from a recognized need for a comprehensive legal
framework beyond the 1982 UNCLOS, addressing growing environmental concerns and the need for
sustainable marine practices.

 Global Collaboration: The treaty, developed through the UNGA's initiative and subsequent IGC sessions,
faced delays due to the pandemic, prompting urgent calls for action, notably from the European Union's High
Ambition Coalition.

 Treaty Provisions: Key features include the establishment of an access and benefit-sharing committee,
mandatory environmental impact assessments for resource exploitation, and regulations ensuring indigenous
communities' consent for accessing certain marine resources.

 Information Sharing: The treaty mandates a Clearing-House Mechanism for transparent information
exchange on research objectives, collection areas, and sponsorship details among member nations.

 Financial Aspect: It introduces a special funding mechanism, the specifics of which will be determined by
the conference of parties (COP), which also monitors the treaty's overall implementation.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
24

 Conservation Goals: This international agreement is a strategic move towards achieving the ambitious
30x30 target, aiming to safeguard 30% of the world's oceans by 2030, as agreed at the UN CBD COP15.

 Historical Context: The High Seas Treaty builds on previous conventions like the 1964 Convention on
Continental Shelf, the 1966 Convention on Fishing and Conservation, the 1972 London Convention,
and the 1973 MARPOL Convention, each addressing various aspects of marine resource management and
pollution control.

 Legal Binding: While the treaty has been agreed upon, it awaits formal adoption and ratification by UN
members to become legally binding, marking a significant step in international environmental law.

 Indigenous Rights: Unique to this treaty is the emphasis on the rights of indigenous peoples and local
communities, whose consent is required for accessing marine resources in areas beyond national jurisdiction,
a move towards inclusive and equitable resource management.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
25
13.
13. Second Conference 0f Intelligence and Security Chiefs

 Event Overview: India recently convened its second high-level security conference, gathering intelligence
and security leaders from 26 global nations, underlining the country's growing role in international security
affairs.

 Inaugural Session: The first of these conferences took place in April 2022, featuring prominent Indian
figures such as the Prime Minister and the National Security Advisor, setting a high precedent for the
annual event.

 Organizing Bodies: The conference, a sideline of the Raisina Dialogue, is a collaborative effort between
India's Research and Analysis Wing (R&AW) and the National Security Council Secretariat (NSCS),
emphasizing its strategic importance.

 Core Focus: The recent assembly primarily centered on escalating geopolitical issues, particularly the
Russia-Ukraine standoff, offering a platform for shared insights and potential resolutions to global tensions.

 Comparative Model: India's approach mirrors established international forums like the Munich Security
Conference and Shangri-La Dialogue, reflecting its aspiration to be a significant contributor to global
security discussions.

 Concurrent Events: The timing strategically coincided with other notable international gatherings,
including the G20 Foreign Ministers meeting and the Raisina Dialogue, showcasing India's active
engagement in global diplomatic circles in 2023.

 Notable Absence and Presence: While the U.S. opted out, key intelligence figures from countries
including the U.K., France, Japan, and Bahrain participated, indicating the event's international relevance.

 Raisina Dialogue Explained: This premier event, hosted in India, delves into critical global geopolitical
and economic issues. It's organized by the Observer Research Foundation and India's Ministry of
External Affairs, attracting global leaders from various sectors.

 2023 Theme: The Raisina Dialogue in 2023 is encapsulated by the theme "Provocation, Uncertainty,
Turbulence: Lighthouse in the Tempest?", reflecting the current global climate of instability and the
search for guiding solutions.

 Dialogue's Structure: The inclusive format of the Raisina Dialogue ensures diverse perspectives, bringing
together government officials, business leaders, media personalities, and academics in a comprehensive
policy discussion.

 Observer Research Foundation Role: As an influential think tank, the Observer Research Foundation
plays a pivotal role in shaping policy discussions within India, contributing Indian perspectives to global
debates, and fostering a more equitable international community.

 ORF's Mission: The foundation operates with the vision of guiding policy towards establishing a
prosperous India within a just global order, providing researched insights to decision-makers worldwide.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
26
14.
14. Women, Business and the Law 2023
The World Bank's "Women, Business and the Law 2023" (WBL 2023) is the ninth installment in a
series examining legal restrictions on women's economic participation across 190 economies, highlighting
disparities and progress in gender equality.

 Methodology: The WBL 2023 report evaluates countries based on eight key indicators: Mobility,
Workplace, Pay, Marriage, Parenthood, Entrepreneurship, Assets, and Pension, providing a comprehensive
view of women's economic opportunities globally.

 India's Performance: Scoring 74.4 out of 100, India ranks above the South Asian regional average,
excelling in areas like freedom of movement, autonomy in work and marriage decisions, but lagging in pay
equality, pension, and property rights.

 Global Context: The report identifies only 14 countries with full gender equality in the surveyed areas,
while the global average score stands at 76.5, indicating significant room for improvement worldwide.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
27

 Uneven Progress: Legal gender equality has seen its slowest global progress in two decades, with certain
areas like Workplace rights and Parenthood witnessing more reforms compared to others such as Pay and
Pension.

 Civil Society's Role in India: Active engagement by various societal groups in India has been pivotal in
shaping policies for women's rights, exemplified by the influence in enacting the Domestic Violence Act in
2005.

 Global Disparity: The report underscores a stark global gender divide, with around 2.4 billion working-
age women living in economies that offer them fewer rights than men, pointing to a systemic global
issue.

 Timeframe for Equality: At the current rate of legal and societal reforms, achieving universal gender
equality is projected to take at least half a century, emphasizing the need for accelerated global efforts.

 India's Areas for Improvement: Despite high scores in certain areas, India needs substantial reforms in
laws related to women’s pay, pension rights, inheritance, and property rights to achieve comprehensive
gender equality.

 Specific Reforms for India: Enhancing legal gender equality in India could involve introducing equal pay
for equal work, lifting restrictions on women's industrial and night-time employment, and equalizing property
and inheritance laws.

 Global Reform Trends: Most recent global reforms have concentrated on parental leave policies, lifting
work restrictions, and enforcing equal pay, yet comprehensive legal equality remains elusive in many
regions.

 Economic Impact of Gender Inequality: The legal restrictions on women’s economic participation have
far-reaching implications, affecting not only individual livelihoods but also the broader economic and social
development of countries.

 India's Comparative Regional Standing: Within South Asia, India's score is commendable yet falls
behind the highest regional score of 80.6, held by Nepal, indicating regional variations in gender-related
legal practices.

 Advocacy and Future Steps: The WBL reports serve as a crucial tool for global advocacy, informing
policymakers and stakeholders, and guiding future initiatives aimed at eliminating gender disparities in legal
rights.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
28
15.
15. UN Conference on Least Developed Countries

 The 5th United Nations Conference on the Least Developed Countries (LDC5) culminated with the
adoption of the 'Doha Political Declaration', marking a global commitment to assist the world's 46 most
vulnerable nations.

 Doha Programme of Action: Central to the declaration is the Doha Programme of Action (DPoA), a
strategic ten-year plan designed to accelerate the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) in these
countries, focusing on eradicating poverty, leveraging science and technology, and addressing environmental
and health crises.

 Multi-Part Conference: The LDC5 conference, themed “From Potential to Prosperity”, was conducted
in two segments, with the initial discussions and agreement on the DPoA taking place in New York, USA, in
March 2022.

 Six Pillars of DPoA: The action plan prioritizes six critical areas, including poverty eradication,
technological advancements for combating vulnerabilities, climate change, environmental degradation, and
building resilience through recovery from Covid-19 and other potential future shocks.

 Urgency for Action: The declaration responds to the acute challenges faced by LDCs, such as the Covid-
19 pandemic, environmental disasters, economic instability, and escalating debt, despite their minimal
contribution to global issues like carbon emissions.

 Disproportionate Impact of Crises: LDCs, including 33 African countries, are significantly affected by
global crises, facing excessive debt and insufficient resources for fundamental services, making them the
most challenged in striving towards SDGs.

 Defining LDCs: The United Nations categorizes LDCs based on their socio-economic metrics, including
poverty, human resource weaknesses, and economic vulnerability, with 46 countries currently recognized as
LDCs.

 Geographical Distribution of LDCs: The current list comprises 33 African countries, nine in Asia,
Haiti in the Caribbean, and three in the Pacific, highlighting the global spread of developmental
challenges.

 Review and Assessment Process: The UN's Committee for Development Policy (CDP) reassesses the
list of LDCs every three years, advising on potential admissions or graduations based on developmental
progress, reporting to the Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC).

 Global Solidarity: The Doha Declaration embodies a spirit of global solidarity, urging international
cooperation to support the most vulnerable nations in their journey towards sustainable development and
stability.

 Focus on Climate Action: Recognizing the disproportionate impact of climate change on LDCs, the
declaration emphasizes the need for urgent action and support in environmental conservation efforts.

 Debt Relief and Economic Support: The initiative calls for comprehensive measures to alleviate the
financial burdens of LDCs, proposing debt relief and enhanced economic support to ensure these countries
can maintain essential services.

 Technology and Innovation: The DPoA advocates for the harnessing of science and technology to combat
the multifaceted vulnerabilities faced by LDCs, promoting innovation as a key to achieving the SDGs.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
29
16.
16. India’s First DNA Vaccine for Dengue

 Innovative Breakthrough: Indian researchers, in a collaborative international effort, have pioneered the
country's first DNA vaccine candidate for dengue fever, marking a significant stride in combating the tropical
disease.

 Promising Results: Early-stage trials of the vaccine on mice showcased a strong immune response,
enhancing survival rates post-dengue exposure, indicating potential effectiveness.

 Understanding DNA Vaccines: DNA vaccines operate by introducing antigen-coding DNA into the
body, prompting cells to produce the antigen and thereby stimulating a defensive immune response. This
advanced method represents the third generation of vaccines.

 ZyCoV-D Precedent: India's expertise in DNA vaccine development is evidenced by ZyCoV-D, the
world's inaugural DNA-based vaccine for COVID-19, developed domestically.

 Dengue Explained: Dengue, a condition propagated by the dengue virus, spreads through Aedes
mosquitoes, primarily Aedes aegypti. This vector is also responsible for transmitting other diseases like
chikungunya and Zika.

 Complexity of Serotypes: The existence of four unique dengue virus serotypes (DEN-1, DEN-2, DEN-3,
DEN-4) complicates the disease scenario, as immunity against one does not confer protection against others.

 Symptomatology of Dengue: Dengue often manifests as a high fever, intense headaches, eye pain, and
significant musculoskeletal discomfort, posing severe health risks.

 Dengvaxia - A Benchmark: The Dengvaxia vaccine, approved by the US FDA in 2019, was a
landmark in dengue prevention. However, it's a live, attenuated vaccine, suitable only for those with a
confirmed history of dengue infection in endemic regions.

 Vaccine Development Hurdles: Crafting a dengue vaccine is challenging due to the nuanced interaction of
different serotypes with human antibodies. Comprehensive protection requires a vaccine effective against all
serotypes.

 Antibody Complication: In dengue, antibodies can paradoxically enhance the virus's ability to replicate,
contributing to more severe disease manifestations, a phenomenon that complicates vaccine development.

 India's Scientific Contribution: The development of a DNA vaccine candidate epitomizes India's
contribution to global health innovations, particularly in vector-borne diseases.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
30
17.
17. Clean Energy Transition Index

 A recent study by IEEFA and Ember highlighted Karnataka and Gujarat as leaders in India's shift
towards renewable electricity, setting benchmarks in the nation's energy sector transformation.

 Analyzing Entities: The report, conducted by Ember (a non-profit climate think tank) and IEEFA
(specializing in energy market analysis), offers critical insights into state-wise performance in India's
energy transition journey.

 Evaluation Criteria: The comprehensive assessment covered 16 Indian states, responsible for 90% of the
country's electricity production, evaluating them on decarbonization, power system performance,
ecosystem readiness, and policy commitments.

 Karnataka's Leadership: Excelling in all assessment parameters, Karnataka emerged as the top
performer, notably surpassing its targets in feeder segregation and smart meter installation, integral to
modernizing electricity systems.

 Gujarat's Progress: Close on Karnataka's heels, Gujarat showcased commendable progress,
particularly in decarbonizing its electricity sector, though it slightly trailed in overall clean energy transition
metrics.

 Varied State Performances: While Haryana and Punjab indicated positive strides in preparation and
implementation, states like West Bengal, Bihar, and Uttar Pradesh fell significantly behind, with West
Bengal experiencing a 500% surge in unsettled generator payments from 2018 to 2022.

 Improvement Areas: The report identified critical improvement areas for states like Rajasthan and Tamil
Nadu, emphasizing enhancing their power system's readiness for a seamless clean energy transition.

 Holistic Approach Recommended: Beyond merely expanding renewable energy, the report advocates a
multi-faceted strategy, encompassing demand-side initiatives, to accelerate the transition to clean electricity.

 Innovative Financial Mechanisms: The introduction of advanced financial tools, such as virtual power
purchase agreements and contracts for difference, could revolutionize the market, ensuring efficient
management of renewable energy fluctuations.

 Data Transparency: To facilitate informed decision-making and timely adjustments, the report
underscores the necessity for improved data availability and transparency in tracking progress.

 India's Global Commitment: India pledges to produce approximately 50% of its electricity from non-
fossil sources and cut its GDP's emissions intensity by 45% by 2030, affirming its commitment to global
climate goals.

 Infrastructure Adaptation: Achieving these ambitious targets requires states to adapt their electricity
infrastructure, integrating diverse power sources including solar, wind, and hydropower, alongside traditional
fossil fuels.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
31

 NDC's Role: India's updated Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) are steering the country
towards a transformative pathway in its electricity sector, aligning with broader sustainable development
objectives.
18.
18. World Air Quality Report 2023 by IQAir

 The World Air Quality Report by IQAir, a Swiss-based air quality technology firm, analyzed global
PM2.5 levels, placing Delhi as the fourth most polluted city globally in 2022.

 India's Ranking: With an average PM2.5 concentration of 53.3 μg/m3, India was the eighth most
polluted country out of 131 evaluated, facing severe air quality challenges.

 Data Compilation: The 2022 edition of the report aggregated PM2.5 data from over 7,000 cities in 131
countries, utilizing information from government-operated and independent monitoring stations worldwide.

 Top Polluted Nations: The countries facing the most severe pollution levels in 2022 included Chad, Iraq,
Pakistan, Bahrain, and Bangladesh, highlighting a global struggle with air quality.

 Delhi's Pollution Levels: In 2022, Delhi recorded an average PM2.5 concentration of 92.6 μg/m3, slightly
lower than 96.4 μg/m3 in 2021, indicating persistent air quality issues.

 Global Cities' Pollution: Lahore topped the list of the world's most polluted cities, followed by Hotan
in China and Bhiwadi in India, reflecting the widespread nature of urban air pollution.

 Pollution in Indian Cities: Among the world's 50 most polluted cities, 39 were in India, underscoring
the country's critical need for effective air quality management strategies.

 Health Risks of PM2.5: Particulate matter smaller than 2.5 micrometers poses significant health risks, as
these particles can penetrate deep into the respiratory system, potentially causing severe conditions like lung
cancer and cardiovascular diseases.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
32

 Indian Initiatives: India has launched several initiatives to combat air pollution, including the SAFAR
portal, Air Quality Index, promoting electric vehicles, establishing the Commission for Air Quality
Management, and introducing machinery like the Turbo Happy Seeder.

 Human Rights Perspective: Recognizing clean air as a human right, linking it with zero-emission goals,
and emphasizing its importance in health and well-being can bring a more holistic approach to tackling air
pollution.

 UNGA's Recognition: The United Nations General Assembly's resolution acknowledging the right to a
clean, healthy environment underscores the global commitment to environmental sustainability.

 Financing Clean Air: Developing a financial framework that supports private investments in green sectors,
such as clean energy and electric mobility, is essential for advancing solutions for air quality improvement.

 Innovative Solutions: The bio-enzyme PUSA, designed to decompose agricultural stubble and prevent
burning, represents an innovative approach to reducing air pollution from farming practices.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
33
19.
19. SIPRI Arms Import Report
The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) released its 2022 report on Trends in
International Arms Transfers, highlighting global shifts in arms trading.

 Global Arms Trade Dynamics: The period from 2018 to 2022 saw a 5.1% decline in international arms
transfers, contrasting with a 47% surge in European states' imports amid the Ukrainian conflict.

 Leading Arms Exporters: The United States solidified its position as the top global arms dealer,
increasing its market share from 33% to 40%, while Russia experienced a decline from 22% to 16%.

 Pakistan's Import Trends: Pakistan upped its arms imports by 14%, with a significant 77% of its
acquisitions sourced from China, reflecting the strong defense relationship between the two nations.

 India: Top Arms Importer: Despite an 11% decrease in arms imports, India retained its long-
standing position as the world's largest arms importer from 1993 to 2022, accounting for 11% of the
global total.

 Shift in India's Suppliers: Russia remained the principal arms provider to India, though its dominance
waned from 64% to 45%. Meanwhile, France and the U.S. emerged as significant contributors, supplying
29% and 11% of India's imports, respectively.

 Competitive Pressure on Russia: Russia's leading role in India's defense market faced challenges due to
competitive suppliers, increased indigenous production in India, and geopolitical issues, particularly the 2022
Ukrainian crisis.

 Diverse Arms Sources for India: India broadened its defense procurement sources, engaging with
countries like Israel, South Korea, and South Africa, indicating a strategic diversification in its defense
partnerships.

 Geopolitical Factors: The regional dynamics and tensions with neighboring Pakistan and China are
primary drivers behind India's substantial defense imports.

 Decline in India's Arms Imports: Factors contributing to the reduced arms imports by India include a
cumbersome procurement process and a strategic shift towards diversifying suppliers and boosting domestic
production.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
34

 India's Role in Arms Supply: India emerged as a key defense supplier to Myanmar, trailing Russia and
China, and accounting for 14% of Myanmar's defense imports.

 China-Pakistan Defense Ties: The report underscored the depth of the China-Pakistan defense
relationship, with China being the source of 77% of Pakistan's military imports.

 About SIPRI: Established in 1966, SIPRI is a globally recognized think tank dedicated to research on
conflicts, armaments, and disarmament, offering insights and data to various stakeholders worldwide.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
35
20.
20. Demand to Declare Lightning as a Natural Disaster

 Several Indian states have advocated for the inclusion of "lightning" as a classified "natural disaster,"
citing its high fatality rate compared to other natural calamities.

 Current Disaster Criteria: Presently, the State Disaster Response Fund (SDRF) recognizes specific
events like cyclones, earthquakes, and floods as disasters, with the central government contributing 75%
of the funds.

 Understanding Lightning: Lightning is a brief, high-voltage electrical discharge between clouds or the
ground, often accompanied by a vivid flash and thunder, posing a risk due to its electrical charge and
potential for electrocution.

 Types of Lightning: While cloud-to-ground lightning is perilous due to its direct contact and high voltage,
lightning occurring within or between clouds is generally less hazardous.

 Formation Process: The phenomenon occurs due to electrical imbalances within a cloud, created by
internal atmospheric conditions and resulting in a massive electrical current and subsequent thunder sound
due to rapid air expansion.

 Climate Change Connection: Studies indicate a correlation between global temperature rise and increased
lightning activity, with a 12% surge in lightning frequency for every one-degree Celsius increase.

 Arctic Lightning Trends: Research published in Geophysical Research Letters in 2021 highlighted the
impact of climate change on escalating lightning occurrences in the Arctic region.

 Lightning Incidents in India: The Lightning Resilient India Campaign (LRIC) reported approximately
18.5 million lightning strikes across India from April 2020 to March 2021.

 Fatalities and Impact: Annually, over 2,500 deaths in India are attributed to lightning, making it one
of the deadliest natural phenomena in the country.

 Regional Disparities: States including Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, West Bengal, and
Jharkhand experience the highest frequency of lightning strikes, as per studies conducted by RMSI.

 Historical Data on Casualties: Government records reveal that lightning has claimed over 100,000 lives
in India between 1967 and 2019, accounting for over one-third of natural disaster-related fatalities
during this period.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
36
21.
21. Swachh Sujal Shakti Samman 2023
The Ministry of Jal Shakti recently celebrated the contributions of women in rural water and sanitation
through the "Swachh Sujal Shakti Samman 2023."

 Purpose: The event, aligned with International Women's Day, aimed to spotlight grassroots female leaders
driving progress towards a 'Swachh Sujal Bharat.'

 Awards and Honors: A total of 36 women, recognized as WASH Champions, received the 'Swachh Sujal
Shakti Samman 2023' for their outstanding community work.

 Areas of Impact: These women have significantly influenced various sectors, including the Swachh
Bharat Mission - Gramin (SBM-G), Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM), and Jal Shakti Abhiyan: Catch the
Rain (JSA-CTR).

 Presidential Acknowledgment: India's President honored these grassroots leaders for their roles in
achieving milestones like ODF Plus Model Villages and Har Ghar Jal Villages, and their efforts in water
conservation.

 Launch of 'Catch the Rain-2023': Concurrently, the 'Catch the Rain-2023' campaign was inaugurated,
aiming to mobilize mass water conservation efforts before the onset of the monsoon.

 2023 Theme: The focus for the year is "Source Sustainability for Drinking Water," emphasizing the
importance of securing and preserving water sources.

 Campaign Tagline: Emphasizing timely and strategic water conservation, the initiative operates under the
motto, "Catch the rain, where it falls, when it falls."

 Jan Andolan Initiative: 'Catch the Rain' is a people's movement, urging widespread participation in
creating rainwater harvesting structures suitable for various geographical areas.

 Implementing Body: The National Water Mission (NWM), under the Ministry of Jal Shakti, is
responsible for executing this nationwide campaign.

 Inclusive Approach: The campaign is not limited to rural regions but extends to urban locales, ensuring
comprehensive geographical coverage.

 Community Mobilization: The initiative seeks to engage communities, stakeholders, and local institutions,
fostering a sense of collective responsibility towards water conservation.

 Environmental Significance: By harnessing rainwater, the campaign supports ecological balance,
groundwater replenishment, and resource sustainability.

 Educational Aspect: Part of the campaign's strategy involves educating the public on the importance of
rainwater harvesting and providing practical knowledge on constructing effective systems.

 Long-term Impact: The concerted efforts under this campaign are expected to mitigate water scarcity,
improve health standards, and contribute to sustainable rural and urban development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
37
22.
22. India Targets becoming Leader in Shipbuilding by 2030

 Global Ambition: India sets a strategic goal to establish itself as a leader in environmentally sustainable
shipbuilding by 2030, emphasizing green practices.

 Green Tug Initiative: The nation launches the Green Tug Transition Programme, focusing on minimizing
maritime emissions and enhancing sustainability within the sector.

 Hybrid Technology: The programme prioritizes the deployment of 'Green Hybrid Tugs,' utilizing
advanced propulsion systems, marking a shift away from traditional fossil fuels.

 Future Fuel Focus: Beyond hybrid technology, the initiative explores alternative, eco-friendly fuel
options, including Methanol, Ammonia, and Hydrogen, to further reduce environmental impact.

 Timeline for Implementation: India envisions significant progress by 2025 with green tugs operational in
major ports, aiming for a 50% conversion of all tugs by 2030.

 Establishment of NoCEGPS: The National Centre of Excellence in Green Port & Shipping, a
pioneering institution, has been set up in Gurugram, marking a collaborative effort between the Ministry of
Ports, Shipping & Waterways and the Energy and Resources Institute.

 Sustainable Development Goal Alignment: NoCEGPS aligns with UN Sustainable Development Goal
14, focusing on the protection of marine ecosystems through sustainable management and pollution
reduction.

 Regulatory Role: The centre is instrumental in formulating regulations and promoting alternative
technologies for India's green shipping trajectory, adhering to the Paris Agreement's environmental
commitments.

 Technological Support: NoCEGPS provides comprehensive technological backing for various entities
under the Ministry of Ports, Shipping & Waterways, influencing policy, research, and green shipping
practices.

 PM Gati Shakti Plan: The PM Gati Shakti initiative accelerates the development of eco-friendly logistics
supply chains, complementing the Green Ports initiative for holistic environmental conservation.

 Carbon Reduction Target: Indian ports commit to a substantial decrease in carbon emissions, aiming for a
30% reduction per ton of cargo by the year 2030.

 International Collaboration: The Green Voyage 2050 Project, a joint venture between Norway and
the International Maritime Organisation, was initiated to steer the global shipping industry towards a low-
carbon future.

 Comprehensive Approach: These initiatives represent India's multifaceted approach to environmental
responsibility, encompassing regulatory changes, technological advancements, and international partnerships.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
38
23.
23. Defamation Law and Disqualification of MPs

 A notable legal decision emerged recently when a Surat Court sentenced an MP to a two-year
imprisonment in a defamation case, spotlighting India's defamation laws.

 Defamation Under IPC: The Indian Penal Code (IPC) outlines defamation under Section 499, defining it
as harming an individual's reputation through spoken words, writings, or visual representations, either
intentionally or knowing that such actions could cause harm.

 Penalties for Defamation: Section 500 of the IPC imposes penalties for defamation, which can include
imprisonment for up to two years, a fine, or both.

 Understanding Defamation: Defamation involves making false, harmful statements about another
individual, which can damage that person's reputation. It's a concept with historical roots in various legal
traditions worldwide.

 Constitutional Context: While Article 19 of the Indian Constitution guarantees freedom of speech,
Article 19(2) allows for reasonable restrictions, including defamation laws, to balance individual rights
with public order and morality.

 Civil vs. Criminal Defamation: In India, defamation is unique in that it can be pursued as either a civil
injury or a criminal offense, with different implications and remedies for each.

 Standard of Proof: The legal thresholds differ between civil and criminal defamation cases. Civil cases
operate on a balance of probabilities, while criminal cases require proof beyond a reasonable doubt.

 Free Speech and Defamation: India's Supreme Court has affirmed that criminal defamation laws do not
infringe on free speech rights, emphasizing the importance of protecting individual reputation as a facet of
human dignity under Article 21.

 Balancing Fundamental Rights: The judiciary maintains that a balance must be struck between free
expression and protecting reputations, ensuring that neither right is disproportionately compromised.

 Notable Defamation Cases: Indian legal history includes several significant defamation cases, such as
Mahendra Ram vs. Harnandan Prasad and Ram Jethmalani vs. Subramanian Swamy, which have
helped shape the understanding and application of defamation law.

 Online Defamation Ruling: The Shreya Singhal vs. Union of India case marked a pivotal moment for
online speech, where certain restrictions under the Information Technology Act were deemed
unconstitutional.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
39

 Consequences for Lawmakers: Under the Representation of the People Act of 1951, lawmakers,
including MPs, can face disqualification from their positions if convicted of certain offenses, including those
with sentences of two years or more.

 Specific Disqualifying Offenses: The Act specifies offenses leading to disqualification, such as promoting
communal disharmony, election-related bribery, or undue influence, among others.

 Grace Period for Appeal: Lawmakers have a three-month window post-conviction to appeal the
decision before disqualification takes effect, allowing for legal recourse and review.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
40
24.
24. India’s Inland Water Transport

 The Indian government is prioritizing Inland Water Transport (IWT), aiming to expand its contribution to
5% by 2030 under the Maritime India Vision (MIV)-2030 initiative.

 Understanding IWT: IWT involves utilizing inland water bodies (rivers, canals, etc.) for transportation.
Despite its cost-effectiveness and eco-friendliness, particularly for bulk goods, its current utilization in India
is limited to 2% of the transportation mix.

 Benefits of IWT: Key advantages include lower operational costs, reduced fuel consumption, minimal land
use, decreased pollution levels, and potential for recreational usage.

 India's Waterway Potential: India boasts over 20,000 kilometers of navigable inland waterways,
presenting substantial opportunities for enhancing transportation and reducing carbon emissions.

 Development Projects: Significant projects like the Jal Vikas Marg Project and Arth Ganga aim to
revitalize National Waterway-1, potentially stimulating an economic surge of Rs 1,000 crore over five
years.

 Navigational Challenges: Seasonal rivers and waterways pose navigability issues, with only a fraction of
the 111 national waterways being viable year-round.

 Environmental and Social Concerns: Intensive dredging required for waterway maintenance could spark
environmental backlash and community opposition due to potential displacement and ecological impact.

 Competing Water Demands: Balancing water usage between transportation, domestic needs, irrigation,
and power generation presents a significant challenge, necessitating careful resource management.

 Jurisdictional Issues: While the central government controls national waterways, state governments or
concurrent jurisdiction govern other water bodies, leading to potential regulatory complexities.

 Maritime India Vision 2030: This ambitious blueprint, succeeding the Sagarmala initiative, focuses on
enhancing waterways, invigorating shipbuilding, and promoting cruise tourism.

 Financial Initiatives: The proposed Maritime Development Fund and Riverine Development Fund aim to
inject substantial capital into the sector, facilitating long-term, low-cost financing.

 Regulatory Overhaul: The establishment of a unified Port Regulatory Authority and the revision of the
Indian Ports Act are anticipated to streamline governance across major and minor ports.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
41
25.
25. Rajasthan’s Right to Health Bill
Rajasthan has pioneered the Right to Health Bill, ensuring free healthcare for all residents at public
facilities, marking a significant step in healthcare accessibility.

 __________Bill Provisions: The legislation guarantees free services, including drugs, diagnostics, and
treatments, at public institutions and certain private entities, enhancing healthcare affordability and
accessibility.

 Emergency Care Mandate: The bill stipulates immediate treatment in emergencies, bypassing procedural
delays, and ensures free essential services, aiming to reduce financial burdens on individuals.

 Right to Health Concept: This right encompasses the highest attainable health standards, a principle
established globally by organizations like the WHO, emphasizing human dignity and government
responsibility.

 Constitutional Backing: India's commitment to health as a part of human rights is reflected in the
Directive Principles of State Policy, indirectly influencing public health policies.

 International Commitment: India adheres to global standards like the Universal Declaration of Human
Rights, asserting individuals' right to adequate living standards and well-being.

 Judicial Upholding: Indian courts, recognizing health as a fundamental right under Article 21, have
reiterated the state's obligation to provide adequate medical facilities, as seen in landmark cases like Paschim
Banga Khet Mazdoor Samity.

 Rights-Based Approach: The legal acknowledgment of health as a right obligates the government to
ensure healthcare accessibility, potentially broadening service reach and improving quality.

 Financial Protection: The initiative aims to curb out-of-pocket expenses, preventing healthcare costs from
driving individuals into poverty.

 Infrastructure Deficit: Despite progress, India grapples with insufficient healthcare infrastructure,
particularly in non-metropolitan areas, evidenced by low per capita availability of beds, doctors, and nurses.

 Disease Prevalence: High incidences of various communicable and non-communicable diseases
necessitate substantial healthcare investments and robust infrastructure.

 Gender Health Gap: Disparities in healthcare access for women, manifested in higher maternal
mortality and underutilization of critical services, present a challenge for equitable healthcare.

 Funding Shortfalls: Public healthcare expenditure in India lags, restricting the expansion of quality
healthcare services. The country's spending is significantly lower than the average of other lower- and
middle-income nations.

 Rural-Urban Divide: Over 70% of India's population, primarily in rural areas, lacks access to basic
healthcare services, with the majority of healthcare infrastructure concentrated in cities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
42
26.
26. New India Literacy Programme (NILP)
The New India Literacy Programme (NILP) is a recent initiative by the Indian Government, aiming to
enhance literacy rates and life skills across the country.

 Central Sponsorship: This programme is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme, with a proposed budget of
Rs.1037.90 crore, spanning five years from 2022-23 to 2026-27.

 Target Demographic: NILP is designed to assist approximately 5 crore individuals who are non-literate,
focusing on those aged 15 years and older.

 Comprehensive Components: The programme is structured around five key elements: Foundational
Literacy and Numeracy, Critical Life Skills, Vocational Skills Development, Basic Education, and
Continuing Education.
Figure 11. Source: Ministry of Education

 Beneficiary Identification Process: Identification of the participants is conducted through door-to-door
surveys using a mobile application, allowing for comprehensive demographic engagement. Individuals can
also self-register through the app.

 Volunteer Participation: A unique aspect of NILP is its reliance on volunteer contributions for both
teaching and learning processes. Registration for volunteers is also facilitated through the mobile app.

 Technology-Driven Approach: Emphasizing digital literacy, the programme predominantly utilizes online
platforms for implementation, with educational materials accessible on the DIKSHA platform of NCERT.

 Multiple Modes of Education Dissemination: Education under NILP isn't confined to online methods; it
also employs TVs, radios, and Samajik Chetna Kendras for the widespread distribution of foundational
literacy and numeracy education.

 Open Eligibility: The scheme is inclusive, inviting all non-literates above the age of 15 to participate
and benefit from the programme.

 Background Need for NILP: According to the 2011 Census, India had 25.76 crore non-literates aged
15 and above. Despite the Saakshar Bharat programme reducing this number, there are approximately
18.12 crore adults who remain non-literate, necessitating the NILP.

 Focus on Foundational Education: One of the primary goals of NILP is to establish a strong foundation
in literacy and numeracy, critical for further educational pursuits and vocational training.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
43
27.
27. SC Directs to File FIR Against Wrestling Federation of India's President
The Supreme Court recently directed attention to the Delhi Police regarding a plea by wrestlers for an FIR
against the Wrestling Federation of India's President, citing sexual harassment allegations.

 Preliminary Inquiry Debate: The Solicitor General indicated the necessity for a 'preliminary inquiry'
before FIR registration, a point of contention in legal procedures.

 Cognizable Offences and FIR: Sexual harassment and assault sections in the Indian Penal Code (IPC)
are cognizable offences, mandating an FIR, further emphasized under the Protection of Children from
Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act 2012 due to the involvement of a minor.

 Understanding FIR: An FIR is a primary legal document recorded by police, marking the
commencement of an investigation into a cognizable offence.

 Procedure Post-FIR: After an FIR, police may request the accused's custodial interrogation, file a
chargesheet, or submit a closure report if allegations lack substance.

 Mandatory FIR Registration: Under Section 154 (1), CrPC, police must register an FIR upon learning
about a cognizable offence, with 'Zero FIR' allowing initial filing regardless of jurisdictional constraints.

 Non-compliance Penalties: Insertion of section 166A in the IPC post-Justice JS Verma committee’s
recommendations in 2013, criminalizes public servants' failure to record cognizable offences, with penalties
including imprisonment and fines.

 POCSO Act Stipulations: Under POCSO Act 2012, Section 19 mandates anyone suspecting an offence
against a child to report it, necessitating written FIR registration, with non-compliance punishable under
Section 21.

 Preliminary Inquiry's Legality: The landmark judgment in "Lalita Kumari vs Govt of UP and ors
(2013)" affirmed the obligatory nature of FIRs for cognizable offences, restricting preliminary inquiries to
ascertain cognizable offence presence, not information authenticity.

 Preliminary Inquiry Constraints: The Supreme Court outlined permissible preliminary inquiry scenarios
(e.g., family disputes, delayed reporting) and capped the inquiry duration at seven days.

 Recourse Against FIR Refusal: Legal provisions under Section 154 (3) and Section 156, CrPC, empower
aggrieved individuals to approach higher police authorities or magistrates if local police deny FIR
registration.

 Magistrate's Role: A complaint to a magistrate can lead to a directive for case registration, with the
Supreme Court clarifying such complaints as equivalent to FIRs, thereby initiating police investigations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
44
28.
28. Information Technology (Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media Ethics Code)
Rules, 2021
In 2023, the Indian government implemented amendments to the Information Technology
(Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules, 2021, introducing significant changes
affecting digital platforms and online content.

 Objective: The amendments aim to establish a progressive, harmonious, and protective framework,
promoting ethical digital media practices, safeguarding citizens' interests, and maintaining national security
and sovereignty.

 Social Media Regulation: Enhanced accountability measures for social media platforms include grievance
redressal mechanisms, compliance reporting, and stricter due diligence, ensuring user protection against
misuse and abuse.

 Appointment of Compliance Officers: Significant social media intermediaries must appoint Chief
Compliance Officers, Nodal Contact Persons, and Resident Grievance Officers, ensuring regulatory
adherence, effective grievance handling, and law enforcement coordination.

 Traceability Mandate: To combat unlawful activities and content, platforms are required to enable
traceability of originators of problematic messages, balancing security concerns with user privacy.

 Digital Media Ethics Code: The amendments introduce a code of ethics for digital media and OTT
platforms, mandating content classification, adherence to guidelines for content featuring nudity, violence,
or misinformation, and implementing parental locks for explicit content.

 Self-Classification of Content: OTT platforms are required to self-classify content into five categories
based on age suitability, providing viewers with informed choices and protecting children from inappropriate
content.

 Three-Tier Redressal Mechanism: A robust three-tier grievance redressal structure comprising the
publisher, self-regulating bodies, and an Oversight Mechanism by the Ministry of Information and
Broadcasting, ensures prompt resolution of consumer and content-related issues.

 Empowerment of Users: Users are empowered to report legal violations and grievances regarding content,
with platforms required to acknowledge complaints within 24 hours and resolve them within 15 days.

 Protection from Defamation: Measures to protect individuals and entities from defamatory content
include provisions for content removal and the necessity for platforms to publish a monthly compliance
report detailing complaint redressal actions.

 Fact-Checking Units: To combat misinformation and fake news, digital media publishers must employ
fact-checking units, ensuring content credibility and reliability.

 Emergency Removal Powers: The government retains the authority to direct immediate content removal
under emergency circumstances, safeguarding public order, decency, morality, and national security.

 Exemption Clause: The rules provide specific exemptions for certain platforms or content types, ensuring
flexibility and consideration of various operational models and content natures.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
45
29.
29. Inter-State Water Dispute
Inter-state water disputes in India are a persistent issue, often due to the uneven distribution of water among
states and the increasing demand for water resources.

 Legal Framework: The Inter-State River Water Disputes Act, 1956, is the legal framework governing
the adjudication of water disputes in India, amended over time to expedite resolution processes.

 Recent Developments: Odisha has raised an issue under the ISRWD Act, 1956, against Chhattisgarh
for unannounced water release into the Mahanadi, causing concerns over water management during non-
monsoon seasons.

 Mahanadi Water Disputes Tribunal (MWDT): Established in March 2018, the MWDT is tasked with
resolving disputes between Odisha and Chhattisgarh over the Mahanadi river basin, with a report due
by December 2025.

 Absence of Agreement: There is no existing inter-state consensus between Odisha and Chhattisgarh
on the allocation of water from the Mahanadi basin.

 Odisha's Grievances: The state has faced issues due to Chhattisgarh's water regulation practices,
impacting agriculture and drinking water supply in Odisha, particularly during non-monsoon periods.

 Unpredictable Water Release: Chhattisgarh's recent release of water without prior notice has exacerbated
concerns, highlighting the need for better communication and coordination between the states.

 Inter-State River Disputes: These disputes are a significant challenge within Indian federalism, with
notable examples including the Krishna, Cauvery, and Satluj, Yamuna disputes.

 Constitutional Framework: Water management falls under state jurisdiction (Entry 17, State List), but
the central government can intervene for inter-state rivers (Entry 56, Union List) as per Article 262.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
46

 Dispute Resolution Mechanism: The Inter-State Water Dispute Act, 1956, outlines the process for
handling disputes, including the establishment of tribunals for impartial adjudication.

 River Board Act, 1956: Although this act authorizes the formation of boards for inter-state river
management, it has not been utilized effectively, with no boards established to date.

 Tribunal Awards and Judicial Scrutiny: While the Supreme Court cannot contest the decisions of water
dispute tribunals, it can scrutinize the functioning of these tribunals.

 Amendments for Efficiency: The 2002 amendment to the ISRWD Act incorporated Sarkaria
Commission recommendations, mandating specific time frames for tribunal formation and decision
announcement.

 Challenges with Tribunals: Issues include prolonged delays, lack of transparency, single-disciplinary
composition, insufficient data, and politicization, all of which hinder effective dispute resolution.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
47
30.
30. Supreme Court on National Security Act
The Supreme Court recently addressed a case involving an individual detained under the National Security
Act (NSA), 1980, for allegedly disseminating false information, highlighting the act's implications.

 National Security Act, 1980: This legislation, established for internal security purposes, allows preventive
detention to inhibit individuals from activities potentially dangerous to state security or public order.

 Preventive Detention: Under the NSA, individuals can be confined to prevent future criminal activities, a
measure supported by Article 22 of the Indian Constitution, albeit with restrictions to protect personal
liberty.

 Governmental Authority: The NSA authorizes either the Central or State Governments to detain persons
considered a risk to national security or public stability, or those threatening the maintenance of essential
communal supplies and services.
Figure 12. Source: Hindustan TImes

 Detention Duration: An individual can be detained under the NSA for up to 12 months, the maximum
period allowed without formal charges or trial.

 National Security Council Formation: The NSA stipulates the creation of a National Security Council
(NSC) tasked with advising the Prime Minister on security-related matters.

 About NSC: Established in 1998, the NSC is a premier consultative body chaired by the Prime Minister,
guiding decisions on national security and strategic policies.

 NSC Composition: Key members include the National Security Advisor, Chief of Defence Staff,
various ministers (Defence, External Affairs, Home, Finance), and the Vice Chairman of NITI Aayog,
among others.

 NSC Responsibilities: The council undertakes comprehensive security reviews, suggests policy
modifications, coordinates inter-agency activities, assesses potential threats, and prepares response strategies
for diverse security scenarios.

 Criticism of NSA - Potential for Abuse: The NSA's broad powers, including detention without trial, have
raised concerns about its potential misuse against political adversaries or to quell dissent.

 Human Rights Concerns: Detention without trial under the NSA is viewed as a human rights violation,
infringing on the right to a fair trial, freedom of expression, and personal liberty.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
48
31.
31. 2023 Logistics Performance Index (LPI)

 Recent Development: In the 2023 Logistics Performance Index (LPI) by the World Bank, India has
risen six positions, now standing at 38th among 139 nations, marking progress from its 44th position in
2018 and 54th in 2014.

 LPI Overview: The World Bank's LPI serves as a critical benchmarking instrument that aids countries in
recognizing their logistical challenges and opportunities, focusing on enhancing trade logistics operations.

 Measurement Criteria: The LPI assesses countries based on six key parameters: customs efficiency,
quality of trade and transport infrastructure, ease of shipping arrangement, competence of logistics services,
ability to track and trace consignments, and timeliness of cargo delivery.

 Publication History: Initiated in 2010, the LPI reports were biennial until 2018, with a hiatus in 2020
due to the pandemic and methodological revamping, resuming in 2023 with enhanced features like speed of
trade indicators.

 India's Strategic Moves: The Indian government's strategic initiatives, including the PM Gati Shakti plan
and the National Logistics Policy, have significantly contributed to the country's improved logistics
performance, aiming for economic efficiency and logistical speed.

 Infrastructure Enhancement: India's logistical infrastructure development, particularly in connecting
coastal gateways to inland economic hubs, is reflected in its improved infrastructure score, rising from 52nd
to 47th, and a significant leap in international shipment rankings.

 Technological Integration: The adoption of advanced technologies, particularly in supply chain visibility
and container tracking through public-private partnerships, has streamlined logistics in India, setting it ahead
of several advanced economies.

 Dwell Time Reduction: India has achieved a substantial reduction in port dwell time, averaging 2.6
days, comparable to efficient global standards, thanks to initiatives like cargo tracking, significantly
enhancing logistical efficiency.

 Global Comparison: India's logistical advancements are evident when compared globally, with its dwell
time performance surpassing major economies like the U.S. and Germany, highlighting its rapid
improvements in logistical operations.

 Economic Implications: The enhancements in logistics, reflected in the LPI rankings, are poised to boost
India's economic landscape, reducing operational costs, enhancing manufacturing sector efficiency, and
ensuring rapid deliveries, crucial for trade competitiveness.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
49
32.
32. UDAN 5.0
The Indian government recently initiated the fifth phase of the Regional Connectivity Scheme, known as
UDAN 5.0, aiming to enhance connectivity to India's remote regions.

 UDAN Scheme Overview: Launched under the National Civil Aviation Policy 2016, UDAN (Ude Desh
ka Aam Nagrik) seeks to develop regional airports and improve connectivity, making air travel accessible
and affordable for people across the country.

 Duration and Goals: The 10-year scheme aims to bolster connectivity to India's remote areas, stimulate
economic development, promote tourism, and create jobs in the aviation sector by making air travel
affordable for the average citizen.

 Pricing and Subsidies: UDAN mandates that airlines set a ceiling on fares for half of the seats on UDAN
flights, with a maximum charge of Rs. 2,500 for each flight hour. The scheme includes concessions and
Viability Gap Funding (VGF) to support the airlines financially.
Figure 14. Source: Indian Express

 Regional Connectivity Fund: The scheme includes a Regional Connectivity Fund (RCF), supported by
various state governments, to provide the necessary VGF. The fund is particularly crucial for enhancing
connectivity in underserved areas.

 Evolution of UDAN: Since its inception in 2017, UDAN has undergone several phases, each expanding
its scope to include more underserved and remote areas, with particular attention to hilly regions, islands, and
areas lacking significant connectivity.

 UDAN 5.0 Specifics: The latest phase, UDAN 5.0, extends its focus to larger aircraft and removes distance
constraints between flight origin and destination. It also adjusts VGF parameters and introduces more
flexibility in route selection by airlines.

 Route Monopoly Regulation: To prevent route monopolization, UDAN 5.0 stipulates that no single airline
can operate the same route more than once. Additionally, exclusive operation rights will be revoked if certain
performance criteria, like high passenger load factors, are met.

 Operational Efficiency: UDAN 5.0 requires airlines to commence operations within four months of route
assignment, a reduction from the previous six-month period, ensuring more efficient service initiation.

 Contractual Flexibility: The phase introduces a simplified process for transferring routes from one
operator to another, known as novation, making it easier to maintain service continuity when contractual
changes occur.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
50
Figure 15. Source: PIB

 Impact of UDAN: As of August 2022, UDAN has significantly increased the number of operational
airports in India and established connections to numerous previously underserved or unserved destinations,
including airports, heliports, and water aerodromes.

 Expanded Connectivity: Through UDAN, over 425 new routes have been introduced, extending air
connectivity to more than 29 states and union territories across India, a substantial increase from past
figures.

 Passenger Reach: The scheme has successfully served over one crore passengers, offering them access to
air travel at more affordable rates and transforming the dynamics of domestic travel within India.

 Economic Ripple Effect: By connecting more regions, especially Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities, UDAN has
broadened the economic landscape of these areas, promoting local businesses, tourism, and investment
opportunities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
51
33.
33. Animal Birth Control Rules, 2023
The Ministry of Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying recently introduced the Animal Birth
Control Rules, 2023, replacing the previous 2001 rules, under the framework of the Prevention of Cruelty to
Animals Act, 1960.

 Contextual Urgency: The new rules were prompted by the alarming incidence of dog bites in India, with
160 million cases reported from 2019 to 2022, leading to societal tensions and increased cruelty toward
stray animals.

 Legal Backing: The 2023 rules align with directives from the Supreme Court and guidelines from animal
welfare organizations, explicitly prohibiting the relocation of stray dogs.

 Core Objective: The primary focus is on regulating the population of stray dogs through humane Animal
Birth Control (ABC) programs, which include sterilization and vaccination initiatives.

 Administrative Responsibility: Execution of ABC programs is delegated to local administrative bodies,
including municipalities and panchayats, ensuring community-level management and engagement.

 Joint Efforts for Health: The rules mandate collaborative execution of ABC and Anti-Rabies programs by
municipal corporations, addressing public health concerns alongside animal welfare.

 Conflict Resolution: Strategies for mitigating human-stray dog conflicts are outlined, emphasizing non-
relocation and humane treatment to ensure coexistence and public safety.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
52

 Cruelty Prevention: The rules underscore the necessity for ethical practices in ABC programs,
safeguarding animal welfare and preventing inhumane treatment.

 Understanding Rabies: Rabies, a critical aspect of the discourse, is a fatal, vaccine-preventable zoonotic
disease, primarily transmitted to humans through dog bites, significantly impacting public health globally.

 Rabies in India: India bears a substantial burden of global rabies fatalities, with a notable percentage of
victims being children under 15, highlighting the urgency for comprehensive rabies prevention strategies.

 Preventive Measures: Rabies prevention hinges on timely vaccination of pets and potentially exposed
individuals, crucial for controlling the spread before symptom onset.

 Global Collaboration: The United Against Rabies Forum exemplifies international cooperation, uniting
experts worldwide to target the elimination of dog-mediated human rabies deaths by 2030.

 National Action Plan: India's strategy, the National Action Plan for Dog Mediated Rabies Elimination
by 2030 (NAPRE), was formulated by the NCDC and relevant ministries, drawing from global guidelines
to chart a path toward eradicating rabies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
53
34.
34. Sangathan Se Samridhhi
The "Sangathan Se Samridhhi" initiative, launched under the DAY-NRLM, is a national effort aiming to
integrate 10 crore rural women into Self Help Groups (SHGs), enhancing their socio-economic status.

 Campaign Objectives: This movement, part of the broader "Azadi Ka Amrit Mahotsav Samaveshi
Vikaas," targets the inclusion of marginalized rural communities, expanding their awareness and
participation in DAY-NRLM benefits.

 Operational Strategies: The campaign encompasses comprehensive activities like community meetings,
motivational talks by SHG veterans, drives led by Community Resource Persons, and logistical support such
as bank account facilitation for SHGs.

 Significance for Rural Women: Integrating a substantial female population from rural areas into SHGs
is pivotal for leveraging their contributions towards India's economic goals, directly influencing the nation's
GDP.

 Economic Benefits of SHGs: SHGs play a crucial role in women's financial empowerment, offering
micro-financing, savings platforms, and fostering decision-making capabilities, as evidenced by a 2022
IFMR study.

 Promotion of Women Entrepreneurship: SHGs significantly contribute to nurturing women
entrepreneurs, providing essential services, training, and community development, with states like
Maharashtra exemplifying successful SHG-driven women-led enterprises.

 Skill Enhancement Through SHGs: These groups are instrumental in skill development, offering various
training that boosts earning capacities and personal development among rural women.

 Social Strengthening: By fostering solidarity, breaking societal barriers, and enhancing participative
decision-making, SHGs contribute to the social empowerment of women.

 Overview of DAY-NRLM: Initiated in 2011, the DAY-NRLM is a central initiative aiming at poverty
alleviation through diversified livelihood opportunities and financial inclusivity for rural households.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
54

 Unique Approach of DAY-NRLM: The mission adopts a self-help model, working through community
institutions and professionals, emphasizing self-reliance and community engagement.

 Sub-Programs Under DAY-NRLM: Several focused sub-programs like MKSP, SVEP, AGEY,
DDUGKY, and RSETIs operate under DAY-NRLM, each targeting specific aspects of rural livelihood,
from agro-ecology and entrepreneurship to skill development and transport services.

 Positive Outcomes of DAY-NRLM: As of 2022, the mission has seen substantial growth in women's
participation, bank linkages, and a decrease in NPAs, indicating its positive impact on rural livelihoods.

 Statistical Highlights: From its inception until May 2021, DAY-NRLM has fostered 6.9 million SHGs,
encompassing 75 million members across numerous villages, marking a significant stride in inclusive rural
development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
55
35.
35. Nineth Schedule of Constitution of India
Recently, the spotlight is on the Ninth Schedule of the Indian Constitution following the Chhattisgarh
Chief Minister's appeal to the Prime Minister. The request is to safeguard two state amendment bills
proposing increased reservation quotas by including them in the Ninth Schedule.

 Proposed Amendments: The Chhattisgarh State Assembly passed two bills advocating a substantial 76%
reservation in jobs and educational sectors for Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, and Other
Backward Classes, a move yet to receive the Governor's assent.

 Significance of the Ninth Schedule: Enshrined in the Constitution, the Ninth Schedule provides
immunity to included laws from judicial scrutiny, thereby preventing challenges in court. This feature
is central to the Chhattisgarh government's strategy to secure its reservation amendments.

 Background of Legal Conflict: The initiative follows a legal setback where the Chhattisgarh High Court
nullified a 58% reservation order, branding it unconstitutional for surpassing the 50% threshold. The
new bills aim to bypass such legal hurdles.

 Ninth Schedule Origins: Introduced via the Constitution (First Amendment) Act, 1951, the Ninth
Schedule was designed to protect agrarian reform laws from legal challenges, particularly those aimed at
dismantling the Zamindari system.

 Content and Expansion: Initially, the Schedule safeguarded 13 specific laws. Over the years, through
various amendments, the number has expanded to 284, covering diverse issues beyond agricultural land
matters.

 Unique Protection Mechanism: Article 31B, conferring the Schedule its authority, ensures
retrospective protection of laws. This means laws can receive constitutional immunity even after facing
initial legal challenges.

 Scope of Judicial Review: Despite the apparent immunity, the Supreme Court, through landmark
judgments, has clarified that laws under the Ninth Schedule are not beyond review, especially if they
infringe upon Fundamental Rights or the Constitution's basic structure.

 Keshavananda Bharati Case (1973): This pivotal case introduced the "basic structure" doctrine,
asserting that constitutional amendments respecting this structure are permissible, but any alteration to
the core principles could be invalidated.

 Waman Rao Ruling (1981): The Supreme Court, in this instance, differentiated between amendments
made before and after the Keshavananda verdict (24th April 1973), declaring the post-verdict changes
susceptible to challenges based on the basic structure doctrine.

 I R Coelho Judgment (2007): Further tightening the scope, the Court mandated that laws added to the
Ninth Schedule post-24th April 1973 must conform to Articles 14, 19, and 21 of the Constitution,
reinforcing judicial oversight.

 Implications for Future Laws: The Coelho case also established that laws, once validated by the
judiciary, cannot be re-challenged on the same constitutional grounds, ensuring legal certainty for provisions
listed in the Ninth Schedule.

 Current Scenario in Chhattisgarh: The state's proactive legislative move seeks to navigate the complex
constitutional landscape, balancing legal constraints with its policy objective of extending reservations for
marginalized communities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
56
36.
36. Digital Health Summit 2023
The recent Digital Health Summit 2023, spearheaded by the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) in
Goa, underscored the transformative role of digital innovations in revolutionizing healthcare delivery.

 CII's Role: As an autonomous, industry-driven body, CII's advocacy for non-profit initiatives was
evident in its organization of the summit, emphasizing industry's commitment to societal welfare.

 Summit Insights: The 2023 summit brought to the forefront cutting-edge digital health strategies, stressing
the integration of advanced technologies like 3D printing, robotics, and genomics in mainstream healthcare.

 Digital Public Goods Framework: A significant takeaway was the call for a standardized digital
framework promoting interoperability, safeguarding data privacy, and ensuring robust data security in health-
tech applications.

 Citizen-Centric Approach: The discussions underscored the imperative for health systems to pivot
towards a user-focused model, ensuring equitable access to superior healthcare solutions for all strata of
society.

 Health-Tech and Industry 4.0: Recognizing health-tech as a cornerstone of the Fourth Industrial
Revolution, the summit highlighted the necessity for proactive measures in harnessing digital advancements
for health betterment.

 Defining Digital Healthcare: Encompassing a wide spectrum from mobile health to personalized
medicine, digital healthcare represents a contemporary approach to making medical services more reachable,
economical, and enduring.

 Innovations in Diagnostics: The emergence of Point-of-Care Diagnostics (POCD) marks a significant
stride in medical technology, offering precise, on-the-spot diagnostic results, thereby revolutionizing patient
care in various settings.

 Role of Virtual Assistants: Digital health assistants are narrowing the patient-doctor divide, offering
intermediary services like appointment management and health record maintenance, enhancing healthcare
efficiency.

 Legal Ambiguity in E-pharmacies: The current legal mechanism under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act,
1940, and the Pharmacy Act, 1948, does not recognize "e-pharmacy," creating a legislative vacuum and
uncertainty for online drug stores.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
57
37.
37. Supreme Court on Extra-Judicial Killings
The Supreme Court's recent remarks on extra-judicial killings (EJKs) in India, particularly following an
encounter in Uttar Pradesh, have spotlighted the critical issue of state-led human rights violations,
emphasizing that EJKs infringe upon the fundamental right to life.

 Defining EJKs: Extra-judicial killings are defined as the deliberate killing of individuals by state
authorities without any legal or judicial proceeding, bypassing the due process of law. These unlawful acts,
often justified as necessary for maintaining public order or fighting terrorism, manifest in various forms,
including summary executions and enforced disappearances.

 Constitutional Mandate: Upholding the rule of law, the Indian Constitution enshrines the right to life
and personal liberty under Article 21, obligating law enforcement to protect these rights for every
individual, irrespective of their legal status.

 Legitimate Use of Force: While the police are authorized to use force for self-defense or law
enforcement under specific circumstances, as per Section 96 of the IPC and Section 46 of the CrPC, these
provisions do not sanction extra-judicial killings.

 Trends in EJKs: Despite a general decline in registered encounter killings over six years, India witnessed
a concerning surge of 69.5% in such cases in the last two years, with states like Chhattisgarh, Uttar
Pradesh, and Assam reporting high incidences.

 Institutional Shortcomings: Resource constraints and investigative inefficiencies within the police force
contribute to a reliance on encounters as a shortcut to establishing law and order, compensating for low
conviction rates.

 Supreme Court Guidelines: Post the landmark judgment in "People's Union for Civil Liberties v State
of Maharashtra," the Supreme Court laid down comprehensive guidelines for police encounter
investigations, including mandatory FIR registration, independent inquiries, and adherence to detailed
procedural standards, recognized under Article 141.

 NHRC's Role: The National Human Rights Commission has been instrumental in establishing protocols
for encounter deaths, mandating prompt reporting, independent investigations, and compensation provisions,
thereby seeking to curb human rights abuses in encounter situations.

 Mandatory Reporting: Compliance with NHRC guidelines requires police to report encounter deaths
within a stringent timeline, ensuring accountability and transparency in the investigative process.

 Independent Oversight: The insistence on investigations by independent bodies, such as the State CID,
underscores the necessity for impartiality in examining encounter cases, preventing potential biases or
procedural violations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
58
38.
38. World Trade Organization (WTO) Panel has ruled against India in a dispute over
information technology (IT) tariffs with the European Union (EU)
A recent ruling by a World Trade Organization (WTO) panel found India in violation of global trade
norms due to its imposition of tariffs on various information technology (IT) products, a move contested by
the European Union, Japan, and Taiwan.

 Protectionist Measures: India's strategy to bolster domestic IT manufacturing through import duties
ranging from 7.5% to 20% on diverse IT products has faced criticism for being protectionist and non-
compliant with international trade regulations.

 Violation of ITA: The WTO panel concluded that India's tariffs contravened the Information
Technology Agreement (ITA) of 1996, to which India is a signatory. The ITA mandates the elimination of
tariffs on a broad spectrum of IT products.

 India's Defense: Contesting the ruling, India maintained that certain products, like smartphones, were not
in existence during the ITA's formulation, implying no obligation to refrain from imposing tariffs on such
items.
Figure 18. WTO

 Trade Dynamics: The EU, a significant trade partner for India, contributing to 10.8% of its total trade,
initiated the challenge against India's tariffs. The ruling's aftermath could influence trade interactions,
potentially necessitating India to revise its duty structure, impacting domestic manufacturing.

 Appeal Complications: While India retains the option to appeal the WTO's decision, the process risks
indefinite delay, or 'legal purgatory,' due to the current non-operational status of the WTO's appellate body,
primarily caused by the US's refusal to consent to the appointment of judges.

 WTO Overview: Established in 1995 as GATT's successor, the WTO aims to facilitate free and
predictable trade flows. It encompasses 164 members, representing 98% of global trade, and operates
through negotiated trade agreements, the most recent being the outcome of the 1986-94 Uruguay Round.

 Decision-Making Structure: The WTO's governance includes the Ministerial Conference, the topmost
decision-making body involving all member nations and convening biennially to deliberate on multilateral
trade agreements.

 Current Challenges: The WTO confronts significant hurdles in its dispute resolution efficacy, underscored
by the paralysis of its appellate mechanism due to external political pressures, and a global trend towards
protectionism that undermines the principles of a rules-based trading system.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
59

 Economic Implications for India: The ruling presses India to reconcile its domestic industrial ambitions
with its international trade commitments, highlighting the delicate balance required in policy formulation.

 Global Trade Relations: The verdict underscores the intricate dynamics of global trade relationships,
where domestic economic strategies, international obligations, and geopolitical influences converge,
necessitating nuanced navigation by countries.

 Legal Stalemate: The 'legal purgatory' at the WTO, a result of the appellate body impasse, presents a
precarious scenario for global trade disputes, diminishing the assurance of a structured, transparent resolution
process.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
60
39.
39. India and EFTA
India and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA) members have shown interest in resuming
discussions on the Trade and Economic Partnership Agreement (TEPA), aiming to enhance trade and
investment by mitigating tariff and non-tariff obstacles.

 EFTA's Composition and Purpose: Established in 1960, EFTA, consisting of Iceland, Liechtenstein,
Norway, and Switzerland, operates as a trade bloc enabling non-EU members to participate in the European
market through specific agreements.

 Trade Dynamics with EFTA: EFTA ranks as India's 9th largest trade collaborator, contributing
approximately 2.5% to India's total merchandise trade in 2020-21, with significant exchanges in textiles,
chemicals, gems, jewelry, and pharmaceuticals.

 TEPA's Objectives: TEPA is designed to expand trade and investment opportunities between India and
EFTA countries by reducing tariffs, ensuring equitable market access, enhancing intellectual property rights
protection, and establishing efficient dispute resolution mechanisms.
Figure 19. Source: ToI

 Scope of TEPA: This extensive agreement encompasses various sectors including goods, services,
investments, intellectual property, competition, government procurement, and trade facilitation, aiming for a
holistic economic partnership.

 Recent TEPA Discussions: The latest talks acknowledged global economic challenges, with a
commitment to tackle trade issues constructively. India advocated for including gender equality and
social development topics in the negotiations.

 India-Switzerland Ties: Collaboration with Switzerland extends beyond trade, involving joint
scientific research programs, skill development initiatives, and significant Swiss investment in India.

 India-Norway Cooperation: Relations with Norway include a focus on sustainable development and the
blue economy, with substantial investment from the Norwegian Pension Fund Global and academic
partnerships in technology and research.

 India-Iceland Diplomacy: Since establishing diplomatic ties in 1972, India and Iceland have engaged
in cooperative efforts across trade, renewable energy, education, and global governance, including Iceland's
backing of India's bid for a permanent UN Security Council seat.

 India-Liechtenstein Interaction: Despite modest trade figures, India and Liechtenstein maintain cordial
relations, marked by high-level diplomatic interactions and agreements on economic cooperation.

 Strategic Importance of TEPA: The agreement holds strategic importance for India, potentially opening
up markets for various sectors, enhancing foreign direct investment, and strengthening economic ties with the
EFTA nations.

 Mutual Economic Benefits: Both India and EFTA countries anticipate mutual economic gains from
TEPA, with opportunities for market expansion, technological collaboration, and enhanced trade relations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
61
40.
40. Armenian Genocide

 Definition of Genocide: Genocide, as defined by the UN, involves a mental element, specifically the
intent to annihilate, wholly or partly, any national, ethnic, racial, or religious group, and a physical element
that encompasses five exhaustive acts, including killing and causing serious harm to members of the group.

 Genocide Convention: Adopted on December 9, 1948, by the UNGA, the Genocide Convention was the
first human rights treaty, establishing guidelines to prevent and punish the crime of genocide, mandating
signatory nations to enact relevant laws and collaborate internationally on investigations and prosecutions.

 Jurisdiction of the International Court of Justice: The Genocide Convention recognizes the
International Court of Justice as the principal judicial organ responsible for interpreting and enforcing
compliance with the treaty's provisions.

 Armenian Genocide Background: The Armenian Genocide stemmed from the Armenians' minority
status and Christian faith in the Muslim-majority Ottoman Empire, leading to longstanding
discrimination and escalating tensions with the rise of the Young Turks and the outbreak of World
War I.
Figure 20. Source: Royal Institute

 Role of World War I: The war exacerbated the Ottoman government's suspicion towards Armenians,
particularly due to their perceived alignment with Russia. This culminated in the 1915 crackdown and
mass deportations, widely recognized as the Armenian Genocide.

 Global Recognition: Despite Turkey's denial, 32 countries, including prominent ones like the US and
France, officially acknowledge the mass killings of Armenians as genocide. However, India and the UK
refrain from this classification, often citing broader diplomatic considerations.

 Armenia-Turkey Relations: Contemporary relations between Armenia and Turkey are strained, not
only due to the genocide issue but also because of the conflict in the Nagorno-Karabakh region, with
Turkey supporting Azerbaijan against Armenian interests.

 Absence of Specific Genocide Law in India: Despite being a party to the UN Genocide Convention,
India lacks a specific domestic law dedicated to the crime of genocide.

 Genocide in the Indian Penal Code: India's IPC indirectly addresses genocide through Section 153B,
penalizing activities that foster hostility between various groups, potentially leading to rioting or violence,
akin to genocidal acts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
62

 Constitutional Safeguards: The Constitution of India upholds non-discrimination through Article 15
and guarantees the fundamental right to life and personal liberty under Article 21, indirectly offering
protections against genocidal acts.

 Genocide's Dual Elements: The crime of genocide is distinct due to its requirement of both intent
(mental element) and action (physical element), making it a complex legal challenge to prove and
prosecute.

 International Obligations and Enforcement: The Genocide Convention imposes on state parties the duty
to prevent and punish genocide, necessitating international cooperation and legal frameworks to address this
crime effectively.
41.
41. Operation Kaveri
Amidst Sudan's escalating crisis, India launched 'Operation Kaveri,' a strategic evacuation mission to
rescue around 3,000 Indian nationals stranded across Sudan, including in conflict-heavy zones like
Darfur.

 Evacuation Resources: The operation leverages the Indian Navy's INS Sumedha and Indian Air
Force's C-130J aircraft, positioned in Jeddah, to execute swift evacuations from various Sudanese regions.
Figure 21. Source: Maps of World

 Sudan's Political Turmoil: Sudan's current unrest traces back to President Omar al-Bashir's 2019
ousting, followed by a fragile power-sharing agreement, which collapsed with the military's 2021 coup,
causing nationwide instability and power struggles.

 Military vs. RSF Conflict: The recent conflict intensified due to a standoff between the Sudanese
Armed Forces (SAF) and the paramilitary Rapid Support Forces (RSF) over resource control and
integration timelines, jeopardizing the country's democratic transition.

 RSF's Controversial Role: Originating from the notorious Janjaweed militias, the RSF gained
prominence and power, often implicated in severe human rights violations in regions like Darfur, South
Kordofan, and Blue Nile.

 Impact on Democratic Process: The ongoing strife between the SAF and RSF complicates Sudan's
democratic aspirations, raising fears of a broader conflict potentially leading to state collapse.

 Economic Repercussions: The conflict aggravates Sudan's existing economic woes, characterized by
hyperinflation and substantial foreign debt, with crucial international aid and debt relief suspended post-coup.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
63

 Regional Instability Risks: Sudan's turmoil risks regional destabilization, given its geographical position
bordering several nations. Neighboring countries, especially Chad and South Sudan, face potential spill-
over conflicts and refugee influxes.

 Strategic Importance of Sudan: Sudan's strategic geopolitical location, significant natural resources, and
access to critical waterways like the Red Sea and Nile River make it a focal point for various global and
regional powers.

 India-Sudan Development Partnerships: India has actively engaged in Sudan's development, executing
49 projects via concessional credit lines, primarily in sectors like energy, transportation, and
agribusiness.

 Support for Sudanese Peace Efforts: India endorsed Sudan's transitional governance initiatives and
the Juba Peace Agreement, advocating inclusive negotiations and civilian protection measures, reflecting
its commitment to Sudan's stability and democratic transition.
42.
42. State of World Population Report
China has a population of 142.57 crore. India becomes most populous country in the world. According to the
United Nations data, India has surpassed China to become world's most populous nation with 142.86
crore people. China has a population of 142.57 crore, according to the UN world population dashboard. The
United States is a third populated country, with a population of 340 million.

 Demographic Details: India's population structure includes 25% aged 0-14, 18% aged 10-19, and 7%
above 65. The working-age population (15-64) constitutes 68%, presenting potential economic benefits.

 Global Population Trends: India and China together represent over a third of the global population.
However, both nations are experiencing a slowdown in population growth.

 Fertility Insights: India's fertility rate stands at 2, below the global average of 2.3, indicating changing
reproductive patterns and potentially impacting future population dynamics.

 Life Expectancy Statistics: Indian males have a life expectancy of 71 years and females 74, with global
averages at 71 for males and 76 for females, highlighting disparities in health outcomes.

 Women's Autonomy: In India, 18% of women reported recent intimate partner violence, while
approximately 80% participate in health-related decision-making, indicating areas for improvement in
gender rights.

 Population Growth Centers: Significant global population growth by 2050 is expected in eight countries,
including India, emphasizing the need for targeted developmental strategies in these regions.

 Harnessing Demographic Dividend: The report suggests that India's youthful population presents a time-
sensitive demographic dividend. Empowering women, particularly in reproductive decisions, is crucial for
sustainable development.

 Advocacy for Gender Equality: The report advocates for gender equality and women's empowerment,
particularly in bodily autonomy, as pivotal for societal progress and sustainable development.

 Educational and Family Planning: In high-fertility nations, educational initiatives and family planning
are essential for economic growth and human capital development, as per the report's recommendations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
64

 Demographic Opportunities: India's large workforce and consumer base are attractive for business
investments and innovation, potentially enhancing economic growth and global influence.

 UNFPA's Role and Funding: As a UN subsidiary, UNFPA, established in 1967, operates through
voluntary contributions, focusing on health, education, and gender equality in line with Sustainable
Development Goals. UNFPA works directly to tackle Sustainable Development Goals on health (SDG3),
education (SDG4) and gender equality (SDG5).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
65
43.
43. Demand for Civil Union for Same Sex Couple
The Indian government has challenged the petitions advocating for same-sex marriage, questioning the
judiciary's authority in altering the traditional concept of marriage.
o
o Responding to the challenge, the Chief Justice of India indicated that the court's deliberations would
focus on potentially recognizing "civil unions" for same-sex couples under the Special Marriage Act,
1954.

 Understanding Civil Unions: Civil unions provide a legal framework that confers rights and
responsibilities similar to marriage, specifically designed for same-sex couples, encompassing aspects like
property, inheritance, and parental rights.

 Distinguishing Marriage and Civil Unions: While marriage is a socio-religious institution typically
between a man and a woman, civil unions are legal provisions granting marital-like status, often used to
legitimize same-sex relationships.

 Global Precedents: Before legalizing same-sex marriage, countries like the USA, Sweden, Brazil,
Uruguay, and Chile recognized civil unions, providing various legal protections to same-sex couples.

 Indian Legal Scenario for LGBTQ+: Post the landmark 2018 judgment decriminalizing homosexuality
(Navtej Singh Johar vs Union of India), India has witnessed petitions seeking legalization of same-sex
marriage, prompting judicial exploration of civil unions within existing laws.

 Special Marriage Act's Role: The Special Marriage Act, 1954, known for enabling inter-faith marriages,
is being considered for its potential applicability to same-sex civil unions, offering a non-religious avenue for
legal recognition.

 Privacy Rights and Sexual Orientation: The 2017 KS Puttaswamy v Union of India case affirmed that
an individual's sexual orientation falls within the ambit of the right to privacy, laying groundwork for
subsequent LGBTQ+ rights judgments.

 Decriminalization of Homosexuality: The Supreme Court, in Navtej Singh Johar vs Union of India,
invalidated parts of Section 377 of the IPC, decriminalizing homosexuality and emphasizing non-
discrimination based on sexual orientation.

 Expanding Family Definitions: The 2022 Deepika Singh vs Central Administrative Services case saw
the Supreme Court broaden the concept of family to include non-traditional arrangements, ensuring
equal legal protection for such relationships.

 Fundamental Right to Choose a Partner: Through multiple rulings (Lata Singh vs State of UP, Shafin
Jahan vs Ashokan, Shakti Vahini vs Union of India, Laxmibai Chandarangi vs State of Karnataka),
the Supreme Court has reiterated that selecting a life partner is an intrinsic part of Article 21, covering the
right to life and personal liberty.

 Civil Unions as a Middle Ground: Civil unions are viewed as a potential compromise, providing legal
safeguards to same-sex couples without altering the conventional definition of marriage, thus navigating
socio-cultural sensitivities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
66
44.
44. State of Global Climate Report 2023

 The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) recently published the 2022 State of the Global Climate
Report, detailing critical climate indicators and the repercussions of climate change.

 Temperature Rise: In 2022, the global average temperature soared to 1.15 °C above pre-industrial
levels, marking the period from 2015 to 2022 as the warmest eight years since records began in 1850.

 Greenhouse Gas Concentrations: Record levels of major greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide,
methane, and nitrous oxide, were observed in 2021, with methane experiencing its most significant annual
increase.

 Sea Level Trends: The global mean sea level achieved a new peak in 2022, with land ice loss and ocean
warming being major contributors, accounting for 36% and 55% of the rise, respectively.

 Ocean Heat Content: The heat content of the world's oceans reached unprecedented levels in 2022,
absorbing about 90% of excess energy and mitigating more drastic atmospheric temperature rises but
endangering marine life.

 Ocean Acidification: The ongoing absorption of CO2 by the oceans is causing a significant drop in pH
levels, a process known as ocean acidification, posing a serious threat to marine ecosystems.

 Antarctic Sea Ice: In February 2022, Antarctic sea ice coverage shrunk to its lowest recorded level,
significantly below the long-term average, indicating drastic environmental changes in polar regions.

 Glacier Melt: Glaciers worldwide experienced substantial ice loss, with particularly severe melting in
the European Alps, exacerbated by heatwaves and dust from the Sahara.

 Global Climate Crises: The report highlights several climate-induced disasters, including persistent
drought in East Africa, affecting millions; unprecedented rainfall in Pakistan, causing extensive damage; and
lethal heatwaves in Europe and China.

 Food Security Threats: Climate adversities have escalated global food insecurity, affecting approximately
2.3 billion people, with severe undernourishment impacting nearly 768 million individuals globally.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
67

 Agricultural Impact in South Asia: Exceptional pre-monsoon heatwaves in India and Pakistan led to
significant crop failures, further strained by export restrictions following geopolitical tensions, thereby
disrupting global food markets.

 Mass Displacement: Environmental crises have forced massive population displacements, exemplified by
over a million people in Somalia fleeing their homes due to drought conditions.

 WMO's Role: As a UN intergovernmental body, the WMO facilitates international cooperation in
meteorology, hydrology, and related fields, with 192 member states, including India.

 Historical Context: The WMO, headquartered in Geneva, evolved from the International
Meteorological Organization, established post the 1873 Vienna Congress, and became a specialized UN
agency in 1950.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
68
45.
45. Dimasa National Liberation Army Peace Pact with Assam Government
The Dimasa National Liberation Army (DNLA), an insurgent group in Assam, recently entered into a
peace agreement with the state and central governments, following a unilateral ceasefire announced in
September 2021.

 Agreement Provisions: The agreement stipulates DNLA's disarmament and dissolution, adherence to
the Indian Constitution, and the vacating of all occupied camps. In return, the governments pledge Rs
1,000 crore for Dimasa tribal areas' development.

 Welfare Measures: The Assam government will establish the Dimasa Welfare Council to safeguard the
Dimasa people's cultural, social, and linguistic identity and promote their economic and educational
development.

 Administrative Structure: The Dimasa Tribal Region is governed by the North Cachar Hills
Autonomous Council (NCHAC), and the agreement proposes a commission to consider expanding the
NCHAC's jurisdiction.

 DNLA's Background: Formed in 2019, the DNLA sought an independent Dimasa homeland, drawing
support and resources from other insurgent groups like NSCN(IM).

 Dimasa People: The Dimasas, indigenous to Assam, have a rich history dating back to the ancient
Kamarupa kingdom. They primarily inhabit central and southern Assam and parts of Nagaland.

 Historical Significance: Dimasa kings, tracing their lineage to Kamarupa rulers, governed vast
territories in Assam before the Ahom dynasty. Their capitals included Dimapur and Maibang.

 Constitutional Protection: The Sixth Schedule of the Indian Constitution grants autonomy to certain
regions in Assam, including Dima Hasao and Karbi Anglong, administered by respective autonomous
councils.

 Insurgency in Dima Hasao: The region has witnessed persistent militancy, with groups demanding
statehood since the 1960s. While some areas gained autonomy or statehood, Dima Hasao's demands
remained unmet, fueling further unrest.

 Formation of Militant Groups: The statehood movement led to the creation of various militant groups,
including the Dimasa National Security Force (DNSF) and later, the Dima Halam Daogah (DHD).

 Splinter Groups and Violence: Internal conflicts within these groups led to the formation of splinter
factions like the DHD-J, known for their violent activities and substantial local support.

 Ceasefire and Negotiations: Post-2003, several of these groups, including the DHD and DHD-J, engaged
in talks with the government, leading to intermittent ceasefires and eventual disarmament.

 Current Peace Agreement: The present accord with the DNLA signifies a continued effort to bring peace
to the region, addressing both security concerns and the socio-economic development of the Dimasa
community.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
69
46.
46. World Health Day 2023

 Annual Celebration: World Health Day is observed globally on April 7, commemorating the
establishment of the World Health Organization (WHO) in 1948.

 Inception: The concept originated during the First Health Assembly in 1948 and celebrations commenced
in 1950, focusing annually on a health issue of global relevance.

 2023 Theme: "Health for All" is the theme for World Health Day 2023, emphasizing universal health
coverage and equitable access to healthcare services.

 Indian Observance: India participated in World Health Day 2023 with activities like health camps and
flash mobs, specifically raising awareness about non-communicable diseases.

 Significance: The day aims to spotlight global health matters, advocate for health equity, foster stakeholder
collaboration, and celebrate improvements in worldwide health outcomes.

 WHO Overview: Established in 1948, the WHO is the United Nations' health-focused body,
headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland, with 194 member nations.

 Global Presence: The organization operates through 150 country offices and six regional offices, closely
collaborating with governments, usually via their Health Ministries.

 Mission: WHO's primary role is international health coordination, fostering collaborations with global
entities, aiding governments in health service enhancement, and promoting scientific cooperation.

 Governance Structure: The World Health Assembly (WHA), comprising delegations from all
member states, is WHO's supreme decision-making entity, convening annually in Geneva.

 Executive Board: The WHA agenda, centered on specific health issues, is prepared by an Executive
Board, ensuring focus and direction for each assembly. The current director-general is Tedros Adhanom
Ghebreyesus, who was appointed on 1 July 2017, and re-appointed on 24 May 2022.

 Key Publications: WHO releases several significant reports, including the World Health Statistics,
Global Tuberculosis Report, and Global Health Observatory data, contributing to global awareness and
policy-making in health.

 Health Promotion: World Health Day contributes to global education on health importance, advocating for
comprehensive healthcare access, and addressing disease burdens in underprivileged areas.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
70
47.
47. International Prize in Statistics 2023
Indian-American mathematician C R Rao is set to receive the prestigious 2023 International Prize in
Statistics, often considered the Nobel equivalent in statistics.

 Early Contributions: In 1945, Rao published a groundbreaking paper that introduced three pivotal
results, significantly influencing modern statistics and scientific methodologies.

 Cramer-Rao Lower Bound: One of his notable theories, this concept helps determine the optimal
method for estimating quantities, a foundational aspect of statistical accuracy and efficiency.

 Rao-Blackwell Theorem: This transformative theorem optimizes estimations, enhancing the reliability and
precision of statistical outcomes, and is a cornerstone of contemporary statistical practice.

 Information Geometry: Rao's insights in this domain initiated an interdisciplinary field studying the
geometric aspects of probability distribution families, with wide-ranging applications.

 Impact on Science and Technology: Rao’s work has facilitated advancements in various fields, including
artificial intelligence, signal processing, and quantum physics, by optimizing data analysis and interpretation.

 Applications of Rao-Blackwell: This theorem extends beyond statistics, influencing areas like
computational econometrics and particle filtering, showcasing the versatility of statistical theories in practical
scenarios.

 Cramer-Rao in Diverse Fields: The lower bound principle is integral to enhancing precision in areas such
as radar systems, risk analysis, and spectroscopy, underlining the universal applicability of robust statistical
frameworks.

 National Honors: Rao's exceptional contributions have been recognized in India with prestigious awards,
including the Padma Bhushan (1968) and the Padma Vibhushan (2001).

 International Prize in Statistics: Awarded biennially, this prize acknowledges significant contributions
to statistics, honoring innovations that have spurred practical applications and interdisciplinary
breakthroughs.

 Collaborative Endeavor: The prize is a joint effort by five major international statistics organizations,
highlighting the global recognition and impact of pioneering work in the field.

 Nobel Parallel: The International Prize in Statistics is akin to Nobel prizes in stature, reflecting the
monumental achievements of individuals or teams in advancing statistical science.

 Rao's Legacy: Beyond his theoretical contributions, Rao’s work has had a profound real-world impact,
aiding complex measurements like those of the Higgs boson and contributing to critical advancements in
technology and science.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
71
48.
48. El Nino phenomenon in May 2023
Climate models anticipate the onset of an El Nino phenomenon around May 2023, following the conclusion
of a record three-year La Nina event and the current neutral phase in the Pacific Ocean.

 El Nino Origins: Identified by Peruvian fishermen, El Nino refers to the unusual warming of ocean
waters, originally observed off Peru's coast. The term translates to "the little boy" in Spanish.

 ENSO Phenomenon: El Nino represents the warm phase of the ENSO cycle, typically leading to higher
global temperatures and altered precipitation patterns, affecting regions worldwide, including India.

 Criteria for El Nino: Characterized by Sea Surface Temperatures in the equatorial Pacific rising at least
0.5°C above the long-term average, with extreme events witnessing anomalies up to 3°C.

 Irregular Occurrence: El Nino events lack a fixed schedule, occurring at erratic intervals ranging from
two to seven years, making their prediction challenging.

 Southern Oscillation Connection: El Nino events coincide with the Southern Oscillation, marked by
significant shifts in tropical Pacific air pressure.

 Potential Effects in India: The upcoming El Nino may weaken the crucial southwest monsoon in India,
potentially leading to suboptimal rainfall, with implications for agriculture.

 Global Consequences: Beyond India, El Nino can trigger worldwide climate anomalies, including
heatwaves, droughts, intense rainfall, and flooding in various regions from Australia to the United States.

 Threat to Marine Ecosystems: El Nino events pose risks to underwater ecosystems, often resulting in
coral reef bleaching due to elevated sea temperatures.

 Global Warming Concerns: The expected El Nino might contribute to a global temperature rise,
approaching 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels, amidst already high ocean heat content.

 Historical Impact: Past intense El Ninos, like those in 2015-2016, were associated with severe global
repercussions, including fatal heatwaves in India and significant coral bleaching events.

 Sea Level Rise: Previous El Ninos have contributed to noticeable rises in sea levels, attributed to thermal
expansion during ocean warming.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
72

 Record Temperatures: The 2015-2016 El Nino, combined with ongoing global warming trends, resulted
in 2016 being recorded as the warmest year to date.

 Notable Past Events: The 20th century witnessed particularly severe El Ninos during 1982-83 and 1997-
98, causing drastic climatic anomalies and environmental impacts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
73
49.
49. Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Tribunal
The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Tribunal recently validated the Indian government's decision to
outlaw the Popular Front of India (PFI) and its affiliates, five months post-implementation.

 Initial Ban: In September 2022, India's Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) categorized PFI as an
"unlawful association," extending the ban to related entities like the Rehab India Foundation and
Campus Front of India under the UAPA.

 UAPA Overview: The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, an Indian law, targets activities undermining
national integrity and sovereignty, granting the central government extensive powers, including imposing
capital punishment.

 Terrorism Provisions: The UAPA allows the central government to label individuals or groups as
terrorists if they engage in, prepare for, promote, or otherwise involve themselves in terrorism.

 Property Seizure: Under UAPA, investigative officers, with requisite approvals from high-ranking
officials, can confiscate properties believed to be linked to terrorist activities.

 Investigative Powers: The Act empowers National Investigation Agency (NIA) officers, ranking Inspector
or higher, to conduct inquiries, supplementing investigations by high-ranking police officials.

 Ban Implementation: The government announces an association's unlawful status via a gazette
notification, effective for five years, pending the tribunal's confirmation under the UAPA.

 Tribunal Establishment: Post-declaration, the government forms a tribunal, led by a High Court judge,
to assess the ban's validity, requiring a comprehensive review of evidence against the association.

 Tribunal Proceedings: The tribunal, after receiving the government's notification, mandates the
implicated association to justify its legality within 30 days, followed by a detailed inquiry concluding
within six months.

 Tribunal's Role: The tribunal's affirmation is crucial as the government's declaration of an organization as
unlawful doesn't take effect until the tribunal endorses it through an official order.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
74
50.
50. Antarctica's rapidly melting ice
A new study in the journal Nature highlights the critical impact of Antarctica's rapidly melting ice on global
oceanic currents, emphasizing the potential for drastic climatic consequences.

 Ocean Circulation Disruption: The infusion of freshwater from melting Antarctic ice is altering surface
water salinity and density, impeding the normal downward flow of ocean currents and potentially slowing
deepwater circulation significantly.

 Potential Feedback Effect: While the study identifies an increase in warm water intrusions destabilizing
the western Antarctic ice shelf, it doesn't fully explore the potential feedback loop that could exacerbate the
melting process.

 Accelerated Circulation Decline: The research suggests a possible 40% reduction in Antarctic
deepwater flows by 2050, a rate of decline potentially outpacing that of other critical regions like the North
Atlantic.

 Carbon Dioxide Absorption Impaired: The ocean's capacity to absorb carbon dioxide could be
compromised due to increased stratification in upper layers, potentially elevating atmospheric CO2 levels
and driving further climate change.

 Threat to Marine Ecosystems: The disruption in nutrient circulation from deeper ocean layers threatens
phytoplankton production, a foundational element of the marine food chain, particularly in the nutrient-rich
Southern Ocean.

 India's Antarctic Engagement: India, a signatory to the Antarctic Treaty since 1983, actively
participates in Antarctic research, with established research stations like Maitri and Bharti, and the
decommissioned Dakshin Gangotri.

 Research and Regulation: India's commitment to Antarctic research and preservation is evident through
institutions like the National Centre for Antarctic and Ocean Research (NCAOR) and legislative
measures like the Indian Antarctic Act of 2022, which provides comprehensive regulations covering
environmental conservation and research activities.

 Global Glacier Recession: Beyond Antarctica, notable deglaciation is observable worldwide, with
significant contributors like Thwaites Glacier, which already significantly impacts global sea-level rise.

 __________Mount Kilimanjaro's Diminishing Ice Cap: Mount Kilimanjaro, Africa's highest peak, is
experiencing dramatic ice cap reduction, with projections suggesting complete melting by 2050,
indicative of the pervasive impact of global climate change.

 Himalayan Glaciers at Risk: The Himalayas, home to the planet's largest ice masses outside the polar
regions, are witnessing accelerated glacial retreat, threatening water supply across the Indo-Gangetic plains.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
75
51.
51. Great Nicobar Island Project
The National Green Tribunal (NGT) has intervened in the Great Nicobar Island project, halting its
progress to reassess the environmental approvals previously sanctioned by environmental authorities.

 Envisioned as a transformative venture, the Great Nicobar Island project encompasses extensive
infrastructure developments, including an international shipping terminal, a new airport, residential areas, and
a combined gas-solar power plant.

 Economic Objectives: The initiative aims to elevate Great Nicobar's role in global maritime commerce,
leveraging its strategic location near major international shipping routes to become a pivotal transshipment
hub.

 Strategic Imperatives: Beyond economic gains, the project is part of India's broader strategic response to
growing geopolitical tensions in the Indian Ocean, particularly in light of increasing Chinese maritime
activities.

 Environmental Concerns: However, the project has sparked controversy due to potential ecological
disruptions, threatening local biodiversity, endangered species habitats, and delicate coastal ecosystems.

 Regulatory Zones Threatened: The developmental footprint encroaches on critical environmental buffers,
including Coastal Regulation Zones and key biodiversity areas like Galathea Bay, raising alarms about
irreversible ecological damage.

 Deforestation Dangers: Environmental advocates warn of extensive deforestation, foreseeing detrimental
effects on local wildlife, increased soil erosion, and sedimentation threats to nearby coral reefs.

 Assessment Shortcomings: The project's environmental clearance is also under scrutiny for alleged
inadequacies in impact assessments, including insufficient seasonal data and non-adherence to established
assessment protocols.

 Tribal Displacement: The initiative faces criticism for potential infringements on the territories of
Particularly Vulnerable Tribal Groups (PVTGs), raising ethical and legal concerns regarding indigenous
rights and cultural preservation.

 About Great Nicobar: Positioned as the southernmost in the Nicobar Archipelago, Great Nicobar
boasts diverse ecosystems, housing numerous unique plant species and over 1800 animal species, with
several endemics.

 Ecological Significance: The island's Biosphere Reserve is a mosaic of lush evergreen forests, mountains,
and coastal regions, representing a microcosm of significant ecological wealth and diversity.

 Indigenous Inhabitants: The indigenous Shompen Tribe, primarily hunter-gatherers, reside within the
island's forests, while the Nicobarese community inhabits coastal areas, both relying heavily on the island's
natural resources.

 Tsunami Aftermath: The 2004 tsunami profoundly affected the Nicobarese, necessitating relocation
and underscoring the community's vulnerability to environmental changes and disasters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
76
52.
52. State Energy Efficiency Index (SEEI) for 2021-22
The Union Minister of Power and New & Renewable Energy recently unveiled the State Energy
Efficiency Index (SEEI) for 2021-22, spotlighting regional progress in energy conservation.

 Index Origins: Crafted by the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) in collaboration with the Alliance for
an Energy-Efficient Economy (AEEE), the SEEI serves as an annual evaluative measure of energy
efficiency advancements across states and union territories.

 Methodology: Employing a comprehensive framework with 50 distinct indicators, the SEEI aligns with
national objectives, incorporating specific metrics to gauge the effectiveness and impact of energy-saving
initiatives at the state level.

 Categorization of States: Based on their energy efficiency achievements, states are categorized into four
distinct groups - Front Runner, Achiever, Contender, and Aspirant, providing a comparative perspective on
regional performance.

 National Commitment: The index underscores India's dedication to its Nationally Determined
Contributions (NDCs) and the broader goal of transitioning to a net-zero economy by 2070, emphasizing
the role of state-level actions in this national endeavor.

 2021-22 Highlights: The latest SEEI identified Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Rajasthan, and
Telangana as 'Front Runners,' with scores exceeding 60 points, reflecting significant strides in energy
efficiency.

 Notable Performances: Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh emerged as leaders in their respective groups,
with Telangana and Andhra Pradesh marking considerable progress since the previous index iteration.

 Recommendations for Enhancement: The index suggests several strategies for states, including fiscal
support for key sectors, institutional capacity building, cross-sectoral collaborations, and streamlined energy
data management.

 Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE): Established in 2002 under the Energy Conservation Act, BEE's
mandate involves shaping energy efficiency policies and strategies to reduce India's overall energy
consumption.

 BEE's Role and Functions: As a regulatory and promotional body, BEE leverages existing resources
and collaborates with various stakeholders, including state entities and utilities, to bolster nationwide energy
efficiency.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
77
53.
53. Tiger Census 2022

 Recent Development: India's Prime Minister recently announced a 6.7% increase in the tiger population
over four years, according to the 5th cycle of the Tiger Census 2022, during the inauguration of the
International Big Cat Alliance (IBCA) in Mysuru.

 IBCA Introduction: The newly launched IBCA aims to conserve seven big cat species globally, involving
97 countries in efforts such as advocacy, capacity building, and eco-tourism, enhancing global conservation
strategies.

 Census Methodology: The extensive tiger census deployed camera traps across 32,588 locations within
20 states, capturing over 47 million photographs, providing comprehensive data on India's tiger
population.

 Population Insights: India's tiger count has reached 3,167, a modest rise from 2,967 in 2018, with a
notable population surge in the Shivalik Hills and Gangetic Plains regions.

 Regional Variances: While certain areas like the North East Hills and Brahmaputra Plains saw an increase
in tiger numbers, states like Jharkhand, Odisha, Chhattisgarh, and Telangana experienced a decline,
highlighting uneven conservation successes.

 Concerning Declines: The Western Ghats registered a decrease in tiger occupancy, particularly in
landscapes like Wayanad and Biligiriranga Hills, signaling environmental stress in these habitats.

 Special Focus: The census emphasized the critical conservation status of the unique tiger population in
Simlipal, advocating for sustainable development and cross-border conservation initiatives to protect these
isolated groups.

 Tiger Conservation Importance: As apex predators, tigers maintain ecological equilibrium, contribute to
tourism revenue, hold cultural relevance, serve as research subjects, and act as indicators of ecosystem
health, underscoring the multifaceted reasons for their protection.

 Census Operations: Conducted quadrennially by entities including the NTCA, state forest departments,
and the Wildlife Institute of India, the tiger census employs ground surveys and camera-trap images, ensuring
accurate population estimations.

 Tiger Species Facts: Belonging to the species Panthera tigris, with the Indian subspecies being Panthera
tigris tigris, tigers inhabit diverse ecosystems from Siberia to the Indian subcontinent. Three of the
traditionally recognized eight subspecies are extinct.

 Conservation Challenges: Tigers face threats like habitat loss, fragmentation, and poaching, necessitating
robust conservation strategies.

 Legal Protection: Tigers are legally protected under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972, listed as "Endangered" on the IUCN Red List, and included in CITES Appendix I.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
78

 India's Tiger Reserves: India, under the aegis of the NTCA, hosts 53 tiger reserves, with Nagarjunsagar
Srisailam being the largest and Orang the smallest based on core area size.

 Project Tiger: Initiated in 1973, Project Tiger is a government-sponsored conservation scheme aimed at
providing sanctuaries for tigers across India’s national parks.

 Role of NTCA: Established in 2005, the National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA) operates under
the MoEFCC, spearheading conservation policies, and strategies following the Tiger Task Force's
recommendations, playing a pivotal role in India's commitment to protecting its tiger population.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
79
54.
54. Indian Space Policy 2023
The Indian government's recent approval of the Indian Space Policy 2023 marks a significant shift,
encouraging private sector involvement in space endeavors, traditionally dominated by ISRO. The 2023
policy aims to clarify space sector reforms, enhancing private industry roles, and expanding India's
opportunities within the global space economy.

 Role Specification: Under the new policy, distinct functions are assigned to key players: ISRO (focusing
on R&D and new technologies), NSIL (handling strategic space activities), and IN-SPACe (acting as a
bridge between ISRO and private entities).

 Operational Shift: ISRO will transition its operational missions to NewSpace India Limited, allowing the
organization to concentrate on innovation and technological advancements.

 Private Sector Participation: The policy endorses comprehensive private sector engagement, permitting
activities from satellite construction to data management, and offering access to ISRO's facilities for nominal
fees.

 Economic Impact: By fostering a more inclusive space sector, India aims to boost its presence in the
global space market from under 2% to a substantial 10%.

 Global Recognition: India's space sector, known for cost-efficient satellite production and successful
foreign satellite launches, advocates for non-militarized space exploration in line with its commitments at
the Geneva Conference on Disarmament.

 ISRO's Position: Recognized as the world's 6th largest space agency, ISRO boasts a high success rate
and supports over 400 private space firms, placing India fifth in global space company rankings.

 Defence Space Developments: India's recent establishment of the Defence Space Agency and Defence
Space Research Organisation underscores its strategic focus, including potential space-based weaponry to
counter threats.

 Satellite Manufacturing Growth: Projections indicate that India's satellite-manufacturing sector could
expand from USD 2.1 billion in 2020 to USD 3.2 billion by 2025.

 Youth Engagement: ISRO's SAMVAD program, initiated in Bengaluru, aims to inspire the next
generation of space researchers, emphasizing educational outreach.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
80
55.
55. Genome India Project
The Genome India Project (GIP), initiated in 2020, is a monumental health and science initiative under the
Department of Biotechnology, aiming to sequence 10,000 Indian genomes by 2023, with 7,000 already
sequenced.

 Diverse Genetic Pool: India's vast population encompasses over 4,600 distinct groups, necessitating the
GIP to understand unique genetic structures and disease susceptibilities inherent to these communities.

 Global Context: GIP draws inspiration from the international Human Genome Project and follows
comprehensive genome programs in countries like the UK, China, and the US, aiming to decode genetic
variations for advanced medical solutions.

 Collaborative Effort: The project, spearheaded by the Centre for Brain Research at the Indian Institute
of Science, Bangalore, unites 20 premier institutions across India in this groundbreaking research.
Figure 24. Source: Vivekanand Foundation

 Customized Healthcare: GIP is pivotal for precision medicine, enabling the development of personalized
treatment plans and preventive strategies by understanding genetic predispositions to various diseases.

 Agricultural Advancement: Beyond human health, GIP holds promise for sustainable agriculture by
aiding the understanding of plant genetics in relation to disease and pest resistance, potentially reducing
chemical reliance.

 International Scientific Contribution: By mapping one of the world's most genetically diverse
populations, GIP will significantly enrich global genetic research and enhance international scientific
cooperation.

 Potential for Misuse: The project's scope raises concerns about scientific racism and genetic
discrimination, with historical instances of genetic research misused for justifying racial segregation and
discrimination.

 Data Security Concerns: With genetic data's sensitive nature, the absence of robust data protection laws in
India underscores the risk of privacy breaches and misuse of information.

 Ethical Dilemmas: GIP brings to the fore ethical issues, including the prospects of unauthorized gene
editing or eugenics, highlighted by global controversies such as the gene-edited babies case in China.

 Genetic Foundation: The genome, encompassing all genetic material of an organism, is fundamental to its
development and survival, with human genomes comprising over 3 billion DNA base pairs.

 Genomics Revolution: The field of genomics, propelled by the foundational work of scientists like Watson
and Crick, has transformed sectors like medicine and agriculture by unraveling genetic underpinnings of
diseases and traits.

 Genome Sequencing Explained: Genome sequencing involves decoding the order of DNA bases (A, T, C,
G) in an organism, providing insights into genetic instructions that guide life processes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
81
56.
56. LIGO Project in India
The Indian government recently greenlit the construction of the Laser Interferometer Gravitational-Wave
Observatory (LIGO) in India, a project pending since its initial approval seven years ago.

 Collaborative Effort: The LIGO-India project is a collaborative venture between the Department of
Atomic Energy, Department of Science and Technology, the U.S. National Science Foundation, and
various global research entities.

 Project Specifics: LIGO-India, set to be operational by 2030, will feature two 4-km long vacuum
chambers arranged perpendicularly, forming the world's most sensitive interferometers, tasked with
detecting cosmic gravitational waves.

 Location: The observatory is slated for construction in Hingoli district, Maharashtra, situated
approximately 450 km east of Mumbai.

 Global Network: Joining the international LIGO network, LIGO-India marks the country's entry into a
globally significant scientific collaboration, enhancing research into the interplay between quantum
mechanics and cosmic phenomena.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
82

 National Impact: Beyond its primary scientific objectives, LIGO-India promises substantial advancements
in Indian science and technology, positioning the nation at the forefront of research areas critical for future
innovations.

 Understanding Gravitational Waves: Conceptualized by Albert Einstein in 1916, gravitational waves
are spacetime ripples created by movements of massive cosmic entities, offering insights into celestial
events and the universe's structure.

 LIGO Network: The LIGO facilities, internationally coordinated observatories, are engineered to identify
minute distance alterations indicative of gravitational waves, requiring precision beyond atomic scales due to
the waves' subtle nature.

 Historic Detection: The U.S. LIGO observatories achieved a scientific milestone by detecting
gravitational waves in 2015, originating from a distant black hole merger. This discovery earned the
2017 Nobel Prize in Physics.

 Global Observatories: The global gravitational wave detection network includes LIGO observatories in
the United States, Virgo in Italy, and Kagra in Japan, necessitating concurrent operations for accurate
wave detection.

 Detection Mechanism: LIGO's operational principle involves dual perpendicular vacuum chambers
with internal mirrors. Gravitational waves distort the chambers differently, causing detectable phase shifts
in concurrently emitted light rays.

 Enhanced Astronomy: By confirming gravitational wave presence, LIGO contributes profoundly to
astronomy and astrophysics, offering a new method to observe and understand the universe's dynamics.

 Cosmic Events: Gravitational waves typically result from colossal cosmic occurrences, such as merging
black holes or neutron stars, providing unique data about these events and the cosmos's evolution.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
83
57.
57. EU’s JUICE Mission

 Recent Launch: The European Space Agency has initiated the Jupiter Icy Moons Explorer (Juice)
mission, an ambitious project targeting Jupiter and its moons, particularly focusing on Ganymede,
Callisto, and Europa.

 Mission Details: Set for a 2031 arrival at Jupiter, Juice will embark on its journey aboard an Ariane 5
launcher from French Guiana, with its spacecraft constructed by the aerospace manufacturer Airbus
Defence and Space.

 Core Objectives: Juice's primary mission involves extensive mapping of the icy moons, investigating
beneath their surfaces to assess their potential as habitable zones, and comprehensively studying Jupiter's
composition, history, and evolution.

 Ganymede's Significance: Among its targets, Juice will pay special attention to Ganymede, notable for
being the solar system's largest moon and possessing its unique magnetic field.

 Habitability Potential: The mission recognizes Ganymede, Callisto, and Europa for their substantial water
reserves, raising the possibility of these moons harboring life-supporting environments, though Juice itself is
not equipped for direct life detection.

 Jupiter's Profile: As the solar system's largest planet, Jupiter holds a dominant presence,
characterized by its gaseous composition, primarily of helium and hydrogen, and its iconic storm, the Great
Red Spot.

 Orbital Dynamics: Despite its rapid rotation, completing a day in roughly 10 hours, Jupiter's orbital
period around the Sun extends over 12 Earth years, a testament to its significant distance from the Sun.

 Moons and Rings: Jupiter boasts a rich system of over 75 moons, with its four largest—Io, Europa,
Ganymede, and Callisto—known as the Galilean satellites. The planet also has a relatively obscure ring
system, discovered in 1979.

 Historical Missions: Jupiter has been a continued interest for space exploration, with nine spacecraft
paying visits. Notable missions include NASA's Galileo probe, which studied the planet from 1995 to 2003,
and the ongoing Juno mission, in orbit since 2016.

 Scientific Endeavors: Juice's exploration extends beyond surface-level observations, delving into the
subsurface oceans of Jupiter's moons, hypothesized to be potential cradles for extraterrestrial life forms.

 Legacy of Galileo: Building on observations made by Galileo Galilei in 1610, Juice continues the legacy
of studying Jupiter's moons, pushing the boundaries of human knowledge about these distant worlds.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
84
58.
58. NASA's Tropospheric Emissions Monitoring of Pollution (TEMPO) Instrument
NASA's Tropospheric Emissions Monitoring of Pollution (TEMPO) instrument, recently launched, stands
as a pioneering technology designed to meticulously monitor air pollution levels across North America.

 Instrument Specifics: Operating as a sophisticated grating spectrometer, TEMPO responds to a
spectrum of light encompassing visible to ultraviolet wavelengths, enhancing its detection capabilities.

 Orbital Dynamics: Positioned in a geostationary orbit aboard an Intelsat communications satellite,
TEMPO enjoys a constant view of North America, facilitating uninterrupted pollution monitoring.

 Precision in Monitoring: Remarkable in its precision, TEMPO can discern pollution levels down to
areas as small as 4 square miles, akin to observing conditions at a neighborhood scale.

 Versatile Applications: Beyond mere observation, TEMPO's data plays a crucial role in diverse
applications, from devising air quality forecasts to informing strategies for emission control.

 Public Health Relevance: With air pollution implicated in approximately 60,000 premature deaths
annually in the U.S., TEMPO's insights are vital for public health interventions.

 Geostationary Orbit Explained: Satellites in geostationary orbit, like TEMPO, maintain a fixed
position relative to the Earth's surface, approximately 35,786 kilometers above the equator, ideal for
continuous monitoring tasks.

 Enhanced Pollution Understanding: TEMPO will provide unprecedented data on various pollutants,
enhancing understanding of their sources, behavior, and impact on health and the environment.

 Supporting Regulatory Measures: Authorities can leverage TEMPO's data to enforce environmental
regulations more effectively, ensuring compliance with air quality standards.

 Real-time Data Access: Offering real-time pollution data, TEMPO enables immediate responses to
pollution-related incidents, aiding in crisis management.

 Educational and Research Implications: The availability of TEMPO's detailed environmental data is a
boon for academic research and education, encouraging data-driven studies in environmental science.

 Global Collaboration Potential: TEMPO sets the stage for international cooperation in environmental
monitoring, with potential for data sharing and joint initiatives in pollution control.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
85
59.
59. Himachal Pradesh Sukhashraya Act, 2023
Himachal Pradesh has pioneered the Sukhashraya Act, 2023, a comprehensive legislation designed to
safeguard and empower orphans and individuals with special needs, marking a significant stride in social
welfare.

 Defining the Beneficiaries: The Act broadens the definition of orphans beyond parentless children,
encompassing those vulnerable to societal dangers like forced marriage, crime, or substance abuse, and those
lacking stable homes.

 Age Bracket for Assistance: Specifically targeting individuals aged 18 to 27, the Act facilitates their
transition into self-reliant adulthood through financial support, skill development, and vocational training.

 Financial and Institutional Support: The Act mandates the establishment of the 'Mukhya Mantri
Sukhashraya Sahayata Kosh' with a corpus of Rs 101 crore, ensuring sustained funding for the welfare
initiatives.

 Status of Beneficiaries: Elevating orphans and persons with special needs to the status of 'children of the
state,' the Act underscores their entitlement to societal care and state responsibility.

 Comprehensive Financial Aid: Beneficiaries receive various financial aids, including seasonal
allowances, festival bonuses, monthly stipends during college, and support during significant life events like
marriage.

 Educational and Housing Provisions: The Act ensures beneficiaries' access to educational institutions,
covering associated costs, and provides land allocations for secure housing, affirming the state's commitment
to their well-being.

 Encouraging Entrepreneurship: Recognizing diverse aspirations, the Act extends financial support for
entrepreneurial ventures by orphans, fostering economic independence and innovation.

 Extended Support Post-Institutional Care: The state pledges continued support for ex-residents of child
care institutions up to 21 years, ensuring a smoother transition to independent living.

 Financial Planning for Orphans: The initiative includes creating recurring deposit accounts for each
beneficiary, with the state contributing, promoting financial security and literacy.

 Local Oversight and Identification: District-level child welfare committees are instrumental in the Act's
implementation, conducting surveys to identify beneficiaries and assess their needs.

 National Context: The Sukhashraya Act complements the broader framework of the Juvenile Justice
(Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015, emphasizing state responsibilities towards vulnerable
children.

 Union Government's Initiative: Parallel to the state's effort, the central government's Child Protection
Services (CPS) Scheme or “Mission Vatsalya” focuses on both institutional and non-institutional care
strategies nationwide.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
86
60.
60. Kurmi community Demand for ST Status
The Kurmi community in Bengal recently halted their protests demanding reclassification from Other
Backward Class (OBC) to Scheduled Tribe (ST) status, also advocating for the inclusion of their Kurmali
language in the Constitution's Eighth Schedule.

 Historical Context: Despite their absence from the 1931 Census ST category, the Kurmis have faced
continuous exclusion from the ST list since India's independence in 1950.

 2004 Recommendation: The Jharkhand government, recognizing the Kurmis' distinct cultural
identity, recommended their inclusion in the ST category in 2004, a proposal that was ultimately declined
by the central government.

 Tribal Research Institute's Assessment: The contention over Kurmis' tribal status intensified following
the TRI's assertion that Kurmis are sub-castes of Kunbis, a decision that influenced the central government's
rejection of their ST status plea.

 Demographic Overview: As per the 2011 Census, tribal communities constitute approximately 5.8% of
the state's population, translating to around 53 lakhs individuals, thereby underscoring the sociopolitical
significance of tribal classification.

 Procedure for ST Inclusion: The intricate process for ST status recognition involves multiple
governmental layers, starting with state government proposals, scrutiny by the Union Tribal Affairs
Ministry, evaluation by the ORGI, and final approvals from the National Commission for Scheduled
Tribes and the Cabinet.

 Kurmi Community Profile: Predominantly landowners and cultivators, the Kurmis are known for their
agricultural adeptness and proactive participation in regional development schemes, with a presence
spanning multiple Indian states.

 Varied Caste Dynamics: The Kurmis' social classification is inconsistent across India, listed as OBCs in
most regions, while counterparts like the Patels in Gujarat (associated with Kurmis) remain in the
unreserved category, seeking OBC status.

 ST Demand in Specific States: In states like West Bengal, Odisha, and Jharkhand, the Kurmis (often
referred to as 'Kudmi') have been actively campaigning for inclusion in the ST category, highlighting
regional variations in caste politics.

 Kurmali Language Significance: The Kurmali language, intrinsic to the Kurmi community's identity,
predominates in regions of Bihar, Jharkhand, and Odisha, contributing to the linguistic diversity of the Indo-
Aryan language family.

 Linguistic Heritage: With its roots in the Bihari language group, Kurmali exhibits linguistic parallels with
Maithili and Magahi dialects and possesses a unique script, "Kurmi Kudali," derived from the traditional
Devanagari script.

 Cultural Assertion: The campaign for the constitutional recognition of the Kurmali language underscores
the Kurmi community's efforts to preserve their linguistic heritage and cultural identity.

 Political Implications: The Kurmis' mobilization for ST status reflects broader caste-based political
dynamics in India, influencing electoral politics, policy decisions, and social justice initiatives.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
87
61.
61. India's to take part in multinational exercise Orion
India is set to engage in the international military exercise known as "Orion," hosted in France, utilizing its
Rafale fighter jets.

 Deployment of Rafales: The Rafales involved are stationed at Indian Air Force bases in Ambala,
Haryana, and Hasimara, West Bengal.

 Rafale's Capabilities: Classified as a 4.5 generation aircraft, the Rafale boasts extensive range
capabilities for both air-to-air and air-to-ground combat and is equipped with advanced radar systems
and electronic warfare capabilities.

 Exercise Schedule: The Rafales are scheduled to arrive in France in April's third week, partaking in
the subsequent military drills for several weeks.

 Orion's Composition: Exercise Orion is comprehensive, involving various military assets, including
ground forces, naval ships, aircraft carriers, and fighter jets, aiming to enhance military synergy and
operational compatibility among the allied nations.

 International Collaboration: The Orion exercise is a multinational endeavor, seeing participation from
countries like India, the USA, and other French allies, fostering international military cooperation.

 Completion of Rafale Induction: India marked the full induction of 36 Rafale jets into its Air Force as of
December 15, with the arrival of the last aircraft from France, fulfilling the terms of the Indo-French
agreement.

 Enhancements and Maintenance: The Rafales have undergone India-specific modifications and
enhancements, with the 36th jet receiving comprehensive spare parts replacements after being utilized
for developmental purposes.

 Dassault Aviation's Role: The French company, Dassault Aviation, plays a crucial role in maintaining
the Rafales, achieving over 75% serviceability for the fleet.

 Operational Readiness: Amid heightened tensions with China, the Rafale jets were expedited into service
within the Indian Air Force, becoming operational over the Ladakh region within a week of their induction.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
88
62.
62. Stand-Up India Scheme

 The Stand-Up India initiative was launched to promote entrepreneurship at the grassroots level, focusing
on economic empowerment and job creation.

 The scheme was launched by the Ministry of Finance on 5th April 2016.

 The scheme has been extended to run until the year 2025.

 The scheme aims to promote entrepreneurship among women, Scheduled Caste (SC), and Scheduled
Tribe (ST) categories.

 Loan Details: It facilitates bank loans between Rs.10 lakhs and Rs.100 lakhs for greenfield enterprises in
manufacturing, services, trading sectors, and activities related to agriculture.

 Application Process: Applicants can apply for the scheme directly at bank branches, through the Stand-
Up India Portal (www.standupmitra.in), or via the Lead District Manager (LDM).
Eligibility Criteria:

 Borrowers should be SC/ST and/or women entrepreneurs above 18 years of age.

 Loans are available only for greenfield projects.

 For non-individual enterprises, 51% of shareholding and control should be with SC/ST or Women
Entrepreneur.

 Borrowers should not have defaulted on any loans with banks/financial institutions.

 Margin Money: The scheme proposes up to 15% margin money, which can be combined with eligible
Central/State schemes. Borrowers need to contribute a minimum of 10% of the project cost.
Achievements:

 Loans worth Rs.40,710 crore have been sanctioned under the Stand-Up India Scheme.

 A total of 180,636 accounts have benefited from the scheme in the last 7 years.

 Over 80% of the loans under this scheme have been provided to women.

 Target Sectors: The scheme targets greenfield enterprises in manufacturing, services, trading, and
agriculture-related activities.

 Greenfield Projects: In the context of this scheme, greenfield refers to the first-time venture of the
beneficiary in the mentioned sectors.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
89
63.
63. Ranganath Report and Quota for Dalit Converts

 The Supreme Court revisited the 2007 report by the Justice Ranganath Mishra Commission for Religious
and Linguistic Minorities, which recommended Scheduled Caste (SC) reservation for Dalit converts to
Christianity and Islam.

 The Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order of 1950 was amended in 1956 to include Sikh Dalits and in
1990 to include Buddhist Dalits.

 Both amendments were aided by the reports of the Kaka Kalelkar Commission in 1955 and the High-
Powered Panel (HPP) on Minorities, Scheduled Castes, and Scheduled Tribes in 1983 respectively.

 Centre's Stance: The Centre had discredited the report, questioning its constitutionality based on the
Constitution Order of 1950.

 The Centre believes that Dalits who converted to Christianity or Islam to escape caste burdens shouldn't
claim reservation benefits that are available to those within the Hindu religious system.

 New Commission: The government constituted a new Commission led by former CJI K.G. Balakrishnan
to study the possibility of granting SC status to individuals who converted to religions other than Hinduism,
Buddhism, and Sikhism.

 Reservation Benefits: These converts are deprived of access to reservations in education and employment
opportunities, as provided under Article 16.
Key Highlights of the Ranganath Report:

 Recommended SC reservation for Dalit converts to Christianity and Islam.

 Highlighted that Dalit Christians and Muslims face discrimination from both their religious
community and the broader Hindu-majority society.

 Stated that excluding these converts from the SC category violates constitutional equality and goes
against the anti-discrimination tenets of Christianity and Islam.

 Emphasized that this exclusion has resulted in socio-economic and educational backwardness for these
groups.

 Constitution (Scheduled Castes) Order of 1950: Initially, only Hindus were recognized as SCs. However,
amendments in 1956 and 1990 included Dalits who converted to Sikhism and Buddhism, respectively.
Exclusion of Dalit Christians and Muslims:

 The Registrar General of India (RGI) noted that SC status is for communities facing untouchability,
which is prevalent mainly in Hindu and Sikh communities.

 RGI in 2001 mentioned that Dalit converts to Islam or Christianity aren't a single ethnic group, hence
can't be included in the SC list.

 RGI also stated that since untouchability is a feature of Hinduism, including Dalit Muslims and Christians
as SCs might be misinterpreted internationally.

 Untouchability in Other Religions: RGI opined that Dalit Christians and Muslims have lost their caste
identity upon conversion, and untouchability isn't prevalent in their new religious communities.
Registrar General of India (RGI):

 Established in 1961 under the Ministry of Home Affairs.

 Responsible for conducting and analyzing demographic surveys, including the Census of India and
Linguistic Survey of India.

 The position is typically held by a civil servant with the rank of Joint Secretary.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
90
64.
64. Agnipath Scheme

 In April 2023, The Indian Supreme Court addressed challenges against the Delhi High Court's endorsement
of the Agnipath scheme, a novel recruitment approach for the armed forces.

 Promissory Estoppel: This legal principle, rooted in contract law, ensures that a party doesn't retract a
promise, especially when another party has acted based on that promise, irrespective of the absence of
a formal agreement or payment.
When to Invoke the Doctrine:

 A promise should be explicit and straightforward.

 The party receiving the promise (plaintiff) should have made decisions or taken actions based on it.

 The plaintiff should have encountered some disadvantage or harm due to their reliance on the promise.
Supreme Court's Perspective on the Agnipath Case:

 The court highlighted that broader public interest always takes precedence over the principle of
promissory estoppel.

 The court clarified that the Agnipath matter pertains to public service recruitment, making the
doctrine's direct application inapplicable.
Details of the Agnipath Scheme:

 The initiative seeks to draw nationalistic youth for a brief tenure in the Armed Forces, with recruits named
"Agniveer".
Scheme's Recruitment Plan:

 The ambition is to onboard between 45,000 to 50,000 soldiers annually.

 Post the initial four-year service, only a fraction (25%) will have the chance to continue for an extended
15-year term.
Scheme's Goals:

 A primary aim is to rejuvenate the age structure of the Indian Armed Forces, targeting a 4-5 year
reduction.

 The overarching vision is to decrease the average age from the existing 32 years to approximately 26
years within a 6-7 year timeframe.
Who Can Apply:

 The scheme is tailored for non-commissioned members.

 Eligible candidates are those aged between 17.5 and 23 years.
About Commissioned Officers:

 These individuals occupy the apex positions in the armed forces hierarchy.

 Appointed officially by the Indian president, their primary duty is leading troops and safeguarding the
nation.
Perks for Agniveers:

 After their 4-year tenure, Agniveers receive a 'Seva Nidhi' package totalling Rs 11.71 lakhs, inclusive of
the principal and interest.

 They're also entitled to a life insurance policy valued at Rs 48 lakh during their service.
Compensation in Unfortunate Events:

 Should an Agniveer face a tragic demise during service, the compensation would be upwards of Rs 1 crore,
factoring in the salary for the remaining service period.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
91
Post-Service Support:

 The government has provisions to assist soldiers post their service, offering skill certificates and courses to
facilitate their transition back into civilian roles.
Key Case - Chhaganlal Keshavalal Mehta v. Patel Narandas Haribhai (1981):

 This landmark case offers insights into the application of the doctrine of promissory estoppel in the Indian
context, with the Supreme Court elucidating the conditions for its invocation.

 Doctrine's Relevance in the Agnipath Matter: The Supreme Court emphasized that the Agnipath issue is
centred around public service recruitment, making the doctrine, typically associated with contract
disputes, less pertinent.
Agnipath Scheme's Broader Vision:

 Beyond mere recruitment, the scheme represents a strategic effort to refresh the age demographics of the
armed forces, providing a unique avenue for India's youth to contribute to national defense, albeit for a
shorter duration than traditional military careers.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
92
65.
65. Role of Parliamentary Committees in Indian Democracy

 Parliamentary committees are designed to probe deeper into matters of public significance and formulate
expert viewpoints.

 The organized committee system came into being in 1993. However, specific committees have been active
since the time of India's independence.

 Ad Hoc Committee on the Citizenship Clause focused on the nature and scope of Indian citizenship.

 Northeast Frontier (Assam) Tribal and Excluded Areas Sub-Committee and the Excluded and
Partially Excluded Areas (Other than Assam) Sub-Committee played crucial roles during the
independence period.

 Expert Committee on Financial Provisions of the Union Constitution and the Advisory Committee on
the Subject of Political Safeguards for Minorities offered insights on taxation and the cessation of
reservations for religious minorities.
Features of Parliamentary Committee:

 It is either appointed or elected by the House or nominated by the Speaker/Chairman.

 It functions under the guidance of the Speaker/Chairman.

 It presents its findings to the House or Speaker/Chairman.

 It is backed by a secretariat from the Lok Sabha or Rajya Sabha.
Types of Committees:

 Standing Committees: These are permanent entities that operate continuously. They include:

 Financial Committees

 Committees to Scrutinise and Control

 Committees Relating to House Business

 House-Keeping or Service Committees

 Ad Hoc Committees: These are temporary and are dissolved once their specific task is completed, e.g.,
Joint Parliamentary Committee.
Constitutional Provisions:

 The authority of parliamentary committees is derived from Article 105 (which deals with the privileges of
Parliament members) and Article 118 (which pertains to Parliament's power to regulate its procedure and the
conduct of its business).
Role of Parliamentary Committees:

 Legislative Expertise: They assist MPs in acquiring specialized knowledge on particular subjects.

 Mini-Parliament Function: They act as a smaller representation of Parliament, comprising MPs from
diverse parties.

 Detailed Examination: Bills that are referred to these committees undergo an in-depth review, with
contributions from various external stakeholders.

 Oversight on the Government: Even though their suggestions aren't obligatory for the government, their
reports create a public record, potentially influencing governmental decisions.
Decline in the Role of Committees:

 In the 17th Lok Sabha (formed after 2019 general elections), merely 14 bills have been sent for further
scrutiny.

 In the 16th Lok Sabha (formed after 2014 general elections), only a quarter of the introduced bills were
sent to committees, a decline from 71% in the 15th (2009) and 60% in the 14th Lok Sabha (2004).
Consultative Committees:

 These are composed of Parliament members but aren't labelled as parliamentary committees since they
don't adhere to the four aforementioned conditions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
93
Significance of Committees:

 They facilitate thorough scrutiny, promote expertise, and serve as a check on the government, ensuring a
holistic legislative process.
Collaborative Discussions:

 Being conducted behind closed doors, committee meetings encourage more cooperative discussions, with
MPs less likely to posture for media coverage.
Historical Context:

 Committees such as the Ad Hoc Committee on the Citizenship Clause were instrumental in moulding
India's foundational principles.
Public Participation:

 Committees often solicit inputs from the general public, ensuring a more democratic and inclusive
legislative procedure.
Constitutional Backing:

 The committees operate within the framework of the Constitution, ensuring their actions and
recommendations are in line with India's foundational principles.
Diverse Representation:

 Committees ensure that various voices, perspectives, and concerns are heard, making the legislative process
more inclusive and comprehensive.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
94
66.
66. Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill, 2023

 In April 2023, the Lok Sabha passed the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Bill 2023, aiming to
introduce significant modifications to the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, a central legislation for forest
conservation in India.

 Post-independence, large tracts of forest land were earmarked as reserved and protected forests. However,
discrepancies existed, with some forested areas excluded and non-forested areas included as 'forest' lands.

 Godavarman Case, 1996: The Supreme Court halted tree felling nationwide and declared that the Forest
Conservation Act would be applicable to all lands recorded as 'forest' or fitting the dictionary definition of a
forest.

 Amendments in 2022: The government revised the Forest Conservation Rules, proposing a mechanism to
allow developers to cultivate plantations on lands where the Forest Conservation Act wasn't applicable.
Key Provisions of the 2023 Amendment:

 Scope Expansion: The Bill introduces a Preamble and renames the Act to "Van (Sanrakshan Evam
Samvardhan) Adhiniyam, 1980".

 Applicability: Initially limited to notified forest land, the Act's applicability has been expanded to include
recorded forest lands, private forests, and plantations.

 Exemptions: The Bill suggests exemptions to promote afforestation outside forests, including strategic
projects near international borders.

 Development Provisions: The Bill allows both private entities and government companies to lease forest
land, promoting development while ensuring consistent Act implementation.

 Inclusion of New Activities: Infrastructure for frontline forest staff, ecotourism, zoos, and safaris are now
considered forestry activities. Surveys in forest areas won't be deemed non-forestry activities.

 Climate Change Focus: The Bill emphasizes the role of forests in India's climate change mitigation
efforts, aligning with global commitments like achieving Net Zero Emission by 2070.

 Empowering Local Communities: The Bill promotes government-owned zoos, safaris, and ecotourism
outside Protected Areas, offering livelihood opportunities for local communities.
Concerns with the Bill:
Name Controversy: The new Hindi name for the Act faced criticism for being "non-inclusive", potentially
alienating non-Hindi speaking regions.
Ecological Impact: Exemptions, especially those for strategic projects, raised alarms about potential
deforestation in ecologically vital areas.
Indigenous Rights: The Bill might infringe on the rights of indigenous communities residing near India's
borders.
Scope Limitation: The Bill's focus on areas recorded as forests post-October 1980 might exclude significant
forest tracts and biodiversity zones.
Federal Dynamics: States argue that forest conservation is a concurrent subject, and the amendments might
centralize authority, sidelining state governments.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
95
67.
67. Copyright Act 1957

 The Bombay High Court recently addressed a case involving an actor (Anushka Sharma) who contested
the sales tax imposed on her earnings from advertisements and award show performances.

 The case revolved around whether actors possess a Copyright for their performances and if they should
pay sales tax for it. It also touched upon the treatment of Intellectual Property for taxation purposes.
Actor's Argument:

 The actor contended that according to Section 2 (d) of the Copyright Act, show producers are the original
creators and hold the copyright of the respective videos. She emphasized her role as a ‘performer’ under the
law, invoking rights under sections 38 and 38A of the Copyright Act.


Tax Department's Stand:

 The department argued that the actor was essentially selling her copyright, making her liable for an
indirect tax.
Performer's Rights:

 Section 38 of the Copyright Act 1957 recognizes "Performer's Rights" for artists, including singers
and actors, for their roles in literary works, films, and songs.

 Artists are protected for 50 years post-performance, a provision added in 2012 to ensure artists receive
royalties.

 These rights cannot be sold or transferred, ensuring artists maintain ownership and receive appropriate
compensation.
About Copyright Act 1957:

 Copyright is a legal shield for original works like literature, art, music, films, and software in India.

 It protects expressions of ideas, not the ideas themselves. Copyright owners have exclusive rights to
adapt, reproduce, publish, and communicate their work to the public.

 The Act has been amended multiple times since its inception in 1958, with the latest amendment in 2012.
Key Sections of the Act:

 Section 2: Defines the types of work eligible for copyright protection. For instance, Section 2(o) pertains
to literary works, while Section 2(h) covers dramatic works.

 Section 13: Offers copyright protection to literary, musical, dramatic works, films, and sound
recordings.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
96

 Section 14: Bestows exclusive rights like adapting, reproducing, and publishing to the copyright
owner. These rights can't be exercised without the owner's consent.
Copyright (Amendment) Rules 2021:

 Introduced to align copyrights with other relevant laws.

 Provisions were added to ensure transparency in royalty collection and distribution.

 The Copyright Board was merged with the Appellate Board.

 Software registration compliance requirements were reduced.

 For software registration, applicants can submit the first 10 and last 10 pages of the source code. If the code
is less than 20 pages, the entire code can be submitted without redactions.

 The Central Government has a 180-day window to respond to copyright society registration applications.
Distinction from Other Intellectual Properties:

 Unlike patents (which protect inventions) and trade secrets (which protect confidential business
information), copyrights specifically protect original expressions of ideas.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
97
68.
68. India Justice Report 2022

 The India Justice Report (IJR) 2022 has been released, ranking states based on their performance in
delivering justice.

 Karnataka leads among the 18 large and mid-sized states with populations over one crore in justice
delivery.

 Tamil Nadu and Telangana follow in the second and third positions, respectively, while Uttar Pradesh
ranks the lowest at 18.

 Among states with populations less than one crore, Sikkim tops the list, followed by Arunachal Pradesh
and Tripura. Goa ranks the lowest at seven.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
98
About IJR:

 The IJR is a collaborative initiative involving Tata Trusts, Centre for Social Justice, Common Cause,
and the Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative.

 First published in 2019, the report evaluates states on justice delivery by examining parameters like
police, judiciary, prisons, and legal aid.
Judiciary Challenges:

 The Indian judiciary grapples with a significant shortage of judges and infrastructure, leading to
increased pendency, growing caseloads, and declining case clearance rates (CCR) in lower courts.

 High Court Judge Shortage: As of December 2022, High Courts operated with only 778 judges, against a
sanctioned strength of 1,108 judges.

 Pendency Concerns: Cases pending per judge have risen in most states over the past five years. Uttar
Pradesh (approx. 11 years) and West Bengal (approx. 9 years) have the highest average pendency in High
Courts, while Tripura, Sikkim, and Meghalaya have the lowest.

 Caseload Increase: The caseload per judge has seen a consistent rise, with an increase noted in 22 states
and Union Territories between 2018 and 2022.

 Case Clearance Rate (CCR): CCR in High Courts improved from 88.5% to 94.6% between 2018-19 and
2022. However, it declined in lower courts from 93% to 89.4%. By 2022, 12 High Courts had a CCR of
100% or more, up from four in 2018-19.

 Court Hall Infrastructure: As of August 2022, there were 21,014 court halls for 24,631 sanctioned
judges' posts, indicating a shortfall of 14.7%.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
99
69.
69. National Electricity Plan

 Draft Release: The latest draft of the National Electricity Plan (NEP) for 2022-27 has been unveiled.

 NEP's Role: The NEP guides the development of India's power sector and is formulated by the Central
Electricity Authority (CEA) every five years under the Electricity Act, 2003.

 _____Previous Editions: The first NEP was released in 2007, the second in 2013, and the third in 2018.

 New Draft's Focus: The draft recognizes the need for additional coal-based capacity, estimating an
addition of 17 GW to 28 GW until 2031-32, besides the 25 GW currently under construction.

 Battery Storage: The draft emphasizes investments in battery storage, projecting a requirement of 51
GW to 84 GW by 2031-32.

 Plant Load Factor (PLF): Foresees an increase in the PLF of coal-fired plants from 55% in 2026-27 to
62% in 2031-32.
Power Scenario Challenges:

 India's coal-fired thermal power plants are over 25 years old and operate on outdated technology.

 Managing a renewables-dominated grid remains a challenge due to unclear grid management strategies and
slow hydropower development.

 Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) Funding: An estimated fund requirement of 14.30 lakh crore
between 2022-27 for BESS. However, only 8 lakh crore has been allocated for a decade.

 Ramping Rate Concerns: No evaluation of the ramping rate for thermal plants under various solar
generation scenarios has been conducted.
Central Electricity Authority (CEA)

 Originally constituted under the repealed Electricity (Supply) Act, 1948; now under Section 70 of the
Electricity Act, 2003.

 Objective: Formulate National Electricity Plan every five years for resource optimization in power
generation.

 Operates under the Ministry of Power.

 Location: New Delhi.
Electricity Act 2003

 Central law for electricity sector regulation.

 Establishes Electricity Regulatory Commissions: Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (CERC) &
State Electricity Regulatory Commissions (SERCs).

 Commission Functions:

 Regulate and determine tariff.

 Issue licenses for transmission, distribution, electricity trading.

 Adjudicate disputes.
Electricity (Amendment) Bill 2022

 Objective: Allow multiple players open access to power suppliers' distribution networks and let consumers
choose service providers.

 Amendments to Electricity Act 2003:

 Facilitate non-discriminatory "open access" to distribution networks for all licensees.

 Aim: Enhance efficiency, improve services, ensure power sector sustainability.

 Provisions for graded tariff revision, mandatory maximum and minimum tariff setting.

 Punishment modification: from imprisonment or fine to only fine.

 Strengthen regulator functions.
About Coal:

 Fossil fuel found abundantly (non-renewable energy source)

 Uses: domestic fuel, industries (e.g., iron, steel), steam engines, electricity generation.

 Electricity from coal termed as "thermal power."

 Formation: Millions of years ago from buried ferns and swamps, hence called "Buried Sunshine."

 Leading producers: China, US, Australia, Indonesia, India.

 India's coal regions: Raniganj, Jharia, Dhanbad, Bokaro in Jharkhand.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
100
Pollution from Coal Use

 Carbon Emissions: Major source of CO2, contributing to global warming.

 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2): Leads to acid rain and respiratory issues.

 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx): Causes smog, acid rain, and respiratory problems.

 Particulate Matter: Fine particles cause respiratory and cardiovascular issues.

 Mercury Emissions: Harms nervous, digestive, and immune systems.

 Coal Ash: Contains toxic heavy metals; can contaminate water sources.

 Coal Mining: Releases methane; causes land and water pollution.

 Water Usage: Coal plants use large water amounts, risking scarcity.

 Thermal Pollution: Discharged warm water harms aquatic life.

 Groundwater Contamination: Coal ash can leach toxins into groundwater.

 Coal Transportation: Emits coal dust, adding to air pollution.

 Health Impacts: Linked to heart disease, lung cancer, and respiratory infections.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
101
70.
70. Competition (Amendment) Bill, 2022

 The Bill seeks to amend the Competition Act, 2002 and was passed in the Lower House in March 2023.
Competition Act, 2002:

 Regulates competition in India, prohibiting anti-competitive practices.

 Implemented and enforced by the Competition Commission of India (CCI).
Competition Appellate Tribunal:

 Created as per the Competition Act, 2002.

 Replaced by the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT) in 2017.
Amendments Proposed:

 Penalties: Definition of "turnover" now includes global turnover. Penalties for violations will be based
on global turnover.

 Timelines: Time limit for CCI's prima facie opinion on a combination reduced from 30 working days to 30
days.

 Review of Regulations: Mergers and acquisitions based on transaction value. Transactions over Rs 2,000
crore need CCI approval. Timeline for CCI orders on such transactions reduced from 210 days to 150
days.

 Decriminalization: Certain offences changed from imposition of fine to civil penalties.
Benefits of the Bill:

 Ease of Doing Business: Reduces regulatory hurdles and compliance burden.

 Transparency: Global turnover inclusion in "turnover" definition ensures companies can't avoid penalties
by shifting revenue abroad.
Competition Commission of India (CCI)

 Established under the Competition Act, 2002.

 Replaced the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practices Act, 1969 (MRTP Act) based on Raghavan
committee recommendations.

 One Chairperson and six Members appointed by the Central Government. It's a quasi-judicial body.

 Members should be qualified to be a High Court judge or have 15+ years of experience in fields like
international trade, economics, law, finance, etc.
Functions & Role:

 Eliminate anti-competitive practices.

 Protect consumer interests and ensure trade freedom.

 Provide opinions on competition issues to statutory authorities.

 Undertake competition advocacy and public awareness initiatives.

 Ensure fair competition for inclusive economic growth.

 Implement competition policies for efficient resource utilization.
Achievements:

 Adjudicated over 1,200 antitrust cases (89% disposal rate).

 Reviewed 900+ mergers and acquisitions, with an average clearance time of 30 days.

 Introduced 'Green Channel' for automated approval on combinations/transactions.
Challenges:

 Adapting to the digital economy and understanding technological nuances.

 Updating market definitions for the boundary-less digital space.

 Addressing potential cartelization threats, especially with global supply chain disruptions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
102
71.
71. Swachh Bharat Mission-Urban (SBM-U)

 Established under the aegis of the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs.

 Aims to instill the principle of 'Jan Bhagidari' (public participation).

 'Swachhotsav - 2023: Rally for Garbage Free Cities' was organized in New Delhi to celebrate the
International Day of Zero Waste 2023.
International Day of Zero Waste:

 Observed on 30 March 2023 for the first time.

 Facilitated by UNEP and UN-Habitat.

 Aims to promote zero waste, responsible consumption, and sustainable urban waste management.
Achievements of SBM-U:

 Urban India declared Open Defecation Free (ODF) with all 4,715 Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) achieving
ODF status.

 3,547 ULBs are ODF+ and 1,191 ULBs are ODF++.

 Waste processing increased from 17% in 2014 to 75% in 2023.

 100% door-to-door waste collection in 97% wards.

 Garbage Free Cities (GFC)-Star rating expanded to 445 cities, targeting 1,000 3-star GFC by October
2024.
Women's Role:

 Rally for Garbage Free Cities is a women-led initiative.

 'Stories of Change' Compendium highlights the success of 300+ women in waste management.

 4 lakh women are engaged in sanitation and waste management in urban India.
Challenges:

 Insufficient waste management infrastructure.

 Unsustainable packaging leading to increased plastic waste.

 Lack of data collection mechanisms for waste management.
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)

 Establishment: Founded in 1972.

 Headquarters: Nairobi, Kenya.

 Objective: Provide leadership and encourage partnerships to protect the environment.

 Functions:

 Monitor environmental conditions globally.

 Develop international environmental conventions.

 Help countries implement environmentally sound policies and practices.

 Key Initiatives: World Environment Day, Green Economy, and Ecosystem-based Adaptation.

 Reports: Produces the Global Environment Outlook, a comprehensive environmental assessment.
United Nations Human Settlements Programme (UN-Habitat)

 Establishment: Founded in 1978.

 Headquarters: Nairobi, Kenya.

 Objective: Promote socially and environmentally sustainable towns and cities.

 Functions:

 Offers technical assistance to countries and cities.

 Promotes urbanization as a positive force for development.

 Addresses housing and shelter issues, especially for the urban poor.

 Key Initiatives: World Habitat Day, Global Public Space Programme, and Safer Cities Programme.

 Reports: Produces the World Cities Report, assessing urban trends and conditions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
103
72.
72. China-Taiwan Conflict

 China opposes Taiwan's independence and any foreign interference.

 China's military exercises aimed at simulating a "seal off" of Taiwan.
Taiwan's Perspective:

 Views itself as a sovereign nation.

 China sees Taiwan as a breakaway state, aiming to bring it under its control.
Historical Background:

 Taiwan was under Chinese control during the Qing dynasty.

 Ceded to Japan after China lost the first Sino-Japanese war in 1895.

 China regained Taiwan in 1945 post World War II.

 Nationalists fled to Taiwan in 1949 after civil war with communists.
Current Status:

 Only 13 countries recognize Taiwan due to China's diplomatic pressure.

 US supports Taiwan but officially adheres to the "One China Policy".

 Escalations:

 PRC bombed Taiwan-controlled islands in the 1950s, drawing US intervention.

 1995-96: China's missile tests near Taiwan led to significant US mobilization.
Recent Developments:

 Taiwan's pro-independence phase intensified post-2016.

 Economic interests, including investments in China, have grown.

 Economic dependence might impact pro-independence goals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
104
Strategic Significance of Taiwan:

 Located near China, Japan, and the Philippines.

 Major producer of high-tech electronics, especially semiconductors.

 Modern military focused on defending sovereignty.
US Interest in Taiwan:

 Taiwan is part of a chain of US-friendly territories.

 US bound by the Taiwan Relations Act (1979) to support Taiwan's defense.

 US is Taiwan's largest arms dealer.
India's Stand on Taiwan:

 Improving ties under India's Act East Foreign Policy.

 Representative offices in each other's capitals since 1995.

 India follows the "One China" policy but has reduced mentions recently.

 India views Taiwan as an economic partner and strategic ally.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
105
73.
73. U.K. Joins CPTPP

 The U.K. has signed the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership
(CPTPP).

 Prime Minister of the U.K. highlighted it as a "post-Brexit freedom".

 Ratification is pending by Westminster and all CPTPP nations.
CPTPP Overview:

 A Free Trade Agreement (FTA) involving Australia, Brunei Darussalam, Canada, Chile, Japan, Malaysia,
Mexico, Peru, New Zealand, Singapore, and Vietnam.

 Signed on 8 March 2018 in Santiago, Chile.
Background:

 Originated from a 2005 trade agreement among Brunei, Chile, New Zealand, and Singapore.

 Evolved into the Trans Pacific Partnership (TPP) with 12 nations.

 After the U.S. withdrawal, the remaining 11 nations formed the CPTPP.
Significance of CPTPP:

 Eliminates 99% of tariffs on goods and services.

 Members committed to combat wildlife trafficking, benefiting elephants, rhinos, and marine species.

 Addresses environmental issues like unsustainable logging and fishing with trade penalties for non-
compliance.

 All CPTPP nations are also part of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC).
Brexit:

 Refers to the U.K.'s decision to exit the European Union (EU).

 The U.K. formally left the EU in January 2020 after a 2016 referendum.
Brexit Impact on the U.K.:

 Altered trade policies and tariffs with the EU and globally.

 Limited access for U.K. businesses to the EU market.

 Increased regulatory challenges for U.K. businesses trading with the EU.
Benefits of CPTPP for the U.K.:

 Over 99% of British exports, including cheese, cars, chocolate, machinery, gin, and whisky, will face no
tariffs.

 Expected to boost the U.K. economy by GBP 1.8 billion annually (0.08% GDP increase).

 Provides a gateway to the Indo-Pacific region, projected to drive 54% of global economic growth.

 The U.K. gains a veto on China's potential CPTPP membership.

 U.K. firms can operate without establishing local offices in member countries.
India's Stance on CPTPP:

 India chose not to join due to the treaty's labor and environmental standards.

 Concerns over detailed investment protection standards, host state's regulatory rights, and stringent
transparency requirements.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
106
74.
74. Finland joins NATO

 The majority of NATO members supported Finland's membership to bolster the alliance's strength in the
Baltic region.
Sweden's NATO Bid:

 Sweden's attempt to join NATO is currently obstructed by Turkey and Hungary.
Reason for Finland's NATO Membership:

 Prompted by Russia's invasion of Ukraine.

 Finland and Sweden sought NATO membership post-invasion.
Historical Context:

 Finland shares a 1,340-km border with Russia.

 Historically maintained over 70 years of military non-alignment.

 During the Cold War, Finland's neutrality policy was termed ‘Finlandisation’.
Impacts of Finland's NATO Membership:

 Enhanced security for Finland.

 Potential loss in trade and tourism revenue from Russia.

 NATO benefits from Finland's military expertise against potential Russian aggression.

 Russia perceives this move as escalating the Ukraine conflict and plans to bolster its military in the west
and northwest.
NATO Overview:

 The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) is a political and military alliance with 31 member
countries.

 Established in 1949 for mutual defense and collective security.

 Founding Members: Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Iceland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands,
Norway, Portugal, the UK, and the US.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
107

 Subsequent Memberships: 19 countries joined post-1949, including Greece, Turkey, Germany, Spain,
Czechia, Hungary, Poland, Bulgaria, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Albania,
Croatia, Montenegro, North Macedonia, and Finland (2023).

 NATO Headquarters: Located in Brussels, Belgium.

 Allied Command Operations Headquarters in Mons, Belgium.
Article 5 of NATO:

 A crucial provision stating an attack on one member is considered an attack on all.

 Invoked only once, post the 9/11 terrorist attacks in the US.
Limitation of NATO's Protection:

 Does not cover civil wars or internal coups within member nations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
108
75.
75. International Court of Justice and Climate Change

 UNGA's Request to ICJ: The United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) has requested the International
Court of Justice (ICJ) to provide its opinion on countries’ obligations regarding climate change under the
U.N. Framework Convention for Climate Change (UNFCCC).

 Initiator of the Resolution: The resolution was initiated by the Pacific Island of Vanuatu, a small country
severely affected by Cyclone Pam in 2015, which is believed to have been exacerbated by climate change.

 Resolution's Key Questions: UNGA wants the ICJ to address:

 Obligations of states under international law for the protection of the climate system for current and future
generations.

 Legal consequences for states causing significant harm to the climate system, especially for Small Island
Developing States (SIDS) and affected individuals.

 Reference to International Agreements: The resolution mentions international agreements such as the
Paris Agreement and the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS).

 ICJ's Response Time: The ICJ is expected to take approximately 18 months to deliver its opinion.

 India's Position:

 India hasn't taken a definitive stance on the UN resolution but generally supports climate justice and
accountability for global warming.

 India has updated its NDC (Nationally Determined Contributions) commitments, aiming to derive half of its
electricity from renewable sources by 2030.

 India emphasizes that the ICJ process should address climate change issues broadly without targeting
specific countries.

 Binding Nature of ICJ's Opinion: The ICJ's advisory opinion won't be legally binding but will hold legal
significance and moral authority. It can offer clarity on international environmental laws and streamline
processes related to climate finance and justice.
UNFCCC Overview:

 Established in 1992 during the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development.

 India has hosted the COP of all three Rio conventions: climate change (UNFCCC), biodiversity (CBD), and
land (United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification).

 The UNFCCC, ratified by 197 countries, is the parent treaty of the 2015 Paris Agreement and the 1997
Kyoto Protocol.

 The UNFCCC secretariat, located in Bonn, Germany, supports the global response to climate change
threats.

 The primary objective is to stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere to prevent dangerous
repercussions, allowing ecosystems to adapt naturally and promoting sustainable development.
Momentum for Change Initiative:

 Launched by the UNFCCC secretariat in 2015, this initiative aims to achieve climate neutrality. It
involves measuring the climate footprint, reducing emissions, and offsetting unavoidable emissions with UN
certified emission reductions.
Impact of ICJ's Opinion:

 While not legally binding, past advisory opinions by the ICJ, such as those related to the Palestinian issue
and the Chagos Islands dispute, have been respected.
India's Renewable Energy Commitment:

 India plans to source 50% of its electricity from renewable sources by 2030.
India's Approach to the Resolution:

 India did not co-sponsor the draft resolution and is observing the responses of major powers like the U.S.
and China.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
109
76.
76. Bhopal: First Indian City to Track SDG
Bhopal, a city in India, has taken remarkable steps towards achieving the Sustainable Development Goals
(SDGs) through local initiatives, setting a precedent for other cities.

 Data-Driven Approach: The city's strategy is heavily reliant on the collection and analysis of data to track
progress, ensuring that policies are informed by real-world statistics and indicators.

 Community Engagement: Bhopal's approach to the SDGs involves significant community engagement,
ensuring that the initiatives are relevant to the people they are designed to serve.

 Focus on Sustainability: The initiatives in Bhopal are characterized by a strong emphasis on sustainability,
aiming to create long-term solutions rather than short-term fixes.

 Collaborative Efforts: The success of Bhopal's approach is attributed to collaboration between various
stakeholders, including government entities, private sector participants, and civil society.

 Technology Integration: Bhopal has integrated modern technology solutions in its approach, utilizing
tools like GIS mapping for efficient resource management and planning.
What is SDG?

 Global Initiative: The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a universal call to action to end
poverty, protect the planet, and ensure that all people enjoy peace and prosperity by 2030.

 Comprehensive Framework: Consisting of 17 interconnected goals, the SDGs were adopted by all
United Nations Member States in 2015 as part of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.

 Wide-ranging Objectives: The goals cover a broad range of social, economic, and environmental
development issues, including health, education, global inequality, climate change, environmental
degradation, peace, and justice.

 Inclusive Approach: The SDGs emphasize a "whole-of-society" approach, encouraging contributions
from all sectors of society, including governments, the private sector, civil society, and everyday citizens.

 Poverty Alleviation: A significant focus of the SDGs is on ending poverty in all its forms, recognizing
that eradicating poverty is fundamental to achieving sustainable development.

 Zero Hunger Goal: Addressing global food security is a priority, with efforts aimed at ending hunger,
achieving food security, improving nutrition, and promoting sustainable agriculture.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
110

 Gender Equality: The SDGs advocate for the elimination of gender disparities in all sectors, promoting the
empowerment of women and girls through targeted measures.

 Combatting Climate Change: Recognizing the existential threat posed by climate change, the SDGs
include goals to take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts.

 Quality Education for All: Ensuring inclusive and equitable quality education and promoting lifelong
learning opportunities for all is a central aspect of the framework.

 Water and Sanitation: The goals underscore the need to achieve universal and equitable access to safe and
affordable drinking water, as well as adequate and equitable sanitation and hygiene.

 Economic Growth: Sustainable economic growth that drives progress, creates decent jobs, and improves
living standards is a key target of the SDGs.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
111
77.
77. Supreme Court on Default Bail
When the charge sheet is not filed within 60 or 90 days in criminal cases, the Supreme Court (SC) has
urged subordinate courts to consider default bail pleas, allowing them to issue default bail independently
without relying on its own Ritu Chhabaria versus Union of India decision (26th April, 2023).

 Conceptual Basis: 'Default bail' refers to a statutory right for accused individuals, applicable under specific
conditions when investigative agencies fail to complete their inquiry within a stipulated timeframe.

 Legal Foundation: Section 167(2) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, underpins the provision of
default bail, ensuring a balance between an individual's right to personal liberty and societal security needs.

 Time Constraints on Investigation: The law mandates that investigations into criminal cases should
conclude within 60 to 90 days; failure to adhere to this timeframe activates the accused's right to default bail.

 Judicial Oversight: Courts do not possess discretionary powers regarding the grant of default bail. If
legal conditions are met, the judiciary is bound to honor the accused's statutory right.

 Non-Extendable Right: Once the right to default bail matures (post the maximum period allowed for
investigation), it cannot be defeated even if subsequent events (like filing a charge sheet) occur.

 Application Procedure: Accused individuals must apply for default bail, and it's not automatically
granted. This application can be verbal or written, formal or informal.

 No Substantive Examination: When granting default bail, courts avoid delving into the merits of the case,
focusing solely on whether the statutory conditions for such bail are satisfied.

 Bail Conditions: While courts are bound to grant default bail upon the fulfillment of conditions, they retain
the authority to impose specific terms and conditions that the accused must follow.

 Right Against Detention: The provision safeguards against unjustified detention during the investigation
phase, upholding the constitutional right to life and personal liberty under Article 21.

 Impact on Investigation: Default bail serves as a check on investigating agencies, compelling them to
conduct inquiries diligently and within the legally prescribed period.

 Legal Recourse for States: If investigative agencies require more time, they must approach the judiciary to
seek an extension before the lapse of the initial period, justifying the need for additional time.

 Role in Fair Trial: Default bail contributes to the integrity of the criminal justice system, ensuring that
accused individuals do not face indefinite incarceration without trial.

 Not Absolute: The entitlement to default bail isn't absolute. It's subject to the accused being available for
cooperation with the investigation and not impeding the judicial process.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
112
78.
78. The Green Port Guidelines 2023

 Initiative Launch: In 2023, the Indian government unveiled the "Harit Sagar" guidelines, marking a
significant step toward ecological conservation in maritime activities.

 Objective: The primary goal of Harit Sagar is to minimize environmental footprints by integrating
sustainable practices within all operational and developmental aspects of Indian ports.

 Carbon Emission Reduction: One of the key targets of these guidelines is to achieve a substantial
reduction in greenhouse gas emissions, aligning with India's commitments under international climate
accords.

 Technology Integration: Harit Sagar encourages the adoption of cutting-edge technologies that prioritize
renewable resources, aiming to decrease reliance on fossil fuels for port operations.

 Waste Handling Protocols: The guidelines stipulate detailed procedures for handling, segregating, and
responsibly disposing of waste generated at ports to prevent marine pollution.

 Water Resource Management: Special emphasis is placed on sustainable water use, including measures
for recycling and reusing water, alongside rigorous treatment processes for wastewater.

 Ecosystem Conservation: Harit Sagar outlines specific measures for protecting local flora and fauna,
mandating environmental impact assessments before initiating any port-related activities.

 Community Involvement: The initiative mandates the active participation of surrounding communities in
decision-making processes, ensuring their livelihoods and local environmental concerns are prioritized.

 Compliance Standards: Harit Sagar sets forth strict compliance standards, with ports required to meet
specific environmental criteria, subject to periodic governmental reviews.

 Employee Education Programs: Ports are required to conduct regular training sessions for employees,
emphasizing the importance of sustainability and teaching best practices in environmental management.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
113

 Green Investment: The guidelines advocate for increased financial investment in sustainable maritime
technologies and infrastructure, offering incentives for ports that comply.

 Disaster Management Preparedness: Harit Sagar includes directives for establishing advanced disaster
response strategies, ensuring ports are equipped to handle environmental crises effectively.

 International Collaboration: The initiative promotes partnerships with global maritime entities,
facilitating knowledge exchange and collaboration on sustainable maritime solutions.

 Performance Tracking: Harit Sagar introduces a systematic performance tracking mechanism, requiring
ports to document and report their environmental performance indicators regularly.

 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) Alignment: The guidelines are in line with the UN's SDGs,
reflecting India's broader commitment to sustainable development and ecological preservation on the global
stage.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
114
79.
79. Supreme Court on Floor Test in Maharashtra
The Supreme Court ruled the former Maharashtra Governor's action of demanding a floor test from the Chief
Minister in 2020 as unjustified, marking a significant judicial stance on constitutional authorities' decisions.

 Floor Test Explained: A mechanism to demonstrate a political leader's strength in the legislature,
particularly used when the majority is in question. It ensures transparency in majority claims, especially in
coalition governments or situations of political uncertainty.

 Recent Political Turmoil: In 2022, political upheaval in Maharashtra led to the fall of the Uddhav
Thackeray government, followed by legal battles challenging the Governor's decisions, highlighting the
complexities within coalition factions and governance.

 Supreme Court's Position:
o
o Critique of Floor Test Misuse: Emphasized that floor tests shouldn't resolve intra-party conflicts.
o
o Authority on Whip Appointment: Affirmed that party constitution should guide whip appointments,
ensuring procedural integrity.
o
o Stance on Defection: Reiterated the Speaker's role in adjudicating defection cases, limiting judicial
overreach in political matters.

 10th Schedule Insights:
o
o Introduction: Incorporated in 1985 to curb political defections and ensure stability.
o
o Disqualification Criteria: Outlines scenarios causing member disqualification, emphasizing voluntary
party abandonment or defiance against party directives.
o
o Merger Clause: Initially, a one-third defection was considered a merger, revised to two-thirds in
2003 to preserve party integrity.
Figure 27. SCC Online

 Governor's Role in Floor Tests:
o
o Constitutional Basis: Articles 174 and 175 empower the Governor to summon or prorogue sessions,
potentially calling for floor tests.
o
o Discretionary Powers: Article 163 outlines the Governor's discretionary rights, crucial during
uncertain political scenarios, though typically exercised on ministerial advice.

 Governor's Discretion Scrutiny:
o
o Boundaries: The Constitution protects the Governor's decisions on discretionary matters, though
controversies arise regarding overuse or political bias.
o
o Precedents: Past rulings emphasize collaborative decision-making with the Council of Ministers,
discouraging autonomous actions without substantial grounds.

 Judicial Precedents:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
115
o
o 2016 Nabam Rebia Case: Emphasized collaborative decision-making for summoning the House,
discouraging Governor's unilateral decisions.
o
o 2020 Shivraj Singh Chouhan Case: Affirmed the Speaker's authority in calling floor tests, reinforcing
checks on majority claims.

 Constitutional Dilemmas:
o
o Balancing Authority: The incidents underscore the delicate balance between the Governor's discretionary
powers and constitutional mandates.
o
o Political Stability vs. Autonomy: Cases highlight the tension between ensuring political stability and
preventing undue interference in state politics.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
116
80.
80. Role of Enforcement Directorate
The Supreme Court (SC) was recently advised by the Centre that the Chief of the Enforcement
Directorate (ED) will not hold office past November 2023.

 An Overview: The Enforcement Directorate (ED) is a specialized financial investigation agency under the
Department of Revenue, Ministry of Finance, Government of India, tasked with enforcing economic
laws and fighting economic crime in India.

 Historical Context: Established in 1956, its primary purpose was to handle exchange control laws and
foreign currency violations. Over time, its role expanded to fight financial crimes with a broader spectrum.

 Key Legislation: The agency operates under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA),
which empowers it to combat money laundering in India. It is also responsible for enforcing the Foreign
Exchange Management Act, 1999 (FEMA).

 Primary Functions:
o
o Investigating financial irregularities and money laundering activities.
o
o Enforcing compliance with the economic laws and regulations concerning foreign exchange.
o
o Processing cases of violation under FEMA.

 Organizational Structure: Headed by a Director, the ED's hierarchy includes Special Directors,
Additional Directors, Joint Directors, Deputy Directors, Assistant Directors, and supporting staff, ensuring a
robust framework for carrying out its duties.

 Operational Domain:
o
o Wide Reach: The ED operates through its offices located across India, ensuring jurisdiction over all
financial and fiscal sectors.
o
o Collaboration: Works in conjunction with other Indian law enforcement and financial agencies, both
domestically and internationally.

 Notable Investigations:
o
o High-profile Cases: The ED has been instrumental in investigating several significant financial scandals,
showcasing its pivotal role in maintaining economic security.
o
o Asset Seizure: Empowered to attach and confiscate illegally acquired property involved in money
laundering.

 International Cooperation:
o
o Cross-border Collaboration: The ED collaborates with foreign countries and global financial
intelligence units to combat cross-border economic offenses.
o
o Treaties and Conventions: Actively engages in mutual legal assistance treaties (MLATs) with various
countries to enhance its investigative capabilities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
117
81.
81. Supreme Court on the Power divide between Centre and Delhi Government
The Supreme Court (SC) has recently clarified the boundaries of the administrative powers held by the Delhi
government and the Centre, specifically regarding subjects like public order, police, and land.

 Backdrop:
o
o Historical Tussle: The governance of Delhi has long been a matter of contention due to its unique
position as India's national capital, leading to conflicts over jurisdiction between the Central government
and the state's elected body.
o
o Legislative Framework: The Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi Act, 1991, and the
subsequent amendments outline the distribution of powers, often leading to interpretational disputes.
Figure 28. Source: Hindustan Times

 Supreme Court's Intervention:
o
o Judicial Clarification: The SC stepped in to delineate the scope of power and governance between the
Delhi government and the Centre, aiming to resolve ongoing administrative ambiguities.
o
o Key Ruling: Affirmed that matters concerning public order, police, and land fall under the domain of
the Centre, represented by the Lieutenant Governor (LG) in Delhi.

 Implications for Governance:
o
o Operational Efficiency: The ruling is seen as a way to ensure smoother function by reducing policy
deadlock between the two governance structures.
o
o Autonomy Concerns: Raises questions about the Delhi government's autonomy in administrative and
legislative matters, impacting decision-making on state-specific issues.

 Public Order and Police:
o
o Central Control: The SC's ruling reiterates that control over public order and the police remains with the
Centre, a decision expected to influence law enforcement and security management in the capital.
o
o Local Governance: The verdict impacts how local issues, especially those requiring law enforcement
intervention, are handled, potentially leading to delays or central oversight.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
118

 Land Ownership and Usage:
o
o Central Jurisdiction: Land ownership, allocation, and usage policies are under the Centre's purview,
limiting the state government's role in real estate decisions and urban planning.
o
o Development Projects: Could influence the execution of infrastructure and development projects,
necessitating closer coordination between the state and central authorities.

 Political Ramifications:
o
o Power Dynamics: The decision alters the political power dynamics in Delhi, potentially leading to a
recalibration of the relationship between the state and central governments.
o
o Future Elections: May have implications for future electoral campaigns, with parties adjusting their
strategies based on the redefined scope of state administrative power.

 Public Response and Perception:
o
o Mixed Reactions: The judgment has elicited varied responses, with some viewing it as a necessary step
for coherent governance, while others perceive it as undermining elected state authority.
o
o Clarity on Responsibilities: Provides the public with clearer expectations regarding which administration
is responsible for specific aspects of governance.

 Administrative Coordination:
o
o Necessity for Collaboration: The ruling underscores the need for enhanced collaboration between
different levels of government to ensure seamless policy implementation.
o
o Conflict Resolution: Establishes a framework that could help in resolving future conflicts, setting a
precedent for other states with similar Centre-State jurisdictional issues.

 Legal and Constitutional Implications:
o
o Interpretation of Law: The verdict highlights the challenges in interpreting laws governing special
territories like Delhi, prompting discussions on potential legislative reforms.
o
o Constitutional Questions: Raises broader constitutional questions regarding federalism, governance
models, and the balance of power within the Indian union.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
119
82.
82. Poshan bhi Padhai bhi

 Introduction to 'Poshan Bhi, Padhai Bhi':
o
o A flagship initiative by the Union Minister for Women and Child Development, focusing on enhancing
Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) through anganwadis.
o
o Integral to Mission Saksham Anganwadi and Poshan 2.0, reflecting the National Education Policy's
directives.

 Program Highlights:
o
o Allocation of INR 600 crore specifically for Anganwadi Workers (AWW) training, ensuring effective
ECCE implementation.
o
o Training to be facilitated by the National Institute of Public Cooperation and Child Development
(NIPCCD).
o
o Aim: Elevating anganwadis from solely nutrition centers to comprehensive educational
establishments.
o
o Emphasis on mother tongue education, resonating with the New Education Policy.
o
o Provision of a minimum of two hours of quality pre-school education daily under the new ECCE
policy.
Figure 30. Source: Money Control

 Understanding Anganwadis:
o
o Rural childcare hubs established under the Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) program.
o
o Provide essential health care, nutrition, and pre-school education for children under six years.
o
o Currently, approximately 13.9 lakh anganwadis serve around 8 crore children, marking it as the
world's most extensive public service of its kind.

 Roles of Anganwadi Workers (AWW):
o
o Coordination of informal pre-school activities for 3-6-year-olds and indigenous toy and equipment
creation.
o
o Distribution centers for supplementary nutrition to children and expectant/nursing mothers.
o
o Offering health, nutrition education, and breastfeeding counseling to mothers.
o
o Advocating for family planning and birth control measures.
o
o Collaborating with Accredited Social Health Activists (ASHA) for health care service delivery.
o
o Disability identification in children and necessary referrals.
o
o Assistance in Pulse Polio Immunization (PPI) campaigns.

 Challenges in Anganwadi System:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
120
o
o Infrastructure Deficit: Many centers face a lack of essential facilities, including sanitation, clean water,
and adequate learning and play spaces.
o
o Workforce Issues: There's a prevalent shortage of skilled staff and an issue of low remuneration,
affecting service quality and staff retention.
o
o Restricted Accessibility: Certain marginalized communities remain unreached due to logistical
constraints and lack of awareness.
o
o Inefficient Monitoring: Existing mechanisms for assessing service effectiveness are either insufficient or
not fully exploited, impeding improvement and resource allocation.

 Future Implications of 'Poshan Bhi, Padhai Bhi':
o
o The initiative represents a significant step toward holistic child development, aiming to bridge gaps in
nutrition and education.
o
o Success relies on overcoming current system challenges, requiring enhanced infrastructure, workforce
management, expanded reach, and robust monitoring.
o
o The program holds the promise of shaping a healthier and more educated younger generation,
foundational for the nation's future growth.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
121
83.
83. Prevention of Money-Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002
India has recently fortified its measures against money laundering, making significant amendments to the
Prevention of Money-Laundering Act (PMLA), 2002. These changes aim to tighten the existing loopholes
and enhance the country's legal framework to combat financial frauds, especially with an upcoming
assessment by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) due later in 2023.

 Enhanced Scrutiny for NGOs: The amendments mandate more comprehensive disclosures by non-
governmental organizations. Reporting entities, including financial institutions and intermediaries, are now
required to exercise increased diligence.

 Definition of Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs): The changes align with the global standards by
defining PEPs as individuals who hold prominent public positions in a foreign country. This uniform
definition is in sync with the RBI's 2008 circular related to KYC norms.

 Inclusion of Financial Professionals: Practicing chartered accountants, company secretaries, and cost and
works accountants engaged in financial transactions for clients are now within the purview of the PMLA,
expanding the scope of regulatory oversight.

 Expanded List of Reporting Entities: The amendment broadens the list of non-banking financial entities,
including several well-known companies, empowering them to verify customer identities through Aadhaar,
thereby strengthening the identity verification process.

 Rigorous Compliance Requirements: Reporting entities are obligated to maintain detailed records of
transactions and conduct thorough KYC processes. Non-compliance could attract severe penalties and legal
actions.

 Background of PMLA, 2002: Enacted to combat money laundering, the PMLA represents India's
commitment to global efforts against financial crimes. It provides a legal structure for confiscating the
proceeds of crime and establishes measures for prevention, investigation, and prosecution of money
laundering offences.

 Objectives of PMLA: The Act aims to seize criminally obtained assets, establish a robust legal framework
to counter money laundering and terrorist financing, and enhance international cooperation in these matters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
122

 Regulatory Authorities: The Directorate of Enforcement (ED) is the primary agency responsible for
enforcing the PMLA provisions and conducting investigations into cases of money laundering.

 About FATF: Established in 1989, the FATF sets global standards for combating money laundering,
terrorist financing, and other financial threats. It works to uphold the integrity of the international financial
system. FATF was formed at the initiative of the G7 countries.

 FATF's Role and Objectives: The organization develops policies to combat financial crimes and promotes
the implementation of legal, regulatory, and operational measures for global cooperation against these
threats.

 FATF's Grey and Black Lists: These lists categorize jurisdictions based on their compliance with anti-
money laundering and counter-terrorist financing frameworks. Inclusion in these lists can attract stringent
monitoring and potential sanctions.

 India's Engagement with FATF: India, a member of the FATF since 2010, actively participates in the
global fight against financial crimes. The country's recent amendments to the PMLA are part of its
commitment to meet FATF standards and strengthen its anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist
financing regime.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
123
84.
84. Meitei ST demand

 Decade-Long Demand for ST Status: The Meitei community in Manipur has been seeking Scheduled
Tribe (ST) status since 2012, a movement led by the Scheduled Tribe Demand Committee of Manipur
(STDCM).

 High Court's Observation: The Manipur High Court noted the government's inaction on the ST status
demand despite numerous requests from the Meitei community since 2013, leading to intensified protests
and ethnic tension.

 Historical Context: The Meiteis, primarily followers of the Vaishnavism sect, argue their tribal status
under British rule, citing historical records pre-dating the Manipur-India merger agreement of 1949.

 Government's Response: The Union Ministry of Tribal Affairs, in 2013, sought specific
recommendations and socio-economic data from the Manipur government for the inclusion of Meiteis in the
ST list, which has not been provided by the state authorities.

 Persistent Efforts: The STDCM and other groups have submitted over 40 representations to the state
and central governments since 2013, advocating for the ST status.

 Recent Legal Action: The Meitei Tribe Union (MTU) filed a writ petition in 2023, highlighting the
numerous unheeded memorandums and the community's consistent efforts over the years.
Figure 32. Source: HT

 Central Government's Involvement: Various communications between the Tribal Affairs Ministry and
the Manipur government have occurred, with the central government repeatedly asking for formal requests
and relevant documents to consider the ST status proposal.

 Political Dynamics: Despite assurances from Chief Minister N Biren Singh and other political leaders,
there has been little progress on the issue, causing frustration and leading to protests.

 Ethnic Clashes and Crisis: The ongoing demand has fueled ethnic violence in Manipur, particularly
between the Meitei-dominated plains and the tribal areas, leading to a significant socio-political crisis.

 Identity Preservation: The movement is not solely about reservations but is seen as crucial for preserving
the Meitei identity and culture, especially given the demographic changes and land ownership issues in
Manipur.

 Tribal Opposition: Other tribal groups in Manipur oppose the demand, fearing it might affect their
political representation and rights, as they currently constitute a significant portion of the state's population.

 Historical Permit System: Historically, the Manipur kingdom implemented a permit system in the
early 1900s to regulate the influx of non-Manipuris, reflecting early efforts to control demographic
changes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
124
85.
85. Mercy Petition of Balwant Singh Rajoana
In a significant development, the Supreme Court of India deferred the decision on the mercy petition of
Balwant Singh Rajoana, a convict in the assassination of former Punjab Chief Minister Beant Singh,
leaving the matter to the Central Government's discretion.

 Rajoana's Case Background: Balwant Singh Rajoana was sentenced to death in 2007 for his
involvement in the assassination plot of Beant Singh in 1995, a case that shook the nation due to its
political ramifications.

 Mercy Petition: Rajoana's mercy plea has been a subject of legal discussions and delays. It was filed
before the President of India, who has the power to pardon under Article 72 of the Indian Constitution.

 Central Government's Role: The Supreme Court emphasized that the Central Government has the
authority to decide on Rajoana's mercy plea, highlighting the executive's power in such legal matters.

 Legal Implications: The case underscores the complex interplay between the judiciary and the executive,
where the court respects the executive's prerogative in mercy petitions, maintaining the separation of powers.

 Assassination of Beant Singh: Beant Singh's assassination was a high-profile case, with severe security
and political implications. He was a prominent political figure, credited with restoring peace in Punjab by
suppressing separatist movements.

 Impact on Punjab's Politics: The assassination and subsequent legal proceedings have had a lasting
impact on Punjab's socio-political landscape, reflecting the state's turbulent history during the insurgency
period.

 Public Reaction: Rajoana's case has evoked varied responses from different sections of society, with some
viewing him as a martyr and others as a criminal, indicating the polarized perspectives on the insurgency
period.

 Human Rights Perspective: The case also brings attention to debates around the death penalty, with
human rights organizations and activists often advocating against capital punishment, citing ethical, moral,
and legal concerns.

 Security Measures: The case's sensitivity necessitated heightened security measures throughout the legal
proceedings, given the potential for public unrest and the involvement of various interest groups.

 Constitutional Provision: Article 72 falls under the Indian Constitution, granting the President of
India the authority to pardon, reprieve, respite, or remit punishments or sentences.

 Scope of Power: The President's powers under this article are extensive, covering punishments or
sentences by Court Martial (military court) and death sentences.

 Mercy Plea: Individuals or their representatives can file a mercy petition to the President seeking
clemency, typically used as a last resort after all judicial appeals are exhausted.

 Discretionary Power: While the President exercises this power, it is, by convention, based on the advice
of the Council of Ministers, per the constitutional practice of aid and advice.

 Judicial Review: The exercise of mercy powers under Article 72 is subject to judicial review based on the
doctrine of the rule of law, ensuring it is not used arbitrarily or with malafide intentions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
125
86.
86. Action against Online Betting and Gambling Entities
The central government has directed states across India to initiate action against online betting and gambling
entities that are advertising through outdoor media like hoardings, posters, and auto rickshaw branding.

 Concern Over Misleading Advertisements: The Information and Broadcasting Ministry highlighted that
many online betting advertisements are potentially misleading and violate the Consumer Protection Act.
These ads, often targeting youth and children, pose significant financial and socio-economic risks.

 Previous Advisories: In its commitment to curb these practices, the Ministry had previously issued
advisories to media outlets, urging them to stop featuring such advertisements. The advisories, dating back to
June 13, 2022, and reiterated on April 6, 2023, called for a comprehensive halt in promoting online betting
platforms.

 Surrogate Advertising: The government's concern extends to surrogate advertising by online betting and
gambling platforms. Specific advisories were issued on October 3, 2022, directed at private satellite TV
channels, digital news publishers, and OTT platforms, cautioning them against broadcasting or publishing
these ads.

 Legal Action for Non-Compliance: The Ministry warned of legal action against media outlets that
continue to feature these advertisements, noting non-compliance even after the advisories. The warning came
after noticing that some mainstream newspapers were still carrying promotional content for betting websites.

 Google's Involvement: The Centre has also approached Google, asking the tech giant to assist in
preventing the publication of online betting ads. This move is part of broader efforts to control digital
advertising of gambling and betting.

 Copyright Act Violations: Some betting platforms have been promoting events on their websites,
seemingly in violation of the Copyright Act. The government has expressed concern over these actions,
emphasizing the need to respect intellectual property laws.

 Nationwide Issue: Online betting and gambling, largely illegal in India, have seen a surge, prompting these
stringent measures. The government's actions aim to protect consumers, particularly the vulnerable sections
of society, from the pitfalls of gambling.

 Unified Approach: The advisories issued by the Ministry are comprehensive, targeting various forms of
media, including newspapers, TV channels, and online platforms. The government is seeking a unified
approach to tackling this issue.

 Central Gambling Law: India's primary legislation governing all forms of gambling is the Public
Gambling Act, enacted in 1867. This law, over 150 years old, primarily addresses gambling practices in
physical locations and is not well-suited to tackle modern online gambling challenges.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
126

 Constitutional Provision: Gambling falls under the state's jurisdiction as per the 7th Schedule of the
Indian Constitution. This provision allows states to legislate and regulate gambling activities within their
territories, leading to a diversity of gambling laws across the country.

 State-Specific Adaptations: Several Indian states, including Delhi, Madhya Pradesh, and Uttar Pradesh,
have chosen to enforce the Public Gambling Act with modifications tailored to their regional contexts. These
amendments are attempts to make the archaic law more relevant to current realities.

 Customized Regional Laws: Contrarily, states like Goa, Sikkim, Daman, Meghalaya, and Nagaland have
formulated their own comprehensive gambling regulations. These laws are specifically designed to oversee
and control public gambling, including land-based casinos and lotteries, within these regions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
127
87.
87. India's Supreme Court on Irretrievable Breakdown of Marriage
The Supreme Court of India recently ruled that it possesses the authority under Article 142(1) of the
Constitution to grant a divorce based on the "irretrievable breakdown" of a marriage. This holds true even if
only one party consents or if both parties are in mutual agreement.

 Waiver of Six-Month Period: The Court also stated that it can bypass the six-month waiting period
stipulated in the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, under specific circumstances.

 Article 142(1) Explained: This article allows the Supreme Court to issue decrees or orders necessary
for ensuring complete justice in any matter before it.

 Criteria for Granting Divorce: The Court emphasized that granting a divorce on the grounds of an
irretrievable breakdown is a discretionary power, not a right. It should be exercised judiciously,
considering various factors to ensure justice to both parties.

 Conditions for Waiving Six-Month Period: The waiver isn't automatic. The Court must be convinced
beyond doubt that the marriage is irreparably damaged.

 Direct Appeals to Supreme Court: Individuals cannot directly approach the Supreme Court for
dissolution of marriage on this ground. They must follow the standard legal hierarchy.

 Hindu Marriage Act: As per this Act, couples seeking a mutual divorce must wait for at least six
months after filing the initial motion before proceeding further.

 Scope of Article 142(1): Using its powers under this article, the Supreme Court can also nullify other
proceedings and orders, including criminal proceedings, between the parties.

 Six-Month Waiting Period's Purpose: The waiting period aims to provide couples time to reconsider their
decision. However, in cases where reconciliation is improbable, this period may only prolong their distress.

 Factors for Determining Irretrievable Breakdown: The Court listed several factors to consider, such as
the duration of cohabitation, nature of allegations, and attempts at reconciliation. However, it refrained from
making these factors exhaustive.

 Economic and Social Status Consideration: The Court highlighted the importance of considering the
economic and social status of the parties, their educational qualifications, and the presence and status of
children while making a decision.

 Previous Ruling on Cruelty: In April, a two-judge bench of the Supreme Court had declared that an
irretrievable breakdown of marriage could be equated to cruelty under the Hindu Marriage Act and
could serve as a ground for divorce.

 Significance: Recognizing "irretrievable breakdown" as a ground for divorce marks a departure from
existing law. It emphasizes ensuring justice to both parties without assigning blame.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
128
88.
88. Examination of Sedition Law
The Indian government has informed the Supreme Court that it is in the advanced stages of consultations
regarding a comprehensive re-examination of the sedition law, a colonial-era provision in the Indian Penal
Code (IPC).

 Context of the Announcement: This development was communicated during a hearing before a bench
headed by the Chief Justice of India, emphasizing the government's commitment to revising outdated
sections of the law.

 Sedition Law Under Scrutiny: Section 124A of the IPC, known as the sedition law, has been criticized
for being used arbitrarily and being a tool to suppress dissent or criticism against the government.

 Public Interest Litigations (PILs): The Supreme Court has received several PILs challenging the
constitutional validity of the sedition law, prompting a thorough review of its relevance and application in
modern India.

 Government's Stance: The authorities have acknowledged the need to reassess the law, ensuring it reflects
contemporary democratic values and respects the fundamental right to free speech.

 Law Commission's Involvement: Previously, the Law Commission of India had been involved in
assessing the viability of the sedition law, suggesting amendments to align with the commitment to freedom
of expression.

 Concerns Over Misuse: Activists, legal experts, and human rights organizations have expressed concerns
about the misuse of the sedition law, leading to unjust arrests and legal harassment.
Figure 35. Source: ToI

 Historical Background: The sedition law was introduced during the British colonial era, designed to
suppress anti-colonial activities and dissent against the British rule.

 Criteria for Sedition: Traditionally, charges under the sedition law require "incitement to violence" or
the intention to create disorder against state authority, but interpretations have varied, leading to inconsistent
application.

 Supreme Court's Past Rulings: The apex court has previously upheld the constitutionality of the sedition
law but insisted on the necessity of imminent violence or public disorder for something to constitute sedition.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
129

 Early Stance on Sedition: In the landmark 1950 case of Romesh Thapar v. State of Madras, the
Supreme Court asserted that mere expression of disapproval of governmental policies does not justify a
sedition charge unless it incites violence or public disorder.

 High Courts Questioning Sedition: Following this, in cases like Tara Singh Gopi Chand v. The State
(1951) and Ram Nandan v. State of Uttar Pradesh (1959), the Punjab and Haryana High Court and the
Allahabad High Court respectively declared Section 124A (sedition) unconstitutional, viewing it as a
colonial tool to suppress freedom of expression.

 Kedarnath Singh v. State of Bihar (1962): Contrary to previous high court rulings, the Supreme Court
upheld the constitutional validity of Section 124A (sedition) but emphasized its application only in cases
of acts involving intention or tendency to create disorder, or disturbance of law and order, or incitement to
violence.

 Protection from Arbitrary Arrests (2021): The Supreme Court, in a recent judgment, shielded a
political leader and several senior journalists from immediate arrest, underscoring the misuse of sedition
charges for tweets and shared news, thereby affirming the importance of freedom of expression.

 Defining Limits of Sedition (June 2021): In a case involving two Telugu news channels, the Supreme
Court highlighted the urgent need to outline the boundaries of sedition charges, to prevent misuse of this
serious charge as a tool to curb free speech and dissent.

 Reassessing Sedition Law (July 2021): The apex court received a petition urging a re-evaluation of the
159-year-old sedition law, particularly focusing on the ambiguity around terms like 'disaffection towards
Government'.

 Chilling Effect on Free Speech: The Supreme Court recognized that vague terms and the harshness of the
sedition law could lead to a 'chilling effect', where individuals and the press might engage in self-censorship
due to fear of reprisal, thus hampering the fundamental right to free speech under Article 19(1)(a).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
130
89.
89. Modal Code of Conduct

 In a significant political development during the Karnataka elections, the Congress party appealed to the
Election Commission to bar prominent BJP leaders, including Amit Shah and Yogi Adityanath, from
campaigning in the state.
o
o The request was based on accusations of hate speech and communally divisive rhetoric used by these
leaders during their election campaigns.

 Definition of MCC: The Model Code of Conduct (MCC) is a set of norms and guidelines developed by
the Election Commission (EC) to ensure fair and respectful behavior by political parties and candidates
during elections.

 Constitutional Mandate: Under Article 324 of the Indian Constitution, the EC is empowered to oversee
and ensure free and fair elections to the Parliament and State Legislatures, a responsibility upheld through the
enforcement of the MCC.

 Operational Period: The MCC comes into effect from the day the election schedule is officially
announced and remains in force until the end of the election period, culminating with the announcement
of results.

 Historical Context: The concept of the MCC originated during the Kerala Assembly elections in 1960
with a locally enforced 'Code of Conduct', which laid the groundwork for what would evolve into the
MCC used nationwide today.

 Nationwide Implementation: The practice of the MCC was adopted and circulated by the ECI in the
1962 Lok Sabha elections, gaining acceptance and adherence by recognized political entities and state
authorities.

 Enforcement Evolution: Post-1991, in response to escalating electoral malpractices and norm
violations, the EC took a firmer stance on the enforcement of the MCC, striving for stricter adherence.

 Legal Standing: Despite its influential role, the MCC operates without statutory backing. Its authority
stems from consensus and moral accountability rather than legal enforceability.

 Statutory Support: While not legally binding in itself, violations of the MCC can be addressed through
existing laws, including the Indian Penal Code, 1860, the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, and the
Representation of the People Act, 1951.

 Proposal for Legal Backing: In 2013, a standing committee advocated for the MCC's integration into
the Representation of the People Act, 1951, thereby providing it with a legal framework and enforceability.

 EC's Stance on Legal Binding: The EC has expressed reservations about making the MCC legally
enforceable, citing the time-sensitive nature of elections (approximately 45 days) and the typically
protracted nature of judicial proceedings.

 Practical Implications: The EC's perspective underscores the practical challenges in legal enforcement,
suggesting that the current system of moral obligation and immediate accountability is more effective in the
fast-paced electoral context.

 Current Status: The MCC, while not legally binding, continues to function as a critical mechanism in
India's electoral process, ensuring that elections are conducted in a free, fair, and ethical manner, with the
EC as its custodian.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
131
90.
90. Right to Religion Under Constitution of India

 The Tamil Nadu government has clarified its stance before the Supreme Court, emphasizing that
missionary activities aimed at propagating Christianity are not inherently illegal.

 This assertion is grounded in Article 25 of the Indian Constitution, which assures every citizen the
freedom to profess, practice, and propagate their religion.

 The government stipulated that while spreading religious beliefs is permissible, it must not contravene
public order, morality, health, or other constitutional provisions.

 The legal discourse differentiates between the right to propagate one's religion and the act of converting
someone to it, highlighting that any form of coercion, deceit, or inducement is unacceptable.
Figure 36. Source: Twitter India

 The state's representation, led by senior advocate P. Wilson, underscored that there's no fundamental
right to convert another person to one's own religion, though individuals are free to share and
propagate their religious beliefs.

 The Constitution doesn't forbid individuals from converting to a religion of their preference, acknowledging
the personal choice involved in religious adherence.

 Emphasizing religious freedom, the Tamil Nadu government argued that citizens should have the
autonomy to select their religion without governmental interference in their personal beliefs and privacy.

 The government linked the right to choose one's faith to the constitutional guarantee under Article 21,
which ensures the right to life and personal liberty, considering it an "inviolable right."
09717289708 | w 6390573333
132

 These arguments were presented in response to a petition by advocate Ashwini Kumar Upadhyay, seeking
an investigation into the circumstances surrounding the death of a 17-year-old girl amidst allegations of
forced religious conversion.

 The petition contended that any form of forced or deceptive religious conversion is a breach of
fundamental rights.

 Refuting claims of forced conversions, the Tamil Nadu government stated that there have been no instances
of individuals being unduly coerced into changing their religion through intimidation, threats, deceit, or
allurements.

 The state's affidavit explicitly mentioned that occurrences of conversions targeting vulnerable individuals
via coercive methods, including black magic or superstition, are not a phenomenon in Tamil Nadu.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
133
91.
91. Inauguration of First Millets Experience Centre
The Indian government, in a pioneering move, has inaugurated the Millets Experience Centre (MEC) in
partnership with the National Agricultural Cooperative Marketing Federation of India (NAFED).

 Contextual Background: This development is aligned with the United Nations General Assembly's
(UNGA) proclamation of 2023 as the International Year of Millets (IYM 2023).
o
o Furthermore, the Union Budget 2023-24 highlighted millet, referring to it as ‘Shree Anna’.

 Understanding MEC: The MEC serves as an innovative platform dedicated to advocating for millets by
demonstrating their health advantages and culinary versatility. It provides a space where consumers can
explore various millet-based products, both ready-to-eat and ready-to-cook, sourced from emerging local
enterprises.

 Consumer Outreach: By introducing consumers to healthier food alternatives, the MEC aims to expand
the consumer base for millets. It stands as a testament to millets' adaptability, showcased through diverse
food items like millet-based dosas and pasta.

 Strategic Importance: The launch of the MEC is a strategic move towards India's ambition of emerging as
the "Global Hub" for millet production and innovation. It emphasizes the nutritional significance of
millets and supports the thriving start-up ecosystem centered around millet-based products.

 Promotional Role: The center plays a crucial role in enhancing millets' public perception, reiterating
their status as nutritionally rich grains suitable for an extensive array of culinary uses.

 IYM 2023 - Overview: The initiative for the International Year of Millets in 2023, endorsed by the Food
and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) in 2018, came to fruition with the UNGA's official declaration,
following India's advocacy and the collective support of over 70 countries.

 IYM 2023 - Objectives: The commemoration aims to amplify global awareness of millets' role in food
security and nutrition. It seeks to galvanize various stakeholders to augment sustainable millet production and
quality. Additionally, it underscores the need for increased investment in research, development, and
extension services related to millets.

 Global Collaboration: The declaration of IYM 2023 symbolizes a global commitment, initiated by India,
to reinvigorate the cultivation, consumption, and cultural significance of millets worldwide, highlighting their
contribution to health and sustainability.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
134
92.
92. National Medical Devices Policy, 2023

 Policy Introduction: The Union Cabinet, on April 26, sanctioned the National Medical Devices Policy,
2023.
o
o This policy aims to streamline the growth of the medical devices sector, addressing public health goals
including accessibility, affordability, quality, and innovation.

 Growth Projection: The policy is projected to expand the domestic medical devices industry from $11
billion to $50 billion by 2030. It also aims for a 10-12% share of the global market within the next 25
years.

 Regulatory Streamlining: Significant measures include enhancing the Bureau of Indian Standards' role
and introducing a unified pricing regulation. This approach addresses challenges in domestic manufacturing,
ensuring that products are not marked with inflated Maximum Retail Prices (MRP).

 Price Monitoring: The policy is anticipated to enable price monitoring, preventing practices like
artificially high MRPs on devices, ensuring affordability for consumers.

 Single Window Clearance: The policy introduces a single window system for medical devices licensing,
integrating various departments for a smoother process.

 Human Resource and Innovation: Emphasis on creating a skilled workforce in the MedTech field
through dedicated multidisciplinary courses, focusing on futuristic technologies and high-end manufacturing.

 Centers of Excellence: Plans include establishing centers of excellence, innovation hubs, and support
infrastructure, encouraging start-ups and innovation in the sector.

 Medical Device Parks: The policy promotes the establishment of extensive medical device parks with
quality infrastructure, in collaboration with state governments and industry players.

 Private Investment and PPP: Encouraging an ecosystem for private investments, funding from venture
capitalists, and potential public-private partnerships, aligned with programs like Make in India and
Ayushman Bharat.

 Import Dependency: Despite being a significant manufacturer of various medical devices, India relies
heavily on imports for basic consumables and sophisticated devices, with 60% of imports from China and
the U.S.

 Export Promotion Council: The policy proposes a dedicated Export Promotion Council to address
market access issues and promote overseas branding.

 Domestic Market Composition: The Indian market includes large multinationals and smaller companies,
with India ranking as the fourth-largest Asian medical market.

 Market Growth: The sector is expected to grow at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 15%,
with medical device exports anticipated to increase to $10 billion by FY 2025.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
135

 Manufacturing Clusters: Major medical manufacturing clusters are situated in states like Gujarat,
Karnataka, Maharashtra, Haryana, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil Nadu, each with varying
specializations.

 Industry Optimism: The policy is welcomed for its potential to boost manufacturing, reduce import
dependency, and enhance healthcare affordability globally. However, there is an industry call for a distinct
law for medical device manufacturers, ensuring innovation-friendly regulations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
136
93.
93. Advisory Committee Suggests Ban on Diesel 4-Wheelers
The Energy Transition Advisory Committee recently proposed a ban on all new diesel 4-wheelers in the
most polluted Indian cities to curb emissions.

 Advisory Committee's Recommendation: The Energy Transition Advisory Committee recently proposed
a ban on all new diesel 4-wheelers in the most polluted Indian cities to curb emissions.

 Targeting Pollution Hotspots: The recommendation specifically targets cities classified under the 'non-
attainment cities' category, which consistently fail to meet the National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

 Timeline for Implementation: The committee suggests implementing the ban by 2023, emphasizing the
urgent need to address severe air pollution issues.

 Focus on Diesel Vehicles: Diesel vehicles, particularly older and inefficient models, are identified as
significant contributors to air pollution, releasing high levels of particulate matter and nitrogen oxides.

 Incentivizing Electric Vehicles (EVs): To complement the diesel ban, the committee recommends
promoting EVs through incentives, infrastructure development, and preferential policies to encourage
adoption.

 Phasing Out Old Vehicles: The proposal includes measures to phase out older, more polluting vehicles,
suggesting stringent norms for vehicle scrappage.

 Comprehensive Mobility Plans: Cities are urged to develop comprehensive mobility plans emphasizing
public transport, non-motorized transport, and green mobility solutions.

 Regulatory Measures: The committee calls for stricter enforcement of emission regulations, including
rigorous inspection and maintenance protocols for on-road vehicles.

 FAME Scheme (Faster Adoption and Manufacturing of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles):
o
o Encourages the production and widespread adoption of electric vehicles (EVs) through financial
incentives.
o
o Targets a 30% conversion to electric vehicles, focusing on establishing charging infrastructure in urban
areas by 2030.

 National Mission on Transformative Mobility and Battery Storage:
o
o Strategizes to enhance air quality, cut down on oil imports, and increase the use of renewable energy and
storage technologies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
137
o
o Promotes comprehensive mobility changes and phased manufacturing for EVs, related components, and
batteries.

 Customs Relaxations for EV Components:
o
o Eliminates customs duties on imported lithium-ion cells, aiming to reduce costs and boost domestic
production.

 National Green Hydrogen Mission:
o
o Focuses on green hydrogen production as a versatile, clean energy source for industries, transportation,
and electricity sectors.
o
o Plans include establishing green hydrogen production facilities and developing storage, distribution, and
application ecosystems.

 Ethanol Blending Program:
o
o Mixes ethanol with conventional petrol to decrease fossil fuel dependence and reduce carbon emissions.
o
o Achieved nearly 10% ethanol blending, with an accelerated goal of reaching 20% (E20 standard) by 2025,
five years ahead of the initial 2030 target.

 Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme for Auto Industry:
o
o Allocates approximately Rs. 18,000 crore for advanced battery storage manufacturing.
o
o Aims to stimulate domestic EV development, reducing initial costs, and promoting local manufacturing.

 SATAT Initiative (Sustainable Alternative Towards Affordable Transportation):
o
o Proposes Compressed Bio-Gas (CBG) as a green alternative fuel for transportation.
o
o Supports environmental sustainability and affordability in transportation.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
138
94.
94. India’s first International Multi-Modal Logistics Park

 Recent Development: The Union Minister of Ports, Shipping & Waterways and Ayush recently
reviewed the progress of India’s first International Multi-Modal Logistics Park (MMLP) in Jogighopa,
Assam.

 Project's Ambition: The MMLP is a part of the Bharatmala Pariyojana, a significant initiative by the
Indian government.

 Implementing Agency: The National Highways & Infrastructure Development Corporation Limited
(NHIDCL) is responsible for the development of the park.

 Connectivity Features: The MMLP will be a hub connected to various transportation modes including
road, rail, air, and waterways.

 Location and Size: The park is strategically located along the Brahmaputra river, spanning an area of
317 acres.

 Regional Impact: The project is anticipated to enhance the potential of the region and foster stronger
connections with neighboring countries like Bhutan and Bangladesh.

 Definition of MMLP: It's a transportation hub that amalgamates different transport modes in a single
location, facilitating efficient goods movement. Such parks are usually situated near major transport nodes
like ports, airports, and highways.

 Benefits of MMLP:
o
o Supply Chain Efficiency: MMLPs streamline the supply chain by reducing transit times between
different transport modes.
o
o Cost-Effective: Shared facilities in MMLPs can lead to reduced operational costs.
o
o Safety and Security: Advanced security measures ensure the safety of goods and personnel.
o
o Environmental Impact: Fewer transportation trips result in reduced carbon emissions.

 Current Status in India: The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA) has given the nod to
the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) to develop 35 MMLPs under the Bharatmala
Pariyojana. Projects in cities like Bangalore, Chennai, Guwahati, and Nagpur are currently underway.

 Development Model: The MMLPs are set to be developed under the Public Private Partnership (PPP)
model, specifically the Design, Build, Finance, Operate, and Transfer (DBFOT) mode. The National
Highways and Logistics Management (NHLML), an SPV owned by the National Highways Authority of
India (NHAI), plans to construct most of the proposed MMLPs using the PPP model.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
139
95.
95. 6th India-Canada Ministerial Dialogue on Trade and Investment

 Recent Dialogue: The 6th India-Canada Ministerial Dialogue on Trade and Investment occurred
recently, signifying the countries' commitment to enhancing bilateral economic relations.

 Dialogue Participants: The dialogue was co-chaired by the Commerce and Industry Minister of India
and the Minister for Small Business, Export Promotion, and International Trade of Canada.

 Objective of the Dialogue: The primary focus was to discuss various trade and investment issues and
explore ways to expedite the negotiation process for mutually beneficial agreements.

 Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA): Both nations deliberated on the
importance of resuming negotiations for CEPA, which aims to reduce trade barriers and boost investment
between India and Canada.

 Foreign Investment Promotion and Protection Agreement (FIPA): The dialogue also touched upon
FIPA, an agreement aimed at protecting and promoting foreign investments through legally binding rights
and obligations.

 Early Harvest Proposal: India proposed an Early Harvest deal as a precursor to CEPA, intending to
immediately reap benefits for urgent sectors while the comprehensive agreement is being negotiated.

 Bilateral Trade: The ministers acknowledged the growth of bilateral trade between India and Canada,
emphasizing the need to diversify and increase trade volumes.

 Potential Trade Areas: Key sectors identified for potential collaboration included Information
Technology, Agriculture, Healthcare, Clean technology, and Education.

 Investment Opportunities: Both countries recognized the need to facilitate greater investment flows and
discussed the regulatory environment, ease of doing business, and potential sectors for investment.

 Addressing Trade Barriers: The dialogue involved discussions on resolving trade impediments, market
access issues, and tariff-related matters affecting goods and services trade.

 Collaboration in Global Forums: India and Canada agreed to continue their cooperation and mutual
support in multilateral forums and organizations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
140
96.
96. National Security Advisers Meet
A unique convergence of National Security Advisers from India, the US, and the UAE was hosted by
Saudi Arabia, aiming to fortify inter-country relationships and regional stability.

 Enhancing Regional Ties: The dialogue was centered on nurturing bonds that would contribute to the
prosperity and security of the Middle East, ensuring its effective interconnection with India and the global
landscape.

 Infrastructure Focus: Central to the discussions were regional infrastructure initiatives, including a
standout project to link Gulf nations through a railway system, further extending to India via maritime
routes from strategic regional ports.

 Countering Strategic Moves: This collaborative approach is perceived as a strategic counter to China's
expanding influence in the region, particularly in reference to the Belt and Road initiative.

 Genesis of the Initiative: The concept for this collaborative effort emerged from deliberations by the I2U2
over the previous 18 months, a group committed to enhancing connections across South Asia, the Middle
East, and the United States.

 Introduction to I2U2: The I2U2, or West Asian Quad, is a collaborative framework initiated by India,
Israel, the UAE, and the US, postulated on the Abraham Accords.

 I2U2's Objectives: This alliance aims to broaden economic, political, and infrastructural cooperation in the
Middle East and Asia, with a particular emphasis on technology advancement and maritime security.

 Historical Context of I2U2: The formation of I2U2 was significantly influenced by the Abraham
Accords of October 2021, which facilitated normalized diplomatic relations between Israel and several Arab
nations.

 Inaugural I2U2 Summit: The first official gathering of the I2U2 was a virtual summit conducted on
July 14, 2022, with discussions predominantly revolving around the international crises in food and energy,
exacerbated by the Ukrainian conflict.

 India's Strategic Gain: India stands to leverage the Abraham Accords to intensify its involvement with
Israel while maintaining harmonious relations with the UAE and other Arab countries.

 Economic Implications for India: With its vast consumer market and status as a significant technology
and goods producer, India is positioned to reap substantial economic benefits from its involvement in this
alliance.

 Alliance Building: The I2U2 framework serves as a strategic platform for India to forge robust
political and social alliances, enhancing its geopolitical standing and influence in the region.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
141
97.
97. Re-admitting Syria into the Arab League
The Arab League has welcomed Syria back into its fold after a decade-long suspension, marking a
significant shift in Middle Eastern diplomacy.
Background of Syria's Suspension:

 In 2011, Syria's membership in the Arab League was revoked following its harsh response to anti-
government demonstrations, violating the League's peace plan stipulations.

 Syria faced diplomatic and economic repercussions due to its suspension, further intensifying the country's
ongoing crisis.
Figure 39. Source: Map of World
Reasons for Reinstatement:

 Syria's readmission indicates a thaw in its relations with Arab nations, initiating steps towards
resolving the Syrian crisis, which has caused massive displacement and loss of lives.

 A specialized committee, comprising representatives from Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Lebanon, Jordan, and
Iraq, is tasked with guiding Syria towards stability.

 The reinstatement doesn't automatically renew bilateral relations between Syria and individual Arab states,
leaving the decision to each country's discretion.
About the Arab League:

 Established in 1945, the Arab League is a coalition of 22 Middle Eastern and North African countries,
committed to fostering various forms of cooperation among its members.

 Despite its objectives, the League faces criticism over its effectiveness, governance, and representation,
often failing to resolve conflicts or enforce its decisions.
Significance of MENA Region for India:

 The Middle East is crucial for India due to longstanding relationships, energy provisions, substantial Indian
diaspora, and remittances from the Gulf countries.

 North Africa holds strategic importance for India's outreach in Francophone Africa, renewable energy
ambitions, and trade, given the region's proximity to the vital Suez Canal trade route.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
142
98.
98. China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) into Afghanistan
China is extending the China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) into Afghanistan, marking a
significant development in regional connectivity.

 Definition: CPEC, spanning 3,000 km, is a key infrastructure network connecting Xinjiang in China
to Pakistan's Gwadar Port, fostering bilateral connectivity.

 Components: Encompassing highways, railways, and pipelines, CPEC is a comprehensive project
featuring energy, industrial, and infrastructure developments within Pakistan.

 Strategic Intent: By linking China to the Indian Ocean via Gwadar Port, CPEC facilitates China's
Middle Eastern and African market access, while aiding Pakistan's economic stabilization.

 Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) Connection: As a segment of the broader BRI, CPEC enhances regional
linkages, connecting diverse geographical regions since BRI's inception in 2013.

 Rare Earth Minerals: Afghanistan's significant rare earth reserves are attractive for tech and defense
sectors, particularly amid the country's economic challenges post-Taliban takeover.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
143

 Resource Opportunities: Afghanistan's potential CPEC inclusion could enable substantial resource
extraction, tapping into vast, unexploited natural reserves, crucial for advanced technologies.

 Diminished Central Asian Influence: Afghanistan's CPEC participation could undermine India's Central
Asian engagements, particularly affecting investments like Iran's Chabahar port.

 Shift in Development Leadership: China, through CPEC extension, could overshadow India's prominent
role as a regional development contributor in Afghanistan.

 Security Implications: Potential Chinese control over strategic assets like Bagram airbase raises security
alarms for India.

 Sovereignty Issues: CPEC's route through Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK) continues to be a
contentious sovereignty matter for India.

 Strategic Complications: Enhanced Sino-Pakistani ties via CPEC could pose strategic challenges,
potentially heightening regional terrorism threats for India.

 Rare Earth Competition: China's interest in Afghan rare earth minerals highlights a new arena of
strategic competition, with implications for tech and defense sectors.

 Geopolitical Realignments: CPEC's extension signals potential geopolitical shifts, with China and
Pakistan solidifying their alliance, possibly at India's strategic expense.

 Future Surveillance: The international community, India included, remains vigilant regarding CPEC's
regional implications, monitoring its economic and geopolitical developments closely.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
144
99.
99. One Year of India-UAE CEPA
The India-UAE CEPA, a significant free trade agreement, commemorated its first year of enactment recently.
The CEPA entered into force on May 1, 2022.

 EPA Explained: This comprehensive trade pact extends beyond traditional free trade agreements,
addressing not only trade in goods and services but also investments and other economic collaborations.

 Historic Agreement: Marking a decade since India last signed such a comprehensive agreement, the India-
UAE CEPA is distinctive, aiming to boost bilateral trade significantly.

 Economic Targets: The agreement ambitiously targets elevating bilateral trade in goods to over USD 100
billion and services to more than USD 15 billion within a five-year span.

 Goods and Market Access: The CEPA ensures preferential market access for more than 80% of
traded products, benefiting various sectors through tariff reductions or eliminations.

 Service Sector Coverage: The pact encompasses extensive service sectors, promoting enhanced market
access and cooperation in over 100 sub-sectors between the two nations.

 Investment and Regulations: The agreement advocates for a liberal investment climate and addresses
regulatory trade aspects, ensuring protection, and fostering a non-discriminatory investment environment.

 Cooperative Domains: Beyond core trade areas, the CEPA includes cooperation in technical barriers,
sanitary measures, dispute resolution, intellectual property rights, and digital trade, among others.

 Bilateral Trade Dynamics: The UAE stands as India's third-largest trading partner, with the recent
years witnessing a substantial increase in bilateral trade, thanks to the CEPA's influence.

 Foreign Direct Investment (FDI): The UAE's position as a key investor in India is evident, with
significant FDI inflows contributing to economic relations.

 Trade Composition: India's export portfolio to the UAE is diverse, ranging from petroleum and jewelry to
machinery and agricultural products, while imports primarily comprise crude oil, gold, and precious stones.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
145

 CEPA's Trade Impact: Post-CEPA, India-UAE trade relations soared, with notable growth in bilateral
trade and Indian exports to the UAE, surpassing global export growth rates.

 Export Growth Sectors: Several sectors, including mineral fuels, electrical machinery, gems and jewelry,
automobiles, and agricultural products, experienced substantial export growth due to the agreement.

 Enhancing Economic Ties: The CEPA serves as a cornerstone for strengthening economic ties, setting the
stage for future collaborations and strategic partnerships between India and the UAE.

 Strategic Economic Partnership: The agreement underscores the strategic importance of the India-UAE
relationship, paving the way for deeper economic integration and mutual growth opportunities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
146
100.
100. U.S. Commission on International Religious Freedom
India has dismissed the findings and recommendations of the 2023 report by the US Commission on
International Religious Freedom (USCIRF), citing a lack of objectivity and fair judgment.

 USCIRF Overview: Established under the International Religious Freedom Act (IRFA) of 1998,
USCIRF is an autonomous, bipartisan entity advising the US Congress, focusing on advocating for the
global right to religious freedom.

 India's Stance on USCIRF: Traditionally, India has maintained a position of non-recognition towards
USCIRF's assessments, questioning their credibility and interference in its internal matters.

 Issues Highlighted in India: The report expressed apprehension over several Indian laws and policies
perceived as discriminatory towards certain religious groups. These concerns encompass regulations on
religious conversion, interfaith relationships, and specific cultural practices, alongside the Citizenship
Amendment Act and the National Register of Citizens.
Figure 42. Source: USCRIF

 Freedom of Expression Concerns: USCIRF's report also pointed out actions allegedly suppressing
dissent, especially among religious minorities. These actions include surveillance, harassment, and legal
proceedings under stringent laws like the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act and the Foreign
Contribution Regulation Act.

 CPC Recommendation for India: Despite USCIRF's persistent recommendations since 2020 to categorize
India as a "Country of Particular Concern" (CPC), the US State Department has not accepted this
classification.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
147

 2023 Report Recommendations: The report advises the re-designation of several countries as CPCs, the
inclusion of new ones, and the maintenance or addition of others on the Special Watch List (SWL) based on
evaluations of religious freedom conditions.

 Criteria for Country Designation: Countries are designated as CPCs based on severe violations of
religious freedoms as per IRFA standards. The SWL considers governments' severe religious freedom
violations, while Entities of Particular Concern (EPCs) relate to non-state actors.

 Constitutional Safeguard in India: India's Constitution ensures religious freedom through Articles 25-28,
guaranteeing various religious rights, including the freedom of conscience, religious practice, and non-
discrimination based on religion.

 Minority Rights in India: Articles 29 and 30 of the Indian Constitution specifically protect the rights
of minorities, ensuring cultural and educational rights and preserving the diversity of the Indian social fabric.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
148
101.
101. Ludhiana Gas Leak Incident
Following the tragic gas leak in Ludhiana, Punjab, which resulted in 11 fatalities, the National Green
Tribunal (NGT) initiated an investigation on its own, forming an eight-member committee to uncover the
facts of the incident.

 Incident Overview: The catastrophe occurred in Ludhiana's Giaspura area, with suspicions of a toxic
gas leak from a local manhole, affecting nearby residential and commercial areas. Investigations are ongoing
to determine the exact cause.

 Cause of Deaths: Preliminary autopsy reports indicate "inhalation poisoning" as the cause of the deaths.
Experts suspect the neurotoxic gas Hydrogen Sulphide, potentially formed from a chemical reaction in
the sewer.

 Understanding Neurotoxins: Neurotoxins, substances that harm the nervous system, can destroy or impair
neurons, critical for brain function and signal transmission. Common neurotoxic gases include Methane,
Hydrogen Sulphide, and Carbon Monoxide.

 Hydrogen Sulphide Characteristics: Notably dangerous, Hydrogen Sulphide possesses a strong,
unpleasant smell and can prove lethal in high concentrations, even from a single inhalation.
Regulatory Safeguards in India:

 Post-Bhopal Regulatory Framework: The Bhopal Gas tragedy prompted the Indian government to enact
several laws for environmental protection and disaster prevention, including the Bhopal Gas Leak Act
(1985), Environment Protection Act (1986), and Public Liability Insurance Act (1991).

 Hazardous Substances Management: Industries must adhere to specific regulations under the Hazardous
Waste Rules (1989) and Chemical Accidents Rules (1996), ensuring proper hazardous chemical handling and
emergency response planning.

 Import Regulations and Oversight: The Manufacture, Storage, and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules
(1989) mandate detailed safety disclosures and compliant transportation methods for imported chemicals.

 Appeal Mechanism: The National Environment Appellate Authority Act (1997) allows for appeals
concerning industrial area restrictions and safeguards, enhancing environmental protection measures.
National Green Tribunal (NGT):

 Establishment and Significance: The NGT, established under the NGT Act of 2010, specializes in
expeditious environmental case resolution, making India one of the few countries with a dedicated
environmental tribunal.

 Mandate and Jurisdiction: Committed to resolving environmental cases within six months, the NGT
operates from five locations across India. It holds jurisdiction over civil cases involving substantial
environmental issues and can initiate cases on its own.

 Powers and Procedures: The NGT operates independently of the Civil Procedure Code, guided instead
by natural justice principles. Its rulings carry the same weight as a civil court decree, emphasizing its
authoritative stance on environmental matters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
149
102.
102. World Press Freedom Day, 2023

 Celebrated on May 3rd, this day was established by the UN General Assembly in 1993, following
UNESCO's recommendation, to highlight the importance of press freedom and the need for a safe
environment for journalists.

 2023 Theme: The focus for the year 2023 is 'Shaping a Future of Rights: Freedom of Expression as a
Driver for All Other Human Rights', emphasizing the pivotal role of free speech in the protection of all
human rights.

 World Press Freedom Index: Initiated by Reporters Without Borders (RSF) in 2002, this annual index
evaluates 180 countries on their level of press freedom, considering factors like media independence,
censorship, and journalist safety.

 2023 Rankings: Norway, Ireland, and Denmark lead the index with the highest press freedom scores.
Conversely, Vietnam, China, and North Korea sit at the bottom, indicating severe restrictions on press
freedom.

 India's Rank: In 2023, India fell to 161st position from its 150th rank in 2022, continuing a downward
trend since 2016 (133rd rank), reflecting growing challenges for the press.

 Neighboring Countries' Performance: Sri Lanka showed notable progress, ranking 135th, up from
146th. Pakistan ranked 150th, marking an improvement in its press freedom environment.

 Ranking Criteria: The index scores range from 0 (worst) to 100 (best), based on various factors including
political, legal, economic, sociocultural contexts, and journalist safety.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
150

 India's Deterioration Reasons: The decline in India's rank is attributed to rising violence against
journalists, media polarization, and oligarchic control over media outlets, leading to self-censorship and
compromised press freedom.

 RSF's Role: RSF, a Paris-based independent NGO, holds consultative status with several international
organizations and is responsible for the comprehensive annual press freedom assessment.

 Press Freedom in India: While the Indian Constitution under Article 19 guarantees freedom of speech,
explicit protection for the press is not specified. However, the judiciary has upheld press freedom as an
implicit prerequisite for democracy.

 Legal Framework in India: Freedom of the press in India is implicitly included under Article 19(1)(a),
safeguarding freedom of speech and expression, as recognized by the Supreme Court in landmark rulings.

 Restrictions on Press Freedom: Despite constitutional protections, press freedom isn't absolute in India,
with legal restrictions imposed under Article 19(2) concerning national security, public order, and relations
with foreign states, among others.

 Global Perspective on Press Freedom: The index serves as a global indicator of press freedom,
highlighting the democratic health of nations, with free press considered a cornerstone of democratic
institutions worldwide.

 Significance of the Index: Beyond rankings, the index serves as a critical reflection of global and regional
trends in press freedom, influencing policy decisions, and public awareness regarding media independence.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
151
103.
103. New Parliament Building
The Prime Minister of India inaugurated the new Parliament House, a significant segment of the Central
Vista project, designed by architect Bimal Patel, marking a new chapter in India's democratic governance.

 Necessity for New Structure: The previous Parliament House wasn't originally intended for a
bicameral legislature, leading to cramped seating and outdated infrastructure.
o
o The new building addresses these issues, anticipating an increase in members post-2026 due to
delimitation.

 Infrastructure Challenges: The old structure faced multiple issues like water seepage, fire safety
concerns, and inadequate workspaces, necessitating a new building with modern amenities and safety
features.

 Advanced Communication and Safety: The new building is equipped with state-of-the-art
communication systems, improved acoustics, and is built according to the safety standards for Seismic
Zone-V, ensuring structural integrity against earthquakes.

 Eco-friendly Construction: Emphasizing sustainability, the new Parliament House incorporates green
building techniques, aiming for a 30% reduction in electricity usage, and includes systems for rainwater
harvesting and water recycling.

 Cultural and Symbolic Design: Reflecting India's rich heritage, the triangular structure draws from
sacred geometrical patterns and national symbols. The Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha chambers are
themed after the national bird and flower, respectively.

 Increased Capacity: To accommodate future expansions, the Lok Sabha can seat 888 members
(extendable to 1,272), and the Rajya Sabha can hold 384 members. This foresight caters to potential
increases in representatives for a growing population.

 Constitution Hall and National Integration: The new building features a Constitution Hall, showcasing
India's democratic journey. Materials from various Indian states were used in construction, symbolizing
national unity.

 Gandhi Statue and National Symbols: A prominent statue of Mahatma Gandhi, crafted by Padma
Bhushan recipient Ram V Sutar, stands between the old and new buildings. The new structure prominently
features national symbols, including a massive Lion Capital of Ashoka.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
152

 Historical Sceptre: A golden sceptre, presented to India's first Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru
during independence, is placed in the Lok Sabha chamber, symbolizing the continuity of democratic
tradition.

 Digital Transformation: Aligning with modernization, the new building is moving towards digitization of
records and proceedings, promoting paperless operations and efficient information management.

 Cultural Galleries: The 'Shilp' and 'Sthapatya' galleries within the building display diverse Indian
textiles, pottery, iconic monuments, and yoga postures, celebrating the country's cultural and architectural
heritage.

 Vaastu and Cultural Motifs: Adhering to traditional beliefs, sculptures of auspicious animals and
mythical figures, significant in Indian culture and Vaastu Shastra, are placed at entrances, blending tradition
with modernity.

 Foucault Pendulum: Demonstrating scientific advancement, a Foucault pendulum within the building
symbolizes the Earth's rotation, reflecting the blend of science and culture in the nation's governance.

 Central Vista's Historical Context: The Central Vista, housing significant government buildings, was
conceptualized during the colonial era, with architects Edwin Lutyens and Herbert Baker leading the
design. The new Parliament House is a contemporary addition to this historical landscape.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
153
104.
104. 3rd Edition of Khelo India University Games
The third edition of the Khelo India University Games (KIUG) 2023 was launched virtually by India's
Prime Minister, signifying a progressive step for Indian sports.

 Mascot Significance: "Jitu," the mascot for KIUG 2023, symbolizes the Swamp Deer or Barasingha,
Uttar Pradesh's state animal, reflecting the regional heritage.

 Historical Overview: The inaugural KIUG took place in Odisha in 2020, followed by the second in
Bangalore, Karnataka in 2022, which was postponed from 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 Participation and Venues: The 2023 games are notable for the involvement of over 4,750 athletes from
more than 200 universities, contending in 21 sports disciplines across cities like Varanasi, Lucknow,
Gautam Buddha Nagar, and Gorakhpur.

 Unity and Patriotism: The event underscores the 'Ek Bharat Shreshtha Bharat' initiative, enhancing
national unity and pride through sports.

 Khelo India Initiative: Launched in 2017, "Khelo India" aims to rejuvenate India’s sports culture at the
grassroots level, focusing on constructing advanced sports infrastructure and academies nationwide.

 Implementation Body: The Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports is responsible for executing the Khelo
India program, ensuring its alignment with national sports development objectives.

 Competitive Platforms: The movement encompasses the Khelo India Youth Games, University Games,
and Winter Games, serving as annual national contests for young athletes representing various states and
universities.

 Revitalizing Indigenous Sports: Khelo India has been instrumental in reviving and promoting traditional
Indian sports like Gatka, Mallakhamb, Thang-ta, Kalaripayattu, and Yogasan through scholarships and
national recognition.

 Educational Integration: Aligning with the National Education Policy 2020, sports are integrated into
academic curricula, bolstered by the establishment of India’s first National Sports University.

 Women in Sports: The initiative has fostered women's sports through the Khelo India Women's League,
engaging around 23,000 female athletes across various cities.

 Centres of Excellence: The program supports the creation of Khelo India State Centres of Excellence
(KISCE), offering advanced facilities for budding athletes in at least three sports disciplines each.

 Notable KISCEs: Some prominent KISCEs include the Rajiv Gandhi Stadium in Aizawl, Kalinga
Stadium in Bhubaneshwar, and Khuman Lampak Sports Complex in Imphal, each contributing to
regional sports development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
154
105.
105. Supreme Court Upholds Laws Allowing Jallikattu
The Supreme Court of India recently validated amendments by Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, and Maharashtra
to the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960, permitting traditional sports like Jallikattu, Kambala,
and bullock-cart racing.

 Court's Ruling: The Supreme Court concluded that the state amendments and rules of 2017 align with
the Constitution and do not conflict with the Court's 2014 decision that banned Jallikattu.

 Constitutional Compliance: The judgment emphasized that the 2017 Amendment Act and Jallikattu
Rules are consistent with the Concurrent List's Entry 17 and Article 51A(g) of the Constitution, which
mandates compassion towards living creatures.

 Reduced Cruelty: The court noted that the Amendment Act significantly lessens pain and cruelty to
animals involved in these events.
Figure 45. Source: The Indian Express

 Cultural Heritage: The court deferred the determination of Jallikattu's status as cultural heritage to
the state's legislative assembly, rather than a judicial decision.

 Jallikattu Overview: Jallikattu is a traditional sport in Tamil Nadu, conducted during Pongal
celebrations in January, where participants attempt to tame a bull by latching onto its hump.

 Support for Jallikattu: Proponents view Jallikattu as a cultural symbol, arguing for its regulation rather
than a complete ban. They claim it aids in the preservation of indigenous cattle breeds and embodies
principles of compassion and humanity.

 Opposition Arguments: Critics argue that Jallikattu violates animal rights, often resulting in harm to both
humans and animals. They equate it with outlawed practices like sati and dowry, once deemed cultural but
later abolished for ethical reasons.

 Kambala: Similar to Jallikattu, Kambala is a traditional slush-track buffalo race held in coastal
Karnataka.

 Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960: This Act aims to prevent unnecessary pain or suffering to
animals and establishes the Animal Welfare Board of India. It outlines offenses and penalties for cruelty,
regulates animal experimentation, and sets guidelines for performing animals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
155

 Animal Welfare Board of India: Established in 1962 under the Act, the Board plays a crucial role in
ensuring animal welfare, overseeing matters related to animal cruelty, and advising the government on
animal welfare laws.

 Cultural Practices and Secularism: The debate around Jallikattu poses questions about cultural practices'
preservation in the context of secularism, highlighting the need for a balanced approach between cultural
preservation and ethical treatment of animals.

 Constitutional Provisions: The ruling highlighted that cultural practices should not contravene
constitutional provisions safeguarding animals, emphasizing the need for a harmonious approach between
cultural preservation and animal rights.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
156
106.
106. 4th Positive Indigenisation List
The Positive Indigenisation List (PIL) is a strategic initiative by India's defense sector, emphasizing domestic
manufacturing for specific defense items, thus reducing dependency on imports.

 4th PIL Announcement: The fourth PIL, approved recently, includes 928 items crucial for defense,
representing an import substitution of around Rs 715 crore.

 PIL's Objective: The list mandates sourcing from local manufacturers, including private sector entities and
Defense Public Sector Undertakings (DPSUs), enhancing self-reliance in defense production.

 Progress Through PILs: Following the introduction of previous PILs, 310 items have been successfully
indigenized, contributing to the 'Atma Nirbharta' vision in defense.

 Indigenisation Strategy: The strategy involves various 'Make' categories, leveraging the capabilities of
MSMEs, private industry, and academic institutions, thereby boosting the domestic defense industry.
Figure 46. Source: Defence Ministry

 Procurement Process: For items in the 4th PIL, DPSUs will initiate procurement, utilizing the Srijan
Portal Dashboard designed for this purpose.

 Need for Indigenisation: Despite a decrease in arms imports, India remains one of the top importers
globally, necessitating increased indigenization for strategic and economic reasons.

 Financial Aspects: With a defense capital expenditure of USD 130 billion projected for the next five years,
the government aims for a turnover of USD 25 billion in defense manufacturing, including exports worth
USD 5 billion.

 Government Initiatives: Various initiatives, including priority procurement, liberalized FDI policy, and
innovation schemes, have been introduced to bolster domestic defense production.

 Indigenous Defense Examples: Several indigenous projects like the Tejas Aircraft, Arjun Tank, NETRA
system, ASTRA missile, and LCH ‘Prachand’ highlight India's advancements in defense technology.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
157
107.
107. RBI's to withdraw Rs 2,000 notes from circulation
On May 19, 2023, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) declared the removal of Rs 2,000 notes from
circulation, effective until September 30, 2023, while maintaining their legal tender status.

 Purpose Behind the Move: This initiative is a segment of the RBI's Clean Note Policy, aiming to supply
high-quality currency with advanced security features.

 Reason for Rs 2,000 Note Withdrawal: The RBI cited currency management strategies as the reason for
retracting the Rs 2,000 notes, introduced post-demonetization in 2016 to fulfill currency demands.

 Ceasing of Rs 2,000 Note Printing: The printing of these notes stopped in 2018-19 after achieving the
initial goal of meeting currency requirements, with other denominations sufficiently available.

 Statistics of Circulation: As of March 2023, Rs 2,000 notes represented only 10.8% of total currency in
circulation, amounting to Rs 3.62 lakh crore.

 Previous Demonetization: India's last demonetization in November 2016 targeted Rs 500 and Rs 1,000
notes, eliminating 86% of the currency in circulation to combat counterfeiting.

 Exchange and Deposit Provisions: The RBI set a Rs 20,000 exchange limit for these notes, with
unrestricted deposits into bank accounts, contingent on adherence to KYC norms.

 Economic Impact Assessment: The RBI Governor downplayed the economic impact, citing the
minimal 10.8% circulation and adequate alternative currency reserves, ensuring no significant disruptions.

 Economists' Viewpoint: Economists perceive this as a prudent demonetization form, potentially increasing
bank deposits during high credit growth periods, moderating short-term interest rates, and combating black
money and corruption.

 RBI's Clean Note Policy: This policy emphasizes the circulation of clean currency notes, withdrawing old
or soiled notes, and enhancing overall currency security features.

 Demonetization Overview: Demonetization involves nullifying the current currency's legal tender status,
often replacing it with new notes or coins.

 Legal Framework for Demonetization: Section 26(2) of the RBI Act, 1934, empowers the Indian
government to demonetize any currency series, based on RBI recommendations.

 Legal Tender in India: Legal tender comprises coins authorized under The Coinage Act, 2011, and
banknotes under the RBI Act, 1934, with the RBI determining valid currency forms for transactions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
158
108.
108. First G20 Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group

 G20's DRR Meeting: The first G20 Disaster Risk Reduction Working Group (DRR WG) meeting
under India's presidency emphasized the significance of DRR, calling for enhanced global cooperation and
policy integration.

 Social Protection Systems: The G20 DRR WG advocated for innovative social protection systems that
bolster local resilience and disaster preparedness, emphasizing the need for effective disaster risk financing.

 Five Priorities for DRR: Key areas outlined include global coverage of early warning systems,
commitment to disaster-resilient infrastructure, robust financial frameworks for DRR, improved disaster
response systems, and the application of ecosystems-based approaches to DRR.

 G20's Collective Need for DRR: With a combined population of 4.7 billion, G20 countries face
significant risks due to asset concentration and vulnerability to natural disasters, necessitating a collective
DRR framework.
Figure 48. Sustainable Development Goal 11

 Economic Impact of Disasters: The G20 countries' estimated annual loss from disasters is USD 218
billion, underscoring the critical role of DRR measures in preventing such economic setbacks.

 Strategies for DRR: Effective DRR can be achieved through comprehensive strategies, including better
economic and urban development, environmental protection, poverty reduction, and innovative financing
tools.

 Infrastructure Resilience: Prioritizing the construction of disaster-resilient public infrastructure is
essential, requiring additional funding reflective of the social benefits of such projects.

 Managing Different Risk Types: Implementing distinct strategies for extensive and intensive risks can
significantly reduce losses from frequent moderate impacts and low-frequency high-impact events,
respectively.

 Multi-tiered Approach to DRR: Viewing DRR as a multi-tiered, multi-sectoral effort enhances readiness
to manage risks, necessitating integrated efforts across local, national, and global levels.

 Global DRR Initiatives: Key global efforts include the Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction
2015-2030 and the Climate Risk and Early Warning Systems (CREWS) initiative.

 India's DRR Measures: India has taken significant steps in DRR, including establishing the Coalition
for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure Society (CDRIS) and formulating the National Disaster
Management Plan (NDMP).

 G20's Role in DRR: The G20 has the opportunity to lead in implementing the Sendai Framework,
promoting innovation, research, and the use of technology in DRR.

 Aligning DRR with Global Agendas: It's imperative to synchronize DRR efforts with other global
initiatives like the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, the Paris Agreement on Climate Change,
and the New Urban Agenda.

 Promoting Inclusive DRR: Ensuring that DRR strategies are inclusive and leave no one behind is crucial
for their success.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
159
109.
109. Call to Reform UNSC
The UN Secretary-General, during a press conference in Hiroshima, Japan, emphasized the urgent need
for reforms in the UNSC and Bretton Woods Institutions, highlighting their failure to act as global safety
nets during crises like the Covid-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

 Bretton Woods System Overview: Established in 1944, the Bretton Woods system led to the creation
of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank to stabilize and foster international
monetary cooperation post-World War II.

 Challenges for Bretton Woods Institutions: These institutions face issues like rising inequality, financial
instability, and re-emerging protectionism.
o
o Modern challenges such as climate change, cybersecurity threats, and pandemics necessitate a revamped
international financial architecture.

 Biases and Inequalities: Criticism has arisen over biases in fund allocation, particularly regarding Special
Drawing Rights (SDRs) during the pandemic, where G7 countries received disproportionate financial
support compared to regions like Africa.
Figure 49. Source: UNSC

 UNSC Composition: The UNSC, established in 1945, comprises 15 members, including five
permanent members (P5) - the US, Russia, France, China, and the UK. India has served as a non-
permanent member on several occasions.

 Developing Countries' Struggles: The current global economic and financial frameworks are biased
towards wealthy nations, causing significant frustration and challenges for developing countries.

 Representation Issues in UNSC: The lack of permanent representation for countries like India, Germany,
Brazil, South Africa, and entire continents like Africa is a major concern, limiting diverse perspectives in
global decision-making.

 Veto Power Controversy: The P5's veto power is seen as undemocratic, often hindering the UNSC's
decision-making process on critical global security and humanitarian issues.

 Reforming Bretton Woods Institutions: Proposed reforms include restructuring the IMF, World Bank
Group (WBG), and the World Trade Organization (WTO) to focus on macroeconomic policy, financial
stability, sustainability, shared prosperity, and fair trade.

 Need for Automatic Financing: To avoid political influences and delays, there's a call for more automatic,
rule-based financing mechanisms, including regular SDR issues and global taxes.

 G-20's Role: A well-structured G-20 could guide the Bretton Woods system, enhancing its coordination
with other global institutions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
160
110.
110. India- EU Trade and Technology Council
The first ministerial meeting of the India-EU Trade and Technology Council (TTC) was recently held in
Brussels, Belgium, marking a significant step in bilateral relations.

 Unique Bilateral Forum: The India-EU TTC is notable for being the EU's second such bilateral forum
and the first that India has established with any partner. The EU previously initiated a similar council
with the US in 2021.

 Meeting Discussions: The meeting centered on developing future cooperation roadmaps across three
critical areas: Strategic Technologies and Digital Governance, Green and Clean Energy Technologies, and
Trade, Investment, and Resilient Value Chains.

 Addressing Key Issues: The council aims to tackle mutual market access issues, WTO reforms, ongoing
Free Trade Agreement (FTA) negotiations, and cooperation in various sectors of mutual interest.

 Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM): India and the EU deliberated on the EU's CBAM,
a tool designed to price carbon emissions involved in the production of goods entering the EU, encouraging
cleaner industrial production globally.

 Formation and Objectives of the TTC: Established in 2022, the TTC serves as a high-level platform
for addressing strategic challenges related to trade, trusted technology, and security.

 Annual Ministerial Meetings: The TTC will convene ministerial meetings annually, alternating between
India and the EU, to ensure consistent high-level engagement and bolster bilateral cooperation.

 Working Groups: The TTC operates through three working groups focusing on various sectors, including
digital technologies, green technologies, and trade and investment, to enhance cooperation and address global
challenges.

 Geopolitical Significance: The TTC reflects India and the EU's recognition of the evolving geopolitical
landscape, providing a structured framework for collaboration, technical coordination, and political
accountability.

 Boosting Bilateral Trade: Through the TTC, India and the EU aim to further increase their bilateral
trade, which reached new heights with €120 billion in goods traded in 2022, including €17 billion in
digital products and services.

 EU's Role in India: The EU contributes to job creation, economic growth, and sustainable development in
India. As India's status evolved, so did EU-India cooperation, focusing on shared priorities rather than
traditional financial assistance.

__________ Significant Trade Partnership: The EU stands as India's second-largest trading partner
and export market, with substantial trade in goods and services. India is the EU's 10th largest trading
partner.

 EU-India Development Dialogue: The dialogue, reiterated at the 2017 EU-India Summit, emphasizes
cooperation on the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, marking a shift in the partnership towards
common goals.

 About the European Union: The EU, a union of 27 countries, was established to promote economic and
political cohesion, with 19 members adopting the Euro as their currency. It emerged from the desire to
prevent conflicts like World War II and operates as a single market with standardized laws.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
161
111.
111. 6th Indian Ocean Conference
The 6th Indian Ocean Conference, themed "Peace, Prosperity, and Partnership for a Resilient Future,"
was held in Dhaka, Bangladesh. It focused on enhancing regional connectivity and maintaining stability
while fostering economic growth.

 Connectivity Challenges: India, a key player in the Indian Ocean region, faces hurdles in establishing land
connectivity with Southeast Asia. Despite these, there's a collective call to action to improve connectivity,
considering its transformative potential for the region.

 ASEAN Connection: The Indian Foreign Minister highlighted the significant impact of creating
effective connectivity with ASEAN, extending India's reach to the Gulf and Central Asia.

 Cooperative Frameworks: Examples like BIMSTEC underscore the importance of collaborative efforts
for regional development, urging nations to adopt a long-term cooperation perspective.

 Legal Adherence: The conference emphasized the necessity of adhering to international laws and norms,
as neglecting these can erode trust among nations, crucial for sustained regional progress.

 Debt Sustainability: The issue of unsustainable debt from unfeasible projects was discussed, urging
transparent lending practices and realistic market assessments to prevent economic complications.

 Shared Responsibilities: Ensuring maritime security and addressing climate change and terrorism were
identified as collective responsibilities, requiring practical action beyond diplomatic discourse.

 Indian Ocean Conference: This annual event, initiated in Singapore in 2016, serves as a platform for
Indian Ocean countries to discuss regional cooperation for security and growth.

 Geopolitical Dynamics: The Indian Ocean region is central to global geopolitical competition, with
strategic interests of major powers converging, often leading to tensions and potential conflicts.

 China's Influence: China's military and infrastructural outreach in the region, including assistance to
neighboring countries and control over strategic points like Hambantota port, poses challenges to regional
stability.

 Maritime Security Concerns: The region faces maritime threats like piracy, smuggling, and terrorism,
compounded by the vastness of the Indian Ocean, making surveillance and security efforts challenging.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
162
112.
112. Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) adopting India's proposal to support
Digital Public Infrastructure
The SCO has embraced India's initiative for the proliferation and development of its Digital Public
Infrastructure (DPI), underscoring India's digital domain leadership and dedication to diminishing the
regional digital divide.

 India's DPI Initiative: The proposal involves the SCO member states' support in developing and
implementing India’s DPI, including platforms like Aadhaar, United Payments Interface (UPI), and
DigiLocker. These platforms, founded on open and adaptable APIs, promote digital inclusivity, innovation,
and societal empowerment.

 DPI's Role: DPI refers to digital platforms that assist nations in providing critical services, enhancing
citizen empowerment, and improving lives through digital inclusion. India has pioneered the development
of foundational DPIs through India Stack.

 Benefits to SCO Members: India's DPI model, based on open and interoperable APIs, provides a
framework for SCO members to develop their own digital infrastructures, fostering regional connectivity,
trade, tourism, education, healthcare, and security.

 Addressing Common Challenges: The initiative also aids in confronting shared regional challenges,
including the digital divide, cyber threats, and data protection issues in the digital age.

 India's Digital Achievements: India is the first country to establish all three foundational DPIs -
Digital identity (Aadhaar), Real-time fast payment (UPI), and Account Aggregator, all built on the Data
Empowerment Protection Architecture (DEPA).

 About SCO: The SCO is a significant regional organization promoting member state cooperation in
security, economy, and cultural matters. It originated from the Shanghai Five group and was renamed
after Uzbekistan joined in 2001.

 India's Role in SCO: India, along with Pakistan, became a full member of the SCO in 2017,
contributing to the organization's diverse regional cooperation. Iran is set to join the SCO in 2023, further
expanding the organization's regional influence.

 SCO's Structure: The organization includes several councils and structures, such as the Heads of State
Council, Heads of Government Council, Council of Ministers of Foreign Affairs, and the Regional
Anti-Terrorist Structure (RATS), each playing a role in its comprehensive cooperative framework.

 Language in SCO: The official working languages of the SCO Secretariat are Russian and Chinese,
reflecting the organization's cultural and diplomatic diversity.

 Iran's Membership: Iran's upcoming inclusion in the SCO in 2023, under India's chairmanship, marks a
significant expansion of the organization, potentially influencing regional dynamics.

 Anti-Terrorism Efforts: The SCO's Regional Anti-Terrorist Structure (RATS) focuses on combating
terrorism, separatism, and extremism, crucial issues affecting the stability of the region.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
163
113.
113. NITI Aayog’s annual health index for the pandemic year 2020-21
The NITI Aayog released its annual health index for the pandemic year 2020-21, highlighting the
performance of states and union territories (UTs) in the health sector.

 Top Performers (Larger States): Kerala, Tamil Nadu, and Telangana led the rankings among the larger
states based on comprehensive healthcare performance.

 Lagging Behind (Larger States): Bihar, Uttar Pradesh, and Madhya Pradesh were at the lower end of the
health index spectrum among the larger states.
Figure 50. Source: Time of India

 Top Performers (Smaller States): In the category of smaller states, Tripura, Sikkim, and Goa were
recognized for their outstanding healthcare outcomes.

 Need for Improvement (Smaller States): Among smaller states, Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, and
Manipur need to enhance their healthcare systems as they ranked at the bottom.

 Union Territories: In the UTs category, Lakshadweep showed exemplary performance, while Delhi needs
significant improvements.

 Most Improved States: Rajasthan, Uttarakhand, and Odisha were acknowledged for their substantial year-
on-year healthcare improvements.

 Health Index Genesis: Initiated in 2017 by NITI Aayog, in association with the Ministry of Health and
Family Welfare and the World Bank, the annual Health Index assesses overall and incremental health
performance of states and UTs.

 Purpose of the Index: The Health Index aims to instigate competitive spirit, promoting best practices and
cross-learning between states and UTs for health system betterment.

 Evaluation Criteria: The assessment involves a comprehensive examination based on two distinct
parameters: the year-on-year progress (incremental performance) and the absolute performance levels
(overall performance).

 Ranking Categories: To ensure fair assessment, entities are categorized as larger states, smaller states, and
UTs.

 Index Composition: The Health Index is a compound measure, reflecting states' and UTs' performance
based on 24 indicators across various sectors, including health outcomes, governance and information, and
key inputs/processes.

 Significant Health Indicators: These include neonatal mortality rates, total fertility rates, sex ratios at
birth, immunization coverage, institutional deliveries, tuberculosis notification rates, and HIV therapy
coverage.

 Governance Indicators: These involve measures like institutional deliveries, key official post occupancy,
and fund transfer efficiency.

 Infrastructure and Process Indicators: These assess the availability of health infrastructure, including
functional primary health centers, cardiac care units, and healthcare provider vacancies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
164
114.
114. Child Wasting in India
UNICEF, WHO, and the World Bank Group have jointly published the “Levels and trends in child
malnutrition: Joint Child Malnutrition Estimates (JME)” report, revealing that 18.7% of Indian
children were affected by wasting due to inadequate nutrient intake in 2020.

 Joint Malnutrition Estimates (JME): Established in 2011, the JME group harmonizes child malnutrition
estimates and annually releases data on child stunting, overweight, underweight, wasting, and severe wasting.

 Global Child Wasting: In 2022, around 45 million children under five globally were affected by
wasting, with India accounting for half of these cases. Severe wasting affected 13.6 million children.

 Geographical Distribution: Most children with severe wasting are in Asia (more than three-quarters),
followed by Africa (22%).

 Child Stunting in India: The stunting rate in India decreased to 31.7% in 2022 from 41.6% in 2012.
Globally, 148.1 million children were affected, predominantly in Asia and Africa.

 Child Overweight: Globally, children under five who are overweight increased to 37 million, with
India seeing a rise from 2.2% (2012) to 2.8% (2022).

 Inadequate Progress: Current efforts are insufficient to meet the 2025 World Health Assembly (WHA)
global nutrition targets and the Sustainable Development Goal target 2.2.

 WHA Global Nutrition Targets: These include reducing stunting and childhood overweight, cutting
anaemia in women, lowering low birth weight, increasing exclusive breastfeeding, and maintaining
childhood wasting below 5%.

 Country Progress Assessment: Only a third of countries are on track to halve stunting by 2030, and
fewer are likely to meet the overweight target. Assessing progress towards the wasting target is
challenging for many countries.

 Indian Initiatives Against Malnutrition: Several programs, including the Mid-day Meal scheme,
POSHAN Abhiyaan, National Food Security Act 2013, Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana
(PMMVY), Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme, and Aspirational District
Programme, aim to combat malnutrition in India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
165
115.
115. World Food India 2023
“World Food India 2023' is an initiative by India's Ministry of Food Processing Industries, coinciding
with the International Year of Millets in 2023. The event, scheduled from November 3-5 in New Delhi,
aims to promote India's diverse food culture and attract international investments in the food processing
sector.

 Event's Significance: The event serves as a portal into the Indian food economy, fostering collaborations
between domestic and international investors. It brings together various stakeholders from the global food
ecosystem, including manufacturers, producers, investors, and policymakers.

 Event Components: 'World Food India 2023' will feature exhibitions, discussions, and collaborations in
various sectors such as retail, processing, technology transfer, manufacturing, and cold chain logistics. It will
highlight investment opportunities in several areas, including processing equipment, R&D, cold storage,
startups, and logistics.

 Focus on Millets: The event emphasizes 'Shree Anna (Millets)', promoting these ancient grains as
superfoods offering nutritional benefits, climate resilience, and environmental sustainability. The initiative
aligns with the UN's declaration of 2023 as the International Year of Millets, aiming to boost their global
production and consumption.

 Food Processing Vision: India aspires to establish itself as a global hub for food processing. The event will
showcase strategies to enhance the industry's growth, focusing on financing agri-food value chains,
particularly supporting micro, small, and medium enterprises (MSMEs).

 Strategic Growth Segments: The event will explore growth potentials in various food processing sub-
sectors, including marine products, fruits and vegetables, meat and poultry, packaged foods, and dairy
products, emphasizing their production, consumption, export potential, and value addition.

 India's Food Production: India is a leading global producer of several food products, including milk,
bananas, mangoes, papayas, guavas, ginger, okra, and buffalo meat. It also ranks high in producing rice,
wheat, potatoes, garlic, and cashew nuts.

 Creating an Efficient Ecosystem: The event advocates for an integrated approach to develop a robust food
processing ecosystem. This includes enhancing value chains, promoting knowledge exchange, and creating
inclusive growth opportunities. India is encouraging foreign direct investment (FDI) and improving its
Ease of Doing Business ranking to attract international stakeholders.

 Sustainability in Focus: 'World Food India 2023' underscores the importance of sustainable
development within the food processing industry. It promotes renewable energy, sustainable agricultural
practices, and eco-friendly food processing technologies, contributing to a global shift towards sustainability.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
166
116.
116. Global Report on Internal Displacement 2023
The Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC) released the "Global Report on Internal
Displacement 2023 (GRID-2023)", revealing a 40% increase in disaster-induced displacements in 2022
compared to 2021.

 IDMC's Role: The IDMC stands as the primary global entity for data and analysis on internal
displacement, aiming to influence policy and operational decisions to mitigate future displacement risks.

 Displacement Figures: In 2023, internal displacement figures hit a record high with 71.1 million people
displaced across 110 countries—62.5 million from conflict and violence, and 8.7 million from disasters.

 Disaster-Induced Displacements: Disasters triggered 8.7 million new internal displacements in 88
countries in 2022, with significant flood-related displacements in Pakistan, Nigeria, and Brazil.

 Country-Specific Data: Pakistan experienced the highest disaster displacements globally in 2022,
with 8.16 million people affected. The Philippines, China, India, and Nigeria also faced substantial
displacements.

 Displacement Causes: The surge in disaster-related displacements, especially those linked to weather
conditions, was significantly influenced by the prolonged La Niña event. Additionally, the Russia-Ukraine
conflict led to a considerable number of displacements.

 Global Food Security: The report highlights the severe impact of conflicts, disasters, and displacement on
global food security, exacerbated by the ongoing recovery challenges from the Covid-19 pandemic.
Figure 52. Source: Aljazeera

 India's Displacement Scenario: India witnessed around 2.5 million disaster-induced displacements
and 631,000 displacements due to conflict and violence in 2022. Unusual weather patterns led to early
flooding in regions like Assam, affecting millions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
167

 Defining Internal Displacement: Internal displacement refers to the forced movement of people within
their country due to factors like conflict, violence, development projects, disasters, and climate change.

 Components of Internal Displacement: The concept hinges on two aspects: the involuntary nature of
movement and the fact that displacement occurs within national borders, differentiating it from
international migration or refugee scenarios.

 Refugees vs. Internally Displaced Persons (IDPs): Unlike refugees, IDPs do not cross international
borders and are not covered by international refugee protection laws. However, the United Nations has
established guiding principles for their protection and assistance.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
168
117.
117. ISRO's new NavIC Satellite NVS-01
ISRO accomplished a landmark mission with the successful deployment of its NVS-01 satellite, utilizing the
GSLV-F12 rocket. The satellite was precisely positioned in a Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit following a
19-minute journey.

 GSLV-F12 Milestone: This launch marked the 15th mission of the GSLV series and the 9th instance of
utilizing an indigenous cryogenic stage.
o
o It stands as the 6th operational mission with this technology.

 NVS-01 Characteristics: The NVS-01, the inaugural second-generation navigational satellite, is the
most substantial in its fleet, weighing 2,232 kg.
o
o It's equipped with L1, L5, and S bands, ensuring the continuity of NavIC services.

 NavIC System: NavIC, akin to GPS, provides precise real-time navigation services within India and
approximately 1,500 km around its borders.
o
o The first-generation constellation comprises seven satellites, each lighter than NVS-01.

 Innovative Atomic Clock: NVS-01 boasts a Rubidium atomic clock, an indigenous innovation. This
technology is crucial for precise location data, and its absence in previous satellites led to failures in accurate
positioning.

 Enhanced Signal Transmission: The satellite transmits an additional L1 signal, commonly used in GPS,
promoting compatibility with global systems.
o
o This advancement is expected to boost NavIC's integration into wearable technology due to the L1 signal's
adaptability with low-power chips.

 Extended Operational Life: NVS-01 promises an operational life exceeding 12 years, surpassing its
predecessors' 10-year lifespan.

 NavIC's Configuration: Comprising a network of seven active satellites and ground stations, NavIC
ensures uninterrupted service. The system gained international recognition from the IMO in 2020.

 Diverse Applications: NavIC is integral for various sectors, including navigation, disaster management,
vehicle tracking, mobile integration, timing services, and geodetic data capture.

 Regional Navigation Superiority: NavIC, specifically designed for the Indian region, offers enhanced
signal reception even in challenging terrains, thanks to its vertical signal delivery.

 Global Navigation Systems: NVS-01 joins the ranks of prominent global and regional navigation systems,
including the U.S.' GPS, Russia's GLONASS, the European Union's Galileo, China's BeiDou, and Japan's
QZSS.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
169
118.
118. 25 years Since Pokhran-II
The inception of India's nuclear journey dates back to the mid-20th century with physicist Homi J. Bhabha
establishing the Tata Institute of Fundamental Research in 1945, marking the commencement of
dedicated nuclear research in India.

 Establishment of the Department of Atomic Energy (DAE): Post-independence, Bhabha persuaded
Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru to prioritize nuclear energy, leading to the creation of the DAE in 1954,
which operated autonomously, laying the groundwork for both peaceful and potential military applications of
nuclear technology.

 China's Influence on India's Nuclear Policy: The 1962 Sino-Indian War and China's subsequent
nuclear test in 1964 were critical in altering India's stance towards nuclear weapons, driven by the need
to safeguard national sovereignty against potential threats from neighboring countries.

 India's Opposition to the NPT: India remained a non-signatory to the 1968 Non-Proliferation Treaty
(NPT), criticizing it for its discriminatory nature that failed to create a balanced obligation between nuclear
and non-nuclear states.

 Pokhran-I and International Backlash: India conducted its first nuclear test, Pokhran-I, in 1974,
described as a "peaceful nuclear explosion." The test faced global condemnation, resulting in sanctions that
significantly slowed India's nuclear progress.

 Domestic Challenges and Renewed Focus: The subsequent years saw domestic political upheavals and
the Emergency period that stalled the nuclear program. However, concerns over Pakistan's nuclear
advancements in the 1980s revived India's interest in nuclear weapons development.

 Advancements in the 1980s: The 1980s marked significant progress in India's nuclear capabilities,
including the enhancement of the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO), the rise of Dr.
APJ Abdul Kalam, and the development of plutonium reprocessing techniques.

 Strategic Compulsions in the 1990s: The collapse of the USSR, continued US aid to Pakistan, and
discussions on the Comprehensive Test Ban Treaty (CTBT) created a sense of urgency within India to
advance its nuclear weapons program during the early 1990s.

 Preparations for Pokhran-II: Initial plans for a second nuclear test unfolded under Prime Minister PV
Narasimha Rao in 1995, but various factors delayed the execution.

 Execution of Pokhran-II: The political landscape shifted with the BJP-led government coming to power
in 1998, prioritizing the induction of nuclear weapons. Following Pakistan's missile launch, India executed
Operation Shakti, leading to Pokhran-II, which was a direct assertion of India's nuclear weaponization.

 Post-Test Repercussions and Affirmation: Unlike the aftermath of Pokhran-I, the international response
to Pokhran-II was mixed, with some nations imposing sanctions. However, India's burgeoning economic
influence enabled it to assert its stance, solidifying its position as a formidable nuclear power.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
170
119.
119. The International Day for Biological Diversity 2023
Every year, May 22 is observed as the International Day for Biological Diversity (IDB), aiming to
increase global awareness of issues related to biodiversity.

 Origins of IDB: The United Nations General Assembly established IDB in 1993, emphasizing the need for
understanding and addressing biodiversity issues.

 Decades Dedicated to Biodiversity: The United Nations declared 2011-2020 as the Decade on
Biodiversity to encourage the strategic plan's implementation for biodiversity. It also announced 2021-2030
as the Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development and the Decade on Ecosystem
Restoration.

 Theme for 2023: The IDB 2023 theme is "From Agreement to Action: Build Back Biodiversity,"
urging the transition from commitments to tangible actions that restore and protect biodiversity.

 Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework: This non-binding framework, adopted at COP 15,
outlines ambitious biodiversity targets for 2030 and emphasizes integrated action across all economic
sectors.

 Focus on Biodiversity Protection: The framework encourages mainstreaming biodiversity conservation
into decision-making processes and acknowledges its role in human health protection.

 Ecological Civilization Declaration: The declaration, themed "Ecological Civilization: Building a
Shared Future for All Life on Earth," commits nations to post-2020 biodiversity conservation plans,
including support for the Cartagena Protocol on biosafety.

 '30 by 30' Target: One of the key proposals is to designate 30% of the Earth’s land and oceans as
protected areas by 2030.

 Four Main Goals: The framework's goals include biodiversity conservation and restoration, sustainable
biodiversity use, fair and equitable benefit-sharing, and transformative change enablement.

 Urgency and Time Constraints: The critical state of biodiversity, with a million species at risk of
extinction, necessitates immediate and accelerated action to achieve the Global Biodiversity Framework
(GBF) targets within seven years.

 Funding Challenges: Despite the goal of channeling 200 billion USD annually into conservation, actual
funding, especially from developed to developing countries, falls short, impeding effective implementation.

 National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plans (NBSAP): Countries agreed to update their NBSAPs
according to the GBF, but progress has been slow, with Spain being the only country to submit a realigned
plan.

 Indigenous Communities' Rights: The 30% conservation target raises concerns about indigenous peoples'
rights, necessitating a balance between conservation initiatives and respect for these communities' rights and
knowledge.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
171
120.
120. Sengol Installation at the Parliament Building

 Sengol Installation: A key feature of the inauguration will be the positioning of the 'Sengol', a golden
sceptre symbolizing India's autonomy, cultural legacy, and diverse heritage, near the Speaker's podium.

 Understanding Sengol: Originating from the Tamil term "Semmai" (Righteousness), Sengol is
traditionally a gold or silver sceptre, often encrusted with jewels, signifying royal authority during
ceremonial events.

 Historical Roots in the Chola Dynasty: The tradition traces back to the Chola Empire, a dominant force
in South India from the 9th to the 13th century, renowned for their contributions to military, trade,
governance, culture, and architectural advancements.

 Sengol's Role in Royal Succession: Within the Chola empire, the Sengol was a symbol of legitimate
power transfer, handed over during elaborate ceremonies conducted by esteemed religious figures.
Figure 53. Source: India Unraveled at Twitter

 Sengol's Contribution to Indian Independence: The concept of transferring the Sengol was suggested by
C. Rajagopalachari as a representation of India's transition to independence, emphasizing the nation's
ancient cultural roots and diverse unity.

 Creation and Presentation of Sengol in 1947: A specially crafted golden sceptre was presented to then-
Prime Minister Nehru by Thiruvavaduthurai Adheenam, symbolizing justice and righteousness, on the
eve of independence.

 Sengol's Journey Post-Independence: Initially kept at Nehru's Delhi residence, the sceptre was later
moved to the Anand Bhavan Museum in Allahabad, serving as a historical relic of India's freedom struggle
for over 70 years.

 Revival in the Central Vista Project: The ongoing Central Vista redevelopment saw the decision to
reintegrate the Sengol into the nation's democratic symbol, by installing it in the new Parliament building.

 Symbolism of Sengol's Installation: Placing the Sengol in Parliament is a gesture of India's commitment
to its historical values, showcasing a democracy that honors its ancient traditions while embracing diverse
and inclusive principles.

 About the Central Vista Project: This ambitious initiative seeks to overhaul the administrative heart of
India, including structures designed by Sir Edwin Lutyens and Sir Herbert Baker during the colonial era, with
significant budget allocation for various new constructions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
172
121.
121. International Bookers Prize 2023

 Georgi Gospodinov made history by being the first Bulgarian author to win the International Booker
Prize 2023 with his novel "Time Shelter," translated by Angela Rodel.

 "Time Shelter" competes against six other shortlisted novels, marking a significant achievement for
Bulgarian literature on the global stage.

 The novel intricately explores themes of memory and identity, set against the backdrop of a clinic that
treats Alzheimer's patients by reconstructing various past decades.

 Gospodinov's narrative addresses both personal and collective histories, reflecting on Europe's struggle
with its past and the quest for a hopeful future, especially in countries like Bulgaria, once caught between
Western and communist ideologies.

 The story resonates with contemporary issues, offering a poignant commentary on how societies cling to
nostalgia, often to their detriment.

 Influenced by renowned authors and cultural elements, Gospodinov integrates diverse inspirations,
including music from iconic bands, into his narrative structure.

 With a literary career spanning various genres, Gospodinov is celebrated for his insightful examination of
life under shifting political landscapes, particularly in post-communist Bulgaria.

 His previous works, including "Natural Novel" and "The Physics of Sorrow," have garnered
international acclaim, with translations in over 20 languages and several prestigious awards.

 "Time Shelter" isn't Gospodinov's first critically acclaimed work; his contributions to literature include
pioneering Bulgarian graphic novels and inspiring Oscar-nominated animation.

 Angela Rodel, the translator of "Time Shelter," has significantly contributed to Bulgarian culture,
earning recognition and Bulgarian citizenship.

 Rodel's translation work, especially with Gospodinov's books, has won her several awards, highlighting the
importance of literary translation in promoting global literature.

 The International Booker Prize acknowledges both the author and the translator, emphasizing the
collaborative effort in bringing regional stories to a worldwide audience.

 Gospodinov's win is not just a personal triumph but a landmark event in Bulgarian cultural history,
showcasing the rich literary heritage and contemporary relevance of the nation's narratives.

 The award highlights the universal appeal of stories that delve into human memory, identity, and the socio-
political intricacies of historical upheavals.

 Through "Time Shelter," Gospodinov and Rodel invite global readers to reflect on the fragility of memory
and the complex interplay between personal and historical truths.
About International Bookers Prize

 History and Evolution: Established in 2005 as a biennial prize, the International Booker Prize became
an annual event in 2016 due to its growing popularity and the increasing global relevance of translated
works.

 Distinct Identity: The International Booker Prize is distinct from the Booker Prize for Fiction. While
the latter is awarded for novels written in English and published in the UK or Ireland, the International
Booker recognizes works translated into English and available in the UK or Ireland.

 Celebrating Translations: The prize emphasizes the importance of translation in literature, celebrating
both the authors and translators of winning books. It acknowledges the effort of bringing compelling non-
English narratives to a broader audience.

 Inclusive Eligibility: Books of any genre, including novels, short story collections, or poetry, are eligible
for the International Booker Prize, provided they are translated works. This inclusivity celebrates literary
diversity.

 Global Participation: The award is open to authors of any nationality, making it a truly international prize.
It encourages the participation of translated works from all around the world, promoting cultural exchange
through literature.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
173

 Joint Recognition: Unique to this award, both the author and the translator of the winning book receive
equal recognition and share the prize money, underlining the translator's critical role in making regional
stories accessible globally.

 Monetary Reward: The prize comes with a significant monetary award, typically £50,000, split equally
between the author and the translator, offering substantial support to literary professionals.

 Annual Event: The International Booker Prize is awarded annually, with a rigorous selection process. A
panel of judges, including writers, critics, and academics, evaluates the submissions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
174
122.
122. Appointment of Judges in Supreme Court
The Supreme Court welcomed two new judges, Justice Prashant Kumar Mishra and Justice K.V.
Viswanathan, sworn in by the Chief Justice of India, DY Chandrachud. These appointments have brought
the court to its full sanctioned capacity of 34 judges.

 Historical Composition: Initially, the Supreme Court was composed of eight judges. Over time, the
Parliament has expanded this number, and currently, the court comprises 34 judges, including the Chief
Justice of India.

 Eligibility Criteria: To be considered for a position as a judge in the Supreme Court, an individual must
be an Indian citizen and have served as a judge in a High Court for at least five years, or as an
advocate for ten years. The President may also nominate a distinguished jurist for the position.

 Appointment Process: Supreme Court judges are appointed by the President of India under Article
124(2) of the Constitution, following consultations with other Supreme Court and High Court judges.

 Oath of Office: Judges are required to swear an oath to uphold the Constitution and the laws of India,
committing to perform their duties impartially and diligently.

 Tenure and Retirement: Judges serve until the age of 65. They may choose to resign earlier by
submitting their resignation to the President.

 Compensation: The salaries, allowances, and benefits of Supreme Court judges are determined by the
Parliament and are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.

 Post-Retirement Limitations: Retired Supreme Court judges are prohibited from practicing law within
any court in India. However, they can be invited back to serve on the Supreme Court bench with the
President's consent.

 Removal Procedure: Judges can be removed before their tenure ends only by a President's order,
supported by a parliamentary majority, if proven guilty of misbehaviour or incapacity.

 Collegium System: The appointment of judges is decided by the Collegium, consisting of the Chief
Justice of India and four senior-most Supreme Court judges. This system is not mentioned in the
Constitution but has been upheld by various judgements.

 Evolution of the Collegium: The system evolved through several landmark cases, starting with the First
Judges Case in 1981, which gave the executive the upper hand in appointments, followed by the Second
Judges Case in 1993 and the Third Judges Case in 1998, which established and expanded the Collegium
system.

 National Judicial Appointments Commission (NJAC): In 2014, an amendment and a new act aimed to
replace the collegium with the NJAC. However, in 2015, the Supreme Court struck down both, reverting
to the collegium system.

 Judicial Independence: The collegium system is seen as a measure to preserve the judiciary's
independence, ensuring appointments are based on judicial considerations rather than political influence.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
175
123.
123. Model Prisons Act 2023

 The Indian Ministry of Home Affairs has introduced the 'Model Prisons Act 2023', aiming to replace the
outdated Prisons Act of 1894. This new legislation focuses on the reformation and rehabilitation of
prisoners, unlike the previous law.

 Issues with the Prisons Act of 1894: The existing act, established during the pre-independence era,
contains numerous gaps and lacks a corrective approach. It primarily emphasizes custody and discipline,
neglecting the need for prisoner reform and rehabilitation.

 Key Features of the Model Prisons Act 2023:
o
o Punishments for the use of unauthorized items like mobile phones by inmates and staff.
o
o Guidelines for high-security prisons and open jails.
o
o Strategies to shield society from habitual and hardened criminals.
o
o Legal assistance, parole, furlough, and early release for good behavior.
o
o Security evaluations, individual sentencing plans, and grievance redressal systems.
o
o Technological advancements for transparent administration and court coordination.

 Significance for State Adoption: Prisons in India fall under state jurisdiction. The Model Prisons Act
serves as a comprehensive guide for states, encouraging the assimilation of modern standards and practices in
prison management.

 Incorporation of Previous Acts: The new model act integrates relevant sections from the Prisoners Act
of 1900 and the Transfer of Prisoners Act, 1950, aiming for a holistic reform aligned with international
norms.

 Current Challenges in Indian Prisons:
o
o Severe overcrowding, leading to substandard living conditions and health risks.
o
o Inadequate medical and hygiene facilities.
o
o Prolonged trial durations, contributing to administrative disruptions.
o
o Prevalence of custodial torture despite legal prohibitions.
o
o Specific issues concerning women and child inmates, including abuse and lack of proper care.

 Reform Recommendations:
o
o The Supreme Court's committee on Prison Reforms, led by Justice Amitava Roy, suggested measures like
faster trials, improved legal access for prisoners, modernized facilities, and strict regulations against custodial
torture.

 Initiatives for Prison Reforms in India:
o
o Schemes for prison modernization since 2002-03, focusing on condition improvement.
o
o The E-Prisons project for efficient digital management.
o
o The Model Prison Manual 2016 for detailed legal service guidelines.
o
o National Legal Services Authority (NALSA) for providing free legal services to the underprivileged.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
176
124.
124. India plans to launch 18 new petaFLOP
India plans to launch 18 new petaFLOP supercomputers to revolutionize weather forecasting, increasing
the precision and detail of meteorological predictions.

 Advanced Forecasting Capabilities: These cutting-edge systems will facilitate more accurate block-level
weather forecasting, improve cyclone tracking and predictions, and offer comprehensive oceanic state
forecasts.

 Understanding FLOPs: FLOPs, or Floating-Point Operations per Second, represent a standard for
assessing computational speed, especially in high-performance computing (HPC) and artificial intelligence
(AI) applications. These operations are crucial for handling calculations that involve numbers with fractional
parts.

 Importance of FLOPs: While FLOPs are a critical metric, they are part of a broader assessment of a
computer's overall performance, which includes memory bandwidth, latency, and specific architectural
elements.

 Computing Speed Units:
o
o Teraflops: Representing a trillion (10^12) FLOPS, this unit measures significant computational speed.
o
o Petaflops: A higher unit of computing speed, equating to 1000 teraflops or 10^15 FLOPS.
o
o Exaflops: The largest standard unit for computing speed, corresponding to one quintillion (10^18)
FLOPS.

 India's Supercomputing Progress: India's NCMRWF operates the 'Mihir' supercomputer with a capacity
of 2.8 petaFLOPs, and IITM runs 'Pratyush,' a 4.0 petaFLOP system. These supercomputers, initiated in
2018, will be replaced by the upcoming advanced petaFLOP systems.

 Distribution of New Supercomputers: Post-launch, NCMRWF will acquire eight petaFLOPs of
computing power, and IITM will receive the remaining ten, each tailored to meet their meteorological needs.

 India's Supercomputing Milestone: The country's journey in this field began with the PARAM 8000
supercomputer, introduced in 1991.

 Global Supercomputing Landscape: The world's most potent supercomputer, the Hewlett Packard
Enterprise Frontier (or OLCF-5), boasts a peak performance of 1,685.65 petaFLOPs.

 India's AI Supercomputing Achievement: The Airawat PSAI, India's premier and swiftest AI
supercomputing system, holds a significant speed of 13,170 teraflops, marking a substantial achievement in
the nation's computational capabilities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
177
125.
125. Cyclone Mocha
Cyclone Mocha hit Myanmar, identified as an Extremely Severe Cyclonic Storm by India's
Meteorological Department and labeled a 'Super Cyclone' by the global weather platform, Zoom Earth.

 Record-Breaking Intensity: In 2023, Mocha was declared the most potent cyclone globally by South
Korea's Typhoon Research Center, with a staggering wind speed of 277 kmph, making it the fiercest in the
North Indian Ocean since 1982.

 Cyclone Naming: The name 'Mocha' was proposed by Yemen, inspired by the renowned Red Sea port
city famous for its coffee.

 Origin and Characteristics: Mocha developed in the Bay of Bengal, setting a record for its extraordinary
speed and intensity compared to previous cyclones like Amphan and Tauktae.

 Understanding Cyclones: These natural phenomena involve rapid air circulation around a low-pressure
center, with their direction dependent on the hemisphere they are in.

 Cyclone Categories: The World Meteorological Organisation (WMO) classifies cyclones based on
their nature and location, with 'Tropical Cyclones' and 'Extra Tropical cyclones' being the primary
types.

 Tropical Cyclones Explained: Originating over warm tropical oceans, these cyclones are marked by low
pressure, high winds, and heavy rain, with a distinctive 'eye' at the center.

 Formation Conditions: Tropical cyclones require specific conditions to form, including high sea surface
temperatures, the presence of the Coriolis force, and certain atmospheric conditions.

 Intensity Classification: The IMD categorizes low-pressure systems based on their potential
destructiveness, a system also adopted by the WMO.

 Global Naming Protocol: Cyclones are named by regional meteorological centers. In 2000, eight
countries from the WMO/ESCAP panel agreed on a naming system, which expanded to include more
countries in 2018.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
178
126.
126. India’s Power Sector in 2030

 Renewable Energy Rise: By 2030, renewable energy is projected to account for 60% of India's power
generation, a significant increase, marking a shift from traditional sources like coal.

 Coal's Decline: The share of coal in India's energy mix is expected to drop from 70% in 2020 to 50% by
2030, indicating a substantial decline due to environmental concerns and renewable energy advancements.

 Solar Energy Dominance: Solar power is anticipated to lead the renewable energy sector, with projections
indicating it could constitute 33% of the total power generation capacity in India by 2030.

 Wind Energy Contribution: Wind energy is also expected to contribute significantly to India's renewable
energy portfolio, with substantial capacity additions planned for the next decade.
Figure 54. Source: Economic Times

 Government's Ambitious Targets: The Indian government has set ambitious renewable energy targets,
aiming for 450 GW of renewable energy capacity by 2030, promoting a rapid transition away from fossil
fuels.

 Investment in Renewables: To achieve these targets, substantial investments in renewable energy
infrastructure are required, including advancements in storage technologies, grid infrastructure, and
renewable energy installations.

 Environmental Benefits: The shift towards renewable energy is driven by India's commitments to
reducing carbon emissions and combating climate change, contributing to global environmental sustainability
efforts.

 Energy Security: Diversifying the energy portfolio with renewables enhances India's energy security,
reducing reliance on fossil fuel imports and mitigating geopolitical and supply risks.

 Economic Factors: The declining costs of renewable energy technologies make them economically
attractive alternatives to traditional fossil fuels, influencing the energy transition.

 Policy Support: The transition is supported by various government policies and initiatives promoting
renewable energy adoption, including financial incentives, regulatory support, and research and development
efforts.

 Challenges in Transition: Despite the potential benefits, the energy transition faces several challenges,
including financial constraints, technological barriers, grid integration issues, and the social impact
concerning the coal industry.

 Employment Opportunities: The renewable energy sector is expected to create numerous job
opportunities, compensating for job losses in the declining coal sector.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
179
127.
127. India’s Role in UN Peacekeeping Mission

 UN Peacekeepers Day:
o
o Celebrated on 29th May, marking the 75th International Day of United Nations (UN) Peacekeepers.
o
o The theme for 2023 is 'Peace begins with me'.
o
o The day commemorates the initiation of the first UN peacekeeping mission.
o
o United Nations Peacekeeping began in 1948 when the Security Council authorized the deployment of
military observers to the Middle East.
o
o The role of the UN Truce Supervision Organization (UNTSO) was to monitor the Armistice Agreement
between Israel and its Arab neighbours.

 India-ASEAN Collaboration:
o
o India has unveiled plans in 2023 to train women personnel from South East Asia in collaboration with
ASEAN for defense sector initiatives.

 India-ASEAN Initiative for Women in UNPK Operations:
o
o A joint effort between India and ASEAN to enhance the role of women in UN Peacekeeping operations.
o
o The initiative includes specialized courses at the Centre for United Nations Peacekeeping (CUNPK) in
New Delhi and a Table Top Exercise for ASEAN women officers.

 UN Peacekeeping Overview:
o
o A UN tool to assist countries transitioning from conflict to peace, involving military, police, and civilian
personnel deployments.
o
o Aims include facilitating peace, protecting civilians, and supporting governance restoration.

 Core Principles of UN Peacekeeping:
o
o Requires the consent of the main conflict parties.
o
o Maintains impartiality, differentiating it from neutrality.
o
o Uses force only for self-defense and mandate protection.

 Achievements of UN Peacekeeping:
o
o Since 1948, UN Peacekeeping has been instrumental in resolving conflicts in countries like Cambodia, El
Salvador, Mozambique, and Namibia, fostering stability, democratic transitions, and economic development.

 India's Role in UN Peacekeeping:
o
o India is among the top troop-contributing countries, having deployed approximately 275,000 troops in
various missions.
o
o 179 Indian soldiers have lost their lives during these missions.

 Training and Infrastructure:

 India established the Centre for United Nations Peacekeeping (CUNPK) in New Delhi, training over 12,000
troops annually and sharing best practices.

 Promotion of Gender Equality:
o
o India has been proactive in promoting women's roles in peacekeeping.
o
o Deployments include Female Engagement Teams in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and the
United Nations Interim Security Force for Abyei. India also has Women Military Police in the United
Nations Disengagement Observer Force.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
180
Figure 55. Source: Council of Foreign Relations
About United Nations

 Formation:
o
o Established on 24th October 1945, post World War II, to promote international cooperation and prevent
future conflicts.

 Headquarters:
o
o Located in New York City, USA.

 Main Objectives:
o
o Maintain international peace and security.
o
o Promote sustainable development.
o
o Uphold international law.
o
o Protect human rights.
o
o Deliver humanitarian aid.

 Principal Organs:
o
o General Assembly: Deliberative assembly where all member states participate.
o
o Security Council: Responsible for maintaining international peace and security.
o
o International Court of Justice: Settles legal disputes between states.
o
o Secretariat: Provides studies, information, and facilities needed by the UN.
o
o Economic and Social Council: Promotes international economic and social cooperation.
o
o Trusteeship Council: Ensures that trust territories attain self-government.

 Membership:
o
o Started with 51 member countries; as of now, it has 193 member states.

 Official Languages:
o
o Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian, and Spanish.

 Secretary-General:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
181
o
o The chief administrative officer, appointed by the General Assembly on the recommendation of the
Security Council. The current Secretary-General is António Guterres.

 Peacekeeping Missions:
o
o The UN has been involved in multiple peacekeeping missions worldwide to resolve conflicts and maintain
peace.

 Specialized Agencies:
o
o Includes organizations like WHO (World Health Organization), UNESCO (United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization), and IMF (International Monetary Fund) that address specific issues.

 Human Rights:

 The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, adopted in 1948, is a cornerstone document setting out
fundamental human rights to be universally protected.

 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs):
o
o Adopted in 2015, 17 SDGs aim to address global challenges, including poverty, inequality, and climate
change, by 2030.

 Funding:
o
o Funded through member contributions, which are assessed regularly.

 Significant Conventions and Treaties:
o
o The UN has been instrumental in formulating various international treaties like the Treaty on the Non-
Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons.

 Criticism:
o
o The UN has faced criticism over issues like bureaucracy, perceived inefficacy, and the veto power in the
Security Council.

 Reforms:
o
o There have been ongoing discussions and efforts to reform various aspects of the UN, especially the
Security Council, to make it more representative and effective.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
182
128.
128. Global Slavery Index 2023

 Introduction:
o
o The "Global Slavery Index 2023" is a report by the Walk Free Foundation.
o
o It reveals a 25% increase in modern slavery over the past five years, with 50 million people now living
in such conditions.

 G20 Nations' Role:
o
o G20 nations, through their trade operations and global supply chains, have played a significant role in
exacerbating the modern slavery crisis.
o
o Top G20 countries with the highest number of forced laborers include India, China, Russia, Indonesia,
Turkey, and the U.S.

 Definition of Modern Slavery:
o
o Encompasses forced labor, forced marriage, debt bondage, commercial sexual exploitation, human
trafficking, and other slavery-like practices.
o
o It has severe consequences, violating human rights, undermining dignity, eroding social cohesion, and
even fueling conflict and terrorism.

 Key Findings of the Index:
o
o 50 million people were living in modern slavery in 2021, a rise of 10 million since 2016.
o
o One in every 160 people globally is a victim of modern slavery.
o
o Countries with the highest prevalence include North Korea, Eritrea, and Mauritania.
o
o Countries with the lowest prevalence are Switzerland, Norway, and Germany.
o
o Asia and the Pacific region has the most significant number of people in modern slavery, with India
having a prevalence of 8 per thousand people.

 Contributing Factors:
o
o Climate change, armed conflict, weak governance, and health emergencies like the Covid-19 pandemic
have contributed to the rise in modern slavery.
o
o G20 nations import products worth USD 468 billion from countries with weak worker protection,
exacerbating forced labor conditions.

 About the Global Slavery Index:

 Constructed by Walk Free, a human rights organisation.

 Based on data from the Global Estimates of Modern Slavery, produced by the International Labour
Organization (ILO), Walk Free, and the International Organization for Migration (IOM).

 The 2023 edition is the fifth and is based on 2022 estimates.

 UN's Stance:
o
o The United Nations' Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) aim to end modern slavery. Specifically,
Target 8.7 focuses on eradicating forced labour, ending modern slavery, human trafficking, and child
labour by 2025.
Figure 56. Source: UN; SDG Goal to end Slavery
09717289708 | w 6390573333
183
Figure 57. Source: Walk Free

 Countries with Highest Prevalence:

 North Korea, Eritrea, Mauritania, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Tajikistan, UAE, Russia, Afghanistan, and Kuwait
have the highest incidence of modern slavery per 1,000 population.

 Countries with Most People in Modern Slavery:

 India, China, North Korea, Pakistan, Russia, Indonesia, Nigeria, Turkey, Bangladesh, and the United States.
Six of these are G20 nations.

 Criticism of the Index:

 The index has faced criticism for its methodology and definitions.

 Bandana Pattanaik of the Global Alliance Against Traffic in Women (GAATW) highlights issues like the
lack of an internationally agreed definition for modern slavery and potential biases in the index's ranking
methodology.

 UK's Contradictory Ranking:

 The index ranks the UK highly for its response to modern slavery, but the report also mentions the UK's
declining measures since 2018 and potential violations of international law.
Indian Laws which prohibit slavery

 Constitution of India:
o
o Article 23: Prohibits trafficking in human beings, begar (forced labor), and other similar forms of forced
labor. Any contravention of this provision is an offense punishable by law.

 Indian Penal Code (IPC):
o
o Section 370 and 370A: Introduced after the 2013 amendments, these sections deal with trafficking of
persons for exploitation.
o
o If a person is brought with their consent, where consent is obtained through force, coercion, fraud, or
deception, it's considered trafficking.

 Bonded Labor System (Abolition) Act, 1976:
o
o Abolishes the bonded labor system, freeing all bonded laborers from their bondage and discharging any
existing bondage debts.
o
o The act also penalizes the advancement of bonded debt and the employment of bonded labor.

 Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986:
o
o Prohibits the engagement of children in certain types of employment and regulates the conditions of work
of children.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
184

 Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956:
o
o Enacted to prevent trafficking in women and girls for the purpose of prostitution as an organized means of
living.

 Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act, 2015:
o
o Provides for the protection, care, and rehabilitation of children in the purview of the juvenile justice
system and for the adjudication of certain matters.

 Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act, 2012:
o
o Protects children from offenses like sexual assault, sexual harassment, and pornography.

 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act, 1989:
o
o Prevents atrocities against members of SCs and STs, which includes forcing them into bonded labor.

 Prohibition of Child Marriage Act, 2006:
o
o Aims to prevent child marriages, which can be a form of forced marriage and modern-day slavery.

 Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Act, 2019:
o
o Prohibits and criminalizes forced or bonded labor of transgender persons.

 Rehabilitation and Resettlement:
o
o Various schemes and initiatives have been launched by the government to rehabilitate and resettle victims
of trafficking and forced labor.

 National Action Plan to Combat Human Trafficking:
o
o The government has been working on a comprehensive plan to address all forms of trafficking, ensuring
prevention, protection, and prosecution.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
185
129.
129. Can the govt claim immunity when entering contracts under the President’s name?
The Supreme Court has ruled that the government cannot claim immunity from the legal provisions of a
contract made under the President’s name as per Article 299 of the Constitution.

 Case Background: The case revolved around Glock Asia-Pacific Limited's application against the Centre
concerning the appointment of an arbitrator in a tender-related dispute.

 Article 299 of the Constitution: This article mandates that “all contracts made using the executive power
of the Union or a State should be expressed to be made by the President or the Governor of the State”. The
contracts should be executed on their behalf by authorized individuals.

 Objective of Article 299(1): The main aim is to ensure a clear procedure for government contracts to
prevent unauthorized or illegitimate contracts that could deplete public funds.

 Protection for the President and Governor: Article 299(2) states that neither the President nor the
Governor can be held personally liable for such contracts.

 Glock's Contract with MHA: Glock Asia Pacific had a contract with the Ministry of Home Affairs for
supplying 31,756 Glock pistols. A dispute arose when the Centre invoked a performance bank guarantee.

 Arbitration Challenge: Glock challenged a clause in their agreement that allowed a government officer to
act as an arbitrator in disputes, especially when one of the parties was the MHA.

 Court's Decision: The court ruled in favor of Glock, observing that the arbitration clause was in conflict
with Section 12(5) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.

 Appointment of Arbitrator: The court appointed former SC judge Justice Indu Malhotra as the Sole
Arbitrator for the case.

 246th Law Commission Report: The court referenced this report, which discussed contracts with
government entities. It emphasized the importance of impartiality, especially when the State is involved in
appointing an arbitrator.

 Article 299's Scope: The court clarified that Article 299 only dictates the formalities necessary for binding
the government with contractual liability. The substantial law related to the government's contractual liability
is found in the general laws.

 Requirements for Government Contracts: The court highlighted three essential requirements for
government contracts under Article 299, based on its 1966 ruling in 'K.P. Chowdhry v. State of Madhya
Pradesh. And Others'.

 Three Conditions for Government Contracts: The contract must be expressed to be made by the
Governor or the Governor-General; it should be in writing, and the execution should be by authorized
individuals as directed by the Governor or the Governor-General.

 Previous Supreme Court Rulings: The court also referred to its 1962 ruling in 'State of Bihar v. Messrs.
Karam Chand Thapar', which had laid down the same three conditions for government contracts.

 Impartiality in Arbitration: The court emphasized the importance of impartiality in arbitration, especially
when one party is a government entity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
186
130.
130. Second Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee
The UNEP recently convened in Paris for the second Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee meeting,
following the initial one in Uruguay in 2022.

 INC-2 Objectives: The meeting focused on advancing negotiations for a global agreement to combat
plastic pollution, aiming to safeguard various ecosystems, wildlife, and human populations.

 Agenda Focus: The main discussion during INC-2 revolved around establishing procedural rules,
which are crucial for guiding the negotiation process, decision-making methodologies, and identifying
decision-making authorities.

 Previous Disagreements: There was a contention from the INC-1 meeting regarding Rule 37, specifically
the clause that each member should have one vote. This issue indicated ongoing discord among
participants.

 Rule Modifications: Adjustments were made to include stipulations from the Minamata Convention,
permitting regional economic integration organizations (like the EU) to vote in place of their member states
under certain conditions.

 India's Position: India has been particularly vocal about modifying Rule 38, emphasizing that decisions
on substantial matters should ideally be reached through consensus, or if necessary, a two-thirds
majority vote among present and voting members.

 OEWG's Role: The establishment of the Open-Ended Working Group (OEWG) was a significant step,
although it postponed substantive discussions in various contact groups.

 INC's Inception and Mandate: The INC came into existence in February 2022 during the UNEA-5.2,
with a landmark resolution to formulate a legally binding international agreement on plastic pollution,
targeting a conclusion by 2024.

 Environmental Concerns: The urgency of the INC's mission is underscored by the alarming rise in plastic
pollution, severely affecting environmental, societal, economic, and health-related facets of sustainable
development.

 Projected Pollution Levels: Without effective countermeasures, plastic waste infiltrating aquatic
ecosystems is expected to soar, potentially tripling by 2040.

 National Responsibilities: Under the proposed agreement, nations will be responsible for creating,
executing, and revising national action plans that reflect their strategies to combat plastic pollution.

 UNEA's Role: The United Nations Environment Assembly, UNEP's governing body, is the pinnacle of
global environmental governance, comprising 193 UN Member States and meeting biennially.

 UNEA's Origin: The assembly was instituted in June 2012 during the United Nations Conference on
Sustainable Development, known as RIO+20.

 Indian Initiatives: India has introduced several measures to manage plastic waste, including the Plastic
Waste Management (Amendment) Rules of 2022 and the Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR)
strategy.

 Global Efforts: Various international initiatives, like the European Union’s Directive on Single-Use
Plastics and the Global Tourism Plastics Initiative, signify a worldwide commitment to addressing plastic
pollution.
About United National Environment Program

 Establishment: UNEP was established in June 1972 as a result of discussions during the United Nations
Conference on the Human Environment (also known as the Stockholm Conference). Its creation marked
the beginning of a formalized global environmental conservation effort.

 Mission and Vision: UNEP's primary mission is to provide leadership and encourage partnership in caring
for the environment by inspiring, informing, and enabling nations and peoples to improve their quality of life
without compromising that of future generations. Its vision is a world where everyone lives within the
planet's carrying capacity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
187

 Headquarters: UNEP's headquarters are located in Nairobi, Kenya. This strategic location enhances its
accessibility to several developing countries, emphasizing its commitment to addressing environmental issues
globally, not just in wealthier nations.

 Membership: UNEP's membership is inclusive, comprising all 193 United Nations member states. This
universality ensures that every country, regardless of its economic or environmental status, has a voice in
discussions and decisions that affect the planet.

 Governing Body: The United Nations Environment Assembly (UNEA) is UNEP's governing body,
usually convening biennially. It's responsible for setting priorities, approving budgets, and drafting guidelines
and policies for environmental conservation efforts.

 Notable Initiatives: UNEP has been instrumental in creating environmental awareness and action, leading
to the establishment of conventions such as the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and the Minamata Convention on Mercury.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
188
131.
131. Train Accident at Bahanaga Bazar Railway Station in Odisha's Balasore District
A severe train accident at Bahanaga Bazar railway station in Odisha's Balasore district on June 2, 2023,
underscored the critical need for enhanced railway safety measures in India.

 Kavach Initiative: The incident brought the focus to the Kavach system, designed to improve railway
safety.
o
o However, it was noted that this system wasn't operational on the Odisha route where the accident
occurred.
o
o It is developed by the Research Design and Standards Organisation (RDSO) in association with three
Indian vendors, it has been adopted as our National Automatic Train Protection (ATP) System.
o
o The Indian Railways Institute of Signal Engineering & Telecommunications (IRISET) in
Secunderabad, Telangana hosts the 'Centre of Excellence' for Kavach.

 CAG Report 2022: The Comptroller and Auditor General of India's report highlighted numerous
deficiencies contributing to train accidents, with derailments leading the causes.

 Derailment Statistics: Between 2017-18 and 2020-21, around 75% of significant train accidents were
due to derailments, amounting to 163 out of 217 consequential train accidents.

 Accident Classification: The Railway Board categorizes train accidents as Consequential Train
Accidents, which have severe outcomes, and Other Train Accidents, encompassing less significant
incidents.

 Primary Derailment Causes: The CAG identified 23 factors contributing to derailments, with track
maintenance issues, deviations in track parameters, and improper driving or overspeeding being the most
common causes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
189

 Rashtriya Rail Sanraksha Kosh (RRSK): Established in 2017-18 with a corpus of Rs 1 lakh crore,
RRSK aimed to finance safety measures. However, funding shortfalls from the Railways' internal resources
have hampered its objectives.

 Funding Issues for Track Renewal: The CAG report emphasized the reduction in funds allocated for
track renewal, impacting safety. About 26% of derailments were associated with track renewal needs.

 CAG Recommendations: The report advised stricter adherence to accident inquiry timelines and the
development of a robust monitoring mechanism for maintenance activities. It also suggested preparing a
'Detailed Outcome Framework' for safety work funded by RRSK.

 Kavach System Overview: Kavach, an indigenous Automatic Train Protection (ATP) system, aims to
prevent trains from passing red signals, enforce speed limits, and avoid collisions. It also facilitates
emergency communications and central monitoring.

 Safety Integrity Level-4 (SIL-4): Kavach complies with SIL-4 standards, indicating high reliability in
preventing accidents and ensuring safe train operations.

 Limited Implementation: Despite its benefits, Kavach is operational over just 1,455 kilometres of
India's total railway network, with the South Central Railway Zone leading in its implementation.

 Future Strategies: The article suggests employing data analytics and artificial intelligence for predictive
safety interventions and prioritizing the Kavach system's installation across all railway zones.
Figure 59. Source: Indian Railways
09717289708 | w 6390573333
190
132.
132. Mekedatu Project
Shortly after the formation of Karnataka's Congress government, tensions escalated with the Tamil Nadu
government over the proposed Mekedatu dam project, despite both states being governed by parties
traditionally opposed to the BJP.

 Project Overview: The Mekedatu project, situated in Ramanagaram district near Bengaluru, involves
constructing a reservoir on the Cauvery River. It has been a longstanding point of contention between
Karnataka and Tamil Nadu.

 Objective of the Dam: With a proposed capacity of 48 TMC (thousand million cubic) feet and an
estimated cost of Rs 6,000 crore, the dam aims to provide drinking water to Bengaluru and help in
recharging the groundwater in the region.

 Legal and Political Objections: Tamil Nadu has objected to the project, stating it wasn't included in the
Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal's awards or the Supreme Court's rulings, and could violate these
decisions.

 AIADMK's Stance: The AIADMK, the main opposition in Tamil Nadu, has threatened protests against the
dam's construction, citing legal provisions that prohibit altering a river's natural flow without lower riparian
states' consent.

 Historical Opposition: Protests in Tamil Nadu, including a statewide bandh, have historically opposed the
dam. The state assembly passed resolutions against the project in December 2018 and January 2022.

 Central Water Commission's Role: The Central Water Commission (CWC) had approved a feasibility
study for the Mekedatu project in 2018, indicating some level of central support.

 Funding and Defense: Karnataka's Deputy Chief Minister, D K Shivakumar, stated that Rs 1,000 crore has
been allocated for the project, defending it by saying it wouldn't affect the stipulated water release to Tamil
Nadu or be used for irrigation.

 Tamil Nadu's Legal Action: In August 2021, Tamil Nadu petitioned the Supreme Court against the
project, arguing that Karnataka's plan to build reservoirs on the Cauvery River attempts to alter its flow,
violating the final award of the Cauvery River Water Tribunal.

 Political Delegations: Both states have previously sent all-party delegations to the Prime Minister, seeking
support for their respective positions on the Mekedatu project.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
191

 Project's Inception: The Karnataka government under Chief Minister Siddaramaiah had initiated the
Mekedatu project process, inviting interest expressions and allocating funds for a detailed project report in its
2015 Budget.

 Potential Impact on River Flow: Tamil Nadu contends that the action breaches the final award of the
Cauvery River Water Tribunal and would impede the flow below the Krishnaraja Sagar and Kabini
reservoirs, affecting water availability.

 Statewide Bandh: The project faced significant opposition in Tamil Nadu, evidenced by a statewide bandh
in 2015, indicating the depth of public sentiment against the project.
Figure 61. Source: The Print
About Cauvery River Dispute:

 Geographical Overview: The Cauvery River, originating in Karnataka's Kodagu district, flows
southeast into Tamil Nadu, eventually emptying into the Bay of Bengal. Its basin covers four states:
Karnataka, Tamil Nadu, Kerala, and Puducherry.

 Roots of the Dispute: The contention primarily between Karnataka and Tamil Nadu revolves around the
allocation of Cauvery water, crucial for agriculture in both states. The disagreement dates back to agreements
made during the British colonial period and has escalated since the late 20th century.

 Colonial-Era Agreements: The dispute's origins lie in two agreements from 1892 and 1924 between the
Madras Presidency and the Princely State of Mysore. Tamil Nadu insists on honoring these agreements,
claiming historical rights, while Karnataka contends they were skewed against them.

 Establishment of Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal (CWDT): The CWDT was constituted in 1990 to
adjudicate the water sharing dispute. In 2007, it delivered a final verdict, allocating water shares to the states
and ordering the creation of the Cauvery Management Board.

 Tribunal's Final Order: The CWDT's final order allocated 419 TMC (thousand million cubic feet) to
Tamil Nadu, 270 TMC to Karnataka, 30 TMC to Kerala, and 7 TMC to Puducherry, with specific releases
during the monsoon season.

 Supreme Court's Involvement: Both states approached the Supreme Court with petitions challenging the
CWDT's decision. In 2018, the court issued a verdict, slightly modifying the water allocations but
largely upholding the Tribunal's order.

 Creation of Cauvery Management Authority (CMA): Following the Supreme Court's directives, the
CMA was established in 2018 for water resource management, regulation, and dispute resolution among the
basin states.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
192
09717289708 | w 6390573333
193
133.
133. AI to find an antibiotic against a superbug
In a significant advancement, scientists from the United States and Canada utilized Artificial Intelligence
(AI) to discover a new antibiotic capable of killing a superbug, marking a major breakthrough in medical
science.

 The Superbug Dilemma: Superbugs, known for their resistance to multiple antibiotics, present a grave
health concern worldwide. They are responsible for over 2 million infections and approximately 23,000
deaths annually in the U.S., as reported by the CDC.

 Focus on Acinetobacter Baumannii: The research, published in Nature Chemical Biology, targeted
Acinetobacter baumannii, a superbug categorized by the WHO as a top-tier threat to human health due to its
high resistance to antibiotics.

 Health Threats Posed by A. Baumannii: Notoriously resilient, A. baumannii is responsible for various
severe infections, including pneumonia and meningitis, and is particularly prevalent in hospitals, surviving on
surfaces for extended durations.

 Mechanism of Antibiotic Resistance: Bacteria evolve to resist antibiotics through genetic changes, often
accelerated by the improper use of antibiotics. This evolution undermines the effectiveness of traditional
antibiotics in treating common infectious diseases.

 AI's Role in Discovery: To expedite the traditionally slow process of antibiotic discovery, researchers
turned to AI algorithms. These algorithms can process vast datasets to identify patterns and solutions, such as
effective antibacterial agents.

 Experimental Approach: The team initiated their study by exposing A. baumannii to roughly 7,500
chemical compounds, observing which ones inhibited bacterial growth. These findings were then fed into the
machine-learning model.

 Utilizing Machine Learning: The AI model was trained with data on various molecules and their efficacy
against A. baumannii, enabling it to identify promising chemical structures that could potentially serve as
antibiotics.

 Efficient Screening Process: Post-training, the AI model screened a library of 6,680 compounds in a span
of less than two hours, pinpointing several potential antibiotics, a feat that would have taken months or years
through conventional methods.

 Identification of Abaucin: Among the potential antibiotics, the compound "abaucin" stood out for its
potency against A. baumannii, representing a promising candidate for future drug development and clinical
applications.

 Advantages of AI in Research: Jonathan Stokes, the study's lead author, highlighted that AI's ability to
rapidly explore extensive chemical spaces significantly enhances the probability of discovering
fundamentally new antibacterial molecules.

 Transformative Potential: The success of this research underscores AI's potential to revolutionize drug
discovery, providing a powerful tool to augment traditional methods, especially in the race to combat
antibiotic resistance.

 Implications for Global Health: The method's success, leading to the discovery of abaucin, signals a
promising advancement in global health, potentially pioneering a new era in the fight against drug-resistant
bacteria.

 Collaborative Efforts: The breakthrough was the result of collaborative efforts between prestigious
institutions, emphasizing the importance of interdisciplinary cooperation in tackling complex health
challenges.

 Future Prospects: While the discovery of abaucin is a critical step forward, it paves the way for further
research, necessitating comprehensive studies and clinical trials to confirm its safety and effectiveness in
combating superbug-induced infections.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
194
134.
134. India's Energy Transition Through States
In the forthcoming G20 forum, India intends to advocate for a multiple energy pathways strategy, reflecting
the country's internal diversity and unique energy transition needs.

 Domestic Energy Targets: India's global climate commitments, including achieving 50% non-fossil
electricity generation capacity by 2030 and net-zero emissions by 2070, are underpinned by ambitious
national-level energy targets.

 Role of States in Energy Transition: States are pivotal in India's energy transition due to the multi-tier
governance overseeing energy production and consumption. Bridging the gap between national ambitions
and state-level implementation is crucial for a successful transition.

 Complexities in Achieving Renewable Energy Targets: India's progress towards its 2022 goal of 175
GW of renewable energy reveals the complexities involved. Notably, only a few states like Gujarat,
Karnataka, and Rajasthan have met their individual targets, with 80% of renewable energy capacity
located in six states.
Figure 63. Source: IEEFA

 States as Implementation Spheres: The realization of national energy goals significantly depends on their
alignment with state priorities and capabilities, highlighting the states' role as essential spheres of
implementation.

 Legacy Issues in Electricity Sector: Addressing legacy challenges, such as high losses and unreliable
supply, is vital as they could worsen with the energy transition. These issues, rooted in state political
economies, require solutions at the state level.

 States as Policy Innovators: States have been the cradles of policy innovation, significantly contributing
to India's energy transition. Early initiatives by certain states in solar and wind energy have been instrumental
in shaping national uptake of renewable energy.

 Potential Roadblocks by States: States could hinder national goals if these objectives clash with local
priorities. Engaging with states' diverse contexts, capabilities, and priorities is essential for harmonizing state
and national interests.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
195

 Cross-Sectoral Inter-Linkages: The energy transition discourse is recognizing the importance of cross-
sectoral inter-linkages. Analyses of how factors like electric vehicle adoption and urbanization will influence
energy demand patterns are steps in the right direction.

 Need for Multi-Scalar Strategies: An effective energy transition necessitates multi-scalar planning,
understanding of inter-linkages, and cross-learning. Considerations include whether state targets align with
national goals, managing load migration due to renewable energy, and institutional roles.

 Central Mandates and State Engagement: Updating State Action Plans on Climate Change and setting
up state-level steering committees for energy transitions highlight the central government's emphasis on state
engagement.

 Ranking States on Energy Transition: Central agencies have introduced indexes ranking states on
various aspects of energy transition. While these focus on outcomes, there's a need to analyze states'
preparedness for the energy transition.

 Proposed State-Level Framework: A comprehensive state-level framework is essential for understanding
the plans, actions, and governance processes guiding the energy transition, moving beyond a narrow focus on
outcomes.

 Benefits of a Broader Transition Discourse: Such a framework can enhance transparency, encourage
stakeholder participation, and ensure public buy-in, crucial for navigating complex transition decisions.

 Sensitivity to State-Level Diversities: Recognizing state-level diversities in priorities, capacities, and
opportunities within national policy discourse can lead to more informed policy choices, facilitating a
pragmatic yet accelerated energy transition.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
196
135.
135. National Highways Authority of India (NHAI)
The NHAI has marked a significant step by releasing its inaugural Sustainability Report for the fiscal year
2021-22, outlining its governance, environmental, and social initiatives.

 Global Reporting Initiative (GRI): The report aligns with the GRI guidelines, an international
independent standard, which aids organizations in understanding and disclosing their impacts on critical
sustainability issues.

 Green Finance Attraction: By adhering to global standards like GRI, NHAI positions itself to attract
international 'Green Finance' for sustainable infrastructure projects.

 Digitization Efforts: A notable achievement is the development of the 'Data Lake Tool' by NHAI, a
digital initiative to manage extensive data efficiently, enhancing the overall administration of the highway
network.

 Emission Reduction Accomplishments: The authority has successfully reduced direct emissions and fuel
consumption by 18.44% and 9.49%, respectively, over two years, contributing to environmental
sustainability.

 Recycling Initiatives: Emphasizing sustainable practices, NHAI utilizes recycled materials such as fly-ash,
plastic waste, recycled asphalt, and aggregates in highway construction.

 Wildlife Conservation Measures: Over 100 wildlife crossings have been established across 20 states in
three years, demonstrating NHAI's commitment to biodiversity conservation and reducing human-wildlife
conflicts.

 Afforestation Activities: NHAI has engaged in extensive plantation drives, with approximately 2.74
crore saplings planted to develop eco-friendly highways and counterbalance emissions.

 Inclusive Employment Practices: The report highlights an increase in the employment of women and
individuals from marginalized communities, reflecting NHAI's commitment to social inclusion and diversity.

 NHAI's Foundational Background: Established under the NHAI Act of 1988, the authority operates
under the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, primarily responsible for the National Highways
Development Project (NHDP).

 NHDP's Role: The NHDP, initiated in 1998, focuses on upgrading, rehabilitating, and widening major
highways in India to international standards, integral to the nation's infrastructural development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
197

 National Highways Significance: National Highways, forming the arterial network of India, facilitate
inter-state transport and connect major cities, ports, and border areas, crucial for economic and social
integration.

 NHAI's Vision: Committed to global standards, NHAI aims to fulfill national requirements for high-
quality highway networks, ensuring timely and cost-effective solutions for enhanced economic welfare and
quality of life.

 Extensive National Highways Network: India boasts 599 National Highways, with the longest being
NH44. Despite forming only 2.09% of the total road network, these highways handle about 40% of road
traffic.

 State-wise Distribution: Maharashtra leads in National Highway network coverage, followed by
Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, reflecting the geographical diversity and infrastructural scale of the highway
system.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
198
136.
136. Global DPI Summit

 Global DPI Summit Context: The third meeting of the G20 Digital Economy Working Group (DEWG)
featured the Global DPI Summit in Pune, Maharashtra, emphasizing digital public infrastructure's role in
global development.

 One Future Alliance Introduction: India proposed the formation of the One Future Alliance, a coalition
of nations aiming to harness technology for societal betterment, emphasizing collaboration and innovation.

 Digital Economy's Growth: With the digital economy's value projected to double by 2025, reaching USD
23 trillion, the DEWG's role in guiding global digital policy is increasingly significant.

 India's DPI Success: India's achievements in digital transformation, particularly through the India Stack,
were highlighted, with MoUs signed with Armenia, Sierra Leone, and Suriname to share these digital
solutions.
Figure 64. Source: Hindustan times

 Focus on Digital Identity: The summit underscored digital identity's centrality in national development
and social cohesion, discussing various implementation models and highlighting systems like India's
Aadhaar and the Philippines' PhilSys.

 DPI in Financial Inclusion: Sessions explored how DPI supports swift, inclusive digital payments,
discussing aspects like settlement types, risk management, and reducing financial disparity.

 DPI in Judicial Systems: The potential for DPI in judicial processes was discussed, covering topics like
e-courts, paperless systems, live streaming, and the necessity for robust institutions and regulations.

 PKI Mutual Recognition Framework: India's Ministry of Electronics & IT released a draft Public Key
Infrastructure (PKI) Mutual Recognition Framework, aiming for global adoption of India's DPI initiatives.

 One Future Alliance Objectives: This proposed alliance seeks to foster technology-driven social,
economic, and sustainable development, encouraging nations to innovate and customize open-source
technology stacks.

 Digital Public Infrastructure Defined: DPI refers to digital platforms that enable countries to provide
essential services, enhancing citizen empowerment and digital inclusion through systems like digital IDs,
payment infrastructures, and data exchange solutions.

 Three Pillars of DPI: DPI mediates the flow of people (digital ID systems), money (real-time payment
systems), and information (consent-based data sharing), forming the basis of an effective DPI ecosystem.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
199

 India's Comprehensive DPI Approach: Through India Stack, India pioneered the development of
foundational DPIs, including digital identity (Aadhaar), real-time payments (UPI), and data empowerment
(DEPA).

 DEPA's Role: The Data Empowerment Protection Architecture (DEPA) allows users to control their data
sharing through third-party entities, known as Consent Managers, enhancing data security and user
autonomy.

 Public Key Infrastructure (PKI): PKI is a digital security infrastructure that authenticates users and
devices in digital networks, ensuring secure digital interactions and transactions.

 Global Collaboration for DPI Advancement: The summit and proposed initiatives like the One Future
Alliance underscore the importance of global collaboration in leveraging DPI for societal advancement,
highlighting the need for shared standards and mutual development goals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
200
137.
137. Sovereign Gold Bond (SGB) scheme

 The latest installment of the Sovereign Gold Bond (SGB) scheme, backed by the Indian government,
opened for subscription, offering an opportunity for investors to own non-physical gold.

 Subscription Period: This tranche of the SGB scheme became available for subscription from September
11, 2023, and remained open until September 15, with the settlement planned for September 20.

 Pricing Details: The nominal value of these bonds was set at Rs 5,923 per gram of gold, determined by
the average closing price of 999 purity gold, as reported by the India Bullion and Jewellers Association Ltd
(IBJA).

 Discount Offer: A special discount of Rs 50 per gram was available for investors who applied online and
made digital payments, effectively setting their issue price at Rs 5,873 per gram of gold.

 Advantages Over Physical Gold: SGBs, introduced in 2015, are favored for their elimination of concerns
related to storage and security that come with physical gold. They also do not incur making charges or Goods
and Services Tax (GST).

 Interest Earnings: In addition to the potential appreciation in the price of gold, SGBs offer an extra
income in the form of a 2.5% annual interest on the nominal value, payable semi-annually.

 Maturity Period: These gold bonds come with a maturity period of 8 years, providing a long-term
investment horizon.

 Purchase Venues: Investors have multiple avenues for purchasing SGBs, including commercial banks, the
Stock Holding Corporation of India Limited (SHCIL), designated post offices, and recognized stock
exchanges, either directly or through agents.

 Investment Limits: The scheme allows a minimum investment equivalent to 1 gram of gold, while
individual investors have a maximum limit of 4 kilograms.

 Credibility of SGBs: The Reserve Bank of India's backing of the SGB scheme enhances its reliability,
offering a secure investment channel that also allows investors to benefit from gold's long-term profitability.

 Denomination: SGBs are denominated in multiples of gram(s) of gold, making it an accessible investment
option for various individuals.

 Safe-Haven Investment: The scheme presents an opportunity for investors to benefit from gold’s
traditional role as a safe-haven asset, especially during economic uncertainties.

 Additional Financial Security: Apart from the appreciation of gold prices, the interest on the bond's
nominal value contributes to the investor's profit margins, making it a lucrative option.

 Digital Advantages: The provision for online applications and digital payments not only simplifies the
process but also provides a cost benefit to the investors.

 National Economic Strategy: The SGB scheme is part of India's broader economic strategy to reduce the
country's reliance on gold imports, thereby maintaining the country's current account deficit in check.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
201
138.
138. VAIBHAV Scheme
The Government of India has launched the Vaishvik Bhartiya Vaigyanik (VAIBHAV) Fellowship, designed
to foster collaboration between the Indian diaspora in Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics, and
Medicine (STEMM) and Indian academic and research institutions.

 VAIBHAV Summit: Alongside the fellowship, a summit was organized to strengthen the connection
between the Indian STEMM diaspora and domestic institutions, enhancing collaborative research and
development.

 Scheme Implementation: The Department of Science and Technology (DST), under the Ministry of
Science and Technology, is responsible for executing the VAIBHAV Fellowship.

 Focus Areas: The fellowship emphasizes 18 knowledge verticals, including quantum technology, health,
pharmaceuticals, electronics, agriculture, energy, computer sciences, and material sciences.

 Eligibility Criteria: The program is open to eminent scientists and technologists of Indian origin (Non-
resident Indians (NRI)/ Persons of Indian Origin (PIO)/Overseas Citizen of India (OCI)) actively involved in
research in their respective countries.

 Collaboration Tenure: Fellows can collaborate with Indian Higher Educational Institutions (HEIs),
universities, and public-funded scientific institutions for up to two months annually, over a maximum of
three years.

 Fellowship Grant: A monthly fellowship grant of INR 4,00,000 will be provided to VAIBHAV fellows to
facilitate their research activities during their stay in India.

 Comprehensive Financial Support: The scheme covers international and domestic travel,
accommodation, and contingencies, creating an encouraging research atmosphere for the fellows.

 Pravasi Bharatiya Divas (PBD): Celebrated annually on January 9th, PBD honors the Overseas Indian
community's contributions to India's development.

 Know India Program (KIP): This initiative by the Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) helps Indian-
origin youth (18-30 years) reconnect with their Indian roots and contemporary India.

 VAJRA Faculty Scheme: The Visiting Advanced Joint Research (VAJRA) Faculty Scheme by the
Department of S&T encourages NRIs and overseas scientific communities to contribute to research and
development in India.

 Enhancing Research Ecosystem: VAIBHAV aims to elevate India’s educational and scientific research
ecosystem by leveraging international knowledge and expertise.

 Global Indian Engagement: The scheme is part of broader government efforts to engage the global Indian
community in the nation's developmental journey.

 Strategic International Collaboration: By facilitating these international collaborations, VAIBHAV
contributes strategically to India's scientific and technological advancements.

 Empowering Indian Institutions: The fellowship is a step towards empowering Indian institutions with
global best practices and cutting-edge research, enhancing their standing on the international stage.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
202
139.
139. Pune’s IUCAA team develops space telescope to capture ultraviolet imaging of Sun

 SUIT Development: The Inter-University Center for Astronomy and Astrophysics (IUCAA) in Pune
has developed the Solar Ultraviolet Imaging Telescope (SUIT), which has been handed over to the Indian
Space Research Organisation (ISRO).

 Integration with ADITYA-L1 Mission: SUIT is set to be a significant part of ISRO's ADITYA-L1
mission, scheduled for launch in mid-August 2023, dedicated to solar studies.

 SUIT's Objectives: The primary goal of SUIT is to observe the Sun's ultraviolet (UV) emissions. It will
capture detailed images of the solar atmosphere, including the corona, across various UV wavelengths.

 Operational Spectrum: SUIT is designed to function in both far and near ultraviolet regions, specifically
within the 200-400 nanometers wavelength range, focusing on the Sun's hotter and more dynamic
atmospheric layers.

 Studying Solar Phenomena: The Sun's intense emissions and radiation make it a challenging object for
scientific study. SUIT will help uncover solar secrets and its influence on Earth and other celestial bodies.

 Health and Safety Measures: By measuring UV radiation, which poses risks like skin cancer, SUIT
contributes to health safety. It also monitors solar activities, providing early warnings for solar flares and
coronal mass ejections (CMEs) that can disrupt technological systems on Earth.

 ADITYA-L1 Mission Overview: Positioned approximately 1.5 million kilometers from Earth at the
Lagrange point 1 (L1), the ADITYA-L1 mission will offer consistent updates on solar surface phenomena
and space weather conditions.

 Mission's Payloads: The ADITYA-L1 spacecraft will carry seven distinct payloads, including SUIT,
designed to study various solar activities across the electromagnetic spectrum and analyze solar winds.

 Lagrange Points (L1): L1 is one of five Lagrange points in the Sun-Earth gravitational system,
providing a stable position for uninterrupted solar observation. These points are named after the Italian-
French mathematician Joseph-Louis Lagrange.

 L1's Strategic Advantage: The L1 point offers an uninterrupted view of the Sun, making it an ideal
location for solar observation missions like the Solar and Heliospheric Observatory Satellite.

 Lagrange Points' Characteristics: Among the five Lagrange points, L1, L2, and L3 are unstable,
requiring spacecraft to make periodic adjustments, while L4 and L5 are stable, forming equilateral triangles
with the Earth and Sun.

 Other Missions at Lagrange Points: Besides ADITYA-L1 at L1, other missions like the James Webb
Space Telescope are planned for different Lagrange points, such as L2.

 SUIT's Contribution to Space Weather Prediction: SUIT is crucial for predicting space weather by
monitoring solar activities, which is vital for protecting satellites, communication systems, and power grids
on Earth.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
203
140.
140. International Yoga Day
International Yoga Day is observed every year on June 21, celebrating the ancient practice of yoga, known
for its holistic benefits to physical, mental, and spiritual well-being.

 Origins in India: Yoga, a practice that originated in India, has garnered global attention and appreciation
for its comprehensive approach to health and wellness.

 2023 Theme: The United Nations sets the theme for each International Yoga Day. For 2023, the theme is
"Yoga for Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam," emphasizing the concept of "One Earth, One Family, and One
Future."

 Inception of International Yoga Day: The idea for an International Yoga Day was first proposed by
Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi during his speech at the United Nations General Assembly in
September 2014.

 United Nations' Endorsement: Following the proposal, the United Nations General Assembly, with
substantial support from its member states, officially declared June 21 as International Yoga Day in
December 2014.

 Significance of June 21: The date, June 21, was specifically chosen as it is the Summer Solstice, the
longest day of the year in the Northern Hemisphere, and holds special significance in many parts of the
world.
Figure 65. Source: Time and date

 Global Unity Through Yoga: International Yoga Day underscores the unifying power of yoga, as it
transcends cultural, national, and geographical boundaries, bringing people from diverse backgrounds
together.

 Promoting Holistic Health: The day highlights yoga's comprehensive approach to health, encouraging
mindfulness, physical fitness, stress reduction, and internal peace and harmony.

 Worldwide Celebrations: Various global events, including yoga sessions, workshops, and demonstrations,
are organized in public spaces, schools, and yoga studios to mark International Yoga Day.

 Inclusive Participation: These events are designed to be inclusive, inviting people of all ages and abilities
to participate in yoga, thereby experiencing its transformative and therapeutic effects.

 Yoga's Impact on Society: International Yoga Day emphasizes yoga's profound positive impact on
individual and societal health and well-being.

 Encouraging Mindfulness and Harmony: The practice of yoga fosters an environment of mindfulness
and promotes a sense of harmony within individuals and communities.

 Yoga as a Cultural Treasure: International Yoga Day serves not only as a day of practice but also as a
celebration of yoga as a cultural treasure, offering transformative effects on human lives across the globe.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
204
141.
141. Discovery of Mesolithic-era rock paintings in Guntur
D. Kanna Babu, a former Superintending Archaeologist with the Archaeological Survey of India, reported
the finding of Mesolithic-era rock paintings in Orvakallu village, Guntur district, Andhra Pradesh.

 Survey Context: The discovery was made during a survey of the lower River Krishna Valley, aimed at
understanding the architectural features of local shrines.

 Site Description: The paintings were found in natural rock shelters on a hillock at Orvakallu, believed
to have been inhabited by prehistoric humans.

 Mesolithic Era Art: These artworks, dating back to around 5000 BC, represent the Mesolithic Age and
were identified on the walls and ceilings of the shelters.

 Artistic Method: The paintings were created using natural white kaolin and red ochre pigments.
Despite significant damage from natural exposure, several sketches and outlines remain visible.

 Ochre and Kaolinite: Ochre, used in the paintings, is a blend of clay, sand, and ferric oxide, while
kaolinite is a soft, usually white mineral resulting from the chemical weathering of aluminium silicate
minerals.

 Cultural Insights: These ancient artworks provide valuable insights into the social life and cultural
practices of the communities that resided in the area during the Mesolithic period.

 Depictions in Art: One of the notable paintings illustrates a man catching a wild goat, suggesting
hunting practices, while another shows human figures, possibly indicating social or communal activities.

 Evidence of Early Agriculture: A significant depiction includes a man holding a plough, suggesting the
early adoption of farming practices and a transition toward a semi-settled lifestyle.

 Historical Context: This discovery adds to previous findings from 2018, where prehistoric rock art,
believed to be from the Neolithic era (circa 1500-2000 BC), was uncovered near Dachepalli in the same
district.

 Preservation Concerns: The condition of the paintings highlights the challenges of preserving ancient art,
as many have suffered damage due to environmental exposure over the millennia.

 Archaeological Importance: These findings are crucial for understanding human evolution, particularly
regarding the development of social structures, early human lifestyle, and the inception of artistic expression.

 Local History: The discovery enriches the historical and cultural narrative of the Guntur district and the
broader region, emphasizing its significance in human prehistory.

 Future Explorations: Such archaeological discoveries open avenues for further explorations and studies,
potentially leading to more findings that could shed light on human activities during prehistoric times.

 Educational and Cultural Value: The site holds educational importance, offering learning opportunities
for students, researchers, and enthusiasts in the fields of archaeology, history, and cultural studies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
205
142.
142. Jet engine deal between India and US
The jet engine deal, announced during Prime Minister Narendra Modi's state visit to the US, marks a
significant strengthening of India-US defense cooperation.

 End of Technology-Denial Regime: This development concludes the technology-denial period that started
post-India's nuclear tests in 1998, which had hindered India's access to advanced combat jet engine
technology.

 GE Aerospace's Role: GE Aerospace highlighted the deal as a "major milestone," potentially including the
joint production of its F414 engines in India, pending US government export authorization.

 F414 Engines for IAF: The Indian Air Force's (IAF) Light Combat Aircraft Mk2 jets will be powered
by these F414 engines, enhancing the fleet's capabilities.

 Previous Engagements with GE: India's first indigenous fighter jet, the LCA Tejas, uses GE's F404
engines. Despite efforts, DRDO's Gas Turbine Research Establishment had not succeeded in developing a
domestic jet engine.

 Ongoing Orders and Deliveries: GE has already delivered 75 F404 engines and has orders for another
99 for the LCA Mk1A. Additionally, eight F414 engines have been provided for the LCA Mk2 development
program.

 Expansion of GE's Commitment: This agreement furthers GE Aerospace's existing commitment to
construct 99 engines for the IAF under the LCA Mk2 program, indicating a deepening partnership.

 Broader Product Portfolio in India: GE Aerospace plans to expand its range of products in India,
including engines for various versions of the LCA and potentially for India's Advanced Medium Combat
Aircraft (AMCA) program.

 Historical Context of GE Engines: The foundational design of the F414 engine, used in the new deal, is
based on the GE-404 engine developed in the 1970s.

 Global Technology Transfer Efforts: India has engaged with other global jet engine manufacturers,
including France's Safran SA and the UK's Rolls-Royce, for technology transfers for its AMCA program.

 Exclusive Jet Engine Technology: Only a few countries have mastered the sophisticated technology and
metallurgy required for combat jet engines, and they have generally been reluctant to share this technology.

 GE's Statement on the Partnership: GE's leadership expressed pride in contributing to the vision of
enhanced cooperation between India and the US, as outlined by President Biden and Prime Minister Modi.

 Economic and Security Benefits: The F414 engines are considered superior and are expected to provide
significant economic and national security advantages for both nations.

 GE's Investment in India: GE has a substantial presence in India, with significant establishments like the
John F Welch Technology Centre in Bengaluru and the Multi-modal Factory in Pune.

 Global Use of F414 Engines: F414 engines are globally recognized, powering various aircraft in eight
countries, including the US Navy's F/A-18E/F Super Hornet and Saab's Gripen E/F fighters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
206
143.
143. Medicines Patent Pool Agreement for Leukaemia
The Medicines Patent Pool (MPP), supported by the United Nations, has recently entered into sub-licence
agreements with three Indian companies. This move aims to make specific cancer medications more
affordable and accessible.

 Focus on Leukaemia Treatment: These agreements focus on the production of generic versions of
Nilotinib, a drug by Novartis used primarily for treating Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia (CML).

 Geographical Scope: The licence encompasses India, seven middle-income nations, and 44 other
territories. It permits the supply of Nilotinib's generic versions, pending local regulatory approval.

 About Medicines Patent Pool: Established in July 2010 and headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland,
MPP is a public health organization. It works towards enhancing access to life-saving medications in Low-
and Middle-Income Countries (LMICs).

 Collaborative Efforts: MPP collaborates with various stakeholders, including civil society, governments,
international organizations, industry, patient groups, etc., to license necessary medicines and pool Intellectual
Property. This strategy encourages the generic manufacture and development of new formulations.

 MPP's Portfolio: To date, MPP has entered agreements with twelve patent holders for a range of
treatments and technologies. These include thirteen HIV antiretrovirals, one HIV technology platform, three
hepatitis C direct-acting antivirals, and treatments for tuberculosis and Covid-19, among others.

 Understanding Chronic Myeloid Leukaemia (CML): CML is a type of Leukaemia, a cancer affecting
blood cells and bone marrow. It involves the uncontrolled growth of abnormal white blood cells known as
myeloid cells.

 Progression and Diagnosis of CML: Often diagnosed during its chronic phase, CML generally progresses
slowly. Diagnosis usually involves blood tests and bone marrow examination.

 Types of Leukaemia: Apart from CML, other types of Leukaemia include Acute Lymphoblastic
Leukaemia (ALL), Acute Myeloid Leukaemia (AML), and Chronic Lymphocytic Leukaemia (CLL).

 Global Health Impact: The initiative by MPP is significant in the global health context, as it addresses the
affordability and accessibility of critical medicines for life-threatening conditions in lower-income regions.

 Intellectual Property Strategy: By pooling Intellectual Property, MPP facilitates the development of
affordable generic versions of patented medicines, significantly impacting global health outcomes.

 Comprehensive Approach: MPP’s approach includes not only facilitating the production of generic
medicines but also working on the development of new formulations, especially for LMICs.

 Partnership with Patent Holders: MPP’s strategy involves negotiating with patent holders to secure
voluntary licenses, which then allows for the production of affordable generic versions.

 Focus on Diverse Diseases: While the current focus is on cancer treatment, MPP's portfolio includes
medicines for various diseases, highlighting its comprehensive approach to global public health.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
207
144.
144. Poachers gun down Odisha tiger reserve patrol member
The deaths of a forester in Odisha's Simlipal tiger reserve and another forest guard highlight the dangers
faced by India's frontline forest staff, including contract laborers, guards, foresters, and rangers.

 Diverse Threats: These personnel are constantly battling against various threats like poachers, illegal
miners, tree-fellers, mass encroachers, and insurgents, emphasizing the high-risk nature of their job.

 Role of Forest Officers: Forest officers, employed by the government, are responsible for the
administration and protection of forests. They operate under the legal framework provided by the Indian
Forest Act, 1927, the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, and the Forest Conservation Act, 1980.

 Primary Responsibility: Their main duty is to protect valuable and scarce resources, including endangered
species, trees, minerals, and forest land, often putting them in harm's way.

 Conditional Armed Status: While some forest guards carry weapons, their use is heavily restricted,
particularly in insurgency-prone areas. For instance, in regions like Simlipal, forest staff had stopped
carrying guns due to the volatile law and order situation.

 Limited Use of Weapons: Forest officials cannot use their weapons proactively. They are bound by the
same laws as ordinary citizens, permitting the use of arms only in self-defense, as per Sections 96 to 106 of
the Indian Penal Code (IPC).

 Risks of Firearms: Carrying firearms can be risky, even without insurgent threats, due to potential
accidents or misuse. Additionally, the presence of firearms can escalate wildlife-human conflicts.

 Manpower Shortage: Bureaucratic priorities often overlook the welfare of frontline staff, leading to
numerous vacancies and a lack of sufficient personnel on the ground, thereby compromising their safety and
effectiveness.

 Casualties Among Staff: In 2021, 31 forest field staff in India died on duty, with causes ranging from
homicides to accidents and animal attacks. Some casualties were due to a lack of proper firearms training.

 Legal Protection Measures: States like Assam and Maharashtra have implemented legal protections for
forest officers, protecting them from immediate arrest and prosecution, provided their use of firearms is
justified after an investigation.

 Restrained Use of Firearms: Excessive powers in using weapons could harm ecosystems and wildlife,
increase the risk of misuse, and blur the lines between conservation efforts and law enforcement
responsibilities.

 Balancing Act: The presence of armed foresters could escalate tensions with local populations, especially
in areas with pre-existing conflicts, necessitating a balanced approach.

 Professional Training Needs: Comprehensive training for forest staff is essential, equipping them with
skills to handle work complexities and risks.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
208
145.
145. Wagner Private Military Company
Russia recently witnessed an unprecedented internal security crisis when the chief of the Wagner Private
Military Company initiated a mutiny against the nation's defence establishment:

 Accusations Against MoD: The Wagner Group's leader, Yevgeny Prigozhin, accused Russia's Ministry
of Defense (MoD) of corruption and incompetence, intensifying the conflict.

 Public Confrontation: The group publicly challenged the defense leadership by releasing a video,
accusing them of ordering airstrikes against Wagner forces and seizing the Southern Military District
headquarters in Rostov-on-Don.

 March of Justice: In a significant escalation, Wagner forces began a "march of justice" towards
Moscow, leading to clashes and substantial damage.

 President's Reaction: The Russian President condemned the mutiny as "treason" and ordered security
services to quell the rebellion, highlighting the seriousness of the internal discord.

 Negotiation and Retreat: Following negotiations led by the Russian President and the President of
Belarus, Prigozhin agreed to retreat and relocate his forces to Belarus, temporarily diffusing the situation.

 Internal Division Exposure: The mutiny revealed deep-seated divisions within Russia's security and
military forces, indicating vulnerabilities in the nation's security apparatus that could inspire future
insurrections.

 Weakening Presidential Authority: The incident underscored President Putin's diminishing control, as he
resorted to indirect communication and pardoning the rebels instead of using decisive force.

 Economic Impact: The internal conflict caused significant fluctuations in the Russian ruble's value,
leading to its sharp depreciation against the US dollar and potentially triggering broader economic
repercussions.

 Uncertain Future Operations: With the Wagner Group disbanded, Russia faces the challenge of
managing armed personnel previously under Wagner's control, especially in regions like Africa and the
Middle East.

 Potential Resurgence: Though disbanded, the Wagner Group, with its extensive network of trained
mercenaries, might re-emerge under a different identity, presenting ongoing challenges.

 Wagner Group's Background: Established in 2014, the Wagner Group is a Russian paramilitary
organization known for deploying around 50,000 mercenaries, including ex-prisoners, in conflict zones
worldwide.

 Global Operations: The Wagner Group has been actively involved in various international conflicts,
operating in the Middle East, Africa, and Latin America.

 Implications for Putin's Authority: The mutiny and subsequent events could pose long-term challenges to
President Putin's authority, especially if the internal conflict continues without resolution.

 Impact on International Relations: The Wagner mutiny's fallout could affect Russia's international
relations, particularly with countries where the group has been involved in conflicts or peacekeeping efforts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
209
Figure 66. Source: reuters
09717289708 | w 6390573333
210
Death of Yevgeny Prigozhin, the leader of the Wagner Group:

 Tragic End: Yevgeny Prigozhin, the head of the Wagner Group, met a tragic end in a plane crash, along
with nine others, in Russia. The incident occurred near Kuzhenkino, north of Moscow.

 Private Funeral: Prigozhin was laid to rest in a private ceremony at the Prokhorov Cemetery of St.
Petersburg. The funeral was a discreet affair, attended by 20 to 30 individuals, comprising family and close
associates.

 Mysterious Crash Circumstances: The cause of the crash that led to Prigozhin's death is shrouded in
mystery. U.S. officials speculate an onboard explosion, possibly from a concealed bomb, though there's no
evidence of a surface-to-air missile involvement.

 Notable Passengers: Among the deceased was Dmitry Utkin, the co-founder of the Wagner Group,
highlighting the significant loss to the organization from this single incident.

 Recent Tensions: Prigozhin's death came two months after he led a mutiny in Moscow, marking a
period of heightened tension and conflict within the Russian paramilitary and political landscape.

 Official Denials: The Kremlin has categorically denied any involvement in the plane crash, despite
speculation and indirect accusations from various quarters, including U.S. officials.

 Ongoing Investigations: Russia's Investigative Committee has initiated a thorough investigation into the
crash, seeking to unravel the circumstances surrounding the tragic incident.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
211
146.
146. Titan Accident and India’s Matsya-6000

 Deep Ocean Mission: India's Deep Ocean Mission is set to launch the Matsya-6000 project, aiming for a
deep-sea exploration of the Indian Ocean, reaching depths of approximately 6,000 meters.

 Safety Reassessment: Following the Titan submersible incident, there is a heightened focus on reviewing
and ensuring the effectiveness of safety systems for the crew involved in deep-sea missions.

 Titan Submersible Overview: Operated by U.S. company OceanGate, the Titan was designed for
underwater expeditions, utilizing cost-efficient, off-the-shelf components, and was capable of reaching
depths of 4,000 meters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
212

 Tragic Loss: Contact with the Titan was lost during its journey to the RMS Titanic wreckage, leading
to a catastrophic implosion and presumed loss of all five occupants.

 Safety Concerns: The Titan's technology and components, including its forward viewport and pressure
vessel materials, have come under scrutiny for potentially not meeting rigorous safety standards, contributing
to the tragedy.

 Pressure Challenges: The immense pressure experienced during deep-sea dives, increasing by one
atmosphere for every 10-meter descent, poses significant risks, as seen in the Titan's implosion.

 Material Composition: The use of carbon fiber and titanium in the Titan's construction presented
potential weaknesses due to their differing properties under high-pressure conditions.

 Matsya-6000 Initiative: Developed by India's National Institute of Ocean Technology (NIOT),
Matsya-6000 is part of an ambitious effort to explore ocean resources and support India's energy needs.

 Exploratory Goals: The mission includes plans for exploratory mining for valuable resources like copper,
nickel, cobalt, and manganese, found in Polymetallic Nodules in the ocean depths.

 Submersible Design: Matsya-6000 features a spherical titanium hull, crucial for withstanding deep-sea
pressures, with manufacturing contributions from the Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO).

 Learning from Titan: The Titan tragedy underscores the importance of comprehensive safety evaluations,
repeated testing, and the potential need for "black box" equivalents in submersibles.

 Submarine vs. Submersible: While submarines are independent vehicles, submersibles, like the lost
Titan, require support from a surface ship for deployment and recovery.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
213

 Pressure Adaptation: Titanium's elasticity allows it to adapt to varying stresses, making it a preferred
material for deep-sea pressure vessels, as it can withstand crushing pressures and re-expand when forces are
reduced.

 Carbon Fiber Characteristics: Despite its strength and stiffness, carbon fiber does not offer the same
elasticity as titanium, potentially making it less suitable for deep-sea applications.

 Collaborative Efforts: The Matsya-6000 project represents a collaborative effort within India's scientific
community, leveraging expertise from organizations like ISRO.

 Enhanced Communication Systems: The Titan incident highlights the importance of robust
communication systems and tracking mechanisms for deep-sea missions.

 Future Preparations: India's deep-sea endeavors, influenced by the Titan's fate, will likely incorporate
advanced safety measures, thorough material testing, and enhanced emergency protocols.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
214
147.
147. Indian Ocean Dipole
While El Nino is a well-established phenomenon in the Pacific, the Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) is still in a
neutral phase this year. The IOD, similar to El Nino, is an ocean-atmosphere interaction that occurs in
the Indian Ocean.

 Counterbalancing El Nino: A positive IOD has the potential to mitigate the effects of El Nino,
particularly influencing the Indian monsoon. This balancing act has occurred in the past, such as in 1997.

 Current IOD Status: As of now, the IOD is neutral, but predictions indicate a shift towards a positive
IOD event in the coming months, according to Australia’s Bureau of Meteorology.

 IMD's Forecast: The India Meteorological Department (IMD) anticipates an 80% probability of a
positive IOD developing soon, which could influence the monsoon season.

 Understanding El Nino: El Nino involves a change in ocean temperatures in the Pacific, affecting global
weather patterns. It typically suppresses monsoon rainfall in India.

 IOD Explained: Sometimes called the 'Indian Nino,' the IOD involves temperature differences in the
Indian Ocean. A positive IOD occurs when the western Indian Ocean (near Africa) is warmer than the
east, beneficial for rainfall in India.

 Discovery of IOD: The IOD was recognized as a distinct climatic phenomenon only in 1999, separate
from the El Nino Southern Oscillation (ENSO).

 Air Circulation in IOD: Normal air circulation in the Indian Ocean moves from the African coast towards
Indonesia. This pattern affects surface water temperatures and, consequently, weather patterns.
Figure 69. Source: Australian Bureau of Meteorology

 Positive and Negative IOD: A negative IOD develops with stronger air circulation pushing warm water
towards Indonesia, while a positive IOD involves weaker or reversed air circulation, warming the African
coast.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
215

 IOD and ENSO Interaction: IOD and ENSO events can influence each other. A positive IOD often
develops during El Nino, and a negative IOD can associate with La Nina.

 Independent IOD Events: Research suggests that while ENSO can trigger IOD events, the IOD has its
own dynamics and can occur independently of ENSO influences.

 Impact of IOD: A positive IOD enhances rainfall in India and Africa but reduces it in Indonesia, Southeast
Asia, and Australia. The effects reverse during a negative IOD.

 Comparing IOD and ENSO: IOD impacts are generally weaker than those of ENSO events, but a
strong IOD can significantly influence weather patterns, potentially counteracting ENSO effects.

 IOD's Timely Development: IOD events typically begin in April or May, but there have been instances
of them developing later in the year, as seen in 2019.

 IOD Compensating for El Nino: In 2019, a strong IOD compensated for deficient rainfall caused by a
developing El Nino, which later dissipated.

 Global Climate Influence: Both IOD and ENSO are critical components in the global climate system, with
their interactions contributing to weather variability across different regions.

 Monitoring and Predictions: Continuous monitoring and advanced prediction models are essential for
understanding the IOD's development and potential impacts, especially concerning the Indian monsoon.

 Research and Studies: Ongoing research is crucial to unravel the complexities of the IOD and its
relationship with other climatic phenomena like ENSO.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
216
148.
148. National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF) Ranking 2023
The National Institutional Ranking Framework (NIRF) was initiated by the Ministry of Education to evaluate
institutions across India based on various criteria, marking the government's first comprehensive effort to
rank Higher Education Institutions (HEIs).

 Consistent Top Performer: The Indian Institute of Technology (IIT) Madras continued its legacy of
excellence, securing the first position in the overall ranking for the fifth consecutive year.

 Best University: The Indian Institute of Science (IISc), Bengaluru, was celebrated as the top university
in the 2023 rankings.

 Ranking Categories: The 2023 ranking maintained the tradition of providing an “Overall” rank and
separate rankings for Universities, Research Institutions, Degree Colleges, and specific disciplines like
Engineering, Management, Pharmacy, Law, Medical, Dental, and Architecture & Planning.

 New Additions in 2023: The 2023 rankings introduced three significant changes: a new category for
Agriculture & Allied Sectors, expansion of the “Architecture” scope to include Planning, and integration of
the “Innovation” ranking from the Atal Ranking of Institutions on Innovation Achievements (ARIIA).

 Participation Growth: Participation in the NIRF rankings has grown substantially, from 3565 institutions
in 2016 to 8686 in 2023, with the number of categories and subject domains expanding from 4 to 13 during
the same period.

 Dominant Engineering Institutions: IIT-Madras, IIT-Delhi, and IIT-Bombay emerged as the leading
engineering institutions, maintaining their top positions in India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
217

 Management Institutes Ranking: The Indian Institute of Management (IIM), Ahmedabad, stood out as
the premier management institute, followed by IIM Bangalore and IIM Kozhikode.

 Law Institutes Leadership: The National Law School of India University, Bengaluru, was recognized as
the foremost law institute, with National Law University, Delhi, and NALSAR University of Law,
Hyderabad, following in rank.

 Pharmacy Institutes Standouts: The National Institute of Pharmaceutical Education and Research,
Hyderabad, topped the list of pharmacy institutes, with Jamia Hamdard and BITS Pilani also gaining high
rankings.

 Collegiate Excellence: Delhi University's colleges made a significant impact, with Miranda House and
Hindu College taking the top two spots among colleges in India.

 NIRF's Inception: Launched on 29th September 2015, the NIRF represents a critical step by the Indian
government to establish a reliable, comprehensive ranking system for HEIs.

 Ranking Criteria: The NIRF rankings are determined based on set parameters, with specific weightage
assigned to each criterion, varying by the institution's category.

 Influence on Educational Standards: The NIRF rankings influence educational standards, encouraging
institutions to maintain or improve their quality of education, research, and innovation.

 National and International Recognition: These rankings contribute to institutions' prestige, impacting
their national and international recognition and collaborations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
218
149.
149. Taiwan Strait
The Taiwan Strait is acknowledged as a strategically pivotal maritime route, particularly significant for India
and other Indo-Pacific nations.

 India's Potential Role: India is perceived as a key player capable of spearheading collaborative efforts
among Indo-Pacific countries to maintain peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait.
Figure 71. Source: India.com

 China's Ambition: The primary source of tension around the Taiwan Strait arises from China's
ambition to reunify Taiwan with the mainland, a process they accuse the United States of obstructing.

 Geographical Layout: The Taiwan Strait is a 180-kilometer-wide waterway that forms the maritime
boundary between Taiwan and continental Asia.

 Connecting Seas: This strait is part of the larger South China Sea and provides a connection to the East
China Sea to its north.

 Narrowest Point: The most constricted section of the Taiwan Strait is 130 kilometers wide, highlighting
its strategic maritime significance.

 Political Sensitivity: The status of Taiwan is a highly sensitive political issue, with its autonomy being a
point of contention, especially for China.

 U.S. Involvement: The United States plays a crucial role in the Taiwan Strait dynamics, especially given
its historical support for Taiwan, much to China's chagrin.

 Security Concerns: The strait is a hotspot for regional security concerns, given the military movements
and exercises frequently conducted there by both China and the U.S.

 International Implications: Developments in the Taiwan Strait have broader international implications,
affecting global political relations, trade routes, and security policies.

 Freedom of Navigation: The Taiwan Strait is central to issues concerning the freedom of navigation, a
principle upheld by many nations, including the U.S., against China's maritime claims.

 Regional Stability: Maintaining peace and stability in the Taiwan Strait is essential for regional stability,
given the potential for conflict between superpowers.

 India's Strategic Interest: India has a vested interest in the peaceful status of the Taiwan Strait,
considering its strategic location and the impact on regional security and trade.

 China's Military Posturing: China's aggressive military posturing around the Taiwan Strait is often
viewed as an attempt to assert its sovereignty claims and deter any moves towards Taiwanese independence.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
219

 Diplomatic Balancing Act: Countries involved in the Taiwan Strait issue often find themselves
performing a diplomatic balancing act, trying to maintain regional relationships while upholding international
law.

 Economic Considerations: The Taiwan Strait is also crucial for global shipping and trade, making its
stability a matter of international economic interest.

 Potential Flashpoint: The strait is considered a potential flashpoint for conflict, given the historical
tensions and ongoing territorial disputes in the region.

 Role of Other Nations: Other nations, apart from the U.S., also have roles in the dynamics of the Taiwan
Strait, either through direct diplomatic relations with Taiwan or through policies that counter China's
territorial assertions.

 International Law: The disputes in the Taiwan Strait are also a matter of international law, particularly
the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which governs maritime disputes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
220
150.
150. Digital Personal Data Protection Bill 2023
The path to data protection legislation began in 2017 with an expert committee formed by the Ministry of
Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY). The bill underwent several iterations, with the 2021
version being withdrawn and the 2023 bill introduced without public insight into the consultation
submissions.

 Protection for Data Principals: The bill marks a first by imposing duties and potential penalties on data
principals (DPs).
o
o They have the right to request summaries of their processed data, seek corrections, and raise grievances.
o
o However, the bill also penalizes DPs for raising false grievances, potentially discouraging them from
exercising their rights.

 Exemptions in the Bill: Notably, the bill exempts government authorities from certain provisions for
reasons such as national security.
o
o Recent data breaches highlight the critical nature of these exemptions.
o
o The scope extends to data used for research, archiving, or statistical purposes, raising concerns about the
breadth of data processing that could go unregulated.

 Amendments to Existing Laws:
o
o The bill proposes significant changes, such as excluding the application of Section 43A of the IT Act,
which currently mandates compensation for negligence in handling sensitive data.
o
o It also seeks to amend the RTI Act, potentially broadening the scope of information that can be withheld
from the public.

 Data Fiduciary Obligations:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
221
o
o Data fiduciaries (DFs) are required to notify data principals of breaches and various data processing
purposes.
o
o However, the bill removes certain obligations, such as informing about data shared with third parties, and
does not mandate compensation for breaches, weakening data principals' protections.

 Consent Framework: The bill maintains an assumed consent framework for data processing under "certain
legitimate uses," allowing for data processing without explicit informed consent in various situations.

 Sensitive Personal Data: The bill does not distinguish between "personal data" and "sensitive personal
data," which traditionally requires higher protection levels, thereby diluting the safeguards for more sensitive
information.

 Data Protection Board (DPB): The DPB, responsible for ensuring the bill's enforcement, has raised
concerns regarding its independence, given that all members are government-appointed.
o
o While their service terms cannot be altered disadvantageously post-appointment, the board only possesses
adjudicatory powers, limiting its regulatory scope.

 Public Consultation Process: The submissions from the public consultation process for the draft bill were
not disclosed, even under Right to Information applications.
o
o This lack of transparency raises questions about the bill's drafting process and the basis for the changes
incorporated.

 User Rights: The bill enhances users' rights by allowing them to seek data erasure, updates, and
corrections.
o
o It also introduces the right to nominate an individual to exercise these rights in case of the user's death or
incapacity.

 Penalties for Data Principals: In a contentious move, the bill imposes penalties on data principals for
registering false or frivolous complaints, which critics argue could deter individuals from raising legitimate
concerns.

 Recent Data Breaches: The context of recent data breaches, including those involving the CoWIN portal
and State Bank of India, underscores the bill's importance and the urgent need for robust data protection
legislation.

 Criticism over Exemptions: The bill's broad exemptions, especially for government entities, have drawn
criticism for potentially undermining data protection principles and giving the state excessive control over
personal data.

 Changes in Consent Terminology: While the bill shifts from using "deemed consent" to "certain
legitimate uses," critics argue that this change is nominal and does not address underlying concerns about
non-consensual data processing.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
222

 Concerns over DPB's Independence: The DPB's effectiveness and autonomy remain contentious issues,
as the body's members are government-appointed, potentially influencing its decisions and independence.
India's Data Protection Evolution:

 Landmark Judgment for Privacy (2017): The Supreme Court's unanimous decision in Justice K. S.
Puttaswamy (Retd) vs Union of India recognized privacy as a fundamental right under Article 21,
significantly impacting India's legal landscape regarding personal data.

 Initiation of Expert Committee (2017): Following the pivotal 2017 ruling, the Indian government
formed an expert panel led by Justice B.N. Srikrishna to delve into data protection issues. The committee's
2018 report suggested comprehensive measures, emphasizing data processing limitations, a dedicated Data
Protection Authority, and individuals' right to data erasure, among other recommendations.

 Enhanced Digital Media Oversight (2021): The IT Rules of 2021 introduced stricter regulations for
online content, requiring digital platforms to ensure due diligence and adherence to ethical content standards,
marking a step toward more accountable data handling in the digital space.
Global Data Protection Frameworks:

 European Union's Holistic Approach: The EU stands out for its General Data Protection Regulation
(GDPR), a unified framework safeguarding personal data processing. The GDPR underscores privacy as a
fundamental human right, ensuring individuals' autonomy over their data.

 U.S. Sector-Specific Strategy: Unlike the EU's comprehensive approach, the U.S. implements a
piecemeal strategy, with no overarching privacy law. While government data handling is governed by laws
like the Privacy Act, the private sector follows various industry-specific regulations, reflecting a divergent
approach to public and private data.

 China's Emerging Regulations: China recently bolstered its data privacy and security laws, introducing
the Personal Information Protection Law (PIPL) and the Data Security Law (DSL) in 2021. These laws
enhance protection against personal data misuse and regulate business data, including cross-border transfers,
indicating China's growing commitment to data security.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
223
151.
151. Cyclone Biparjoy
Cyclone Biparjoy, which developed in the Arabian Sea, brought attention to the broader phenomenon of
cyclones, their types, and characteristics.

 Origins and Early Signs: Cyclone Biparjoy was identified as a depression in the southeast Arabian Sea,
near Porbandar, Gujarat.
o
o The India Meteorological Department (IMD) anticipated its northwestward movement, with potential
intensification into a cyclonic storm.

 Initial Location and Predicted Intensification: The system was first spotted approximately 900
kilometers southwest of Mumbai and 850 kilometers west of Goa. Predictions indicated it would escalate
into a very severe cyclonic storm within three days, impacting coastal regions of Karnataka, Goa, and
Maharashtra.

 Naming and Significance: The cyclone was named "Biparjoy" by Bangladesh, a term in Bengali
meaning "calamity" or "disaster."
o
o This naming practice, facilitated by the World Meteorological Organisation (WMO), aids in effective
communication and management during severe weather events.

 Projected Path and Concerns: As Cyclone Biparjoy approached, it stirred a mix of relief and
apprehension.
o
o Initially, it was not expected to make landfall in Gujarat but was predicted to move towards Pakistan,
influencing weather patterns in Gujarat.

 Anticipated Impact in Gujarat: Despite avoiding a direct hit, Gujarat braced for peripheral effects,
including significant rainfall and environmental shifts, particularly in the Saurashtra region of North
Gujarat.

 Cyclone's Position and Expected Landfall: At one point, Cyclone Biparjoy was situated 280 kilometers
from Jakhau Port and 290 km from Devbhoomi Dwarka in Gujarat. It was expected to bring winds of
125–135 kph, gusting up to 150 kph during landfall.

 Preparatory Measures in Gujarat: Gujarat's Chief Minister Bhupendra Patel oversaw preparations,
while train services between Gujarat and Mumbai were suspended. Extensive evacuations were conducted in
coastal districts, anticipating severe impacts.

 Evacuation Efforts: Authorities evacuated over 37,800 residents from coastal areas in eight districts,
focusing on those within 10 kilometers of the shoreline, to mitigate potential risks.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
224

 Threat to the Gujarat Coast: Cyclone Biparjoy, characterized by wind speeds of 125–135 kph and gusts
up to 150 kph, posed a significant threat to coastal regions, prompting serious concerns and preparatory
actions.

 Unusual Timing and Climate Factors: The formation of Cyclone Biparjoy in June was atypical,
influenced by increased sea surface temperatures in the Arabian Sea due to climate change. These conditions,
reaching 30-32 degrees Celsius, were conducive to cyclone formation and intensification.

 Impact on Monsoon: The cyclonic system threatened to disrupt the southwest monsoon in India,
potentially delaying its onset by diverting rain away from the subcontinent.

 Long-Term Climate Concerns: Experts highlighted the broader climate implications, including the
warming of the Indian Ocean and potential El Nino conditions, which could collectively weaken the
monsoonal rains.

 Unique Meteorological Event: Cyclone Biparjoy's development and trajectory were considered
exceptional, underlining the need for continuous monitoring and understanding of such meteorological
phenomena.

 Public Safety Measures: The response to Cyclone Biparjoy demonstrated the importance of timely
evacuations, public alerts, and coordinated efforts between various agencies to ensure public safety and
minimize damage.

 Future Preparedness: Events like Cyclone Biparjoy underscore the importance of advanced forecasting,
effective communication, and public education on disaster preparedness to better handle future cyclones and
extreme weather events.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
225
152.
152. Uniform Civil Code (UCC)
The Uniform Civil Code (UCC) in India is a proposed legal framework that would replace personal laws
based on the scriptures and customs of each major religious community in the country with a common set of
rules governing every citizen.

 Conceptual Understanding: The UCC aims to replace separate personal laws (based on religious scripts
and customs) with a common set governing all citizens.
o
o These laws cover marriage, divorce, inheritance, adoption, etc.

 Constitutional Directive: Article 44 of the Indian Constitution, a Directive Principle, mentions the
UCC, suggesting the state should work towards forming it. However, these principles are guidelines, not
enforceable by law.

 Public Opinion and Law Commission's Role: The Law Commission seeks public opinion on the UCC,
reflecting its controversial nature.
o
o Previously, the Commission viewed the UCC as unnecessary and undesirable due to the country's diverse
cultural practices.

 Goa's Unique Position: Goa is the only Indian state with a UCC, known as the Goa Civil Code. It
governs all residents irrespective of religious affiliation, unlike the rest of India, where people follow
religion-based personal laws.

 Challenges in Implementation: Implementing the UCC faces hurdles like diverse personal laws,
resistance from religious groups fearing loss of cultural identity, and lack of political consensus. Practical
difficulties include the enormous task of unifying various laws and ensuring acceptance among all
communities.

 Potential Advantages: Proponents believe the UCC could promote national integration, simplify the legal
system, ensure gender justice, and modernize outdated practices. It's seen as a step towards a more egalitarian
society respecting human rights.

 Landmark Judgments: Several cases, such as Shah Bano's case, Sarla Mudgal, and Shayara Bano,
have reignited the debate on UCC, highlighting issues within personal laws and the need for a more uniform
legal framework.
Figure 74. The Hindu

 Balancing Act: The UCC should respect India's multicultural fabric, suggesting a need for uniform laws
that don't compromise cultural diversity. It's about striking a balance between unity and respect for diversity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
226

 Inclusive Dialogue Necessary: Formulating the UCC requires discussions with various stakeholders,
including religious and community leaders, to ensure it respects diverse perspectives and is accepted by all
factions of society.

 Focus on Justice and Equality: The UCC's objective should align with the constitutional ethos, focusing
on justice, equality, and dignity for all. It should aim to eliminate discriminatory practices, ensuring that
cultural norms meet constitutional standards.

 Constitutional Safeguards: The constitution protects cultural and religious freedom, which must be
considered in the UCC discourse. Practices questioned under the UCC should be those violating fundamental
human rights.

 Community-led Reforms: The UCC discourse encourages communities to introspect and reform
regressive practices from within. For instance, the Muslim community is urged to consider whether practices
like triple talaq align with Islamic principles of justice and equality.

 Legal and Cultural Sensitivity: The UCC is not about homogenization but should consider the legal
sensitivities and cultural diversity of India. Laws need to reflect the country's multifaceted traditions,
ensuring they're progressive and culturally sensitive.

 Gender Justice: One of the UCC's critical aspects is promoting gender justice, eliminating biases in
existing personal laws. It aims to provide equal rights to women, especially in marriage, divorce, and
property rights.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
227
153.
153. Governor’s Role in the Legislature
The role of the Governor in the state legislature has been a subject of debate, especially concerning the
passing of bills and their assent.

 Recent tensions have surfaced in various Indian states between Chief Ministers and Governors regarding
the latter's delay in giving assent to bills passed by the state legislature, raising questions about democratic
functioning and legislative processes.

 Constitutional Position of the Governor: As per Article 153, every state in India shall have a Governor,
and one person can serve as the Governor for two or more states. The President appoints the Governor,
who holds office at the President's pleasure (Articles 155 and 156).

 Governor's Pardoning Powers: Under Article 161, the Governor can grant pardons, reprieves, etc., but
as per the Supreme Court, this power is to be exercised in consultation with the state government, not by the
Governor alone.

 Council of Ministers and Discretionary Powers: Article 163 mandates a council of ministers, headed
by the Chief Minister, to aid and advise the Governor.
o
o However, the Governor has discretionary powers in certain areas, such as appointing the Chief
Minister, during no-confidence motions, or when the state machinery fails (Article 356).

 Procedure for Bill Assent: Article 200 stipulates that after a state legislature passes a bill, it is presented
to the Governor, who can assent, withhold assent, or reserve the bill for the President's consideration.
o
o The Governor can also return the bill for reconsideration with specific messages.

 Governor's Discretion and High Court Powers: The Governor can refer a bill to the President if it's
believed to infringe upon the High Court's powers. This discretionary authority was highlighted in the
Shamsher Singh case.

 Presidential Consideration of Bills: Article 201 details the President's powers when a bill is reserved for
their consideration. The President can assent, withhold assent, or return the bill for reconsideration.

 Governor's Immunity: Article 361 provides the Governor immunity from legal proceedings for actions
performed in the exercise of their powers.

 Recent Controversies: Instances from Chhattisgarh, Tamil Nadu, and Kerala have recently emerged
where Governors have delayed or withheld assent to bills, citing concerns over their constitutionality and
legality.

 Supreme Court's View on Governor's Powers: The Supreme Court, in the Nabam Rebia case, clarified
the limited discretion of the Governor under Article 200, emphasizing that withholding assent indefinitely is
unconstitutional and subject to judicial review.

 Punchhi Commission's Recommendations: This commission suggested a time frame within which the
Governor should decide on assent or reservation of a bill for the President's consideration.

 NCRWC's Suggestions: The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution
recommended a four-month limit for the Governor's decision on bills and suggested removing the
Governor's power to withhold assent, except in constitutionally stipulated cases.

 Legislative Powers of the Governor: The legality of re-promulgation of ordinances by the Governor
without placing them before the Legislature has been a topic of discussion, emphasizing the conditions under
which the Governor can exercise legislative powers.

 Governor's Role in Political Stability: The Governor's actions, especially in the context of bill assent,
have significant implications for state politics and governance, underlining the need for a balanced approach
that respects legislative integrity while safeguarding constitutional provisions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
228
154.
154. Delimitation Acts
Delimitation is the process of redrawing the boundaries of electoral constituencies, typically based on
population changes. India has undertaken this exercise several times, with commissions established in 1952,
1963, 1973, and 2002.

 Objective of Delimitation: The primary purpose is to provide equal representation to equal segments of
a population, ensuring fair division of geographical areas so no political party has an undue advantage in
elections. It embodies the principle of "One Vote, One Value."

 Constitutional Basis: Articles 82 and 170 of the Indian Constitution require the enactment of a
Delimitation Act after every Census.
o
o This act establishes the legal framework for conducting the delimitation exercise.

 Delimitation Commissions: These are appointed by the President of India and work in collaboration
with the Election Commission of India. They have been set up four times in India's history.

 Historical Context: The last significant delimitation exercise, based on the 1971 census, was completed
in 1976.
o
o Subsequent amendments froze the allocation of seats in the Lok Sabha and state assemblies until 2000,
based on the 1971 census, to encourage family planning.
Figure 75. Source: News 18

 Amendments and Adjustments: The 84th Amendment in 2001 and the 87th Amendment in 2003
allowed for the readjustment and rationalization of territorial constituencies based on the 1991 and 2001
census data, respectively, without altering the number of seats allotted to each state in the Lok Sabha.

 Current Controversies: The scheduled delimitation based on more recent population data has raised
concerns in southern states, which have successfully controlled their populations. They argue that they might
lose representation in comparison to the northern states, which have higher population growth.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
229

 Economic and Development Disparities: Despite contributing significantly to the country's GDP,
southern states fear losing representation and resources to northern states, which have historically not
prioritized population control to the same extent.

 Implications for Federal Structure: The potential shift in political power from the south to the north, due
to population-based delimitation, could impact the federal balance, leading to regional disparities and
potential governance issues.

 Impact on Reservations: The delimitation exercise also affects the division of seats reserved for
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in each state, potentially impacting social justice and representation
dynamics.

 The Role of the Delimitation Commission: Comprising a retired Supreme Court judge, the Chief
Election Commissioner, and respective State Election Commissioners, the Commission determines the
number and boundaries of constituencies and identifies seats for SCs and STs based on population
proportions.

 Legal Authority of the Commission: The orders of the Delimitation Commission carry the force of law
and cannot be challenged in court. They are also laid before the Lok Sabha or State Assemblies, but
modifications are not permissible.

 Future Considerations: There are calls for a new Delimitation Commission to consider factors beyond
population, like development indicators and efforts in family planning, for a more balanced representation.
Additionally, states effectively implementing family planning programs should not be disadvantaged.

 Guidelines for Fund Devolution: The criteria for financial devolution and representation need
reassessment to avoid penalizing states that have successfully controlled their populations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
230
155.
155. PM SVANidhi Scheme
The PM SVANidhi Scheme, or Prime Minister Street Vendor's AtmaNirbhar Nidhi, has made significant
strides since its inception, providing financial assistance to street vendors, a sector that often lacks formal
financial support.

 Scheme Overview: Launched on June 1, 2020, PM SVANidhi aims to provide affordable working capital
loans to street vendors, promoting their overall welfare and economic security.

 Performance Metrics: As of the report, the scheme has successfully disbursed over 46.54 lakh loans to
street vendors, with approximately 40% of these loans already repaid.

 Objectives Outlined: The scheme's primary goals include facilitating accessible working capital loans,
encouraging regular repayments, and promoting digital transactions among street vendors.

 Enhanced Financial Assistance: The scheme introduced a third term loan of up to ₹50,000, following
the initial two loans of ₹10,000 and ₹20,000, all provided without any collateral requirements.

 Inclusive Lending Framework: Various financial entities, including Microfinance Institutions, Non-
Banking Financial Companies, and Self Help Groups, are involved in the scheme, extending its reach to more
urban poor communities.

 Eligibility Criteria: The scheme is applicable to vendors from States/Union Territories that have notified
the Rules and Scheme under the Street Vendors Act, 2014. Meghalaya, with its own State Street
Vendors Act, is also included.

 Vendor Inclusion: Initially, the scheme was designed for vendors operating before March 24, 2020. It has
since expanded to include all urban area street vendors.

 Incentives for Timely Repayment: Vendors who repay their loans on time are eligible for a 7% per
annum interest subsidy, credited via direct benefit transfer every six months.

 Credit Enhancement: Prompt repayment allows vendors to improve their credit scores, making them
eligible for higher loan amounts in the future.

 No Early Repayment Penalty: Vendors are encouraged to repay their loans ahead of schedule, with no
early repayment fees, contrasting many conventional loan schemes.

 Digital Empowerment: The scheme encourages digital transactions, offering monthly cashback incentives.
It operates through a comprehensive digital platform, ensuring transparency and efficient administration.

 Financial Inclusion Strategy: By integrating street vendors into the formal financial system, the scheme
contributes to broader financial inclusion goals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
231

 Capacity Building Measures: The scheme encompasses a financial literacy program and various capacity-
building initiatives, conducted in collaboration with state governments.

 Urban Local Bodies' Role: These bodies are crucial in implementing the scheme, ensuring it reaches the
intended beneficiaries efficiently.

 Defining Street Vendors: The term refers to individuals selling goods or offering services in public areas,
contributing to the informal sector's vibrancy. As of the report, India has identified approximately 49.48 lakh
street vendors.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
232
156.
156. The National E-Commerce Policy
The national e-commerce policy, first proposed in 2018 with a draft released in 2019, is set for
introduction. It aims to streamline the e-commerce sector's functioning, promoting ease of doing business and
boosting exports.

 Regulatory Streamlining: The Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT)
underlines the necessity for a cohesive regulatory environment, advanced technological infrastructure, and
efficient supply chain mechanisms.

 Export Enhancement: Recognizing the sector's vast export potential, the policy aims to significantly boost
e-commerce exports, with projections reaching up to $300 billion annually by 2030.

 Global Market Share: With cross-border e-commerce exports expected to hit $2 trillion by 2025, India
seeks a substantial share of this global market, capitalizing on its burgeoning e-commerce landscape.

 Regulatory Oversight: The policy considers establishing a dedicated e-commerce regulator to enforce
compliance and address violations, a move strongly supported by local traders' associations.

 FDI Specifications: While the policy permits 100% FDI in the marketplace model of e-commerce, it
restricts FDI in inventory-based models, maintaining a clear distinction between the two.

 Trader Concerns and Transparency: Addressing traders' issues, the policy aims to tackle unfair practices
like deep discounts and preferential treatment of certain sellers. It seeks to enhance transparency in FDI
regulations within e-commerce.

 Consumer Protection Alignment: The policy will align with the Consumer Protection (e-commerce)
Rules 2020, ensuring consistency and comprehensive consumer protection across the sector.
Figure 77. Source: Livemint

 Unified Regulatory Framework: Serving as an overarching guide, the policy will ensure coherence
among various laws governing the sector, including the FDI policy, Consumer Protection Act 2019,
Information Technology Act 2000, and Competition Act 2002.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
233

 BharatNet Project: This initiative aims to extend internet connectivity to every Panchayat, enhancing e-
commerce reach and access in rural regions, thereby democratizing the digital commerce landscape.

 Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC): This initiative is designed to democratize e-commerce
and provide equitable opportunities to MSMEs, ensuring they can compete fairly in the digital commerce
space.

 Digital India Initiative: The national e-commerce policy complements other government initiatives like
Digital India, Start Up India, and Aatmanirbhar Bharat, contributing to a robust digital economy and
fostering global competitiveness.

 Integrative Approach: The policy integrates various regulatory norms to create a conducive environment
for the e-commerce industry's growth, ensuring a balanced approach that considers the interests of all
stakeholders.

 Future Implications: The policy's successful implementation could revolutionize India's e-commerce
sector, setting a global standard in regulatory practices, consumer protection, and fair competition.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
234
157.
157. Primary Agricultural Credit Societies
PACS operate at the village level, directly interacting with rural inhabitants. They promote savings among
farmers, accept their deposits, extend credit, and manage repayment collections.

 Structural Hierarchy: PACS represent the foundational tier in a three-level cooperative structure, with
State Cooperative Banks (StCB) and District Central Cooperative Banks (DCCB) comprising the other two
tiers. Notably, StCBs and DCCBs have undergone automation under NABARD's guidance.

 Digitization Drive: The Indian Cabinet has greenlit the digitization of 63,000 PACS, a move that
promises greater transparency and a unified accounting system across societies.

 Funding for Modernization: Each PACS is slated to receive approximately ₹4 lakh, facilitating
capacity enhancement. This funding extends to the digitization of historical accounting records, integrating
them into a cloud-based system.

 Enhanced Service Delivery: Digitization will streamline various services, including Direct Benefit
Transfer (DBT), Interest Subvention Scheme (ISS), Crop Insurance Scheme (PMFBY), and the distribution
of essential inputs like fertilizers and seeds.

 Significant Credit Contributors: PACS are responsible for 41% of Kisan Credit Card (KCC) loans,
serving over 3.01 crore farmers nationwide, underscoring their critical role in rural finance.

 Upcoming Regulatory Changes: The government plans to introduce amendments to the model bylaws
governing PACS. These proposed changes, reflecting the cooperative sector's state subject status, will soon
be available for public review.

 Legislative Updates: Amendments to the Multi-State Cooperative Societies Amendment Act, 2002, are
on the horizon, alongside plans for a National Cooperative University and comprehensive legislation for
credit societies.

 Cooperative Societies and National Development: Cooperative societies, including PACS, are pivotal in
driving economic growth, especially in rural areas. Their role extends beyond credit provision, encompassing
various community upliftment initiatives.

 Regulatory Oversight of Urban Cooperative Banks: Unlike their rural counterparts, Urban Cooperative
Banks come under the Banking Regulation Act, 1949, ensuring regulatory consistency across banking
operations.

 DCCBs' Role in Agricultural Credit: While DCCBs provide substantial short-term credit for agriculture,
their primary function involves funding PACS, highlighting the interconnected nature of the cooperative
credit structure.

 Credit Disbursement Leaders: Commercial banks lead in agricultural credit disbursement, followed by
cooperative banks. This hierarchy underscores the need for strengthening cooperative entities to ensure
broader financial inclusion.

 PACS' Contribution to Financial Inclusion: By serving rural populations often overlooked by
commercial banks, PACS contribute significantly to financial inclusion, directly supporting agriculture and
allied activities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
235
158.
158. Indo-US cooperation in agriculture

 Historical Context: The United States, motivated by the Soviet Union's industrial aid to India, significantly
contributed to India's agricultural sector, particularly through the Green Revolution and the establishment of
agricultural universities.

 First Agricultural University: Inspired by the US land-grant model, the first Indian agricultural
university was established in Pantnagar, Uttarakhand, by Govind Ballabh Pant.
o
o This institution, focusing on integrated teaching, research, and extension services, laid the groundwork for
future agricultural education in India.

 Expansion of Agricultural Education: Following the Pantnagar initiative, the Indian Council of
Agricultural Research (ICAR) implemented a plan leading to the establishment of eight more agricultural
universities across India, supported by the US in terms of faculty training, equipment, and books.

 Green Revolution's Genesis: The Green Revolution, initiated by American agronomist Norman
Borlaug, introduced semi-dwarf, high-yield crop varieties in India. These innovations significantly increased
agricultural productivity.

 Transformation through Seeds: The introduction of 'Norin-10', a semi-dwarf wheat variety, marked a
turning point in Indian agriculture. These high-yield varieties, resistant to lodging, were well-suited to
increased fertilizer use, leading to substantial productivity gains.

 Collaboration with Indian Scientists: M.S. Swaminathan, working at the Indian Agricultural Research
Institute, collaborated with Borlaug, facilitating the introduction of Mexican wheat varieties in India.
This partnership was pivotal in India's agricultural transformation during the 1960s.

 Self-Sufficiency in Wheat: The successful adoption of these new wheat varieties by Indian farmers led to a
dramatic shift from wheat import-dependency to self-sufficiency, reducing reliance on food aid under
programs like the US's Public Law 480.

 US Foundations' Role: The Rockefeller and Ford Foundations were instrumental in funding
international agricultural research centers, significantly contributing to global agricultural advancements,
including those in India.

 Geopolitical Motivations: The Cold War era's geopolitical dynamics, characterized by competition
between the US and the Soviet Union, influenced American involvement in global agricultural development,
including in non-aligned countries like India.

 India's Strategic Non-Alignment: India's policy of non-alignment during the initial post-independence
decades was strategic, allowing it to benefit from assistance from both superpowers without explicit political
commitment to either bloc.

 Legacy of Cooperation: The Indo-US agricultural cooperation legacy extends beyond immediate
productivity gains, having established a robust framework for ongoing agricultural research and education in
India.

 Minimum Support Price Concept: The concept of a Minimum Support Price (MSP) for agricultural
products, now a cornerstone of Indian agricultural policy, was initially suggested by a Ford Foundation
team in 1959.

 Continued Collaboration: The foundations laid during this period of intense collaboration continue to
influence agricultural practices and policies in India, reflecting the enduring impact of this historical
partnership.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
236
159.
159. Changes in the Outer Space Treaty

 UN's Initiative: The UN has released a policy brief, "For All Humanity — The Future of Outer Space
Governance," advocating for a new treaty to maintain peace and prevent an arms race in outer space, ahead
of the UN Summit of the Future in 2024.

 Surge in Satellite Launches: The past decade has seen a dramatic increase in satellite launches, with
numbers rising from 210 in 2013 to 2,470 in 2022, indicating heightened space activity by countries and
private entities.

 Global Leaders in Space: Nations like the USA, China, India, and Japan are at the forefront of space
exploration, conducting manned missions, lunar explorations, and resource extractions.

 Resource Potential in Space: The Moon, known for its helium 3 deposits, and asteroids, rich in metals
like platinum, are considered lucrative for space mining.

 Absence of a Unified Space Framework: There's a significant gap in international consensus on space
resource utilization, emphasizing the need for mechanisms to manage jurisdiction, control, liability, and
environmental responsibility.

 Space Traffic Management: Current space traffic coordination is disjointed, with diverse standards across
national and regional entities, creating challenges, especially for countries with limited space capabilities.
Figure 78. Source: The Week

 Space Debris Concerns: The growing issue of space debris, threatening operational spacecraft,
necessitates legal frameworks addressing jurisdiction, control, liability, and environmental accountability.

 Proposed New Treaty: The UN suggests formulating a new treaty to establish global norms and
principles for peaceful and responsible space activities.

 Enhanced Space Situational Awareness: The policy brief urges member states to create an effective
coordination framework for space situational awareness and space object management.

 Framework for Space Debris Removal: The UN calls for developing norms for space debris removal,
incorporating legal and scientific considerations, and promoting sustainable space resource practices.

 Defining Outer Space: Outer space refers to the vacuum beyond Earth's atmosphere, extending
indefinitely throughout the universe, characterized by extremely low density and pressure.

 Existing UN Treaties: There are five key UN treaties on outer space, including the Outer Space Treaty
(1967), Rescue Agreement (1968), Liability Convention (1972), Registration Convention (1976), and the
Moon Agreement (1979).

 India's Participation: India is a signatory to all these treaties but has ratified only four, excluding the
Moon Agreement.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
237
160.
160. The Atlantic Declaration
The U.S. and the U.K. have unveiled the Atlantic Declaration, aiming to revitalize their alliance to meet
modern-day challenges. This partnership will enhance defense, security, science, technology, and economic
collaboration.
Figure 79. Source: The Express

__________ Focus on Supply Chain Resilience: The declaration prioritizes building a secure,
diversified supply chain and reducing strategic dependencies, crucial in the current global economic
climate.

 Economic and Technological Goals: The partnership will harness energy transitions and technological
innovations to stimulate growth, job creation, and community development.

 Atlantic Declaration Action Plan (ADAPT): ADAPT outlines strategies for economic growth,
competitiveness, and resilience, focusing on workers, businesses, climate, and national security. It includes
five pillars and provisions for regular high-level meetings.

 Five Pillars of ADAPT:

 Leadership in Critical and Emerging Technologies: Enhancing cooperation in AI, quantum computing,
biotechnology, and advanced manufacturing.

 Economic Security and Technology Protection: Strengthening cybersecurity, supply chain resilience, and
technology governance.

 Inclusive and Responsible Digital Transformation: Partnering on digital skills training and workforce
development.

 Building the Clean Energy Economy: Commitment to environmental sustainability and energy efficiency.

 Strengthening Alliance in Defense, Health Security, and Space: Expanding collaboration in these critical
sectors.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
238

 Historical Context of U.S.-UK Partnership: The alliance has been pivotal globally, with the original
Atlantic Charter in 1941 establishing a rules-based international order. The New Atlantic Charter in 2021
reaffirmed these commitments.

 Political and Economic Ties: The U.S. and the U.K. collaborate closely in NATO, the UN, G7, and
G20. The U.S. is a significant investor in the U.K., highlighting strong economic bonds.

 Security and Defense Cooperation: The nations have a history of joint military operations and
intelligence sharing, including their participation in the Five Eyes alliance and recent steps under the
AUKUS pact.

 U.S.-UK Indo-Pacific Dialogue: This initiative fosters greater coordination in the Indo-Pacific, supporting
regional peace, stability, and technological progress through collaboration with ASEAN, Pacific Islands, and
joint military exercises.

 Significance of AUKUS: The AUKUS agreement, including support for Australia's nuclear-powered
submarines, is a significant step in regional security dynamics.

 Comprehensive Strategy: The Atlantic Declaration is not just a diplomatic gesture but involves a
comprehensive strategy for real-world impact across various sectors.

 Focus on Workers and Climate: The declaration uniquely focuses on the welfare of workers and climate
change, indicating a holistic approach to international relations and economic policy.

 Regular High-Level Meetings: The inclusion of high-level meetings indicates a commitment to sustained
progress and adaptability in the partnership.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
239
161.
161. Indonesia’s Peace Proposal on Russia-Ukraine
At the Shangri-La Dialogue defense summit, Indonesia's Defence Minister introduced a peace plan
aimed at resolving the Russia-Ukraine conflict, highlighting the conflict's impact on global stability and
Asian nations' economic and food supply.

 Shangri-La Dialogue: This annual security conference in Singapore, organized by the International
Institute for Strategic Studies, brings together defense ministers, military chiefs, and experts primarily from
the Asia-Pacific region to foster security cooperation.

 Immediate Ceasefire: Indonesia’s proposal calls for an immediate halt to hostilities by both Russia and
Ukraine, emphasizing the dire need to prevent further economic and humanitarian crises.

 Demilitarized Zones: The plan recommends establishing demilitarized zones, monitored by
international observers and UN peacekeeping forces, to ensure a reduction in violence and protection for
civilians.

 UN-Organized Referendum: Suggesting a democratic approach, the plan advocates for a UN-supervised
referendum in disputed areas to understand and honor the desires of the local population.

 Chinese Peace Plan: In contrast, China proposed a 12-point peace plan, including a ceasefire,
addressing Russia's security concerns, humanitarian aid to Ukraine, facilitating prisoner exchanges, and
lifting sanctions.

 Western Support for Ukraine: The United States and Western allies have diverged from China's stance,
providing substantial military assistance and aid to Ukraine in the face of Russia's aggression.

 Historical Context: Ukraine's strategic importance dates back to its role in the Soviet Union. Post-
independence, both Russia and the West have sought influence in Ukraine, affecting regional power
dynamics.

 Conflict Genesis: The conflict escalated in 2014 with Russia's annexation of Crimea and support for
separatists in eastern Ukraine, leading to widespread instability, cyberattacks, and political assassinations.

 2022 Invasion: Russia intensified the conflict with a full-scale invasion in 2022, causing global crisis,
humanitarian disaster, and challenging international norms and human rights.

 Geopolitical Motivations: Russia's aggression is driven by its view of Ukraine within its sphere of
influence, opposing Ukraine's pro-Western stance and aspirations for NATO and EU integration.

 Ukraine's Stance: Ukraine defends its sovereignty, democracy, and European integration, viewing Russia
as a threat to these national principles.

 Global Implications: The conflict's repercussions are vast, affecting global security, stability, prosperity,
international law, regional development, and the lives of millions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
240
162.
162. Kosovo-Serbia Conflict
The Kosovo-Serbia conflict, a long-standing geopolitical issue, has recently escalated, causing international
concern. The conflict's roots lie in ethnic tensions, historical battles, and the disintegration of Yugoslavia.
Figure 80. Source: The Economist

 Recent Developments: The conflict witnessed a significant escalation with clashes between Serbian
protesters and NATO peacekeepers in Kosovo, resulting in numerous injuries. This violence is the most
severe in over a decade.

 Roots of Current Tensions: The conflict's immediate cause is the ethnic and political divide between
Serbs and Albanians in northern Kosovo. Recent tensions flared when ethnic Serbs attempted to prevent
Albanian mayors from assuming office in local councils.

 Local Elections Boycott: The April 2023 local elections in Kosovo saw a boycott by the Serbs, leading
to a meager voter turnout and subsequent rejection of the election results by the Serbian community.

 Geographical Context: Kosovo is a landlocked region southwest of Serbia, considered by many Serbs
as their nation's birthplace. Despite Kosovo's declaration of independence in 2008, Serbia refuses to
recognize it.

 Ethnic Composition: Kosovo's population is predominantly Albanian (92%), with a Serbian minority
(6%). The region has been home to these ethnic groups, with distinct religious affiliations, for centuries.

 Historical Significance: The 1389 Battle of Kosovo is a historical touchstone for Serbian nationalists,
marking a pivotal moment in their national identity. Conversely, ethnic Albanians in Kosovo view the region
as rightfully theirs.

 Yugoslavia's Disintegration: The conflict has its origins in the breakup of Yugoslavia in the early
1990s, a period marked by rising nationalism and ethnic strife. The weakening central authority led to the
emergence of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA) among ethnic Albanians.

 NATO's Intervention: The 1999 NATO bombing campaign against Serbia was prompted by the latter's
harsh crackdown in Kosovo. Post-conflict, Kosovo came under international administration, but its final
status remains unresolved.

 Kosovo's International Status: While Kosovo declared independence in 2008, its sovereignty is not
universally recognized. Key global players like India, China, and Russia support Serbia's territorial claims
over Kosovo.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
241

 India's Position: India maintains that Kosovo does not meet the criteria for statehood recognition and
has consistently supported Serbia's territorial integrity, reflecting its historical ties with Serbia.

 Global Implications: The conflict's resolution is critical for regional stability and international law. The
involvement of international bodies like NATO underscores the conflict's significance on the world stage.

 Ethnic and Religious Underpinnings: The deep-seated ethnic and religious differences between the
Christian Serbs and Muslim Albanians contribute to the conflict's intractability.

 International Recognition: Kosovo's independence is recognized by 99 out of 193 UN member states,
indicating a divided international stance on the issue.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
242
163.
163. Report on Hunger by Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
The Food and Agricultural Organization and World Food Program have identified critical hunger
hotspots worldwide, with countries like Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Myanmar, neighboring India, facing
severe food insecurity.

 Hunger Hotspots: Eighteen areas across 22 countries are expected to experience an increase in the
severity of acute food insecurity.
o
o These regions are primarily in Africa and the Middle East, with countries like Pakistan, the Central
African Republic, Ethiopia, and Syria.

 Highest Concern: Afghanistan, Nigeria, Somalia, South Sudan, and Yemen are at the utmost concern
level, with populations facing starvation or a risk of catastrophic conditions due to severe food insecurity and
other aggravating factors.

 Emerging Conflicts: New conflicts, especially in Sudan, and the use of explosive ordnance in hunger
hotspots, are driving people into extreme levels of food insecurity.

 Weather Challenges: Weather extremes, including storms, cyclones, flooding, and drought, significantly
impact food security.
o
o The likelihood of El Niño conditions in 2023 poses additional risks.

 Economic Shocks: Ongoing economic challenges are pushing low- and middle-income countries deeper
into crisis, exacerbating hunger issues.

 Urgent Humanitarian Action: The report calls for immediate humanitarian intervention to save lives and
livelihoods in these hotspots from June to November 2023, emphasizing food access and livelihood
protection.

 FAO's Role: The FAO, established in 1945, leads international efforts against hunger, with initiatives like
the Globally Important Agricultural Heritage Systems (GIAHS) and monitoring programs for situations
like the Desert Locust crisis.

 WFP's Contributions: The WFP, founded in 1961, works in over 120 countries, providing food
assistance in emergencies and helping communities improve nutrition and resilience.

 Joint Efforts: Both organizations have flagship publications providing insights into global food,
agriculture, and nutrition states, guiding international efforts in these areas.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
243

 Global Commitment: The international community, including these organizations, is committed to
ending hunger, achieving food security, and improving nutrition by 2030, as part of the Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs).
Figure 81. Source: Our World In Data

 Local Impact: The situation in hunger hotspots is dire, with local populations facing starvation or
catastrophic conditions if immediate action is not taken.

 Conflict and Food Security: The interplay between emerging conflicts and food security is complex, with
new tensions likely impacting global conflict trends and exacerbating hunger.

 Environmental Factors: The report highlights the significant role of environmental conditions in food
security, with weather extremes and climate variability posing serious threats.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
244
164.
164. National Commission for Scheduled Castes issues Notice to Zomato
The NCSC issued a notice to Zomato's founder, Deepinder Goyal, following an advertisement that was
deemed casteist and inhuman, as it featured a character from the movie "Lagaan" known for his Dalit
identity in degrading roles.
Figure 82. Source: National Commission for Scheduled Castes

 Advertisement Content: The controversial advertisement, intended for World Environment Day, showed
actor Aditya Lakhia, who played 'Kachra' in "Lagaan," being used as various household objects,
highlighting the amount of waste recycled for each item.

 Public Outcry: Zomato faced substantial public backlash, leading to the prompt withdrawal of the
advertisement. Despite this, the NCSC proceeded with suo motu cognizance to initiate an inquiry into the
matter.

 Inquiries Initiated: The NCSC's notice extended to the Commissioner of Delhi Police and YouTube
India's Grievance Redressal Officer, demanding they investigate the incident and submit an action-taken
report promptly.

 Legal Implications: The commission sought information on whether an FIR was lodged concerning the
advertisement and if the SC/ST (Prevention of Atrocities) Act was invoked, emphasizing the legal
seriousness of the issue.

 Platform Accountability: YouTube India, which hosted the advertisement before its removal, was asked
to explain the oversight and the subsequent actions taken to address the violation of community standards.

 NCSC's Stance: Vijay Sampla, the NCSC chairperson, personally addressed the issue, stating the
advertisement's content was not only inhuman but also hurt the sentiments of the Scheduled Caste
community.

 Citizen's Role: The commission received multiple complaints from citizens, which played a role in
bringing attention to the issue, although the NCSC had already initiated action.

 Potential Consequences: The notice warned that failure to provide the action-taken reports could lead the
NCSC to exercise its powers akin to a civil court, possibly summoning the involved parties.

 Caste Sensitivity in India: The incident underscores the prevalent caste sensitivities in India, where
content potentially offensive to marginalized communities can lead to legal and social repercussions.

 Corporate Social Responsibility: This event highlights the importance of businesses and creative content
adhering to ethical standards and societal norms, particularly in culturally diverse nations like India.

 Role of Social Media Platforms: The episode brings to focus the responsibility of online platforms in
regulating content, ensuring it aligns with legal provisions and community sentiments.

 Public Influence: Public opinion and backlash significantly influence corporate decisions and legal
actions, reflecting society's active role in maintaining communal respect.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
245
About NCSC

 Constitutional Body: The NCSC is a constitutional body formulated under Article 338 of the Indian
Constitution.
o
o It was established to provide safeguards against the exploitation of Scheduled Castes and to promote and
protect their social, educational, economic, and cultural interests.

 Evolution Over Time: Initially, there was a single commission for both Scheduled Castes and
Scheduled Tribes.
o
o However, the 89th Amendment in 2003 led to the creation of two separate commissions: the NCSC and
the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes (NCST).

 Composition: The Commission comprises a chairperson, a vice-chairperson, and three other members.
o
o They are appointed by the President of India and usually have experience and knowledge in matters
related to the protection, welfare, and development of the Scheduled Castes.

 Duties and Functions: The NCSC investigates and monitors all matters relating to the constitutional and
legal safeguards for the Scheduled Castes.
o
o It also reviews the implementation of various programs and measures aimed at the welfare of the
Scheduled Castes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
246
165.
165. WEF’s Gender Gap Index, 2023
The Global Gender Gap Report 2023, published by the World Economic Forum (WEF), offers an extensive
analysis of the disparities between men and women in 146 countries, focusing on areas such as economic
opportunity, education, health, and political empowerment.
Figure 83. Source: WEF

 Report Overview: The WEF's Global Gender Gap Report 2023 marks the 17th edition, providing a
detailed look at the gender disparities worldwide, with a scoring system that reflects the closeness of the gap
(0 representing inequality and 1 representing parity).

 Global Progress: The global gender gap score is 68.4% in 2023, a slight increase from the previous year.
However, the pace of change is slow, indicating it would take another 131 years to achieve complete
gender parity.

 Leading Nations in Gender Parity: Iceland continues to lead as the most gender-equal country, followed
by other Nordic countries like Norway, Finland, and Sweden. These countries have closed over 80% of
their gender gaps.

 Health and Survival Gaps: The report shows a 96% closure globally in health and survival gender
gaps, indicating significant progress in these areas.

 Political Empowerment Disparities: Political representation remains a significant challenge, with only
a 22.1% gap closure rate globally. The report suggests it will take another 162 years to achieve parity in
political empowerment.

 Educational Attainment: There has been substantial progress in closing the gender gap in education, with
a 95.2% closure rate globally. The expectation is to close this gap entirely within the next 16 years.

 Economic Participation Challenges: Economic gender gaps are more substantial, with a global closure
rate of 60.1%, suggesting severe ongoing challenges in women's workforce participation and wage equality.

 India's Ranking and Progress: India has shown improvement, ranking 127th out of 146 countries, up
from 135th, indicating positive, albeit slow, progress towards gender parity.

 Regional Comparisons: In comparison to neighboring countries, India's rank is higher than Pakistan's
but lower than Bangladesh, China, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Bhutan, suggesting a diverse regional
landscape for gender parity.

 Educational Parity in India: One of India's significant achievements is reaching gender parity in
educational enrollments, a critical step towards long-term gender equality.

 Economic Disparities in India: Despite improvements, India faces challenges in economic participation,
with significant gender disparities in senior roles and technical professions, and a gender parity score of
only 36.7% in this domain.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
247

 Political Empowerment in India: India has seen improvements in women's political representation,
with women making up 15.1% of parliamentarians and significant representation in local governance.

 Health and Survival Improvements: India recorded a positive change in the sex ratio at birth, improving
women's health and survival prospects. However, challenges remain due to the skewed sex ratio in some
areas.

 Indian Initiatives: Several initiatives, including Beti Bachao Beti Padhao, Mahila Shakti Kendra, and
political reservations, contribute to India's progress in various domains of gender parity.

 Global Gender Parity Vision: The report underscores the need for a global commitment to accelerating
gender parity, requiring multi-faceted approaches across political, economic, health, and educational
domains.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
248
166.
166. UNDP’s Gender Social Norms Index
The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) released the 2023 Gender Social Norms Index
(GSNI), highlighting persistent biases against women worldwide.

 Persistent Biases: Despite global movements for women's rights, biased attitudes remain significant,
hindering gender equality and violating human rights.

 GSNI Overview: The index evaluates attitudes across four areas: political, educational, economic, and
physical integrity, revealing that around 90% of people globally exhibit at least one form of bias
against women.

 Political Inequality: Gender biases restrict women's political involvement, with prevalent beliefs favoring
men in leadership roles, both in politics and business.

 Underrepresentation in Politics: Countries with stronger biases have fewer women in parliament.
Globally, women's representation in significant political positions has stagnated.

 Challenges in Conflict Zones: Women's participation in leadership is particularly low in conflict-
affected regions, with minimal involvement in peace negotiations.

 Economic Disparities: Despite educational advancements, women still face economic inequalities,
including wage gaps, even in regions where women's educational attainment surpasses men's.

 Domestic Labor Imbalance: High bias levels correlate with uneven distribution of domestic and care
duties, significantly burdening women.

 Violence Against Women: A concerning proportion of the population finds domestic violence acceptable,
indicating ingrained societal biases.

 Signs of Progress: Some countries have shown improvements in reducing biases, with notable progress in
attitudes among men.

 Need for Comprehensive Change: These biases harm societal development. Advancing women's
freedoms enhances overall societal well-being.

 Cultural Barriers in India: Deeply embedded cultural norms in India perpetuate gender biases, restricting
women's opportunities and contributing to violence against them.

 Economic and Health Disparities: Indian women face economic inequalities and have limited access to
education and healthcare, further perpetuating gender disparities.

 Social Norms and Safety Issues: Traditional gender expectations in India dictate specific behaviors, often
disadvantaging women. Despite initiatives for women's safety, challenges remain.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
249
167.
167. Scheduled Tribe Women Not Entitled To Any 'Right Of Survivorship' Under Hindu
Succession Act

 Current Status of Laws: The Indian government is scrutinizing the potential for invoking the Hindu
Succession Act to extend its advantageous clauses to Scheduled Tribe (ST) women adhering to Hinduism,
ensuring their equitable inheritance of paternal or Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) assets.

 Issue of Exclusion: ST women, despite being Hindus, find themselves outside the purview of the Hindu
Succession Act of 1956, leading to an unequal inheritance landscape compared to other Hindu women.

 Impact of Exclusion: This legal oversight deprives ST women of their rightful claim to their father's
or HUF's properties, fostering financial disempowerment and persistent gender inequality within these
communities.

 Discriminatory Practices: The current legal framework introduces a form of identity-based discrimination,
where ST women face bias due to their tribal background, a practice that starkly contradicts the equality and
non-discrimination principles of the Indian Constitution.

 Supreme Court's Intervention: In light of these issues, the Supreme Court, through cases like Kamla
Neti Vs Special Land acquisition Officer and Ors., has urged the government to consider necessary
amendments, removing exemptions that currently hinder the application of the Hindu Succession Act to
Scheduled Tribes.

 Hindu Succession Act, 1956: Initially, this act, rooted in the Mitakshara school of Hindu law,
recognized only males as legitimate heirs. However, it extends to individuals across various religions,
excluding Muslims, Christians, Parsis, and Jews.

 2005 Amendment: The act underwent significant changes in 2005, acknowledging women as
coparceners, entitled to property partitions, and equating their rights and liabilities to those of sons.

 Heir Classification: The act delineates relatives into classes, with Class I heirs (children, grandchildren,
and their mothers) taking precedence in property claims before Class II heirs.

 Testamentary Succession: It also accommodates testamentary succession, allowing individuals to
distribute their property through a will, albeit within certain legal confines.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
250

 Widows' Inheritance Rights: Recognizing the plight of widows, the act ensures they have a legitimate
claim to their deceased husband's property, alongside other heirs.

 Schools of Hindu Laws: The Mitakshara and Dayabhaga schools underpin the legal nuances of property
inheritance, with the former granting sons a birthright over ancestral property and the latter restricting
this right until the father's demise.

 Coparcenary Rights: Distinct rules govern coparcenary rights under both schools, with Mitakshara law
not defining a coparcener’s share, contrary to Dayabhaga law.

 Women's Rights in Different Schools: While the Mitakshara school allows a wife a share in property
partitions, the Dayabhaga school, recognizing the father as the absolute owner, doesn't grant such
rights.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
251
168.
168. 76th World Health Assembly
The 76th World Health Assembly took place at the WHO Headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland, from
May 21 to 30, 2023, emphasizing the theme "WHO at 75: Saving lives, driving health for all."

 Indian Delegation's Participation: Prime Minister Narendra Modi and the Union Health Minister
represented India, underscoring the country's dedication to global health initiatives.

 Exclusion of Taiwan: Taiwan's participation was blocked due to resistance from China and Pakistan.

 World Health Assembly Overview: The WHA, the decision-making body of WHO, convenes annually,
bringing together delegations from all member states to set the organization's policies, appoint the Director-
General, manage financial policies, and review the proposed program budget.

 Indigenous Health Plan: The assembly endorsed a draft resolution for a Global Plan of Action for
Indigenous People's Health, slated for consideration in 2026, emphasizing consultation with indigenous
communities and addressing their unique health challenges.

 Drowning Prevention Alliance: The Global Alliance for Drowning Prevention was formed to tackle
drowning-related public health issues by 2029, with WHO set to coordinate global efforts and report on the
status.

 Chemical Hazards Resolution: The assembly adopted a resolution on managing the health impacts of
chemicals, waste, and pollution, calling for updated reports and enhanced regulatory frameworks for
hazardous substances.

 WHO Budget Approval: Member states sanctioned a $6.83 billion budget for 2024-2025, noting a 20%
rise in assessed contributions and discussing the implications of WHO's dependence on voluntary
contributions.

 Replenishment Strategy: A new replenishment mechanism was introduced to diversify WHO's funding
sources, aiming to enhance financial sustainability by covering unfunded segments of WHO's base budget.

 Pandemic Response Funding: In light of global health crises, WHO has established mechanisms like the
Covid-19 Solidarity Response Fund to gather additional resources during health emergencies.

 India's Contributions and Stance: India emphasized collaborative efforts for robust global health
systems, highlighted its significant vaccine contributions, and advocated for traditional medicinal systems.
The country also expressed support for global health initiatives and emphasized inclusive healthcare
development.

 Global Health Targets: The assembly discussed the "Triple Billion" targets aimed at enhancing health
coverage, emergency preparedness, and overall well-being by 2023.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
252

 Focus on Indigenous Communities: Special attention was given to the health needs of indigenous
populations, with calls for ethical data collection and tailored healthcare strategies.

 Chemical Exposure Concerns: The global health community expressed concerns about limited data on
chemical exposures and the long-term health effects of poor chemical waste management.

 Financial Challenges for WHO: Discussions highlighted issues related to WHO's funding structure,
including the reliance on voluntary contributions and the need for more flexible funding solutions.
About WHO

 Establishment: The World Health Organization, a specialized agency of the United Nations, was
established on April 7, 1948, a date now celebrated as World Health Day.

 Primary Role: WHO is dedicated to directing and coordinating international health within the United
Nations system. It leads global efforts to combat diseases, from infectious diseases like COVID-19 and HIV
to non-communicable ones like cancer and heart disease.

 Headquarters: The organization's headquarters is located in Geneva, Switzerland, with six regional
offices and multiple country offices worldwide.

 Member States: As of 2023, 194 countries are members of the WHO, participating in the World Health
Assembly, which is the decision-making body.

 Core Functions: WHO's main functions include setting norms and standards for health, providing technical
support to countries, monitoring health trends, and drafting comprehensive health policies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
253
169.
169. SDG7: The Energy Progress Report 2023
The "Tracking SDG7: The Energy Progress Report 2023" is a collaborative insight by global
organizations including the IEA, IRENA, United Nations Statistics Division, World Bank, and WHO,
focusing on the advancements and impediments in achieving the Sustainable Development Goal 7 (SDG 7).

 Economic and Financial Challenges: The achievement of SDG 7 is compromised by several economic
issues such as unpredictable economic conditions, rampant inflation, currency instability, overwhelming
debts, funding inadequacies, and supply chain disruptions.

 Electricity Access: While global electricity accessibility witnessed a rise from 84% to 91% from 2010 to
2021, the pace of expansion has been slowing. Despite the reduction in individuals lacking electricity,
achieving universal access by 2030 is questionable.

 Clean Cooking Crisis: Access to clean cooking methods improved, yet projections suggest that around 1.9
billion individuals will still be deprived by 2030. There's a risk of regression to traditional biomass
methods, especially in regions like Sub-Saharan Africa.

 Renewable Energy Utilization: Renewable energy adoption has seen growth but remains substantially
underutilized. The current renewable energy contribution stands at a meager 19.1% of total energy
consumption, demanding hefty annual investments for enhancement.

 Energy Efficiency Growth: Energy efficiency improvements are not meeting the necessary growth rate,
lagging behind the set target for 2030, indicating a need for intensified efforts and strategies.

 Declining Financial Support: International financial support for clean energy in developing nations has
seen a decline, impacting the progress towards SDG 7, especially in the most vulnerable countries.

 SDG 7 - A Global Commitment: SDG 7 is a global endeavor under the United Nations' 2030 Agenda,
aiming for universal access to affordable, reliable, sustainable, and modern energy, with specific targets set
for renewable energy and energy efficiency enhancements.

 Historical Context of SDGs: The concept of SDGs evolved from various global agreements and
frameworks, starting with Agenda 21 in 1992, followed by the Millennium Summit in 2000, and significant
agreements in 2015 including the Paris Agreement.

 Current Monitoring Mechanisms: The High-level Political Forum on Sustainable Development is the
principal UN platform for reviewing the global progress on SDGs, supported by the Division for
Sustainable Development Goals (DSDG) in the UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs
(UNDESA).

 SDG 7 Targets: The goal encompasses ensuring universal energy access, significantly increasing the share
of renewable energy, doubling the improvement rate in energy efficiency, and expanding the infrastructure
and technology for modern and sustainable energy services.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
254

 Global Cooperation for SDG 7: Targets 7.a and 7.b emphasize enhancing international cooperation for
access to clean energy technology and promoting investment in energy infrastructure, crucial for developing
nations.

 Impact on Developing Countries: The challenges in achieving SDG 7 are more pronounced in least
developed countries, landlocked developing countries, and small island developing states due to financial
constraints and infrastructural deficits.

 Need for Accelerated Action: The report underscores the necessity for urgent and scaled-up actions,
innovative solutions, and global cooperation to overcome the barriers in achieving SDG 7 by 2030.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
255
170.
170. Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) Yearbook 2023

 SIPRI's Recent Publication: The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)
Yearbook 2023 highlighted significant advancements in nuclear arsenals globally, with a specific focus on
China's rapidly expanding capabilities.

 China's Growing Arsenal: By the decade's end, China is projected to match the Intercontinental
Ballistic Missile (ICBM) capabilities of powerhouse nations like the U.S. and Russia.

 Global Nuclear Arsenal Statistics: Russia leads in stored nuclear arsenals, followed by the U.S. and
China. However, when it comes to deployed nuclear arsenals, the U.S. leads, followed by Russia and France.

 Nuclear Modernization and Expansion: The nine recognized nuclear-armed states have been actively
modernizing and enlarging their arsenals, with new systems emerging in 2022.
Figure 84. Source: SIPRI Yearbook

 Total Global Inventory: As of the start of 2023, global warhead inventory reached 12,512, with 9,576
of these in military stockpiles, indicating potential deployment.

 Dominance of U.S. and Russia: These two nations collectively hold nearly 90% of all nuclear weapons,
maintaining relatively consistent arsenal sizes over time.

 Deteriorating Arms Control: Following Russia's actions in Ukraine, transparency and dialogue over
nuclear forces have significantly decreased between Russia and the U.S., impacting arms control efforts.

 Continued Adherence to New START: Despite geopolitical tensions, both Russia and the U.S. have
adhered to the deployed strategic nuclear force limits established by the New START treaty as of January
2023.

 India's Nuclear Developments: India saw a modest increase in its nuclear arsenal, with a focus on
developing longer-range weapons targeting broader geographical threats.

 Ballistic Missile Advancements in India: India is enhancing its missile capabilities, including the
development of a submarine-launched ballistic missile and the forthcoming 'Agni Prime.'

 China's Significant Nuclear Expansion: China experienced a substantial increase in nuclear warheads,
raising international concerns and questions regarding its commitment to minimum deterrence.

 SIPRI's Role: As an independent entity, SIPRI dedicates its efforts to research on various global issues,
including conflict, armaments, and disarmament, providing valuable insights and recommendations.

 India-Pakistan Nuclear Dynamics: Both countries have seen an increase in their nuclear arsenals, with
India's count rising to 164 and Pakistan's to 170.

 China's Contradictory Expansion: The expansion seen in China's nuclear capabilities is considered
significant, especially as it seems to counter the nation's previous commitments to maintaining minimal
nuclear forces for defensive purposes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
256

 Global Impact of Nuclear Expansion: The developments highlighted in the SIPRI report point to a
potential shift in global nuclear power balances, with implications for international security and future arms
control negotiations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
257
171.
171. “Fattah” Iranian Hypersonic Missile
Iran announced the development of a new hypersonic missile, named "Fattah" (meaning “Conqueror” in
Farsi), amplifying its military capabilities amidst ongoing tensions with the United States.
Figure 85. Source: IRNA

 Significant Speed and Range: The Fattah missile boasts a travel speed of 15 times the speed of sound
and a striking range of up to 1,400 kilometers (approximately 870 miles).

 Penetrating Defense Systems: Iranian state television emphasized the missile's ability to breach regional
missile defense shields, although it did not provide substantiating evidence for this claim.

 Revolutionary Guard's Role: The unveiling event, conducted by Iran’s hard-line Revolutionary Guard,
was attended by President Ebrahim Raisi, underlining the military's ongoing influence and operational
capacity within the Islamic Republic.

 Previous Claims: This development follows a previous assertion by Gen. Amir Ali Hajizadeh of the
Revolutionary Guard in November, claiming the creation of a hypersonic missile during nationwide
protests triggered by a social incident.

 Challenges for Missile Defense: Due to their exceptional speed and maneuverability, hypersonic weapons,
traveling at speeds exceeding Mach 5, present significant difficulties for existing missile defense
infrastructures.

 Global Hypersonic Trends: The pursuit of hypersonic weaponry is not unique to Iran; both China and
the United States are actively developing similar technologies. Russia, another key player, claims to have
already deployed such weapons, including their use in conflict zones like Ukraine.

 Strategic Military Enhancement: The introduction of the Fattah missile represents a critical
enhancement in Iran's strategic military assets, potentially altering regional security dynamics.

 Unverified Capabilities: While Iran has publicized these advancements, the international community
awaits concrete evidence to verify the operational efficacy of the hypersonic missile.

 Regional Implications: This development could have substantial implications for regional stability and
security, given the missile's reported ability to penetrate robust defense systems.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
258

 Nuclear Program Context: The unveiling of the hypersonic missile is set against the backdrop of Iran's
contentious nuclear program, a point of significant international negotiation and conflict.

 Domestic Significance: The announcement comes at a time of internal unrest within Iran, potentially
serving to bolster nationalistic sentiment and support for the current administration.

 International Response: Iran's announcement is likely to elicit responses from global powers,
particularly those invested in the Middle East, possibly affecting diplomatic relations and defense strategies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
259
172.
172. Decision on Appointment of the Temple priests: Madras HC
The Madras High Court emphasized the principle of meritocracy in the appointment of temple priests,
responding to a petition that contested the criteria for selecting temple priests.

 Case Background: The case originated from a 2018 petition against a job notification for a temple priest
position at Sri Sugavaneswarar Swamy Temple, Salem, Tamil Nadu. The petitioner sought adherence to
traditional norms and hereditary rights in priest appointments.

 Court's Emphasis on Merit: Upholding the principles of equality and merit, the court dismissed the
petitioner's demand for caste-based and hereditary appointments in temples.

 Legal Framework: Article 15 of the Indian Constitution prohibits discrimination based on religion, race,
caste, sex, or place of birth, ensuring equal employment opportunities in public spaces, including religious
places.

 State's Role in Religious Institutions: Indian states can regulate religious institutions, including the
appointment process of priests, by establishing qualifications and procedures.

 Historical Precedence: Traditionally, many Hindu temples followed hereditary appointments, with
priesthood roles passed down within families or castes, often guided by Agama scriptures.

 Agama Scriptures: These scriptures dictate specific rituals and practices within temples, often
emphasizing the purity of lineage and ancestral knowledge in priesthood.

 Supreme Court's Stance in Seshammal vs. State of Tamil Nadu (1972): The Supreme Court declared
that appointing temple priests is a secular activity. Knowledge of rituals and scriptures, not caste, should
determine a person's eligibility for priesthood.

 N. Adithayan vs. Travancore Devaswom Board (2002): The Supreme Court negated the notion that
only Brahmins are eligible for priesthood, asserting that any qualified individual can perform rituals.

 Agama Shastra Overview: Agama Shastra, a traditional manual for temple construction, rituals, and
worship, underscores the importance of specific procedures to maintain temples' spiritual ambiance.

 Significance of Agama Principles: These principles are crucial in the training and appointment of temple
priests, ensuring the maintenance of ritual sanctity and spiritual efficacy.

 Modern Implications: The court's ruling is a step towards eradicating caste-based discrimination in
religious appointments, promoting equality and merit as the basis for roles in spiritual institutions.

 Impact on Traditional Practices: This verdict challenges long-standing norms and encourages a shift
towards a more inclusive approach, allowing knowledgeable and qualified individuals from any background
to serve in religious capacities.

 Broader Societal Implications: The move is seen as part of a larger societal shift towards equality,
challenging traditional hierarchies and making religious institutions more accessible and representative of the
diverse society they serve.

 Continued Evolution of Religious Practices: This ruling reflects the evolving nature of religious practices
and institutions in India, highlighting the dynamic interplay between tradition and modernity in the country's
legal and cultural landscape.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
260
173.
173. Alarm Over ndian Cough Syrups
The World Health Organization (WHO) has sounded an international alarm regarding certain Indian-
manufactured cough syrups, linking them to around 300 child fatalities.

 Chemical Contaminants: These medical products have been found to contain dangerously high levels of
diethylene glycol and ethylene glycol, chemicals that pose serious health threats.

 Regulatory Action: In response, India's central authority for drug regulation, the Drugs Controller
General, has demanded that cough syrups undergo rigorous testing in designated laboratories before they are
approved for export.

 Toxic Substances Details: Both ethylene glycol and diethylene glycol are poisonous substances, often
found in products like antifreeze, hydraulic fluids, and paint solvents. They are illicitly used in drug
manufacturing due to their cost-effectiveness compared to safer alternatives.

 Health Implications: Consumption of these toxic chemicals can lead to severe kidney damage and
other health issues. Symptoms might not be immediately apparent and can develop after substantial
ingestion.

 Usage in Medication: Despite the risks, these glycols find their way into liquid medications, particularly
those containing paracetamol, as cheaper solvent alternatives.

 Risks of Substandard Medications: Cough syrups that fail to meet quality standards may not only be
ineffective in treating health conditions but also contain harmful chemical combinations, posing significant
health risks, especially to children.

 Regulatory Framework in India: The production and distribution of drugs in India are governed by the
Drugs and Cosmetics Act, 1940, and its subsequent Rules of 1945, ensuring adherence to safety, efficacy,
and manufacturing standards.

 Central Drugs Standard Control Organisation (CDSCO): This apex drug control authority in India
oversees the approval of new drugs, clinical trials, and import regulation, ensuring that all pharmaceuticals
marketed in the country meet stringent safety and efficacy criteria.

 Comprehensive Oversight: Various ministries and departments, including Health and Family Welfare,
Chemicals and Fertilizers, and Science and Technology, collaborate to regulate and monitor the
pharmaceutical industry in India.

 Protecting Public Health: The incident underscores the critical importance of stringent regulatory controls
in the pharmaceutical sector, highlighting the need for constant vigilance, quality assurance, and public safety
measures in drug manufacturing and distribution.

 International Implications: The WHO's alert is a call to action for regulatory bodies worldwide,
emphasizing the need for international cooperation in ensuring drug safety and protecting global public
health.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
261

 Ethical Manufacturing: The incident brings to light the ethical responsibilities of pharmaceutical
companies to ensure the safety and well-being of consumers, urging a re-evaluation of manufacturing
practices and supply chain integrity.
About Indian Council of Medical Research

 In India, the planning, coordination, and promotion of biomedical research are handled by the Indian
Council of Medical Research (ICMR).

 Its mission is to undertake, organise, and put into practise medical research for the benefit of society,
transforming medical discoveries into useful goods and procedures that are then integrated into the public
health system.

 The Department of Health Research, Ministry of Health & Family Welfare, is responsible for funding
it on behalf of the Indian government.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
262
174.
174. TN Withdraw Consent extended to CBI
The Tamil Nadu government, led by the DMK, has retracted the general consent previously extended to
the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI). This action restricts the CBI's autonomy in conducting
investigations within the state without specific approval from the state government:

 Immediate Context: This decision was announced following the arrest of Tamil Nadu's Electricity
Minister, V. Senthilbalaji, by the Enforcement Directorate (ED), a central agency.

 Statutory Background: The general consent was given under Section 6 of the Delhi Special Police
Establishment (DSPE) Act, which previously allowed the CBI to operate in the state without requiring
permission for each specific case.

 Official Statement: Post-withdrawal, any investigative activity by the CBI within Tamil Nadu will
necessitate prior approval from the state government, as per an official release.

 National Scenario: As of March this year, nine other Indian states had already withdrawn their
general consent for CBI operations. These include Mizoram, West Bengal, Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan,
Maharashtra, Kerala, Jharkhand, Punjab, and Meghalaya.

 Political Landscape: The DMK, with M.K. Stalin as the Chief Minister, is a significant part of the
Congress-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA). The BJP, although it has minimal legislative presence in
Tamil Nadu, is influential at the national level.

 Legal Framework: According to the DSPE Act, 1946, the CBI requires consent from the respective state
governments to carry out investigations within their jurisdictions. The general consent streamlines this
process, preventing operational delays.

 CBI's Presence in Tamil Nadu: The CBI has a substantial institutional presence in Tamil Nadu, with
several branches and operational units located in Chennai and Madurai.

 __________Historical Precedents: Among the states that have withdrawn consent, Mizoram was the first
in 2015, followed by others like West Bengal in 2018 and Chhattisgarh in 2019. Several others retracted
their consent in 2020, and Meghalaya did so in 2022.

 Administrative Control: The CBI functions under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Personnel, Pension &
Public Grievances, Government of India, serving as the country's primary investigative agency.

 Implications for Federalism: This development highlights the dynamics of center-state relations in India,
reflecting a state's exercise of its constitutional rights to safeguard its autonomy against perceived federal
overreach.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
263

 Impact on Law Enforcement: The withdrawal of general consent could potentially complicate the CBI's
efforts in dealing with interstate criminal matters and corruption cases involving central government
employees or entities within the state.

 Political Undertones: Such decisions often carry political implications, considering the tensions between
state governments and the central government, especially when different political parties govern them.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
264
175.
175. Recent GI Tags in Uttar Pradesh
Seven unique products from Uttar Pradesh have recently been awarded Geographical Indication (GI) tags,
enhancing the state's cultural and traditional portfolio.

 Amroha Dholak: Known for its exceptional sound, the Amroha Dholak is a percussion instrument
made from specific types of wood such as mango, jackfruit, and teak, with the drum surface crafted from
animal skin, primarily goatskin.

 Baghpat Home Furnishings: The regions of Baghpat and Meerut excel in producing unique handloom
home decor items, woven primarily on frame looms using cotton yarn.

 Barabanki Handloom: With approximately 50,000 weavers and 20,000 looms, Barabanki's handloom
cluster contributes significantly to the local economy, generating around ₹150 crore annually.

 Kalpi Handmade Paper: The town of Kalpi is celebrated for its traditional handmade paper industry,
initiated by Munnalal 'Khaddari' in the 1940s, with a history potentially dating back even further.

 Mahoba Gaura Patthar Hastashlip: This unique stone craft from Mahoba utilizes a special soft white
stone, known scientifically as 'Pyro Flight Stone,' found predominantly in the local region.

 Mainpuri Tarkashi: This art form involves intricate brass wire inlay work on wood, historically used for
making khadaous (wooden sandals), essential in local households, particularly as leather alternatives were
sought for purity reasons.

 Sambhal Horn Craft: This craft form from Sambhal involves shaping products from raw materials
sourced from deceased animals, emphasizing its completely handmade process.

 Understanding GI Tags: A GI tag is a sign or name used on products corresponding to a specific
geographical location, ensuring that only authorized users within that region can use the product's renowned
name, thereby protecting it from imitation.

 Validity and Legal Protection: GI registrations are valid for a decade and are safeguarded under The
Geographical Indications of Goods (Registration and Protection) Act, 1999, which aligns with the
WTO's TRIPS agreement and is recognized under the Paris Convention.

 Global Recognition: The GI tag contributes to the products' authenticity and geographical origin,
offering a global platform while protecting the economic interests of local artisans.

 Enhancing Local Economy: These GI tags are instrumental in promoting indigenous crafts and
potentially boosting the state's economy by enhancing market visibility and preventing unauthorized
production.

 Cultural Preservation: Beyond economic benefits, the recognition of these crafts through GI tags aids in
preserving cultural heritage and traditional practices that are integral to the community's identity.

 International Obligations: India's adherence to international standards through the GI Act aligns with
obligations under global treaties, emphasizing the protection of geographical indications as a critical aspect
of intellectual property rights.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
265
176.
176. Growth of Indian Start Ups
In 2023, India saw the addition of only three new unicorns, startups valued at over USD 1 billion, a
significant decrease from 24 in the previous year.

 Global Standing: Despite the slowdown, India stands as the third-largest startup ecosystem worldwide,
with a particularly strong performance in innovation quality.

 Growth Trajectory: Between 2015 and 2022, the ecosystem witnessed a 15X growth in funding, a 9X
increase in investors, and a 7X rise in incubators.

 Current Valuation: As of May 2023, India hosts 108 unicorns with a combined valuation of USD 340.80
billion.

 Startup Terminology: Different terms like 'Decacorn' (valued over USD 10 billion), 'Unicorn' (valued
at USD 1 billion), 'Gazelles' (potential unicorns in three years), and 'Cheetahs' (potential unicorns in
five years) categorize startups based on their valuation and potential.

 Funding Issues: Indian startups often face significant hurdles in securing adequate funding, limiting their
ability to innovate and expand.

 Revenue Challenges: Generating sustainable revenue remains a struggle for many startups due to
competition, limited market reach, and difficulties in customer acquisition.

 Infrastructure Deficit: The lack of supportive infrastructure, including technology resources, incubation
centers, and mentorship programs, hinders startup growth.

 Regulatory and Tax Obstacles: Complex regulatory environments and tax structures in India pose
additional challenges for startups, often leading to increased administrative burdens.

 Government Initiatives: Several programs like the National Initiative for Developing and Harnessing
Innovations (NIDHI), Startup India Action Plan (SIAP), and Startup India Seed Fund Scheme (SISFS)
have been launched to support startups.

 Recognition Programs: The National Startup Awards and the SCO Startup Forum aim to recognize and
encourage startups contributing significantly to various sectors.

 International Collaboration: Platforms like the ‘Prarambh’ Summit foster global collaboration, allowing
startups to exchange ideas and innovations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
266
177.
177. Forced Displacement in 2022
The UNHCR reported a significant rise in global forced displacement during 2022, with a total of 108.4
million people displaced, a 21% increase from the previous year.
Figure 89. Source: Aljazeera

 Children in Crisis: Of the total displaced individuals, 30% were children, highlighting the profound
impact of global crises on younger populations.

 Refugee Statistics: Out of the 108.4 million displaced individuals, 35.3 million were refugees who had
to cross international borders to seek safety.

 Ukraine Crisis: The conflict in Ukraine was a primary contributor to the surge in 2022, resulting in the
displacement of 11.6 million Ukrainians by the year's end.

 Global Conflict Hotspots: Other regions contributing significantly to the displacement figures included
the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ethiopia, and Myanmar.

 Climate-Induced Displacement: In addition to conflicts, climate change and related disasters were
responsible for displacing 32.6 million people internally in 2022.

 Burden on Developing Nations: The majority (90%) of the displaced population originated from low-
and middle-income countries, which also hosted 76% of the world's refugees.

 Statelessness Issue: Around 4.4 million people were considered stateless or of undetermined nationality,
complicating their access to basic human rights and services.

 Economic and Social Impact on Refugees: Displacement often leads to severe economic hardships,
disrupted education, emotional distress, health challenges, and social and cultural integration issues for
refugees.

 Effects on Host Communities: The influx of refugees can strain local resources, alter cultural dynamics,
and increase job competition, affecting social cohesion within host communities.

 Humanitarian Aid Necessity: Immediate humanitarian assistance is critical, requiring collaboration
among international organizations, governments, and NGOs.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
267

 Conflict Resolution and Peacebuilding: Addressing the root causes of displacement is essential,
necessitating diplomatic efforts and initiatives for peacebuilding and conflict resolution.

 Human Rights Protection: Upholding the human rights of displaced individuals is paramount, calling for
robust legal frameworks and enforcement.
About United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees

 Establishment and Mandate: UNHCR was created in 14 December 1950, post-World War II, by the
United Nations General Assembly to help millions of Europeans who had fled or lost their homes. Today, it
operates in 135 countries, helping refugees, returnees, internally displaced persons, and stateless
individuals.

 Protection and Support: The core mission of UNHCR is to safeguard the rights and well-being of people
who have been forced to flee. This includes ensuring that everyone can exercise the right to seek asylum and
find safe refuge in another country.

 Global Treaties: UNHCR oversees the implementation of the 1951 Refugee Convention, a key legal
document in defining who is a refugee, their rights, and the legal obligations of states. The 1967 Protocol
removed geographical and temporal restrictions from the Convention.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
268
178.
178. Paris finance meet
The Paris Summit, known as the Summit for a New Global Financing Pact, aimed to address the financial
struggles of developing nations. It followed the discussions from the 27th Conference of Parties (COP27)
under the UNFCCC.

 Crises in Developing Countries: These nations face multiple crises, including poverty, debt, and inflation,
exacerbated by global events. They also struggle with the need to decarbonize amidst insufficient financial
resources.

 Demands of the Global South: There were calls for Multilateral Development Banks to increase
resources for development and climate finance. The Global South emphasized the need for concessional
financing and debt relief, especially for the most impoverished nations.

 Role of Private Investments: While private investments are recognized, the leaders stressed that these
cannot replace long-term development funds, which are crucial for sustainable growth.

 Financial Commitments Announced: The summit heralded the release of an extra USD 200 billion in
lending capacity for emerging markets and introduced disaster clauses for debt suspension during severe
climate events.

 IMF's Support: The International Monetary Fund committed to allocating USD 100 billion in Special
Drawing Rights to vulnerable countries, pending certain approvals.

 Energy Transition in Senegal: A significant Just Energy Transition Partnerships deal was initiated
for Senegal, promoting renewable energy sources.

 Debt Restructuring and Global Review: Zambia showcased a major debt restructuring agreement,
and there was a collective call for a comprehensive global review on debt, nature, and climate interlinkages.

 EU's Stance on Carbon Pricing: The European Union advocated for broader carbon pricing applications
globally, with a portion of the proceeds directed to climate finance.

 USD 100 Billion Goal: The summit reaffirmed the commitment to realizing the long-standing objective of
mobilizing USD 100 billion annually in climate finance.

 Understanding Climate Finance: This term refers to significant financial investments from various
sources directed at mitigating climate change impacts and promoting sustainable environmental practices.

 Global Climate Finance Discussions: Under agreements like the UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol, and Paris
Agreement, wealthier nations are obligated to assist financially constrained countries in climate change
initiatives, honoring the principle of "Common but Differentiated Responsibilities."

 Significance of Climate Finance: These funds are pivotal for both mitigation strategies and adaptation
measures, acknowledging the varied capacities and contributions of countries to climate change.

 Green Climate Fund: Established in 2010, this fund aids developing countries in transitioning to eco-
friendly and resilient development pathways.

 Indian Initiatives: India has established mechanisms like the National Adaptation Fund for Climate
Change and the National Clean Energy Fund to support various climate initiatives and innovations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
269
179.
179. Global Liveability Index 2023
The Global Liveability Index 2023, released by The Economist Intelligence Unit, assesses the living
conditions in cities worldwide. Here are the key takeaways from the 2023 report:
Figure 90. Source: ECA International | Top 10 Countries

 Overview of the Index: The index evaluates living conditions across 173 cities globally, focusing on five
categories: stability, healthcare, culture and environment, education, and infrastructure.

 Top City: Vienna, the capital of Austria, has been recognized as the most liveable city in 2023,
maintaining its reputation for high-quality living standards.

 Criteria for Ranking: The cities are assessed based on various factors that contribute to quality of life,
including access to healthcare services, quality of education, infrastructure development, environmental
conditions, and overall stability.

 Progress in Developing Countries: The 2023 index has noted considerable improvements in the rankings
of many developing nations, highlighting their efforts in enhancing healthcare and education sectors.

 Performance of Asia-Pacific Cities: Cities in the Asia-Pacific region have shown significant progress in
their liveability scores, indicating improved living conditions and investments in public services.

 Decline in Western European Cities: In contrast, some Western European cities have experienced a drop
in their rankings, a deviation from their traditionally high positions in previous indices.

 Focus on Healthcare and Education: The report emphasizes the positive trend in Asian, African, and
Middle Eastern countries regarding the growing focus on improving healthcare and educational facilities.

 Issues of Stability: Despite the positive trends, the index also points out a decrease in stability scores in
some regions, mainly due to civil unrest and geopolitical tensions.

 Indian Cities' Rankings: Among Indian cities, New Delhi and Mumbai are ranked at 141st, Chennai at
144th, while Ahmedabad and Bengaluru are at 147th and 148th positions, respectively, indicating a need
for improvements in various sectors.

 Challenges in Specific Cities: Certain cities like Kyiv, Ukraine, face unique challenges reflected in
their low rankings (165th), often due to ongoing conflict situations and economic struggles.

 Lowest Rankings: Cities like Damascus, Syria, and Tripoli, Libya, continue to be at the bottom of the
liveability index, mirroring the severe conditions and unrest in these regions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
270
Figure 91. Source: ECA International | Bottom 10 Countries

 Comparative Analysis: The index provides a comparative analysis of liveability standards, offering
insights into how cities worldwide fare against each other in providing quality life to their residents.

 Indicator of Development: Beyond just rankings, the index serves as an indicator of broader
developmental issues, reflecting the social, economic, and political factors that influence the quality of life.

 Guide for Policy Makers: The findings of the Global Liveability Index are instrumental for policymakers
and city administrators to identify areas of improvement and formulate strategies for holistic development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
271
180.
180. Law of Anti-Defection Law
The Anti-Defection Law, formally known as the Tenth Schedule of the Indian Constitution, was enacted
to prevent political instability caused by elected legislators shifting party allegiances.

 Introduction and Purpose: The Anti-Defection Law was added as the Tenth Schedule to the Indian
Constitution in 1985. Its primary purpose was to curb political defection by legislators.

 Historical Context: The law came as a response to rampant floor-crossing in Indian politics, particularly
after the 1967 general elections, which saw multiple state governments being toppled.

 Key Provisions: The law sets grounds for disqualifying elected members if they defect from one party to
another, with certain exceptions for mergers or splits within parties.

 Merger Criteria: Initially, a defection by one-third of a party's members was considered a 'merger.'
However, a 2003 amendment required a two-thirds majority for it to be legally recognized.

 Decision Authority: Disqualification under the Anti-Defection Law is decided by the Speaker or the
Chairman of the House, subject to judicial review. However, the law does not mandate a specific
timeframe for this process.

 Grounds for Disqualification: Legislators can be disqualified if they voluntarily give up their party
membership, disobey party directives on voting, or if independent members join a political party post-
election.

 Implications for Democracy: The law aims to strengthen political parties and ensure stability in the
government. However, it also restricts individual legislators' freedom to vote according to their conscience.

 Criticism and Challenges: The law has been criticized for its ambiguity around mergers and splits, the
potential for misuse by political parties, and the controversial role of the Speaker in deciding cases.

 Paragraph 4 Issues: The law's Paragraph 4 is particularly contentious as it allows for 'mergers' but
doesn't clearly define the terms, leading to legal complications and potential manipulation by political parties.

 Impact on Political Dynamics: By preventing defection, the law also inadvertently discourages healthy
internal dissent within parties. It has led to a scenario where legislators follow party lines strictly, often at the
expense of nuanced debate and discussion.

 Suggestions for Improvement: Recommendations for enhancing the law's effectiveness include limiting
its application to votes that affect the government's stability, involving the Election Commission in
disqualification decisions, and promoting intra-party democracy.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
272

 Supreme Court's Role: There are calls for the Supreme Court to revisit the Tenth Schedule to provide
clearer guidelines and prevent misuse of the Anti-Defection Law.

 Need for Balance: While the law helps in preserving the stability of governments, it is imperative to find a
balance where elected representatives can also exercise their judgment in the nation's interest without fear of
disqualification.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
273
181.
181. Union Ministry for Women and Child Development to support pregnant minor
victims of sexual assault
The Indian Government's Ministry of Women and Child Development has initiated a scheme specifically to
aid pregnant minors who are victims of sexual assault and lack familial support.

 Financial Allocation: The government has earmarked Rs 74.10 crore for this scheme, ensuring
comprehensive care including shelter, food, legal aid, and additional necessary support.

 Target Beneficiaries: The scheme is dedicated to minor girls under 18, often ostracized by their families
due to pregnancies resulting from rape, focusing on their physical and emotional recovery.

 Eligibility Specifics: Beneficiaries are identified among those who have suffered under the conditions
outlined in the POCSO Act, 2012, particularly those who are orphans or have been deserted by their
families. Importantly, possessing an FIR copy is not a prerequisite for assistance.

 Scheme Provisions: The initiative promises extensive support, including medical care, financial aid, and
infrastructure, funded through the Nirbhaya Fund. It encompasses the establishment of exclusive shelters or
dedicated wards within existing child care institutions.

 Holistic Support: The scheme guarantees a range of services, ensuring immediate assistance and long-term
access to education, legal aid, healthcare, and police support. It also includes insurance for the victims and
their newborns.

 Operational Framework: Implementation relies on the existing administrative mechanisms of Mission
Vatsalya, in partnership with state governments and child care institutions. It complements the function of
415 POCSO fast-track courts across India.

 Underlying Need: The scheme responds to alarming statistics from the National Crime Records Bureau
(NCRB), highlighting over 51,863 cases under the POCSO Act in 2021 alone, with a significant number
involving penetrative and aggravated sexual assault.

 Nirbhaya Fund: Established in 2013, this non-lapsable corpus ensures the safety and security of women,
managed by the Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Finance, with the Ministry of Women
and Child Development as the nodal authority for sanctioning projects.

 Mission Vatsalya: This central scheme aligns with global Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs),
offering a strategic approach towards child protection and development.

 Role of Child Care Institutions (CCIs): Defined under the Juvenile Justice Act, CCIs play a crucial role
in this scheme, providing a safe haven for the minor victims, ensuring their care and protection.

 National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB): Set up in 1986, the NCRB functions under the Ministry of
Home Affairs, maintaining comprehensive data on crime and criminals, aiding in the linkage of crimes to
perpetrators.

 Additional Support Mechanisms: Other initiatives like the Central Victim Compensation Fund, One
Stop Centers, and Mahila Police Volunteer initiative work in conjunction to provide financial, medical,
legal, and emotional support to victims of various crimes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
274
182.
182. Annulment of Member of Parliament
The Madras High Court nullified the election of a Member of Parliament from Theni constituency in
2019 due to non-disclosure of true assets and corrupt practices.

 Allegations: The MP was accused of hiding assets in his election affidavit and engaging in vote-buying, a
violation of the Representation of the People (RP) Act, 1951.

 Court's Findings: The High Court determined that the returning officer failed to comply with the RP Act's
Section 36 and the prescribed guidelines during nomination scrutiny.

 Conduct of Elections Rules, 1961: These rules, formulated under the RP Act, 1951, dictate the procedures
for elections, including nomination, campaigning, polling, vote counting, and dispute resolution.

 Affidavit Requirement (Rule 4A): Candidates must submit an affidavit (Form 26) detailing their assets
and liabilities when filing nomination papers.

 'Corrupt Practices' in RP Act: Section 123 of the RP Act defines corrupt practices, including bribery,
undue influence, and spreading enmity based on religion, race, caste, community, or language.

 Consequences of Corrupt Practices: Engaging in corrupt practices can lead to the annulment of the
candidate's election and potential disqualification from future electoral participation.

 Disqualification Criteria for MPs: Under the RP Act, disqualification can occur for various reasons,
including criminal convictions, involvement in government contracts, dismissal from government service,
and promoting social crimes.

 Judicial Precedents on Corrupt Practices: Several cases, including Abhiram Singh v. C.D.
Commachen (2017), S.R. Bommai v. Union of India (1994), and S. Subramaniam Balaji vs State of
Tamil Nadu (2022), have shaped the understanding and consequences of corrupt practices in elections.

 Representation of the People Act, 1951: This act regulates election conduct, qualifications for
membership in houses, addresses corrupt practices, and outlines the resolution process for election-related
disputes.

 Significance of the RP Act: By setting standards for candidate qualifications, transparency, and
accountability, the RP Act seeks to uphold the integrity of the democratic process in India.

 Political Funding and Electoral Bonds: The act mandates that only registered political parties under
Section 29A of the RP Act are eligible to receive electoral bonds, enhancing transparency in political
funding.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
275
183.
183. Disrespecting National Anthem
Eleven individuals were detained and sent to jail in Srinagar for allegedly disrespecting the National
Anthem during an event attended by the Lt Governor of Jammu & Kashmir. They were accused of
potentially causing a breach of peace.

 Legal Implications of Being “Bound Down”: This legal term refers to a requirement for an individual to
appear before a court or investigating officer, often accompanied by a surety or personal guarantee.

 Role of Executive Magistrates (EMs): EMs, appointed by state governments, are responsible for
maintaining law and order. They possess powers under the Indian Penal Code (IPC) and Criminal Procedure
Code (CrPC) and sometimes perform judicial functions.

 Distinction Between Executive and Judicial Magistrates: While EMs handle administrative and police
functions, Judicial Magistrates oversee investigations and pronounce judgments, operating under the High
Courts' supervision.

 Sections 107 and 151 of CrPC: Section 107 allows EMs to demand a show of cause for potential peace
disturbances, while Section 151 authorizes police officers to prevent cognizable offenses by arresting
suspects without a warrant.

 India's National Anthem: Composed by Rabindranath Tagore, the anthem is a symbol of national pride
and unity. It was first performed in 1911 and adopted officially in 1950.

 Safeguarding the Anthem’s Honour: Citizens have a fundamental duty to respect national symbols,
including the anthem, as per Article 51(A) of the Constitution.

 Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act, 1971: This act mandates strict penalties for disrespecting
the national anthem, including imprisonment, fines, or both.

 National Anthem Code of Conduct: Guidelines state that individuals should stand in attention during
the anthem. Exceptions are made during film screenings when the anthem is part of the movie.

 Supreme Court’s Stance: In the Bijoe Emmanuel vs State of Kerala case (1986), the court ruled that not
singing the National Anthem while standing respectfully is not a violation of the law.

 Freedom of Religion and National Anthem: The court recognized the right to freedom of religion, stating
that individuals could not be forced to sing the anthem, contradicting their religious beliefs.

 Modification of National Anthem Guidelines: In 2018, the Supreme Court revised its earlier order,
making the playing of the National Anthem in cinema halls optional, emphasizing respect over
compulsion.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
276
184.
184. Governor’s Power in dismissing a Minister
A recent case in Tamil Nadu, where the Governor initially dismissed a minister and later suspended the
order, has ignited debates about the constitutional boundaries of a Governor's powers.

 Governor's Role Under Article 164: The Governor appoints the Chief Minister independently but
selects other ministers based on the Chief Minister's advice. The dismissal of ministers also ideally
requires the Chief Minister's counsel, limiting the Governor's discretion.

 Historical Reference - Government of India Act, 1935: Previously, under colonial rule, the Governor
possessed the absolute authority to appoint or dismiss ministers. Post-independence, this role was
constitutionally modified to act on the advice of the Council of Ministers.

 Constitutional Restrictions: The power to appoint or dismiss ministers primarily resides with the Chief
Minister, reflecting the democratic will. The Governor, as per Dr. B.R. Ambedkar's clarification, doesn't
have independent executive authority.

 Pleasure Doctrine: The phrase "pleasure of the Governor" in Article 164 pertains to the ceremonial
aspect of signing off on decisions advised by the Chief Minister, not an independent decision-making
authority.

 Judicial Interpretations - Shamsher Singh Case (1974): The Supreme Court emphasized that
constitutional heads (President and Governor) should exercise their powers based on their ministers'
advice, barring exceptional circumstances.

 Nabam Rebia Case (2015): The Supreme Court reiterated that Governors cannot undermine elected
governments, affirming limited discretionary powers as per Article 163(1).

 Risks of Unconstitutional Dismissals: Dismissing a minister without the Chief Minister's recommendation
is seen as a constitutional misadventure, potentially setting dangerous precedents.

 Threat to Federal Structure: Such actions could destabilize state governments, threatening the federal
balance and potentially leading to a constitutional breakdown.

 Need for Clear Guidelines: Legislatures should define clear protocols for Governors' powers to uphold
parliamentary authority and respect for democratically elected state assemblies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
277
185.
185. India's Participation in Artemis Accords

 India's Prime Minister announced India's decision to join the Artemis Accords during a visit to the United
States.

 A partnership between NASA and ISRO is in the works to train Indian astronauts in Houston's Johnson
Space Center. These astronauts are slated to join the International Space Station (ISS) mission in 2024.
India's Advantages:

 Gaining access to cutting-edge training, technological breakthroughs, and unique scientific ventures.

 The potential to synergize with the Artemis program to bolster India's lunar exploration initiatives.

 The collaboration can enhance India's preparedness for its Gaganyaan manned mission and other space
endeavours.

 India's cost-efficient and innovative space missions can offer reciprocal benefits to the Artemis initiative.
Artemis Accords Overview:

 Initiated by NASA and the U.S. State Department in 2020.

 Original members encompass countries like Australia, Canada, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the UAE,
and the UK.

 India became the 27th country to sign the nonbinding Artemis Accords.

 The accords outline shared guidelines for peaceful exploration activities in outer space, including various
celestial bodies.

 They draw inspiration from the foundational principles of the 1967 Outer Space Treaty.
Key Provisions of the Accords:

 Promote peaceful space activities aligned with global laws.

 Emphasize shared infrastructure for exploration.

 Mandate the registration of space entities and transparent sharing of scientific findings.

 Advocate for the conservation of significant celestial landmarks and relics.

 Encourage responsible space resource utilization.

 Advocate for responsible spacecraft disposal and minimizing space debris.
Artemis Mission Essence:

 Represents the new era of lunar exploration, drawing its name from Apollo's twin sister in Greek
mythology, who is also the moon goddess.

 Envisions a series of missions paving the way for human exploration to the Moon and eventually Mars.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
278
Program Goals:

 By 2024, NASA aspires to land humans, including the first woman and person of colour, on the moon.

 Plans include establishing an Artemis Base Camp on the lunar surface and a gateway (a lunar orbiting
outpost).
Gateway's Role:

 Acts as a pivotal element for sustainable lunar operations, functioning as a versatile outpost around the
moon.
International Collaboration: Several global space agencies are partnering in the Artemis program:

 Canadian Space Agency: Advanced robotics for the gateway.

 European Space Agency: International Habitat and the ESPRIT module for enhanced communication
and other functionalities.

 Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency: Habitation components and logistics support.
Artemis Program's Principal Missions:

 Artemis-I: A maiden voyage to the moon that took place in 2022.

 Artemis-II: A manned lunar mission anticipated for 2024.

 Artemis-III: A mission planned for 2025, marking humanity's lunar return, with an additional objective
to establish a Lunar Gateway station by 2029.
Outer Space Treaty of 1967:

 Prohibits countries from:
o
o Orbiting objects with nuclear weapons or weapons of mass destruction around Earth.
o
o Stationing such weapons on celestial bodies or in outer space.

 Mandates: Peaceful use of the moon and other celestial bodies by all treaty signatories.

 India's Status: India is a signatory to the Outer Space Treaty.

 Related Multilateral Treaties:
o
o The Rescue Agreement (1968)
o
o The Space Liability Convention (1972)
o
o The Registration Convention (1976)
o
o The Moon Treaty (1979)

 Oversight Body: The United Nations Committee on the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space (COPUOS)
supervises these treaties and other space-related matters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
279
186.
186. SCO Summit 2023

 India chaired the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) virtual Summit.

 Leaders advocated for a “more representative” and multipolar world order.

 During the 23rd Summit, Iran became the ninth member of the SCO.

 India's chairpersonship theme: 'Towards a SECURE SCO'.
S: Security; E: Economic development; C: Connectivity; U: Unity; R: Respect for sovereignty and
territorial integrity; E: Environmental protection

 India joined SCO as a full member in 2017 and holds its presidency for the first time in 2023.

 SCO members: China, India, Iran, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Pakistan, Russia, Tajikistan, and
Uzbekistan.
Key Highlights of the 23rd SCO Summit:

 New Delhi Declaration: Emphasized international unity against terrorism, extremism, religious
intolerance, aggressive nationalism, xenophobia, and fascism.

 Joint Statements: Two thematic statements were adopted:
o
o Countering radicalization leading to separatism, extremism, and terrorism.
o
o Cooperation in digital transformation.

 New Pillars of Cooperation: India introduced five new pillars:
o
o Startups and Innovation
o
o Shared Buddhist Heritage

 Chinese President celebrated the BRI's ten-year anniversary and introduced the Global Security Initiative
(GSI).

 India's Stance on BRI: India declined participation in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) due to its projects
in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (POK).

 Indian PM’s Address: Emphasized the importance of connectivity, mutual trade, and respect for the SCO
charter's principles.

 Russian President discussed Russia's resilience and indirectly mentioned Ukraine's anti-Russian sentiment.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
280
Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO):

 Permanent intergovernmental international organization.

 Eurasian political, economic, and military organization.

 Aim: Maintain peace, security, and stability in the region.

 Established in 2001.

 SCO Charter signed in 2002; effective from 2003.

 Originated from the "Shanghai Five": Kazakhstan, China, Kyrgyzstan, Russia, and Tajikistan.

 Shanghai Five formed in 1996 from border demarcation and demilitarization talks with China.

 Aimed to ensure stability along borders.

 Uzbekistan joined in 2001, leading to renaming as SCO.

 India and Pakistan became members in 2017 (Astana Summit).

 Iran announced as a full member on 17th September 2021 (joined officially at 23rd SCO Summit).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
281
187.
187. Solar Radiation Management (SRM)

 SRM is a form of climate engineering aiming to counteract global warming by reflecting sunlight
back into space.

 It proposes to reduce global warming by reflecting the sun's UV-rays.
Purpose & Importance:

 Designed to combat the escalating climate crisis and global warming.

 SRM can serve as a temporary measure to control greenhouse gas levels.
Key Methods:

 Space Sunshades: Using mirrors in space, placing satellites at Lagrange Point 1, and deploying space
parasols.

 Stratospheric Aerosol Injection: Injecting sulphate aerosols into the stratosphere, mimicking the
cooling effect of volcanic eruptions.

 Marine Cloud Brightening: Spraying fine seawater spray into the air, seeding high cirrus clouds with ice
nuclei, and increasing cloud reflectivity.

 Surface-Based Options: Whitening roofs, cultivating more reflective crops, etc.
Impact & Implications:

 Advantages:
o
o Offers rapid mitigation of climate change effects.
o
o Some methods are cost-effective.
o
o SRM effects can be reversible on short timescales.

 Limitations & Concerns:
o
o Control and Predictability: Lack of real-world simulations; unpredictable results.
o
o Termination Shock: Sudden cessation of SRM can lead to rapid warming.
o
o Effects on Sunlight, Sky, and Clouds: Alters direct and indirect solar radiation, potentially affecting
plant life, solar energy, and the appearance of the sky.
o
o Side Effects: Potential for unintended climatic consequences, ozone depletion, and changes in agricultural
productivity.
o
o Weaponization: Risk of using SRM techniques for hostile purposes, despite international conventions.
Global Perspective: SRM has emerged as a topic of global interest, with countries like the US emphasizing
research and governance to assess its risks and benefits.
Additional Information:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
282
Solar Radiation's Effect on Earth's Temperature: Reduced air pollution implies more solar radiation
reaches Earth, potentially leading to rapid temperature increases.
Solar Radiation Trend: An 11-year sunspot activity cycle affects the sun's ultraviolet radiation, with further
reductions during a grand minimum.
Absorption of Incoming Solar Radiation: 23% is absorbed in the atmosphere by elements like water
vapour, dust, and ozone, while 48% is absorbed by the Earth's surface.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
283
188.
188. Internationalization of Rupee

 Refers to the process of increasing the use and acceptance of the rupee outside India for trade,
investment, reserve, and other purposes.
Current Status:

 The rupee is the official currency of India, the world’s fifth-largest economy by nominal GDP and third
largest by purchasing power parity.

 Used as legal tender in neighbouring countries like Bhutan and Nepal.

 Daily average share of rupee in global foreign exchange market is around 1.6%.

 Steps taken for internationalization include enabling external commercial borrowings in rupees and
trading with about 18 countries in rupees.

 India still buys oil from Russia in dollars.

 Constraints on currency exchange due to lack of full capital account convertibility.

 Demonetisation in 2016 and withdrawal of ₹2,000 note in 2023 impacted confidence in the rupee.
Benefits:

 Reduces dependency on foreign currencies like the US dollar.

 Facilitates smoother international trade by allowing direct transactions in rupees.

 Attracts foreign investors and promotes capital inflows.

 Enhances effectiveness of India's monetary policy.

 Strengthens India's regional influence.

 Increases rupee's attractiveness as a reserve currency.

 Promotes growth of financial services tied to rupee-denominated transactions.
Challenges:

 Exposure to greater exchange rate volatility.

 Risk of capital flight and financial instability.

 Existing capital controls limit rupee's use as an international currency.

 Competition from established international currencies.

 Confidence and perception issues due to policy uncertainty.

 Need to convince market participants to adopt the rupee for international transactions.

 Learning from China's Experience: China pursued a phased and calibrated approach to internationalize the
renminbi. By 2022, renminbi's share of international reserves reached ~2.88%.
Reforms for Internationalization:

 Make the rupee more freely convertible.

 Develop a deeper bond market.

 Encourage exporters/importers for rupee transactions.

 Offer tax incentives to foreign businesses using the rupee.

 Ensure currency management stability.

 Pursue recommendations of the Tarapore Committees:
o
o reducing fiscal deficits lower than 3.5%
o
o reducing gross inflation rate to 3%-5%
o
o reducing gross banking non-performing assets to less than 5%
09717289708 | w 6390573333
284
189.
189. Global Environment Facility (GEF)

 At the 64th GEF council meeting in Brazil, USD 1.4 billion was approved to address climate,
biodiversity, and pollution crises.

 This approval is part of the 2nd work program of the GEF-8 funding period (2022-2026).

 Global Biodiversity Framework Fund (GBFF):

 A new fund established to finance the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework.

 Nearly 50% of GBFF resources will be allocated to biodiversity-related work during the GEF-8 period.
Fund Allocations:

 20% for Indigenous Peoples and local communities (IPLCs).

 25% for GEF agencies.

 36% for Small Island Developing States (SIDS).

 3% for Least Developed Countries (LDCs).
About GEF:

 Established on the eve of the 1992 Rio Earth Summit.

 Focuses on biodiversity loss, climate change, pollution, and land and ocean health.

 Provides financial assistance for five major international conventions, including the Minamata
Convention on Mercury, Stockholm Convention on POPs, UNCBD, UNCCD, and UNFCCC.

 Comprises 184 member countries, including India.

 Secretariat is based in Washington, D.C., with the World Bank serving as the GEF Trustee.
GEF Council:

 Main governing body with 32 members from GEF member countries.

 India is part of a permanent constituency in the GEF Council along with Bangladesh, Sri Lanka,
Bhutan, Nepal, and Maldives.

 Council meets twice a year and approves work programs and operational policies.
Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework (GBF):

 Adopted at the 15th Conference of Parties (COP15) to the UN Convention on Biological Diversity.

 Consists of 4 goals and 23 targets to be achieved by 2030.

 The conference concluded in Montreal, Canada.

 The first part of COP 15 occurred in Kunming, China, where the Kunming Declaration was adopted by
over 100 countries.
Paris Agreement on Climate Change:

 A legally binding global agreement under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change (UNFCCC).

 Adopted in 2015 during the UNFCCC COP21.

 Aims to combat climate change and limit global warming to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels.

 Ambition to further limit the warming to 1.5°C.

 Succeeds the Kyoto Protocol, an earlier agreement to address climate change.

 Sets out a structure for countries to collaboratively reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

 Provides support to developing nations in their efforts against climate change.

 Each country is mandated to submit and update their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) every
5 years.

 NDCs outline plans for reducing greenhouse gas emissions and adapting to climate change.

 NDCs are pledges made by nations to cut their greenhouse gas emissions and adapt to climate change
impacts.

 The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) report highlighted that the Paris Agreement has been
ineffective in achieving its climate-related goals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
285
PCA Asserts Competence in India-Pakistan Hydroelectric Projects Dispute

 In July, 2023, The Hague-based PCA ruled that it has the competence to hear Pakistan's objections
to India's Kishenganga and Ratle hydroelectric projects.

 India rejects the constitution of the "Court of Arbitration," asserting it goes against the provisions of the
IWT.
Indus Waters Treaty (IWT):

 A water-sharing agreement between India and Pakistan.

 Brokered by the World Bank and signed on September 19, 1960.

 Governs the distribution and utilization of the waters of the Indus River system, comprising six rivers:
Indus, Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej.

 Aims to promote cooperation and peaceful management of transboundary water resources.

 Allocation of Rivers under IWT:

 Three eastern rivers (Ravi, Beas, and Sutlej) are allocated to India.

 Three western rivers (Indus, Jhelum, and Chenab) are allocated to Pakistan.

 India has limited use of the western rivers for domestic, non-consumptive, and agricultural purposes.
Key Provisions of IWT:

 India can construct run-of-the-river hydroelectric projects on the western rivers, with certain
conditions.

 Dispute resolution involves communication via the Permanent Indus Commission (PIC), which has a
commissioner from each country.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
286

 If PIC fails, a neutral expert appointed by the World Bank intervenes.

 If the neutral expert fails, the dispute goes to the Court of Arbitration (CoA).
Hydroelectric Project Dispute:

 Dispute over the Kishenganga hydroelectric project (on the Kishanganga River) and the Ratle
hydroelectric project (on the Chenab River) in Jammu and Kashmir.

 Disagreement on whether the technical design features of these projects contravene the IWT.
Pakistan's Objections:

 Cites violations of the IWT, concerns about reduced water flow, environmental impact, and differing
treaty interpretations.

 In 2016, Pakistan proposed a CoA, retracting its request for a Neutral Expert.
World Bank's Role:

 Paused the process due to separate requests from both countries.

 Urged resolution through the PIC.

 Initiated actions on Neutral Expert and Court of Arbitration.
India's Opposition:

 Opposes the constitution of the CoA, citing contravention of IWT provisions.

 Questions the jurisdiction and competence of the CoA.

 Has not appointed arbitrators or attended the court's proceedings.
PCA's Ruling:

 Ruled that the CoA has the competence to consider Pakistan's objections to India's hydroelectric
projects.

 The ruling was unanimous, binding, and without any possibility of appeal.

 PCA rejected India's objections to the competence of the CoA.
India's Response:

 Maintains that it will not join the Pakistan-initiated proceedings at the PCA.

 Emphasizes that the dispute is already under examination by a neutral expert as per the IWT.
Implications of PCA's Ruling:

 Adds complexity and uncertainty to the ongoing dispute.

 Challenges India's position and raises questions about the IWT's effectiveness and interpretation.

 Impacts bilateral relations between India and Pakistan, especially concerning water-sharing and
cooperation.
Permanent Court of Arbitration (PCA):

 Established in 1899 and headquartered in The Hague, Netherlands.

 Intergovernmental organization facilitating arbitration and other forms of dispute resolution between
States.

 Three-part organizational structure: Administrative Council, Members of the Court, and International
Bureau.

 Has a Financial Assistance Fund to aid developing countries in dispute settlement cost.
Neutral Expert and CoA: The IWT states that Neutral Expert and CoA steps are mutually exclusive,
meaning only one can be used at a time for a given dispute.
World Bank's Limitation: The Treaty does not empower the World Bank to decide whether one
procedure should take precedence over the other.
PCA's Decision Basis:
The PCA's decision was based on its communications with the World Bank regarding India's objections
to the competence of the CoA.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
287
190.
190. Data Governance in India
Draft Digital Personal Data Protection Bill (DPDP), 2022: Aims to serve as India's primary data
governance framework. Approved by the Union Cabinet for the Monsoon session of Parliament.
Associated Proposed Legislations:

 Indian Telecommunication Bill, 2022: Pertains to the telecommunications sector.

 Non-Personal Data Governance Policy: Focuses on non-personal data.
Key Features of DPDP 2022:

 Age of Consent: Graded approach for determining age on a case-by-case basis.

 Definition of a Child: Potentially includes individuals below 18 or a lower age, as decided by the Central
Government.

 Exemptions: Certain entities might be exempted from obtaining parental consent for children's data.

 Cross-Border Data Flows: Introduction of a blacklisting mechanism for data flow.
Challenges in India's Data Governance:

 Awareness: Predominant lack of understanding about data protection.

 Enforcement: Absence of robust enforcement mechanisms in existing frameworks.

 Standardization: Inconsistent practices among organizations.

 Protection for Sensitive Data: Inadequate safeguards for certain types of sensitive data.
Existing Indian Data Governance Mechanisms:

 IT amendment Act, 2008: Earlier framework for IT-related governance.

 Information Technology (Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules 2021:
Guidelines for intermediaries and digital media.

 Proposal of ‘Digital India Act’, 2023: Upcoming proposal for a comprehensive digital governance act.

 Significance of DPDP 2022: Addresses stakeholder concerns and aims to align with global data protection
standards.
Global Data Governance Frameworks & their Influence

 EU's GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation): Comprehensive data protection law, setting a global
benchmark. Imposition of substantial fines on global companies, setting a precedent for data protection
norms.

 US Approach: Separate approaches for public and private sectors, with broad legislation for government
activities, without a singular privacy rights framework.

 China's Framework: Encompasses the Personal Information Protection Law (PIPL) and the Data
Security Law (DSL), which together provide a robust framework for personal and business data, with
emphasis on cross-border data transfer restrictions.
Digital India Act, 2023

 Purpose: Set to replace the Information Technology Act (IT Act) of 2000, addressing modern
cybersecurity and data privacy challenges.

 Complementary Legislation: Will work alongside the Digital Personal Data Protection Bill, 2022.

 Need: The IT Act of 2000, despite amendments (in 2008), doesn't fully address current cybersecurity or
data privacy rights.
Key Provisions:

 Freedom of Expression: Aligning social media with constitutional protections.

 Online Safety: Covering AI, Deepfakes, cybercrime, and data protection.

 Adjudicatory Mechanism: Addressing online criminal and civil offenses.

 Safe Harbour: Re-evaluation of protection for social media platforms against user post liabilities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
288
Digital Personal Data Protection Bill Highlights:

 Governs processing of digital personal data within and targeting India.

 Data processing requires individual consent.

 Data fiduciaries must ensure data accuracy and security.

 Establishment of the Data Protection Board of India for compliance.
IT Act Limitations: Initially focused on e-commerce and cybercrime, not modern cybersecurity.
Act's Goal: Boost the Indian economy, promote innovation, and ensure citizen safety and accountability.
Safe Harbour Principle: Under reconsideration, influenced by the IT (Intermediary Guidelines and
Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules, 2021.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
289
191.
191. Anthropocene Epoch

 The Anthropocene is a proposed geological epoch characterized by significant human impact on
Earth's systems.

 Origin of the Term: Coined by Nobel Prize-winning chemist Paul Crutzen and biology professor
Eugene Stoermer in 2000 to denote a time interval where Earth's ecosystem underwent radical changes
due to human activities.

 Associated Phenomena: Linked with global warming, sea-level rise, ocean acidification, mass-scale soil
erosion, heatwaves, and deterioration of the biosphere, especially post the Industrial Revolution.

 Anthropocene Working Group (AWG): An interdisciplinary research group dedicated to the study of the
Anthropocene. They recently proposed that the Anthropocene began in 1950.

 Evidence for the Start Date: Supported by findings from Crawford Lake near Toronto, Canada, which
showed an increase in plutonium particles concentration around 1950, indicating human impact.

 Global Boundary Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP): A designated geological reference point
marking the boundary between two geological time units. The AWG's proposal for the Anthropocene's start
date might be ratified as a new GSSP by the International Union of Geological Sciences in August 2024.
Holocene Epoch

 The Holocene is the current geological epoch that began around 11,700 years ago, following the last
major ice age.

 Marked by a stable, warm climate, the retreat of glaciers, rise in global temperatures, expansion of forests,
grasslands, and diverse ecosystems. It also saw the rise of human civilization.
Transition from Holocene to Anthropocene

 Great Acceleration: The year 1950 marks the onset of the Great Acceleration, a period of unprecedented
industrial and socioeconomic activity that led to significant alterations to the Earth System.

 End of Stable Holocene Conditions: Human activities around the mid-twentieth century are believed to
have terminated the stable Holocene conditions, marking the beginning of the Anthropocene.
Additional Information

 Geological Time Scale: Divides Earth's 4.6-billion-year existence into time slices like Eon, Era,
System/Period, Series/Epoch, and Stage/Age, based on significant geological events.

 International Union of Geological Sciences (IUGS): A global non-governmental organization promoting
Earth sciences. Founded in 1961, it serves as the international coordinating body for geological research and
education and is a member of the International Science Council (ISC).

 Future Ratification: If the AWG's proposal gains majority support, the IUGS could officially recognize
the Anthropocene epoch in 2024.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
290
09717289708 | w 6390573333
291
192.
192. Welfare Schemes and Brain Development
A recent study in the journal "Nature" explored the impact of welfare schemes on brain development,
especially in children from low-income families.
Study Scope: The research involved brain scans of over 10,000 children aged 9-11 from 17 U.S. states. It
aimed to understand the relationship between poverty, brain development, and the role of anti-poverty
policies.
Poverty's Impact on Brain:
(Image Creator: VectorMine Credit: Getty Images/iStockphoto)
Growing up in low-income families can negatively affect brain development and cognitive abilities.
In 2015, studies found that children from low-income backgrounds had a lower cortical volume and
performed poorly academically.
Such children also showed a higher risk of having a smaller hippocampus, vital for learning and memory.
Anti-Poverty Policies' Impact:
Generous anti-poverty policies significantly reduced the risk of a smaller hippocampus in children from low-
income families.
A positive correlation was observed between the size of the hippocampus and family socioeconomic status.
Hippocampal Volume and Welfare:
There was a three-way interaction between family income, cost of living, and cash assistance programs in
predicting hippocampal volume.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
292
Children from low-income households in high-cost states receiving generous cash benefits had hippocampal
volumes 34% larger than those in low-income households in states with higher living costs and lower cash
benefits.
Welfare Schemes' Biological Impact:
Access to financial resources through welfare schemes can protect families from chronic stressors linked
to low income, influencing hippocampal development.
Such policies can reduce stress levels, allowing families to make decisions leading to decreased stress.
Future Research:
The researchers plan to study how policy changes since the data collection period have impacted the mental
health and brain development trajectories of the participants.
Monitoring long-term policy impacts can offer insights into the effectiveness of anti-poverty measures.
Addressing Socioeconomic Disparities:
The study emphasizes the need for investments in social safety net programs to address neurodevelopment
disparities due to socioeconomic factors.
Such programs can potentially reduce costs related to mental health, education, and economic challenges
stemming from socioeconomic inequalities.
Major Poverty Alleviation Programs in India:

 Integrated Rural Development Programme (IRDP)

 Pradhan Mantri Awaas Yojana

 National Old Age Pension Scheme

 Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) 2005

 Deendayal Antyodaya Yojana - National Rural Livelihood Mission (DAY-NRLM)

 National Urban Livelihood Mission

 __________Pradhan Mantri Kaushal Vikas Yojana

 Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan Yojana
Poverty Line in India: Defined as the minimum money required for maintaining a specific caloric intake,
varying between urban (2,100 calories) and rural (2,400 calories) areas.
Poverty Estimation: In India, poverty is estimated based on the minimum money required for
subsistence. The poverty lines differ across states due to varying price levels for goods.
Global Relevance: While the study is based on U.S. data, its findings have global implications, emphasizing
the universal importance of welfare schemes in promoting healthy brain development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
293
193.
193. Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI) 2023

 The Global MPI 2023 is released by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the
Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI). It measures interlinked deprivations in
health, education, and standard of living affecting a person's life and wellbeing.

 Global Overview: Globally, 1.1 billion people (18% of the total population) are acutely multidimensionally
poor across 110 countries.

 Regional Distribution: Sub-Saharan Africa has 534 million poor, and South Asia has 389 million.
These two regions account for approximately five out of every six poor people.

 Child Poverty: Children under 18 years old represent half of the MPI-poor population (566 million).
The poverty rate among children is 27.7%, while among adults it's 13.4%.
India's Scenario:

 India has over 230 million people who are poor.

 18.7% of India's population falls under the "vulnerability" category, meaning they have deprivations in
20-33.3% of all weighted indicators.

 India successfully halved its global MPI values within 15 years, with 415 million Indians escaping
poverty between 2005-06 and 2019-21.

 Poverty incidence in India declined from 55.1% in 2005/2006 to 16.4% in 2019/2021.

 India's Progress: In 2005/2006, around 645 million people in India experienced multidimensional
poverty. This number decreased to about 370 million in 2015/2016 and further to 230 million in 2019/2021.

 Improvement in Deprivation Indicators: India showed significant progress in health, education, and
standard of living indicators. For instance, deprivation of nutrition decreased from 44.3% in 2005/2006 to
11.8% in 2019/2021, and child mortality fell from 4.5% to 1.5%.

 India, along with countries like Cambodia, China, Congo, Honduras, Indonesia, Morocco, Serbia, and
Vietnam, has made significant strides in reducing multidimensional poverty.

 Equal Progress: India's decline in poverty has been consistent across regions and socio-economic
groups. The poorest states and groups, including children and people in disadvantaged caste groups,
witnessed the fastest absolute progress.
About Global MPI:

 Launched in 2010 by OPHI and the Human Development Report Office of the UNDP.

 Measures acute multidimensional poverty across over 100 developing countries.

 Monitors deprivations in 10 indicators spanning health, education, and standard of living, including both
incidence and intensity of poverty.
MPI Indicators and Dimensions:

 A person is considered multidimensionally poor if deprived in one third or more (33% or more) of the
weighted indicators.

 Those deprived in half or more of the weighted indicators are in extreme multidimensional poverty.

 Significance: The MPI serves as a key international resource, providing insights into the multifaceted
nature of poverty beyond just income.
United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)

 Establishment: Founded in 1965, the UNDP is the United Nations' global development network.

 Objective: Aims to eradicate poverty, reduce inequalities, and build resilience to crises through
sustainable development.

 Headquarters: New York City, USA.

 Activities: Provides expert advice, training, and grants support to developing countries, with increasing
emphasis on assistance to the least developed countries.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
294

 Human Development Report: UNDP annually publishes the Human Development Report, which includes
the Human Development Index (HDI) ranking countries based on their human development statistics.
Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI)

 Establishment: OPHI is a research center within the Oxford Department of International Development at
the University of Oxford.

 Objective: Aims to build and advance a more systematic methodological and economic framework for
reducing multidimensional poverty, grounded in people’s experiences and values.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
295
194.
194. Export Preparedness Index 2022

 The 3rd edition of the Export Preparedness Index (EPI) for 2022 has been released by NITI Aayog.

 Objective: A comprehensive tool to measure the export preparedness of Indian States and UTs. It assesses
factors influencing export performance and identifies strengths and weaknesses.
Pillars of EPI:

 Policy: A strategic direction for exports and imports.

 Business Ecosystem: Infrastructure for investments and startups.

 Export Ecosystem: Business environment specific to exports.

 Export Performance: Examines the export footprints of States and UTs.
Sub-Pillars: The index considers 10 sub-pillars including Export Promotion Policy, Institutional
Framework, Business Environment, Infrastructure, Transport Connectivity, Export Infrastructure,
Trade Support, R&D Infrastructure, Export Diversification, and Growth Orientation.
States' Performance in EPI 2022
Top Overall Performers:

 Tamil Nadu: Secured the top position in EPI 2022. The state's leadership in sectors such as automotive,
leather, textiles, and electronic goods contributed to its top ranking.

 Maharashtra: Ranked second, showcasing its robust industrial base and port infrastructure.

 Karnataka: Stood third, benefiting from its IT and aerospace sectors.

 Gujarat: Slipped to the fourth position in 2022 from being the top performer in EPI 2021.
Hilly/Himalayan States:

 Uttarakhand: Emerged as the top performer among hilly and Himalayan states, reflecting its industrial
growth and strategic location.

 Himachal Pradesh: Ranked second, benefiting from its horticulture and handicraft sectors.

 Manipur: Secured the third position, indicating its potential in organic farming and handloom
products.

 Other states in this category include Tripura, Sikkim, Nagaland, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh, and
Mizoram.
Landlocked Regions:

 Haryana: Topped among the landlocked regions, reflecting its industrial hubs and proximity to the
national capital.

 Telangana: Ranked second, driven by its IT and pharma sectors.

 Uttar Pradesh: Secured the third position, showcasing its diverse manufacturing base and agricultural
exports.

 Following these were Punjab, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan.
Union Territories/Small States:

 Goa: Led among union territories and small states, with its tourism, mining, and fisheries sectors playing
a pivotal role.

 Jammu and Kashmir: Ranked second, benefiting from its handicrafts, horticulture, and organic
farming sectors.

 Delhi: Stood third, driven by its trade hubs and service sector.

 Other regions in this category include Andaman and Nicobar Islands and Ladakh.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
296
Notable Shifts:

 Gujarat's Decline: Gujarat, which was the top performer in EPI 2021, slipped to the fourth position in
2022. While it remains a strong exporter, other states showcased significant improvements.

 Tamil Nadu's Rise: Tamil Nadu's consistent performance across various export indicators, including value
of exports, export concentration, and global market footprint, played a crucial role in its ascent to the top
position.
Global Economy Context:

 Global trade in 2021 recovered from Covid-19, with a 27% increase in merchandise trade and a 16%
increase in services trade.

 The Russo-Ukrainian war in February 2022 impacted sectors like grain, oil, and natural gas.
India’s Export Trends:

 India’s exports in 2021-22 surpassed USD 675 billion, with merchandise exports accounting for USD 420
billion.

 Merchandise exports reached USD 422 billion by March 2022.
Key Learnings:

 Coastal states performed best, with six out of the top states from the coastal region.

 Policy ecosystem is strong, with many states adopting necessary policy measures.

 Transport connectivity is a challenge, especially for landlocked or geographically disadvantaged states.

 R&D is lacking, indicating a need for innovation in exports.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
297
195.
195. India-UAE Local Currency Settlement System

 India and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) have signed an agreement to establish the Local Currency
Settlement System (LCSS) to promote the use of the Indian rupee (INR) and UAE Dirham (AED) for
cross-border transactions.

 The LCSS aims to facilitate exporters and importers in both countries to pay in their respective domestic
currencies, thereby reducing transaction costs and settlement time.
Key Features of LCSS:

 Covers all current account transactions and permitted capital account transactions.

 Enables the development of an INR-AED forex market.

 Potential for India to pay for imports of oil and other commodities from the UAE, its 4th largest energy
supplier for FY 22-23.

 UPI-IPP Linkage:
o
o The central banks of both nations have agreed to link India’s Unified Payments Interface (UPI) with the
UAE’s Instant Payment Platform (IPP) and RuPay switch with UAESWITCH.
o
o This linkage will facilitate fast, safe, and cost-effective cross-border transfers.
o
o Card Switches Linkage: The linking of card switches will allow mutual acceptance of domestic cards and
processing of card transactions.

 Messaging Systems: Exploration is underway to link India’s Structured Financial Messaging System
(SFMS) with the payments messaging system of the UAE.

 IIT Delhi in Abu Dhabi: An MoU was signed for the establishment of an IIT Delhi campus in Abu Dhabi
as part of the 'IITs go Global' campaign. This will be the second international IIT campus after IIT
Madras in Zanzibar, Tanzania.
Significance of Rupee-Based Cross-Border Transaction:

 Aims to mitigate exchange rate risks and reduce losses for Indian exporters.

 Part of India's effort to internationalize the rupee and decrease dollar demand.

 The RBI's plan allows importers to make payments in rupee, credited to the special account of the
correspondent bank of the partner country.
India-UAE Bilateral Relations:

 Established diplomatic relations in 1972.

 Bilateral relations upgraded to a comprehensive strategic partnership in 2017.
o
o The push in bilateral relations began with the visit of India’s Prime Minister to the UAE in August 2015,
marking the start of a new strategic partnership.

 Bilateral trade worth ~USD 85 billion in 2022-23, making UAE India’s 3rd-largest trading partner and
2nd-largest export destination.

 Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement: In 2022, India and the UAE signed a Comprehensive
Economic Partnership Agreement, further strengthening trade ties.

 The UAE, which imports most of its food, has committed USD 2 billion to develop food parks in India.
Numerous Indian companies have also set up manufacturing units in the UAE.

 Defense Exercises: India and the UAE have conducted bilateral naval exercises like In-UAE BILAT and
bilateral air force exercises like Desert Eagle-II.
o
o India's Participation in Global Exercises: India has participated in multilateral air exercises like Pitch
Black (Australia) and Red Flag (USA).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
298
196.
196. 25th Anniversary of the India-France Strategic Partnership

 India and France celebrated the 25th anniversary of their strategic partnership in 2023. The Indian
Prime Minister was the Guest of Honour at the Bastille Day Parade in France.

 A joint statement titled "25th Anniversary of the Strategic Partnership between France and India:
towards a Century of Indo-French Relations" was released, setting the course for bilateral relations until
2047.

 Three Pillars of the Roadmap:
o
o Partnership for Security and Sovereignty.
o
o Partnership for the Planet.
o
o Partnership for the People.
Defence Cooperation:

 Continuation of cooperation on fighter jets and submarines.

 Successful delivery of 36 Rafale jets for the Indian Air Force and the P75 program (six Scorpene
submarines).
Space Collaboration:

 Enhanced partnership between France's CNES and India's ISRO.

 Joint Earth observation satellite TRISHNA, maritime surveillance satellites in the Indian Ocean, and
protection of Indo-French satellites in orbit.
Civil Nuclear Energy:

 Progress on the 6-European Pressurized Reactors power plant project in Jaitapur, Maharashtra.

 Launch of cooperation on small modular reactors and advanced modular reactors.
Indo-Pacific Strategy:

 Adoption of a roadmap for joint actions in the Indo-Pacific.

 Discussion on an Indo-French development fund for third countries in the Indo-Pacific region.

 Counter-Terrorism: Strengthened cooperation between France's GIGN and India's National Security
Guard.
Critical Technology:

 Enhanced cooperation on supercomputing, cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and quantum
computing.

 Agreement between Atos and the Ministry of Earth Sciences of India for the supply of supercomputers.
Environmental and Health Initiatives:

 Commitment to end plastic pollution.

 Letter of Intent on health and medicine cooperation.

 Launch of a partnership on ocean research under the Blue Economy initiative.
Cultural and Research Ties:

 France's partnership in establishing a National Museum in New Delhi.

 Agreement for audio-visual content exchange and co-production of programs.

 Increased funding for the Indo-French Centre for the Promotion of Advanced Research.

 Student Mobility: Target to welcome 30,000 Indian students in France by 2030 and issuance of 5-year
short-stay Schengen visas for Indian students with a Master's degree from a French university.

 Diplomatic Expansion: Opening of a Consulate General of India in Marseille, France, and a Bureau
de France in Hyderabad, India.
Gifts and Honours:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
299

 France gifted India a framed facsimile of a 1916 photograph of a Parisian presenting flowers to a Sikh
officer and a replica of the Charlemagne chessmen.

 The Indian Prime Minister was honoured with the Grand Cross of the Legion of Honour, France's
highest civilian and military honour.
Major Areas of Cooperation between India and France
Historical Ties:

 India and France formalized their relationship with a "strategic partnership" in January 1998.

 France stood by India during its nuclear tests in 1998, showcasing its support.
Defence Collaboration:

 France ranks as India's second-largest defence supplier from 2017 to 2021.

 The partnership is evident in joint military exercises such as:
o
o Shakti (Army)
o
o Varuna (Navy)
o
o Garuda (Air Force)
Economic Relations:

 Bilateral trade peaked at USD 13.4 billion in 2022-23.

 Indian exports to France surpassed USD 7 billion during this period.
Investment Ties:

 France has invested significantly in India, becoming its 11th largest foreign investor.

 Investments totalled USD 10.49 billion from April 2000 to December 2022.
Global Diplomacy:

 France champions India's aspirations for a permanent seat in the United Nations Security Council.

 Additionally, France backs India's entry into the Nuclear Suppliers Group.
Climate Initiatives:

 Both nations prioritize climate change mitigation.

 India has aligned with France on the Paris Agreement, emphasizing its dedication to counteract climate
change effects.

 The two countries jointly inaugurated the International Solar Alliance in 2015, reflecting their
commitment to sustainable energy solutions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
300
197.
197. India's Export Outlook

 The Ministry of Commerce and Industry has adopted a "Target Range Approach" for 2023-24 export
goals due to global uncertainties.

 India reached a record USD 450 billion in merchandise exports during 2022-23.

 Target Range Approach: India's new Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) 2023 aims for a total export of USD 2
trillion by 2030, split evenly between services and goods.

 Factors Considered: Import to GDP ratio of major importers, India's export to GDP ratio, and past export
growth trends.

 Potential Targets for FY 2023-24: USD 451 billion (lower end) to USD 495 billion (upper end).
Current Export Scenario:

 Goods exports saw a 22% drop in June 2023, the steepest in 37 months.

 Service exports grew only 5.2% in Q1 of 2023-24, compared to 28% in 2022-23.
Influencing Factors:

 Global oil prices' decline impacted petroleum exports.

 The World Trade Organisation's (WTO) forecast of slower global trade growth in 2023.
Trade Status:

 The merchandise trade deficit rose by over 39% in 2022-23.

 Merchandise imports increased by 16.51% in 2022-23, while exports grew by 6.03%.
Major Export Sectors:

 Engineering Goods: 50% growth in FY22.

 Agriculture: India exported rice worth USD 9.65 billion.

 Textiles and Apparels: 41% YoY growth in FY22, boosted by schemes like MITRA Park.

 Pharmaceuticals: India is a significant global supplier of generic drugs.
Challenges in Export Sector:

 Finance Access: High interest rates and credit unavailability, especially for SMEs.

 Limited Diversification: Concentration in a few sectors.

 Rising Protectionism: Global trends towards protectionist policies.
Government Initiatives:

 Trade Infrastructure for Export Scheme (TIES): Enhancing export infrastructure.

 PM Gati Shakti National Master Plan (NMP): Improving logistics and reducing costs.

 Duty Drawback Scheme: Refunding taxes and duties on exported products.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
301
198.
198. Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM)

 A flagship program of the Union Ministry of Jal Shakti.

 Aims to provide safe and adequate drinking water to every rural household by 2024.

 Launched on 15 August 2019 with a budget of Rs. 3.6 lakh crore.

 Operates on the principle of 'Har Ghar Jal' (water in every home).
Background:

 India faces a water crisis with 163 million people lacking access to safe drinking water.

 Ranked 120th out of 122 countries in the water quality index by WHO.
Reasons for Water Scarcity:

 Overexploitation of groundwater.

 Pollution from industrial effluents, agricultural runoff, and sewage.

 Inadequate infrastructure for water supply and treatment.

 Climate change affecting water source availability.

 Socio-economic and gender inequalities.
Features of JJM:

 Community-Participatory Approach: Involves village panchayats and local communities in planning and
management.

 Use of Local Water Sources: Promotes rainwater harvesting, groundwater recharge, and greywater reuse.

 Quality Assurance: Establishes water quality testing labs and regular monitoring.

 Convergence with Other Schemes: Aligns with schemes like Swachh Bharat Mission and MGNREGA.

 Capacity Building: Enhances skills of stakeholders and creates employment opportunities.

 Technology and Innovation: Uses smart meters, GIS mapping, and digital platforms.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
302
Status (June 2023):

 63.8% of rural households have been provided with tap connections.

 27.9% of villages have been declared as 'Har Ghar Jal' villages.

 Average per capita water availability in rural areas increased to 55 litres per day. (For comparison, the
average water consumption for communities in India with a population of between 20,000 to 100,000 is
specified as 100 to 150 litres per head per day according to the Bureau of Indian Standards 1172: 1993)

 92% of rural households have access to safe drinking water, up from 83% in 2019.

 Access to water quality testing facilities increased from 35% to 65%.
Challenges:

 Funding Gap: Requires Rs. 3.6 lakh crore, but current allocation is insufficient.

 Coordination Issues: Multiple departments involved, leading to potential overlaps.

 Community Participation: Lack of awareness and willingness to contribute to costs.

 Technical Expertise: Shortage of skilled manpower for diverse conditions.

 Data Gap: Lack of accurate and updated water data.

 Regulation: Need for stricter enforcement of water quality norms.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
303
199.
199. India's Water Challenges and Har Ghar Jal Scheme
Fundamental Importance: Potable tap water is essential for basic health and hygiene, but many in rural
India lack this.
Household Statistics: Out of approximately 25 crore households in India, rural areas account for
around 19.5 crore. However, tap water connections delivering 55 litres of clean drinking water per
person per day (as envisaged under the Har Ghar Jal Scheme) are rare in these regions.
Alternative Water Sources: Due to the lack of potable tap water, rural communities often rely on wells,
hand pumps, or natural sources, which might not always be safe.
Har Ghar Jal Scheme: Part of the Jal Jeevan Mission by the Ministry of Jal Shakti, aiming to provide
every household in India with piped water. "Har Ghar Jal" means "water in every home".
Scheme's Progress: Since its start, households with piped water connections have increased to 64%. The
scheme also covers village schools, anganwadis, and community buildings.
Achievements: Since 2019, nine crore households have gained piped water. States like Gujarat, Haryana,
and Punjab report 100% compliance. 1,68,157 villages are designated 'Har Ghar Jal', with 59,000
villages officially 'certified'.
Future Projections: By April 2024, it's estimated that only 75% of rural households will have tap water
(missing the initial target of covering 100% rural households by 2024).
Challenges:

 Covid-19 Pandemic: Affected material availability, causing project delays.

 Water Contamination: Areas like West Bengal and Kerala face contamination challenges.

 Implementation Delays: In some areas, work hasn't begun, with 1 crore households (~5% of the total) yet
to start.

 Certification and Connectivity: Full village connectivity remains a challenge, with many villages only
partially connected.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
304
200.
200. NATO Plus

 NATO's Focus on South Asia: On March 2023, the U.S. Permanent Representative to NATO, Julianne
Smith, mentioned NATO's interest in more engagement with India.

 U.S. House Select Committee's Recommendation: In May 2023, the committee recommended
strengthening the 'NATO-Plus' framework by including India.

 India's Response: India's External Affairs Minister, S. Jaishankar, stated that the "NATO template does
not apply to India".

 "NATO Plus" refers to a security arrangement including NATO and the U.S.'s five treaty allies
(Australia, New Zealand, Japan, Israel, South Korea) to counter the Chinese Communist Party.

 NATO Plus's Unofficial Status: The term 'NATO Plus' isn't officially recognized within NATO but is
used in discussions about the alliance's potential expansion.

 NATO's Targets: Initially, NATO's target was the Soviet Union, and now it's Russia. NATO Plus
focuses on containing China.
India's Potential Benefits from NATO Plus:

 Security umbrella against threats.

 Access to advanced military technologies and intelligence-sharing platforms.

 Enhanced defense capabilities and modernization.
Challenges for India:

 Joining NATO might strain relations with Russia and China.

 Aligning with a U.S.-led alliance could limit India's independent policy towards China.

 Joining NATO might undermine India's policy of strategic autonomy.

 India's Traditional Policy: India has maintained a policy of strategic autonomy, allowing it to engage
based on its interests.

 India's Regional Dynamics: India's priorities include addressing regional security challenges like border
disputes and terrorism.

 NATO's Geopolitical Agenda: NATO's focus on Eurasia to the Indo-Pacific might divert attention from
India's pressing issues.

 India's Posturing through the Quad: India's involvement in the Quad (with Japan, Australia, and the
U.S.) seems more promising than the NATO Plus proposal.

 China's Perspective: China views the Quad as the "Asian NATO".

 India's Stance: India remains cautious about joining NATO Plus, considering its strategic autonomy and
regional dynamics.
About NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization)

 Established on April 4, 1949, as a result of the North Atlantic Treaty.

 A political and military alliance to promote democratic values and enable members to consult and
cooperate on defense and security-related issues.

 Originally comprised 12 countries: Belgium, Canada, Denmark, France, Iceland, Italy, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, the UK, and the US.

 Current Membership: As of 2023, NATO has 31 member countries, with Finland being the latest to
join.

 Headquarters: Located in Brussels, Belgium.

 Article 5: The principle that an armed attack against one or more NATO members is considered an
attack against all members. Invoked only once in NATO's history, after the September 11 attacks in
2001.

 Expansion: After the Cold War, NATO expanded to include several countries from Eastern Europe and
the Balkans.

 Major Operations: NATO has been involved in various operations, including in the Balkans in the 1990s
and Afghanistan in the 2000s.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
305

 NATO-Russia Relations: Relations have been tense due to various issues, including NATO's expansion
and Russia's actions in Ukraine.

 NATO's Relevance: Despite predictions of its decline post-Cold War, NATO has adapted to new security
challenges, including cyber threats and hybrid warfare.

 Defense Spending: Members have committed to spending at least 2% of their GDP on defense, though
not all have reached this target.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
306
201.
201. 50th Meeting of GST Council

 Led by Union FM Nirmala Sitharaman, 50th GST Council Meeting was convened on 11 Jul 2023.

 Snack Pellets & Fish Paste: The tax for uncooked or unfried snack pellets and fish soluble paste was
decreased from 18% to 5%.

 Imitation Zari Threads: Their tax rate was slashed from 12% to 5%.

 Cinema Hall F&B: Consumables inside cinema halls will now be taxed at 5% without input tax credits,
a change from the earlier 18%.

 Online Gaming Tax Framework: The GST laws will undergo amendments to encompass online gaming,
which will now be taxed at 28%, regardless of the nature of the game (skill, chance, or neither).

 New GST Exemptions: Medicines for rare diseases, cancer-related drugs, and specific medical-
purpose food products are now GST-free.

 Formation of GST Appellate Tribunals: Plans were discussed to set up 50 Benches of these tribunals
nationwide, with the initial ones being in state capitals and High Court locations.

 GSTN and PMLA Debate: The inclusion of the GST Network (GSTN) under the Prevention of Money
Laundering Act (PMLA) saw criticism, especially from Tamil Nadu, which felt it went against taxpayer
interests.

 GSTN-PMLA Clarification: The Revenue Secretary emphasized that the Enforcement Directorate (ED)
won't exchange data with the GSTN. This move is designed to bolster tax evasion and money laundering
countermeasures, in line with the Financial Action Task Force's guidelines.

 In March 2022, the gross collections of GST amounted to Rs 1.42 lakh crore, marking a 14.7% increase
from March 2021 and a 45.6% surge from March 2020.
Goods and Services Tax (GST):

 GST was brought into effect through the 101st Constitution Amendment Act, 2016.

 Slogan: Introduced under the banner of 'One Nation One Tax'.
Features:

 Merged various indirect taxes such as excise duty, VAT, service tax, and luxury tax.

 Primarily a consumption tax, levied at the point of final consumption.

 Aims to eliminate issues like double taxation, cascading tax effects, multiple taxes, and classification
problems, fostering a unified national market.

 Merchants can offset the GST paid on goods or services (inputs) against the tax on the final goods and
services. This offset is termed as 'input tax credit'.

 GST prevents the cascading effect, reducing the tax burden on the end consumer.
Tax Structure:

 Central GST (CGST): Covers excise duty, service tax, etc.

 State GST (SGST): Encompasses VAT, luxury tax, etc.

 Integrated GST (IGST): Pertains to inter-state trade. It's not a standalone tax but a mechanism to
synchronize state and union taxes.

 GST operates under a four-tier tax structure with slabs at 5%, 12%, 18%, and 28%.
GST Council:

 Introduced after the Constitutional (122nd Amendment) Bill was passed in 2016.

 Ratified by over 15 Indian states, followed by the President's assent.

 Nature: A joint forum of the Centre and the states.

 Set up by the President as per Article 279A (1) of the amended Constitution.
Members:

 Union Finance Minister (chairperson).

 Union Minister of State (Finance) from the Centre.

 Each state can nominate a minister in-charge of finance or taxation.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
307
Functions:

 As per Article 279A (4), it provides recommendations on various GST facets, including rates, exemptions,
and special provisions for certain states.

 Decides on various GST rate slabs.

 Supreme Court stated in May 2022 that the recommendations of the GST Council are not binding.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
308
202.
202. India-U.S. Strategic Partnership

 In June 2023, the Indian Prime Minister's visit to the U.S. aimed to bolster the strategic partnership, address
mutual challenges, collaborate in emerging technologies, promote sustainable development, and transition to
clean energy.
Semiconductor Cooperation:

 Micron Technology will invest in a new semiconductor assembly and test facility in India.

 Applied Materials will establish a Semiconductor Centre for Commercialization and Innovation in
India.

 Lam Research will train 60,000 Indian engineers through its "Semiverse Solution".
Telecommunications:

 Joint Task Forces established for Open RAN systems and advanced telecom R&D.

 Bharat 6G and US Next G Alliance will co-lead public-private research for telecommunication
improvements.
Space Collaboration:

 India signed the Artemis Accords for peaceful space exploration.

 NASA will train ISRO astronauts for a joint mission to the International Space Station in 2024.
Quantum and AI:

 Joint Indo-US Quantum Coordination Mechanism established for quantum technology, AI, and
advanced wireless technologies.

 Collaboration on trustworthy AI, generative AI, and promotion of AI education and commercial
opportunities.

 Fibre Optics Investment: Sterlite Technologies Limited invested USD 100 million for an optical fibre
cable manufacturing unit in South Carolina.
Innovation and Technology:

 US-India Commercial Dialogue will launch an "Innovation Handshake".

 India joined the US-led Minerals Security Partnership for sustainable energy minerals supply chains.
Defense Partnership:

 Proposal to co-produce GE's F414 combat aircraft engines in India.

 India to procure MQ-9B SeaGuardian UAVs from General Atomics.

 Service and repair agreements for US Navy ships at Indian shipyards.

 Foundational Defence Agreements: India and US have agreements like BECA, GSOMIA, LEMOA,
and COMCASA.
Counter-Terrorism and Drugs:

 Development of a counter-narcotics framework to disrupt drug production and trafficking.
Indo-Pacific Cooperation:

 US to join the Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative.

 India to participate as an observer in Partners in the Blue Pacific.
Multilateral System:

 Both countries support UN reform, including expansion of the UN Security Council.

 US endorsed India's permanent membership on a reformed UN Security Council.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
309
Healthcare Initiatives:

 Collaboration on AI-enabled digital pathology platforms and radiotherapy treatment for cancer.

 Research on diabetes and a US-India Cancer Dialogue.
Digital Public Infrastructure:

 Collaboration on robust DPIs with privacy, data security, and intellectual property safeguards.
Trade and Investment:

 Bilateral trade exceeded USD 191 billion in 2022.

 Focus on emerging technologies, clean energy, and pharmaceuticals, with efforts to resolve WTO disputes
and market access issues.
Sustainable Development:

 Collaborative efforts to achieve national climate and energy goals.

 US Agency for International Development to support Indian Railways' target to become a "net-zero"
carbon emitter by 2030.
People-Centric Initiatives:

 Simplification of visa renewals for certain work visas.

 Plans to open new consulates in Bengaluru and Ahmedabad.

 Enhanced student exchanges and scholarships.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
310
203.
203. Rajasthan Platform-Based Gig Workers (Registration and Welfare) Bill, 2023

 Definition of Gig Workers: Gig workers work outside the traditional employer-employee relationship,
often for platforms like Swiggy, Zomato, Ola, and Uber. They have flexible hours, multiple income sources,
and are paid per task or service.

 Gig Economy in India: Gig workers are estimated to be around 15 million in India and are projected to
grow to 90 million by 2028.

 The Rajasthan Assembly passed the bill to extend social security benefits to gig workers, addressing their
previous classification as "partners" rather than employees.

 The bill recognizes gig workers' contributions to the economy and aims to offer them essential protection
and support.

 Social Security Access: Gig workers will have access to various social security schemes, including health
insurance, accident coverage, and other welfare measures.

 Grievance Redressal: The bill ensures a platform for gig workers to voice and address their grievances.

 Registration:
o
o All gig workers must register with the state government.
o
o A comprehensive database of gig workers in Rajasthan will be maintained.
o
o Each worker will receive a unique ID for tracking employment history and entitlements.
Welfare Board:

 A "Platform-Based Gig Workers Welfare Board" will be established.

 The board will comprise state officials, representatives from gig workers and aggregators, and members
from civil society.
Welfare Fund:

 Introduction of a "Platform-Based Gig Workers Fund and Welfare Fee" to finance social security
measures.

 The fund will support gig workers during challenging times.

 Fee from Aggregators: Aggregators will pay a fee for each transaction involving a gig worker,
contributing to the welfare fund.
Penalties:

 Provisions for penalties for non-compliance by aggregators.

 Fines range from up to Rs 5 lakh for the first contravention to up to Rs 50 lakh for subsequent
violations.
Code on Social Security, 2020:

 Aims to consolidate laws related to social security for all workers.

 Separate Social Security Funds for unorganized workers, gig workers, and platform workers.

 A National Social Security Board will be established for these workers.

 Funding: Funding for gig workers' schemes may come from contributions by central and state
governments and aggregators.

 Penalties in the 2020 Code: Penalties for certain offenses, including obstructing inspectors and unlawfully
deducting contributions.

 Epidemic Provisions: During an epidemic, the central government can defer or reduce employer and
employee contributions for up to three months.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
311
204.
204. 24th Anniversary of Kargil Vijay Diwas

 Kargil Vijay Diwas Observance: The 24th anniversary of Kargil Vijay Diwas was observed on 26th July
2023.

 Significance: The day is dedicated to the martyred soldiers of the Kargil war.

 Background: After the Indo-Pak war of 1971, there were several military conflicts. Both India and
Pakistan conducted nuclear tests in 1998, escalating tensions leading to the Kargil War in 1999.

 Kargil War Details: The Kargil War, also known as the Kargil conflict, took place between May-July
1999 in the Kargil district of Jammu and Kashmir along the Line of Control (LoC). India emerged
victorious.

 Operation Vijay: In 1999, India and Pakistan signed the Lahore Agreement to peacefully resolve the
Kashmir issue. However, under Operation Badr, Pakistani troops began infiltrating the Indian side of the
LoC, aiming to cut off Indian troops in Siachen. In response, the Indian Army launched Operation Vijay.

 Inception of the War: On 3rd May 1999, Pakistan initiated the war by infiltrating high altitudes in the
rocky mountainous region of Kargil with approximately 5,000 soldiers, capturing the territory.

 Indian Response: Upon receiving information about the infiltration, the Indian government launched
'Operation Vijay' to repel the intruders who had deceitfully occupied Indian territory.

 National War Memorial: Inaugurated in 2019, the National War Memorial is situated around 400 meters
from India Gate.

 Structure of the Memorial: The layout consists of four concentric circles:
o
o "Amar Chakra" or Circle of Immortality
o
o "Veerta Chakra" or Circle of Bravery
o
o "Tyag Chakra" or Circle of Sacrifice
o
o "Rakshak Chakra" or Circle of Protection

 Proposal Origin: The idea for a National War Memorial was first proposed in the 1960s.

 Dedication: The memorial honors soldiers who sacrificed their lives for the nation during:
o
o Sino-Indian war in 1962
o
o Various Indo-Pak wars
o
o Indian Peace Keeping Force Operations in Sri Lanka (1987-90)
o
o Kargil Conflict in 1999

 Additional Commemorations:

 The National War Memorial also commemorates soldiers who:
o
o Participated in United Nations peace-keeping missions
o
o Engaged in Humanitarian Assistance Disaster Relief (HADR) operations
o
o Took part in counterinsurgency operations
o
o Were involved in Low-Intensity Conflict Operations (LICO).

 Kargil War's Strategic Importance: The war highlighted the importance of high-altitude warfare and
the need for modern equipment and strategies.

 Post-war Diplomacy: The Kargil War led to increased diplomatic efforts between India and Pakistan
to reduce tensions and prevent future conflicts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
312
205.
205. Supreme Court to hear pleas on extending RTI to political parties

 The Supreme Court has decided to conduct a detailed hearing on petitions that aim to bring political
parties under the Right to Information (RTI) Act.

 The Court emphasized that there are certain limitations. For instance, they cannot question political parties
about their choice of candidates for specific constituencies.

 The hearing for this matter has been scheduled for August 1.

 Advocate Prashant Bhushan's Statement: Representing the NGO 'Association for Democratic
Reforms', Bhushan pointed out that the Central Information Commission (CIC) had, in its 2008
judgment, suggested that political parties should come under the RTI Act.

 RTI Act's Emphasis: The RTI Act underscores the importance of an "informed citizenry" for a
democracy and emphasizes the need for transparency for the smooth functioning of a constitutional
democracy.

 Petitioner-advocate Ashwini Upadhyay's Argument: Upadhyay highlighted various state concessions
given to political parties, such as official bungalow allotments, IT exemptions for donors, control by
the Election Commission, and free airtime on national broadcasters. He argued that these concessions
make political parties eligible to be under the RTI Act.

 Solicitor General Tushar Mehta's View: Mehta stated that a CIC order shouldn't be the sole reason for
the Supreme Court to instruct the legislature to amend the law to include political parties under the
RTI Act.

 Previous Court Directives: Senior advocate Gopal Shankaranarayanan mentioned that the court had
previously directed political parties to disclose the criminal backgrounds of their candidates on their
official websites. However, this directive has often been overlooked.

 Advocate PV Dinesh's Statement: Representing CPM, Dinesh expressed that his client supports the
idea of political parties being transparent, especially regarding finances and donations. However, he
emphasized that political parties shouldn't be compelled to disclose their candidate selection criteria or
internal political strategies.

 Central Theme: The core debate revolves around whether political parties should be brought under the
purview of the RTI Act, which would mandate greater transparency in their operations.

 Potential Implications: If political parties come under the RTI Act, they might have to disclose
information about their finances, donations, and other internal matters to the public.

 Stakeholders: Various stakeholders, including NGOs, advocates, and political parties, have voiced their
opinions on this matter.

 Historical Context: The discussion about bringing political parties under the RTI Act isn't new. The
Central Information Commission had touched upon this topic in its 2008 judgment.

 Future Developments: The outcome of the Supreme Court's hearing could have significant implications
for the transparency and functioning of political parties in India.
Right to Information (RTI) Overview:

 The right to information was recognized when the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was adopted
in 1948. The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights 1966 also emphasizes this right. The
Indian Parliament enacted the RTI Act in 2005.

 The Supreme Court, in the 1986 case of Mr. Kulwal vs. Jaipur Municipal Corporation, linked the
freedom of speech and expression under Article 19 of the Constitution to the Right to Information.

 The RTI Act aims to enhance people's participation in the democratic process and promote transparency
and accountability.

 The Act covers the entire nation except Jammu and Kashmir. It defines "information" as any material in
any form, including electronic records, and "Right to Information" as the right to access information held by
public authorities.

 Public Authority Definition: A public authority is any entity established by the Constitution,
Parliament/State Legislature, or by a government order/notification. It includes bodies financed by the
government.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
313

 Time Frame: Information should be provided within 30 days of an application. If the information
concerns life or liberty, it should be supplied within 48 hours.

 The RTI Act promotes participatory democracy, empowers citizens, and makes the government more
accountable. It has exposed wrongdoings in high-profile cases like the Commonwealth Games and 2G
spectrum allocation.

 Misuse of the RTI Act, illiteracy, and unawareness among the population, and the act's unintended use as a
grievance redressal mechanism are some challenges.

 RTI vs. Other Legislations: The RTI Act overrides provisions in the Indian Evidence Act, Atomic
Energy Act, Central Civil Services Act, and the Official Secrets Act (OSA) that restrict information
disclosure.

 RTI and Political Parties: Activists advocate for political parties to come under RTI to ensure
transparency in funding and operations. However, political parties argue against this, fearing misuse of
disclosed information.

 Recent Amendments: The RTI amendment Bill 2013 excludes political parties from the definition of
public authorities. The proposed RTI Amendment Act 2018 seeks to give the Centre power over the
tenures and salaries of information commissioners.

 Electoral Reforms: Suggestions include creating a National Election Fund, regulating political parties,
preventing criminals from contesting, and scrutinizing party manifestos.

 RTI vs. Right to Privacy: While RTI promotes access to information, the right to privacy protects it.
Both rights safeguard citizen liberties against state overreach.

 RTI vs. OSA: The RTI Act's provisions override the Official Secrets Act. Information under OSA can be
disclosed if it serves the public interest.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
314
206.
206. Political Funding and Electoral Bond
According to the Association of Democratic Reforms (ADR), electoral bonds have emerged as a major
source of political funding. Between 2016-17 and 2021-22, political parties received donations amounting to
₹9,188.35 crore through these bonds.

 Introduced in India in 2017 and implemented in 2018, electoral bonds represent a financial instrument for
making donations to political parties. These bonds aim to ensure transparency while protecting donor
confidentiality.

 Significant Increase During Elections: Donations surged in 2019-20, coinciding with the general
elections, with political parties receiving ₹3,438.8237 crore. The year 2021-22 also saw substantial
contributions due to the Assembly elections.
Figure 93. Source: HT

 Dominance Over Other Donation Forms: Electoral bonds contributed 55.90% of the total donations to
political parties, overshadowing corporate contributions and other forms of funding.

 National Parties' Reliance: National parties experienced a 743% increase in donations via electoral
bonds from FY 2017-18 to FY 2021-22, indicating a growing reliance on these instruments.

 Regional Parties' Participation: Similar to national parties, regional political factions also received a
significant portion of their funding through electoral bonds.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
315

 Bias Towards Ruling Party: The ruling party, BJP, secured the most substantial portion of electoral
bond donations, highlighting a potential bias in the distribution of political contributions.

 Anonymity Concerns: Despite their transparency objective, electoral bonds have been criticized for
keeping donor identities secret, raising questions about accountability and potential misuse.

 Risk of Crony Capitalism: The anonymity of electoral bonds raises concerns about crony capitalism
and the influence of undisclosed corporate funding in political decision-making.

 Regulatory Loopholes: The removal of certain clauses from the Companies Act, allowing unlimited
political contributions, poses risks of money laundering and undue influence in politics.

 SBI as the Sole Issuer: The State Bank of India (SBI) is the exclusive issuer of electoral bonds,
available in multiple denominations and purchasable by Indian citizens and entities.

 Eligibility Criteria for Parties: Only parties registered under Section 29A of the Representation of the
People Act, 1951, and securing at least 1% of the votes in the last general election, are eligible to receive
donations through electoral bonds.

 Validity and Encashment: Electoral bonds, once issued, remain valid for 15 days, ensuring short-term
liquidity and necessitating prompt encashment by political parties.

 Mandatory Disclosures: Political parties must disclose details of the funds received through electoral
bonds, promoting some level of transparency and accountability in political funding.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
316
207.
207. Supreme Court on Tenure Extensions of Enforcement Directorate Chief
The Supreme Court ruled the two extensions given to the Enforcement Directorate (ED) Director, post the
established end date, as legally invalid.

 Continuation with Reduced Tenure: Despite the ruling, the court permitted the director to retain his
position until July 31, shortening his total term.

 Appointment and Extension Background: Initially appointed in November 2018 for two years, the
director received a tenure extension in November 2020, leading to legal challenges.

 Supreme Court's Mandamus: On September 8, 2021, the Supreme Court rejected the extension
petition and issued a mandamus, barring further extensions.

 Legislative Amendments and Challenges: Subsequent government amendments to the Central Vigilance
Commission Act, 2003, and the Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946, faced opposition as they
were deemed to contradict the court's fixed tenure advocacy.

 Court's Stance on Amendments: The amendments were upheld as constitutional, but the specific
extensions for the ED director were invalidated for breaching the prior mandamus.

 Appointment Process for ED Director: The ED Director's appointment is governed by Section 25 of
the CVC Act, 2003, involving a selection committee comprising various government department
representatives.

 Mandamus Explained: Mandamus is a judicial remedy in the form of an order from a court to any
government, subordinate court, corporation, or public authority, to do some specific act which that body is
obliged under law to do.

 Enforcement Directorate Overview: The ED, under the Ministry of Finance's Department of
Revenue, investigates money laundering and foreign exchange violations.

 Historical Evolution: Established in 1956 as an 'Enforcement Unit', it transformed into the
'Enforcement Directorate' in 1957 and shifted under the Department of Revenue's control in 1960.

 Legal Framework: The ED operates under laws like the Foreign Exchange Management Act,1999
(FEMA), and the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA).

 Organizational Structure: Headquartered in New Delhi, the ED is led by the Director of Enforcement,
with regional offices in various cities managed by Special Directors of Enforcement.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
317
208.
208. Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act
The Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act was enacted in 1991 by the Indian government to freeze
the status of places of worship as they were on August 15, 1947.

 Preservation of Religious Harmony: The act aims to preserve the religious harmony and the spirit of the
Indian ethos that was prevalent when India gained independence.

 Non-retrospective Nature: It doesn't apply retrospectively. Disputes settled before the act or under the
legal process at the time of the act's enforcement are not altered.

 Ayodhya Verdict Exception: The legislation specifically excludes the Ram Janmabhoomi-Babri Masjid
dispute from its purview, which was later addressed by the Supreme Court in 2019.

 Legal Prohibitions: The act prohibits conversion of any place of worship of any religious denomination
or different section of it.

 Maintenance of Status Quo: All places of worship, like temples, mosques, churches, and gurudwaras, are
mandated to maintain their character as it was on August 15, 1947.

 Restoration in Case of Violation: If any change occurred after the cutoff date in violation of the act, the
original status of the place of worship is to be restored.

 Legal Recourse and Penalties: The act provides for a jail term of up to three years and a fine for
anyone guilty of contravening the provisions.

 Overriding Effect: The act holds an overriding effect on all other laws in force. This ensures its
provisions are upheld, even if contradictory to other legislation.

 Authority and Jurisdiction: The act empowers the central government to make rules and establish a
mechanism for the determination of disputes related to the conversion of any place of worship.

 Promotion of Communal Harmony: Through this act, the government aims to encourage communal
harmony by acknowledging the religious sentiments of all communities.

 Legal Challenges and Criticism: The act has faced legal challenges and criticism, particularly regarding
its constitutional validity and its impact on the right to religious freedom.

 Supreme Court's Role: The Supreme Court of India plays a crucial role in interpreting and upholding the
act, ensuring it aligns with the constitutional provisions.

 Current Relevance: The act remains a significant legal framework in contemporary India, dealing with
communal issues and religious disputes, ensuring the secular fabric of the nation is maintained.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
318
209.
209. Panchayat Development Index (PDI)
The Panchayat Development Index (PDI) is a comprehensive measure that evaluates the performance and
effectiveness of Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) across various developmental and governance
parameters.

 Objective of the PDI: The index aims to foster healthy competition among Panchayats, encouraging them
to improve governance and developmental activities, thereby enhancing the overall quality of rural life.

 Parameters of Evaluation: The PDI assesses Panchayats on several critical parameters, including health
and sanitation, education, agricultural practices, water resources, women's participation, financial
management, and social welfare programs.

 Data Collection and Methodology: Data for the index is gathered through extensive field surveys,
feedback from local residents, and records from the Panchayats themselves, ensuring a holistic and objective
evaluation.

 Ranking and Recognition: Panchayats are ranked based on their PDI scores, with higher-ranking ones
receiving recognition and additional support or funding to further their developmental initiatives.

 Transparency and Accountability: The PDI promotes transparency and accountability in the functioning
of PRIs by making their performance public, thereby allowing residents to be informed about their
Panchayat's activities.

 Empowerment of Panchayats: By identifying areas of improvement, the index empowers Panchayats to
make informed decisions and prioritize initiatives that will have the most significant impact on their
communities.

 Inclusivity in Development: The index encourages Panchayats to adopt more inclusive development
policies, ensuring that the benefits of growth and progress are equitably distributed among all community
members.

 Benchmark for Best Practices: The PDI serves as a benchmark for best practices, allowing other
Panchayats to learn from the experiences and initiatives of the higher-performing ones.

 Pilot Project Execution: The initial phase of the Panchayat Development Index (PDI) involved a pilot
project, strategically conducted in four specific districts within Maharashtra: Pune, Sangli, Satara, and
Solapur.

 Purpose of the Pilot Study: This preliminary study served as a foundational step, gathering critical data
and insights that contributed to the comprehensive report compiled by the Panchayat Development Index
Committee.

 Findings from the Pilot Study: An analysis of the data revealed a significant finding - a majority, or
70%, of the evaluated panchayats in these districts were classified under Category C, indicating areas
with considerable room for improvement.

 Minority High-Performing Panchayats: Conversely, a smaller segment, 27%, achieved a Category B
status, reflecting a relatively higher standard of development and governance practices.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
319
210.
210. Farmers Distress Index

 Inception by CRIDA: The initiative is undertaken by CRIDA, a prominent institution within ICAR's
framework, focusing on an Early Warning System unique to India's agricultural context.

 Anticipating Agrarian Distress: The index is designed to foresee farming distress and prevent its
escalation from individual farmers to larger geographical units like villages or blocks.

 Proactive Intervention: It serves as a tool for various stakeholders, including central and state
governments, local authorities, and NGOs, enabling them to intervene proactively upon early detection of
distress signals.

 Objective of the Index: The primary aim is to reduce instances of crop failure, loss, and subsequent
income shocks that contribute to agrarian distress, often leading to extreme steps like farmer suicides.

 Increased Vulnerability: Recent years have seen a rise in farmers' susceptibility to various shocks due to
increased extreme climatic events and significant market and price fluctuations.

 Methodology Employed: The index's formulation involves a comprehensive approach, including scanning
local news sources, social media, and conducting telephonic interviews with farmers, focusing on early
distress detection.

 Key Indicators: Responses from the data collection are evaluated against seven crucial indicators -
exposure to risks, debt, adaptive capacity, landholding size, irrigation facilities, mitigation strategies, and
immediate triggers including socio-psychological factors.

 Index Interpretation: Distress levels are indicated on a scale from 0 to 1, with varying degrees of severity
- low (0 to 0.5), moderate (0.5 to 0.7), and severe (above 0.7).

 Identifying Contributing Factors: In cases of severe distress, the index helps pinpoint the predominant
factors among the seven indicators contributing to the farmers' plight.

 Facilitating Targeted Actions: Depending on distress severity, different agencies can initiate specific
interventions to preempt income shocks, such as direct money transfers or early release of insurance claims.

 Enhancing Existing Solutions: The approach augments current relief measures like PMFBY, allowing for
interim relief based on predictive distress assessments, rather than waiting for full survey completions.

 Potential Impact: Successful implementation of the Farmers Distress Index could significantly alleviate
income shocks for farmers and improve the overall health of the agricultural sector.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
320
211.
211. India-Africa Partnership: Achievements, Challenges, and Roadmap 2030

 Initiation of the Report: The Vivekananda International Foundation formed a 20-member Africa
Expert Group (AEG) which compiled a comprehensive report named 'India-Africa Partnership:
Achievements, Challenges and Roadmap 2030'.

 Purpose of the Report: The document underscores the necessity for continual policy reassessment and
application to fortify India's ties with Africa, considering the continent's burgeoning population and global
significance.

 Africa's Transformation: The continent is experiencing substantial shifts across its demographic,
economic, political, and societal structures, with a strong emphasis on regional unification and democratic
enhancement, despite persistent internal conflicts in certain regions.
Figure 95. Source: Gateway House

 International Interests in Africa: Global powers, including China, Russia, the USA, the EU, Japan,
Turkey, and the UAE, are vying for influence in Africa to secure economic advantages and political leverage.

 China's Dominance: Since 2000, China has emerged as a principal ally of Africa, significantly
investing in the continent's infrastructure, resources, and financial sectors.

 Enhancing India-Africa Political Relations: Recommendations include resuming regular summits,
advocating for the African Union's full membership in G-20, and instituting a dedicated African affairs
division within India's Ministry of External Affairs.

 Defence and Security Proposals: The report suggests expanding defence dialogues, boosting maritime
security cooperation, and providing credit lines for defence exports, along with broader collaboration in
counterterrorism and cybersecurity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
321

 Economic Cooperation and Development: Initiatives like the Africa Growth Fund are proposed to boost
trade, alongside strategies to amplify project exports and technological partnerships.

 Socio-Cultural Exchange Enhancement: The roadmap emphasizes increased academic exchanges, the
establishment of an African Studies center, and more liberal visa policies for African students in India.

 Execution of 'Roadmap 2030': A specialized implementation mechanism is advised, involving
collaboration between various Indian government departments, ensuring a cohesive approach to
strengthening India-Africa relations.

 India's Economic Gains in Africa: Africa offers vast opportunities for Indian industries, with trade figures
witnessing a substantial increase, indicating a thriving economic partnership.

 Developmental Assistance and Health Collaboration: India's contributions span various sectors in
Africa, including infrastructure, healthcare, and capacity building, highlighted by affordable medication
supplies and technical support in disease control.

 Defence Engagements: India's defence strategy includes comprehensive MoUs with African nations
along the Indian Ocean Rim, signifying deeper military and strategic cooperation.

 Digital and Technological Outreach: Projects like the Pan African e-Network highlight India's
commitment to digital empowerment in Africa, offering educational and medical assistance through
digital platforms.

 Africa's Strategic Importance to India: The continent's rapid economic growth, substantial demographic
size, and abundant natural resources present critical strategic advantages for India, necessitating a robust and
multifaceted partnership approach.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
322
212.
212. International Conference on Green Hydrogen
The ICGH-2023, a three-day event, began in New Delhi, focusing on fostering a systemic approach to
global decarbonization goals by establishing a Green Hydrogen ecosystem.

 Hydrogen Production Technologies: Discussions revolved around diverse green hydrogen production
methods, including electrolysis, thermochemical processes, biological methods, and photocatalysis,
emphasizing the need for cost reduction and scalability.

 Storage and Distribution Challenges: The conference addressed green hydrogen storage and
transportation issues, exploring solutions like compression, liquefaction, metal hydrides, and ammonia, and
the potential of hydrogen pipelines and refueling stations.

 Applications of Green Hydrogen: Various sectors, including mobility, industry, and power generation,
were highlighted for their potential applications of green hydrogen, discussing both the advantages and
obstacles of using it as a fuel or feedstock.

 Green Financing Mechanisms: The event explored financing avenues for green hydrogen projects, such
as green bonds, carbon credits, and subsidies, and the significance of public-private partnerships and
multilateral agencies in bolstering green hydrogen initiatives.

 Human Resource Development: Emphasis was placed on cultivating skilled professionals in the green
hydrogen sector and strategies for upskilling the current workforce and broadening stakeholder awareness.

 Startup Ecosystem Role: The conference underscored the impact of startups in bringing innovation to the
green hydrogen sector, featuring successful ventures and their contributions.

 Understanding Green Hydrogen: Defined as renewable energy, green hydrogen is produced by water
electrolysis using electricity from renewable sources, contributing to climate neutrality.

 Green Hydrogen's Importance: Recognized for its potential in decarbonizing multiple sectors and
balancing renewable energy supply, green hydrogen is pivotal for achieving net-zero emissions by 2050.

 India's Green Hydrogen Initiatives: India is advancing in green hydrogen technology, aiming for 5
million metric tonnes of annual green hydrogen production by 2030, supported by the National Green
Hydrogen Mission.

 Production Challenges: The high costs associated with green hydrogen production and the need for
substantial renewable energy capacity are major hurdles.

 Infrastructure and Water Constraints: India faces challenges in developing adequate infrastructure for
green hydrogen and ensuring water availability for its production.

 Strategic Moves Forward: Prioritizing research, clear regulatory support, infrastructure development, and
attracting private investment are crucial steps for India's green hydrogen sector.

 Large-Scale Demonstrations: Implementing large-scale projects showcasing green hydrogen's viability is
essential to attract investments and serve as benchmarks for future initiatives.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
323
213.
213. Decline in Global Tropical Primary Forests: Global Forest Watch
The World Resources Institute's Global Forest Watch unveiled alarming data in their latest report,
showing a loss of 4.1 million hectares of tropical primary forests in 2022, equivalent to 11 football fields
disappearing every minute.

 Primary Forests Defined: These forests are unique ecosystems, often untouched with minimal human
activity, hosting native tree species and undisturbed ecological processes.

 Significance of Primary Forests: Comprising about 34% of the world's forests, these crucial areas are
biodiversity hotspots and significant carbon sinks, making their conservation a global priority.

 Deforestation Hotspots: The tropics are the most affected areas, with over 96% of deforestation
occurring there, highlighting an urgent need for global action.

 Impact on Biodiversity and Climate: The loss of primary forests is almost irreversible, with secondary
forests unable to replicate the biodiversity richness and carbon sequestration potential of primary forests.

 Global Commitments Falling Short: Despite international pledges, such as the Bonn Challenge, the
current deforestation rates indicate inadequate progress in forest restoration and a failure to meet critical
environmental commitments.

 Tree Cover Loss Dynamics: In 2022, global tree cover loss, including all forest types, fell by 10%,
primarily due to a reduction in forest fires. However, non-fire related losses marginally increased.

 India's Forest Scenario: Between 2021 and 2022, India lost 43.9 thousand hectares of humid primary
forest, contributing to 17% of its total tree cover loss.

 Forest Cover in India: As per the India State of Forest Report 2021, India's forest and tree cover
constitute 24.62% of its total geographical area, with Madhya Pradesh having the most extensive forest
cover.

 Top Forested States in India: In terms of the percentage of forest cover relative to total geographical
area, Mizoram, Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya, Manipur, and Nagaland lead the country.

 Indian Government's Conservation Efforts: Several initiatives, including the Forest Conservation Act,
1980, National Afforestation Programme, Environment Protection Act of 1986, and the Recognition of Forest
Rights Act, 2006, underline India's commitment to forest conservation.

 Protected Areas in India: Certain states in India have a significant percentage of their forest cover
designated as Protected Areas, emphasizing the ecological and conservation value of these regions.

 Challenges Ahead: The report underscores the need for accelerated efforts in forest conservation,
enhanced reforestation activities, and global cooperation to safeguard these ecological treasures for future
generations.

 Strategic Importance of Forests: Beyond their environmental value, forests are critical for socio-
economic stability, climate change mitigation, and sustaining indigenous communities' livelihoods.

 Call to Action: The findings serve as a wake-up call for the international community to intensify forest
conservation efforts, implement sustainable land management practices, and commit to restoring lost forests
for a greener future.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
324
214.
214. Energy Transition Index 2023
The WEF's Energy Transition Index (ETI) for 2023 placed India at 67th globally, recognizing it as the
only major economy gaining momentum in all aspects of energy transition.

 Index Criteria: The ETI evaluates 120 economies based on multiple factors including economic growth,
environmental sustainability, energy security, and readiness for transition to inclusive energy systems.

 Top Performers: Sweden leads the index, followed by Denmark, Norway, Finland, and Switzerland.
Among the G20 countries, only France featured in the top ten.

 Global Energy Transition Progress: Since 2014, global average scores on the ETI have risen by 10%,
though progress has been minimal in the last three years, with consistent advancement in only 41
countries.

 India's Positive Contributors: India's improved ranking is attributed to universal electricity access,
adoption of clean cooking facilities, and expansion of renewable energy.

 Resilience During Energy Crisis: India's minimal dependence on natural gas and efficient use of its
energy capacities have buffered it against the global energy crisis.

 Challenges for India: The country faces hurdles with its heavy reliance on carbon-intensive energy
sources and increasing energy imports, especially amidst global market instabilities.

 Economic Considerations: India needs to navigate its energy transition while maintaining economic
growth and generating quality employment opportunities for its expanding workforce.

 Strategic Recommendations: To sustain energy transition momentum, India requires robust policy
management and collaborations. Emphasis is on clean energy investment, technological innovation, and
energy conservation, ensuring an inclusive approach.

 Human Capital and Collaboration: The transition necessitates a skilled workforce, enhanced public-
private partnerships, and substantial investment in research and development for low-carbon technologies.

 About WEF: Established in 1971, the WEF is a Swiss-based international organization committed to
fostering public-private cooperation to improve global conditions.

 WEF's Mission: It aims to engage various leaders in shaping industry, regional, and global agendas,
striving for a positive change in societal state.

 Leadership: The WEF was founded by Klaus Schwab, who also serves as its Executive Chairman.

 Key Publications by WEF: Reports such as the Global Competitiveness Report, Global IT Report,
Global Gender Gap Report, Global Risk Report, and Global Travel and Tourism Report are annually
published by the WEF.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
325
215.
215. Government Launches Sagar Sampark
The Indian government initiated 'Sagar Sampark' to enhance its maritime relationships, focusing on
better connectivity with neighboring island countries.

 Objective: The primary aim is to promote economic and security cooperation in the Indian Ocean region,
ensuring peace, stability, and prosperity.

 Strategic Importance: This initiative is crucial for India's strategic interests, helping to counterbalance the
growing influence of other regional powers and maintain a presence in crucial maritime zones.

 Economic Prospects: 'Sagar Sampark' is expected to boost trade, investment, and economic
cooperation between India and Indian Ocean island nations, enhancing the shared prospects for growth.

 Security Concerns: The program addresses security in the maritime domain, with a focus on countering
threats like piracy, terrorism, and other illegal maritime activities.

 Diplomatic Outreach: It represents a significant step in India's diplomatic efforts, strengthening ties with
important global players and regional allies, emphasizing the shared values and mutual interests.

 Infrastructure Development: The initiative includes developing ports, enhancing shipping routes, and
improving logistical operations, facilitating smoother trade and strategic cooperation.

 Cultural Exchange: 'Sagar Sampark' also encourages cultural exchange and people-to-people contact,
fostering a sense of community and mutual understanding among participating nations.

 Environmental Protection: Collaborative efforts for environmental protection and sustainable ocean
resource management are an integral part of this initiative.

 Disaster Management Cooperation: The program facilitates cooperation in disaster risk reduction and
management, enhancing the region's capacity to respond to natural calamities.

 Energy Security: It aims to collaborate on securing energy routes and ensuring the safe transportation of
energy resources, critical for the economic stability of the region.

 Scientific Collaboration: The initiative promotes joint scientific research projects, especially in
oceanography and marine sciences, contributing to the region's technological and scientific advancement.

 Regional Forums: 'Sagar Sampark' works in conjunction with other regional forums and dialogues,
ensuring a comprehensive approach to regional issues.

 Capacity Building: It includes training and capacity-building programs for professionals in the maritime
sector, enhancing skills and cooperation.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
326
216.
216. China developing Infrastructure Around Pangong Tso
Pangong Tso, a trans-Himalayan lake, holds strategic importance due to its location, extending from India
to the Tibetan Autonomous Region, China.

 Recent times have seen escalated infrastructure development around Pangong Tso, including road
construction, military outposts, and advanced surveillance mechanisms.

 Strategic Roadways: India has constructed key roads in the region, enhancing logistical support for the
armed forces and ensuring quicker, more efficient troop movement.

 Military Stance: The infrastructure boost is part of India's broader strategy to strengthen its military
presence along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) amidst tensions with China.

 Diplomatic Implications: These developments occur within a complex diplomatic context, with talks
between India and China continuing without any conclusive de-escalation process.

 Local Impact: Infrastructure enhancements have also affected local communities, with improved
connectivity and potential boosts to the economy, but also concerns over environmental and cultural
disruptions.

 Environmental Concerns: The rapid infrastructure development raises ecological concerns, potentially
threatening the local wildlife and the environmental balance of this high-altitude region.

 Tourism Aspect: The area around Pangong Tso, popularized by tourism, faces changes with increased
military focus, impacting local tourism dynamics.

 Border Security: Advanced surveillance systems, including drones and monitoring stations, have been
installed, increasing the security grid's efficiency in this sensitive border region.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
327

 International Relations: The developments around Pangong Tso have broader implications for India-
China relations, reflecting the delicate balance of power dynamics in the region.

 Defensive Infrastructure: Both nations have ramped up the construction of bunkers, barracks, and
underground depots to safeguard troops and equipment against potential hostilities.

 Air Support: The upgrade of airstrips and the establishment of advanced landing grounds have been
undertaken to ensure robust air support for ground operations.

 Civilian Movement: The infrastructure improvements, while primarily strategic, also promise enhanced
civilian movement and economic activities in the longer term.

 Collaborative Efforts: Despite the tension, there's a peripheral focus on collaborative efforts between the
two countries to maintain peace and tranquility in the border areas.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
328
217.
217. World Population Day
To recognize and address the unique challenge of a burgeoning world population, it was decided to observe
World Population Day on July 11 every year.

 The United Nations has chosen World Population Day 2023's theme as "Unleashing the power of
gender Equality: Uplifting the voices of women and girls to unlock our world's infinite possibilities."

 Historical Context: Established by the United Nations in 1989, World Population Day originated in
response to global interest and concern regarding population issues, following the world's population
reaching five billion two years prior.

 Global Significance: The day serves as a critical prompt for leaders, policymakers, and individuals to
reflect on the planet's population trends and the profound implications of demographic changes for the
world's development goals.

 Advocacy and Awareness: Activities and events worldwide on this day promote knowledge and spur
action to address population-related issues, from family planning and healthcare access to gender rights and
environmental impacts.

 Sustainable Goals Alignment: World Population Day's objectives align with the UN’s Sustainable
Development Goals, aiming for a holistic approach to ensure health and prosperity with due regard for
environmental sustainability.

 Population Trends: The observance draws attention to ongoing shifts in global demographics, highlighting
challenges like overpopulation, underpopulation, and unequal population distribution, affecting social and
economic development.

 Educational Focus: Educational campaigns are integral to World Population Day, disseminating
information on population dynamics, sexual health, family planning, and human rights, aiming to empower
people for informed decision-making.

 Women and Youth: Special emphasis is placed on empowering women and youth, recognizing their
central role in shaping demographic trends and their rights to health, education, and opportunities.

 Healthcare Access: The day advocates for universal access to reproductive healthcare services, including
family planning, as a cornerstone for population management and women's health.

 Environmental Connection: World Population Day 2023 accentuates the link between population
dynamics and environmental degradation, pushing for sustainable practices and conservation efforts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
329
218.
218. Historic Nomination in Rajya Sabha:
For the first time, the Rajya Sabha Chairman has nominated four female MPs to the Vice-Chairperson
panel, marking a historic move towards gender equality in the chamber.

 Equal Representation: This unprecedented step ensures women have equal representation in the Vice-
Chairperson panel, a significant move especially with the women’s reservation Bill still pending since its
introduction in 1996.

 Smt. S. Phangnon Konyak's Milestone: Among the nominated, Smt. S. Phangnon Konyak has the
distinct honor of being the first woman from Nagaland elected to the Rajya Sabha.

 Digital Advancement: In line with technological advancements, the Rajya Sabha Chair has transitioned to
a fully digital platform.

 Understanding the Vice-Chairperson Panel: As per Article 118(1) of the Constitution, the Rajya
Sabha is empowered to make rules for its procedure and business conduct. The Chairman, under these rules,
nominates a panel of vice-chairpersons.

 Role and Powers of Vice-Chairpersons: Members of this panel can preside over the House sessions in the
absence of the Chairman or Deputy Chairman, possessing the same authoritative powers as the Chairman
during these times.

 Provisions During Absences: If both the Chairman and a vice-chairperson are absent, the House
determines another person to act as Chairman. However, the panel members cannot preside when the
Chairman or Deputy Chairman positions are vacant.

 Presidential Appointments During Vacancies: When the Chairman’s office is vacant, the President
appoints House members to perform the Chairman's duties.

 Trend of Women’s Representation: There has been a positive trend in the number of women members in
the Lok Sabha, increasing from 8.3% in 2004 to 14.9% in 2019.

 Vice President's Role: The Vice President serves as the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha but is
not a member of the House. The Deputy Chairman, responsible for the House's daily matters in the
Chairman's absence, is elected from the Rajya Sabha members.

 Voting Rights of Nominated Members: While nominated members of both Houses of Parliament cannot
vote in the presidential election, they are eligible to vote in the Vice President’s election.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
330
219.
219. Rajasthan Minimum Guaranteed Income Bill 2023
Rajasthan has pioneered a social welfare approach through the introduction of the Minimum Guaranteed
Income Bill 2023, ensuring financial stability for its residents.

 Guaranteed Minimum Income: The legislation promises a fixed minimum income to families,
enhancing their financial security, akin to the objectives of the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural
Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) but with a broader scope.

 Economic Security for Vulnerable Groups: The primary aim of the bill is to provide a safety net for
economically disadvantaged groups, ensuring they have a reliable income stream.

 Enhancement of MGNREGA: By guaranteeing income, the bill is set to augment the efforts of
MGNREGA in rural areas, ensuring livelihood and reducing poverty.

 Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT): The scheme involves direct monetary transfers to beneficiaries'
accounts, ensuring transparency and reducing the potential for corruption.

 Inclusion of Urban Areas: Unlike MGNREGA, which is focused on rural employment, this initiative
extends to urban residents, making it more comprehensive in combating poverty.

 Empowerment Through Financial Independence: The guaranteed income is expected to empower
residents, particularly women, by providing them with financial autonomy.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
331

 Stimulating Economic Growth: By providing families with a minimum income, the bill is anticipated to
stimulate local economies, as it increases purchasing power and consumer spending.

 Reducing Economic Disparities: The initiative is a step towards reducing economic inequalities within the
state, uplifting the poorest households.

 Collaboration with Financial Institutions: The state government is likely to collaborate with banks and
other financial entities to ensure the smooth implementation of direct transfers.

 Monitoring Mechanism: The bill proposes a robust monitoring mechanism to oversee the correct
implementation of the guaranteed income, ensuring it reaches the intended beneficiaries.

 Legal Framework for Welfare: This legislation provides a legal guarantee for the welfare measure,
making it enforceable and ensuring government accountability.

 Alignment with National Goals: The move aligns with national objectives of poverty alleviation,
economic empowerment, and sustainable development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
332
220.
220. 8th round of India-Australia Defence Policy Talks
The 8th round of India-Australia Defence Policy Talks, indicative of ongoing high-level engagement,
reinforces the strategic partnership between the two nations.

 Bilateral Defence Cooperation: The talks underscored the commitment of both India and Australia to
enhance bilateral defence relations as a key component of their comprehensive strategic partnership.
Figure 98. Indian Express

 Focus on Indo-Pacific Region: A significant part of the discussion revolved around the importance of a
free, open, and inclusive Indo-Pacific, highlighting the shared interests of both nations in regional peace and
stability.

 Shared Defence Interests: Both countries acknowledged their mutual interest in promoting security and
prosperity and expressed their commitment to working bilaterally and with regional partners.

 Defence Technology and Industry Cooperation: The talks included considerations on deepening
cooperation in defence science and technology, industry engagement, and fostering innovation.

 Military Exercises and Training: The dialogue emphasized the importance of continued military
exercises and training exchanges between the two countries, enhancing interoperability and coordination.

 Maritime Security Cooperation: Recognizing the maritime domain's significance, India and Australia
discussed ways to strengthen cooperation in maritime security, ensuring freedom of navigation and
overflight.

 Counter-Terrorism Efforts: The nations reaffirmed their resolve to combat terrorism in all its forms and
manifestations, discussing strategies for enhanced counter-terrorism cooperation.

 Defence Policy and Strategy: The dialogue facilitated an exchange of views on various defence policy
issues, enabling both countries to align their defense strategies better.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
333

 Regional Security Dynamics: The talks encompassed an assessment of the regional security environment,
including challenges and opportunities for cooperation.

 Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR): Discussions also touched upon collaboration in
HADR operations, an area where both countries have previously worked together.

 Defence Material Cooperation: The possibility of cooperation concerning defence material and logistics
support was also on the agenda, promoting mutual self-reliance.

 Multilateral Engagements: Both sides discussed their engagement in regional and multilateral
frameworks, reflecting their shared commitment to upholding a rules-based international order.
Figure 99. Source: Business Standard
09717289708 | w 6390573333
334
221.
221. India-UK Free Trade Agreement
India and the United Kingdom are in the process of detailed negotiations aimed at establishing a
comprehensive Free Trade Agreement (FTA), intending to foster bilateral trade and investment.

 Enhanced Trade Relations: The FTA is a strategic component in enhancing trade relations between India
and the UK, potentially leading to significant economic growth and stronger ties.
Figure 100. Source: Mint

 Focus Areas: The negotiations cover a wide range of trade-related aspects, including goods and services
trade, digital trade, and rules of origin, aiming for a holistic agreement.

 Economic Benefits: The FTA is expected to unlock numerous economic benefits for both countries,
potentially boosting job creation, enhancing competitiveness, and providing greater market access for
businesses.

 Post-Brexit Strategy: For the UK, this agreement is part of its post-Brexit strategy to establish stronger
trade partnerships outside the European Union, signifying the importance of India in its global trade plans.

 Market Access: One of the critical negotiation points is market access, where both countries are discussing
tariff reductions on various goods to facilitate smoother and more profitable trade.

 Services Sector: The services sector, including IT, finance, and health services, is a significant component
of the discussions, given both countries' strengths in these areas.

 Investment Opportunities: The FTA talks also encompass investment rules and protections, aiming to
create a conducive environment for increased bilateral investment flows.

 Intellectual Property Rights: The negotiations include provisions on intellectual property rights, ensuring
adequate protection for innovations and creative works.

 Sustainable Development: Both parties are considering sustainable development aspects within the trade
agreement, addressing environmental and labor issues.

 Dispute Resolution: Establishing an effective mechanism for dispute resolution is part of the negotiations,
ensuring that trade conflicts can be resolved efficiently.

 Digital Trade: The FTA encompasses rules for digital trade, reflecting the growing importance of e-
commerce and digital services in global trade.

 Regulatory Standards: Discussions on maintaining high regulatory standards for products and services are
ongoing, ensuring quality and safety.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
335
222.
222. First Ever Foreign Ministers’ meeting of the BIMSTEC
The first-ever Foreign Ministers’ meeting of the Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical
and Economic Cooperation (BIMSTEC) began in Bangkok, Thailand.

 BIMSTEC Evolution: The Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic
Cooperation (BIMSTEC) is a regional organization comprising seven Member States lying in the littoral
and adjacent areas of the Bay of Bengal, fostering technological and economic cooperation among south
and southeast Asian countries.

 Member Nations: The group includes several countries from South Asia — Bangladesh, Bhutan, India,
Nepal, Sri Lanka, and from Southeast Asia — Myanmar and Thailand.

 Establishment: BIMSTEC was established on June 6, 1997, through the Bangkok Declaration,
emphasizing the rapid economic development and social progress in the sub-region through joint endeavors.

 Sector-Driven Cooperation: The organization operates through fourteen main sectors of cooperation, each
led by a member country on a voluntary basis, promoting a sector-driven cooperative approach.

 Strategic Importance: BIMSTEC holds significant strategic importance, encompassing key maritime
chokepoints and promoting cooperation in the Bay of Bengal region, a central zone of strategic interest for
regional powers.

 Economic Significance: The region brings together 1.5 billion people or 21% of the world population,
and a combined GDP of over $2.5 trillion, making economic collaboration highly beneficial.

 Cultural and Historical Ties: The member countries of BIMSTEC are linked by history, culture, and
strong economic ties, facilitating deeper cooperation beyond mere economic interests.

 Political Diplomacy: BIMSTEC also serves as a platform for high-level diplomatic interaction among
member countries, often hosting meetings and summits that contribute to regional peace and stability.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
336

 Counter-Terrorism and Security Cooperation: One of the critical areas of cooperation within BIMSTEC
is in counter-terrorism and transnational crime, including human trafficking and drug trafficking.

 Environmental and Disaster Management: BIMSTEC countries, prone to natural disasters, actively
collaborate in environmental protection and disaster management, sharing information and best practices.

 Technological and Academic Collaboration: The group encourages technological exchanges and
academic collaboration among universities and research institutions in the member countries.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
337
223.
223. National Multidimensional Poverty Index, 2023
The National MPI is a comprehensive metric that goes beyond income to assess poverty in various
dimensions, providing a multi-faceted understanding of poverty.

 Dimensions and Indicators: It evaluates poverty based on three key dimensions: Health, Education,
and Standard of Living. These dimensions are further broken down into ten indicators, including nutrition,
child mortality, years of schooling, school attendance, cooking fuel, sanitation, drinking water, electricity,
housing, and assets.

 Report Overview: NITI Aayog's "National Multidimensional Poverty Index: A Progress Review 2023"
indicates a substantial reduction in multidimensional poverty in India, based on data from the National
Family Health Survey-5 (2019-21).

 MPI Editions: This 2023 report marks the second edition, following the inaugural 2021 release,
enhancing understanding of poverty beyond mere financial constraints.

 Methodology: The MPI evaluates poverty using three primary dimensions - Health, Education, and
Standard of Living, further dissected into 12 indicators, providing a holistic poverty analysis.
Figure 101. Source: Live mint

 Poverty Reduction: From 2015-16 to 2019-21, multidimensional poverty witnessed a remarkable
reduction, with approximately 135 million individuals rising above the poverty threshold.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
338

 Statistical Decline: The multidimensional poverty percentage plummeted from 24.85% to 14.96%, a
significant 9.89 percentage points decrease within four years.

 Rural and Urban Disparities: Rural regions recorded a more pronounced poverty decrease (32.59%
to 19.28%) compared to urban locales (8.65% to 5.27%).

 State-Specific Achievements: Uttar Pradesh led with a reduction of 34.3 million people in poverty.
Other states, including Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, and Rajasthan, also made notable strides.

 Exceptional Performance by Bihar: Bihar outperformed other states in absolute poverty reduction,
decreasing its poverty rate from 51.89% to 33.76%, followed by significant reductions in Madhya
Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh.

 SDG Alignment: India's MPI value halved from 0.117 to 0.066, with poverty intensity dropping from 47%
to 44%, positioning India favorably to achieve the SDG Target 1.2 ahead of 2030.

 Indicator Improvements: All 12 poverty assessment indicators improved, highlighting the effectiveness of
various national missions and programs.

 Sanitation and Water Missions: Initiatives like the Swachh Bharat Mission and Jal Jeevan Mission
significantly contributed to a 21.8 percentage points enhancement in sanitation.

 Health Initiatives: Health-focused campaigns, including Poshan Abhiyan and Anaemia Mukt Bharat,
were instrumental in health improvements across the population.

 Impact of PMUY: The Pradhan Mantri Ujjwala Yojana significantly bettered living conditions,
evidenced by a 14.6% rise in households with adequate cooking fuel.

 Global Adaptation: The concept of MPI is not unique to India; it is adapted globally by several
countries and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) for international assessments.

 Data Utilization: The creation of the MPI relies on extensive data collection from national surveys and
censuses, ensuring a broad and accurate representation of the population's status.

 Empowering Decision-Making: The MPI empowers decision-makers with concrete evidence, enhancing
the transparency and accountability of poverty alleviation efforts.

 Inter-sectoral Coordination: It underscores the need for a coordinated approach across various sectors,
acknowledging that deprivations in different dimensions are often interconnected.

 Public Awareness and Participation: The MPI also plays a role in raising public awareness about the
multifaceted nature of poverty, encouraging societal participation in resolving these issues.

 Updating and Revising: The MPI is not static and undergoes periodic updates and revisions to reflect
changing societal conditions and priorities, ensuring its continued relevance and effectiveness.

 International Commitments: The MPI contributes to global efforts in tracking poverty, aligning with
international commitments like the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), particularly in achieving "no
poverty" (SDG 1).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
339
224.
224. UNESCO's 2023 Global Education Monitoring Report
UNESCO's 2023 Global Education Monitoring Report, 'Technology in Education: A Tool on Whose
Terms,' emphasizes the nuanced role of technology in education, suggesting restrictions on smartphone use
in schools when their presence doesn't enhance learning.

 Smartphone Restrictions Justified: The report reveals that the mere presence of mobile devices can
distract students, negatively impacting learning. Despite this, less than a quarter of countries have
implemented smartphone bans in schools.

 Impact on Youth Well-being: Increased screen time among young individuals (ages 2-17) correlates
with diminished well-being, reduced curiosity, and emotional stability, and heightened anxiety and
depression.

 Pandemic Exacerbates Inequity: The COVID-19 pandemic's push for online learning excluded around
half a billion students globally, with the underprivileged and rural communities suffering the most.

 Challenges in Technology Adaptation: Rapid technological advancements strain educational systems.
While digital literacy and critical thinking are more important than ever, especially with AI's rise, adaptation
is slow, and few countries have established AI-related skills and curricula.

 Concerns Over Data Privacy: The report raises alarms about children's data exposure, with only 16% of
countries legally ensuring data privacy in education. Most EdTech products recommended during the
pandemic could potentially compromise children's data.

 Ignoring Long-term Financial Impact: Countries often overlook the enduring financial burdens of
technology investments. The rush to digital learning and internet connectivity in schools could significantly
strain the budgets of low and lower-middle-income countries.

 Recommendations from the Report: UNESCO stresses the need for solid, unbiased evidence of
technology's educational effectiveness. It advocates for technology that supplements rather than replaces
traditional education and underscores the importance of considering long-term costs.

 Connectivity as a Right: The report argues that the right to education is increasingly linked to internet
connectivity. It urges setting definitive goals to connect all schools by 2030, prioritizing marginalized areas.

 UNESCO's Role and Structure: As a UN specialized agency, UNESCO promotes peace through
international collaboration in education, science, and culture. It's part of the UNSDG and operates
globally, with over 50 field offices.

 Unique Membership: UNESCO's membership includes 194 members and 12 associates, with some
members outside the UN framework, highlighting its inclusive approach to global collaboration.

 Governance: UNESCO operates under the governance of the General Conference and the Executive
Board, ensuring structured and strategic decision-making and implementation of its various initiatives.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
340
225.
225. The Biological Diversity Amendment Bill, 2021
The Biological Diversity Amendment Bill, 2021, is now passaed by the Lok Sabha. It introduces significant
changes to the Biological Diversity Act, 2002, aiming to streamline and improve the processes of access to
and utilization of biological resources.
Historical Framework:

 India's Biological Diversity Act, established in 2002, was a direct response to the commitments made
under the 1992 Convention on Biological Diversity.

 The Act set up a structured approach with three administrative levels: the NBA, SBBs, and BMCs, each
responsible for different aspects of biodiversity management.

 The 2021 Bill was introduced to modernize the Act, aiming to balance conservation needs with
sustainable use and economic interests.
Amendments Introduced:

 Regulatory Changes for Access: The Bill proposes more nuanced regulations for accessing biological
resources, easing certain restrictions.

 IPR Application Process: The amendment suggests a shift in the approval stage for intellectual property
rights related to biological resources.

 Special Considerations for AYUSH: Certain professionals, notably AYUSH practitioners, are likely to
enjoy exemptions from some regulatory requirements.

 Adjustments in Benefit Sharing: The requirement for benefit-sharing is limited, exempting specific
research and bio-utilization activities.

 Alteration in Penalty Structure: Offenses, previously subject to criminal prosecution, are now punishable
by financial penalties, softening the legal repercussions.
Public and Expert Concerns:

 Commercial Interests vs. Conservation: There's a perception that the amendments lean towards industrial
facilitation at the expense of traditional conservation principles.

 Legal Enforcement Issues: The replacement of criminal charges with fines is viewed as a potential
dilution of legal deterrents, possibly encouraging non-compliance.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
341

 Potential Loopholes for Local Corporations: The focus on foreign entities in the new regulations may
inadvertently allow domestically incorporated, foreign-funded companies to circumvent biodiversity
safeguards.

 Restrictive Benefit Sharing: The narrower scope for benefit-sharing, especially concerning codified
traditional knowledge, could deprive local communities of due compensation.

 Neglect of Conservation Priorities: The emphasis on streamlining regulations is criticized for sidelining
pressing conservation issues, risking harm to biodiversity and unfair treatment of traditional knowledge
holders.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
342
226.
226. Forest Conservation Amendment Bill 2023
The Forest Conservation Amendment Bill 2023, recently passed by the Lok Sabha, introduces several
changes to the Forest Conservation Act of 1980, a key legislative framework for forest conservation in
India.

 Expanded Scope: The amendment introduces a Preamble to the Act, extending its reach and reinforcing
its conservation ethos. The Act's title has been changed to reflect its broader conservation and enhancement
mandates.

 Applicability Adjustments: The Act, initially applicable to notified forest lands, now extends to
various categories, including recorded forest lands and private plantations, aiming for more
comprehensive coverage.

 Encouraging Afforestation: The Bill promotes afforestation activities outside traditional forest areas,
providing specific exemptions to foster these initiatives.

 Strategic Exemptions: Certain strategic projects, especially those near international borders, receive
exemptions to facilitate national security and development, raising environmental concerns.

 Development Provisions: The amendment allows the leasing of forest land to private entities and
government companies, aiming to streamline development projects under the Act's regulations.

 New Forestry Activities: Activities like ecotourism and infrastructure development for forest staff are
added, emphasizing their role in forest conservation.

 Climate Change Focus: The amendment aligns forest conservation efforts with India's climate change
commitments, including its goal of achieving Net Zero Emissions by 2070.

 Community Empowerment: By promoting activities like ecotourism, the Bill aims to integrate local
communities into conservation efforts, providing both awareness and livelihood opportunities.

 Controversy Over Language: The Act’s new Hindi name sparked debates about linguistic inclusivity,
highlighting regional sensitivities.

 Ecological Concerns: Exemptions for projects in sensitive areas near borders have raised ecological
impact worries, particularly regarding biodiversity and extreme weather events.

 Rights of Indigenous Communities: There are concerns that the new provisions might overlook the rights
and inputs of indigenous communities, particularly those living in border areas.

 Applicability Concerns: Limiting the Act to areas recorded as forests from October 1980 onwards might
exclude significant ecological zones, potentially opening them to exploitation.

 Federal Dynamics: State governments argue that the amendments could disrupt the Center-State balance
in forest conservation, as it falls under the Concurrent List.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
343
227.
227. Henley Passport Index 2023

 Global Ranking System: The Henley Passport Index is an annual ranking of passports determining
travel freedom for citizens, considering how many destinations can be visited without a visa.

 India's Position: In 2023, India ranks 80th on the list, allowing its passport holders visa-free access to 57
countries.

 Top Spot: Japan continues to hold the first position, offering its passport holders visa-free entry to 193
destinations.

 High Mobility Group: Singapore follows closely, with its citizens enjoying visa-free access to 192
countries, underscoring the high global mobility of its residents.

 European Strength: European countries, predominantly Germany and Italy, maintain strong positions,
reflecting the strength of the Schengen Area and EU agreements.

 Bottom Rankings: Countries like Afghanistan and Iraq are at the lower end of the index due to
ongoing conflicts and geopolitical tensions.

 Criteria for Ranking: The index is based on exclusive data from the International Air Transport
Association (IATA), covering 199 passports and 227 travel destinations.

 Pandemic's Impact: The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly influenced travel freedom, with closed
borders and new protocols, affecting the index's dynamics.

 Focus on Health Security: The index highlights a shift in global mobility, with countries' health security
measures becoming a crucial factor in visa-free travel.

 Economic Disparities: The index underscores global economic inequality, where citizens from wealthier
countries enjoy more travel freedom compared to others.

 Geopolitical Influence: Countries with more significant diplomatic influence and international relations
tend to rank higher, offering their citizens more travel freedom.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
344

 Tourism and Economy: The index reflects the importance of visa-free travel for global tourism and
economic growth, especially for countries heavily reliant on this sector.

 Future Trends: There is a growing trend towards more investment in secure and digitized travel
documentation, impacting future passport rankings.

 Regional Mobility Agreements: Regional agreements, like the EU's Schengen Area, significantly affect
member countries' rankings, highlighting the role of regional cooperation in travel freedom.

 Global Stability: The index also serves as an indicator of global stability, where countries in conflict zones
or with significant internal unrest have lower rankings due to travel restrictions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
345
228.
228. Oppenheimer and Manhattan Project

 Early Brilliance: J. Robert Oppenheimer, born in 1904, showed remarkable intellectual promise from a
young age, excelling particularly in languages, mathematics, and the sciences.

 Academic Pursuits: He pursued higher education at Harvard and later at the University of Cambridge
and the University of Göttingen, delving into theoretical physics.

 Quantum Mechanics Pioneer: Oppenheimer made significant early contributions to the newly forming
theory of quantum mechanics, an area of physics exploring matter and energy at the atomic and subatomic
levels.

 Californian Influence: His career included key academic roles at the California Institute of Technology
(Caltech) and the University of California, Berkeley, where he influenced many young physicists.

 Manhattan Project Leadership: During World War II, Oppenheimer was a leading figure in the
Manhattan Project, the U.S. government's secret program at Los Alamos Laboratory dedicated to
developing the first nuclear weapons.

 "Father of the Atomic Bomb": His central role in the creation of the atomic bomb led to him being
dubbed the "Father of the Atomic Bomb."

 Trinity Test: Oppenheimer oversaw the 1945 Trinity Test in New Mexico, where the first atomic bomb
was detonated, marking a monumental event in world history.

 Ethical Dilemmas and Reflections: Following the war's conclusion and the devastating use of atomic
bombs on Japan, Oppenheimer became a vocal advocate for science's ethical use, expressing regret over the
destruction wrought by the technology he helped create.

 Atomic Energy Commission (AEC): He continued to play a significant role in the scientific community,
including a position with the Atomic Energy Commission, where he championed international control of
nuclear power to prevent nuclear war.

 Political Suspicions and Downfall: During the Red Scare, Oppenheimer's earlier leftist associations
and opposition to developing the hydrogen bomb made him a target of McCarthyism, leading to a
controversial security hearing that stripped him of his security clearance in a widely publicized ordeal.

 Later Years and Legacy: His later years were marked by a retreat from public life, though he continued to
contribute to physics and policy in various roles. Oppenheimer's legacy is complex, characterized by his
scientific genius, his leadership in nuclear development, and his cautionary stance on nuclear weapons' power
and use.

 Recognition and Awards: Despite the controversies, Oppenheimer received numerous accolades,
including the Enrico Fermi Award, recognizing his contributions to the use of atomic energy and his
impactful work in physics.

 Cultural Impact: His life and work have been subjects of numerous biographies and documentaries,
highlighting his scientific contributions, moral philosophy, and the broader implications of his work on
society and modern warfare.

 Death: J. Robert Oppenheimer passed away in 1967, leaving behind a transformed scientific landscape
and an enduring impact on global politics and the ethical considerations of scientific advancement.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
346
229.
229. Self-Reliant India Fund
 The Self-Reliant India (SRI) Fund is a part of the Atmanirbhar Bharat package announced by the
Government of India to support the growth and transformation of MSMEs in the country.
 The SRI Fund aims to provide equity or quasi-equity funding to viable and high-potential MSMEs, which
have the ability to become large enterprises and contribute to the Indian economy.
 The SRI Fund operates through a mother-fund and daughter-fund structure, where the mother-fund is
managed by the National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC) Venture Capital Fund Limited (NVCFL),
which is registered as a Category-II Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) with SEBI.
 The total corpus of the SRI Fund is Rs. 50,000 crore, out of which Rs. 10,000 crore is contributed by the
Government of India and Rs. 40,000 crore is sourced through Private Equity (PE) and Venture Capital (VC)
funds.
 The daughter-funds can be categorized as Category-I or Category-II AIFs registered with SEBI, and they
will invest in MSMEs across various sectors and regions, with a focus on innovation, entrepreneurship, and
competitiveness.
 The SRI Fund also aims to create an enabling environment for MSMEs to upgrade their technology,
research and development, and market access, as well as to promote self-reliance in producing essential
technologies, goods, and services.
 The SRI Fund is expected to benefit around 25 lakh MSMEs in the country, generating employment
opportunities and enhancing their contribution to the GDP
09717289708 | w 6390573333
347
About MSME Ministry
 The Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (M/o MSME) is the nodal ministry for the
development and promotion of the MSME sector in India, including Khadi, Village and Coir Industries.
 The M/o MSME envisions a vibrant MSME sector that contributes to the socio-economic development of
the country, by providing support to existing enterprises and encouraging creation of new enterprises.
 The M/o MSME operates through various schemes and programmes, such as:
 Udyam Registration: A free and paperless online registration process for MSMEs, based on the revised
criteria of classification of MSMEs as per the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development
(MSMED) Act, 2006.
 Champions Portal: A grievance redressal and guidance platform for MSMEs, where they can register their
complaints, suggestions, or queries and get assistance from various stakeholders.
 Access to Credit: A facilitation mechanism for MSMEs to avail credit support from various financial
institutions, such as banks, NBFCs, SIDBI, etc. through schemes like Credit Guarantee Fund Trust for Micro
and Small Enterprises (CGTMSE), Interest Subvention Scheme for MSMEs, etc…
 Technology Upgradation: A support system for MSMEs to upgrade their technology, research and
development, and innovation capabilities, through schemes like Credit Linked Capital Subsidy Scheme
(CLCSS), Technology Centre Systems Programme (TCSP), etc…
09717289708 | w 6390573333
348
 Entrepreneurship and Skill Development: A capacity building initiative for MSMEs to enhance their
entrepreneurship and skill development, through schemes like Entrepreneurship Development Programme
(EDP), Entrepreneurship Skill Development Programme (ESDP), etc…
 Marketing Assistance: A promotional measure for MSMEs to improve their market access and
competitiveness, through schemes like Procurement and Marketing Support Scheme (PMS), International
Cooperation Scheme (IC), etc…
 The M/o MSME also has various organizations under its administrative control, such as:
 National Small Industries Corporation Limited (NSIC): A public sector enterprise that provides various
services to MSMEs, such as marketing, credit, technology, training, etc…
 Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC): A statutory body that implements various programmes
for the development of Khadi and Village Industries in rural areas.
 Coir Board: A statutory body that implements various programmes for the development of Coir Industry in
India.
 Development Commissioner (MSME): An attached office that implements various schemes and
programmes of the M/o MSME through its field offices across the country.
 National Institute for Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (NI-MSME): An autonomous institution that
provides training, consultancy, research, and education services to MSMEs.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
349
230.
230. Indian Tiger Conservation
International Tiger Day 2023:
 Celebrated on 29th July to promote tiger conservation and protect its habitats.
 Established in 2010 at St Petersburg Tiger Summit in Russia.
 Aims to raise awareness about the decline of wild tiger numbers and promote tiger conservation efforts.
State of Tiger Conservation in India: Two significant reports highlighted the status of tiger conservation in
India in 2023.
 The Management Effectiveness Evaluation (MEE) report showed both progress and challenges in
managing tiger reserves.
 A study by Panthera and the Chinese Academy of Sciences highlighted tiger poaching and trafficking in
Bangladesh.
MEE Report Highlights:
 Evaluated 51 tiger reserves using 33 parameters.
 12 reserves achieved 'Excellent' status, 21 as 'Very Good', 13 as 'Good', and 5 as 'Fair'.
 Climate change and carbon capture identified as the weakest areas.
 Inadequate funds from governments and donors pose challenges for tiger reserve management.
 Landscape integration and human-wildlife conflict management scored over 85%.
 Periyar Tiger Reserve in Kerala was the top performer, followed by Satpura in Madhya Pradesh and
Bandipur in Karnataka.
 Dampa in Mizoram was the poorest.
Research by Panthera:
 Identified Bangladesh as a major hub for illegal tiger poaching and trafficking.
 Tiger parts from Bangladesh supplied to 15 countries, including India, China, UK, Germany, and
Japan.
 Sundarbans in Bangladesh saw a decline in tiger population due to poaching by pirate groups.
 Four major sites for tiger poaching identified, including Sundarbans and Kaziranga-Garampani Parks
in India.
Concerns about India's Forest Capacity:
 Almost 30% of tigers roam outside protected areas, leaving forests in search of herbivores, leading to
human-tiger conflicts.
 Shrinking tiger corridors due to infrastructure development.
 Inequitable population distribution among tiger reserves.
National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA)
 A statutory body under the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change.
 Established in 2005 based on the recommendations of the Tiger Task Force.
 Constituted under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 (as amended in 2006) to strengthen tiger
conservation.
Recent Findings:
 Tigers in India have shown a healthy annual growth rate of 6%.
 This growth rate is based on the All India Tiger Estimation conducted in 2006, 2010, 2014, and 2018.
Growth Rate Significance:
 The recorded 6% growth offsets natural losses.
 This growth keeps tigers at the habitat's carrying capacity level.
 Carrying capacity refers to the maximum population size of a species that an environment can sustain.
Tiger Mortality: For the period 2012 to 2019, the average tiger deaths per year is 94.
Project Tiger:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
350
 Launched by the Central government led by Indira Gandhi on April 1, 1973.
 Aimed to promote the conservation of tigers.
 Initiated when the tiger population in India was rapidly decreasing.
 India had around 40,000 tigers at the time of Independence.
 This number reduced to below 2,000 by 1970 due to hunting and poaching.
 In 1970, the International Union for Conservation of Nature declared the tiger as an endangered
species.
 By 1972, India's own census found only 1,800 tigers left.
Initiatives:
 Project Tiger was launched in nine tiger reserves across states like Assam, Bihar, Karnataka, and others,
covering over 14,000 sq km.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
351
 The project also focused on preserving the natural habitat of tigers.
Progress:
 Tiger numbers began to rise by the 1990s, reaching an estimated 3,000.
 However, in 2005, the extermination of tigers in Rajasthan’s Sariska became a major concern.
 This led to the reconstitution of Project Tiger and the establishment of the National Tiger
Conservation Authority (NTCA) in 2006.
Current Status:
 There are 54 tiger reserves in India, covering 75,000 sq km.
 Largest: Nagarjunsagar Srisailam Tiger Reserve, Andhra Pradesh
 Smallest: Bor tiger reserve in Maharashtra
 70 % of the global tiger population lives in India.
 The tiger population stands at 3,167 in 2022, compared to 1,411 in 2006, 1,706 in 2010, and 2,226 in 2014.
Tiger:
Scientific Classification:
 Scientific Name: Panthera tigris
 Indian Subspecies: Panthera tigris tigris
Habitat: Ranges from Siberian temperate forests to subtropical and tropical forests in the Indian subcontinent
and Sumatra.
Characteristics:
 Largest cat species.
 Member of the genus Panthera.
Subspecies:
 Total of eight traditionally recognized subspecies.
 Three of these subspecies are extinct.
 List of Subspecies:
 Bengal Tiger: Indian Subcontinent
 Caspian Tiger: Turkey through central and west Asia (Extinct)
 Amur Tiger: Amur Rivers region of Russia, China, and North Korea
 Javan Tiger: Java, Indonesia (Extinct)
 South China Tiger: South central China
 Bali Tiger: Bali, Indonesia (Extinct)
 Sumatran Tiger: Sumatra, Indonesia
 Indo-Chinese Tiger: Continental south-east Asia.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
352
231.
231. The Supreme Court permits a survivor to terminate her pregnancy
The Supreme Court, acknowledging the psychological impact of pregnancy due to rape, permitted a rape
survivor to terminate her 27-week pregnancy, overriding the previous denial by the Gujarat High Court.
MTP Amendment Act 2021:
 The recent legal framework under the Medical Termination of Pregnancy (MTP) Amendment Act 2021
stipulates a 24-week limit for pregnancy termination, extending the previous 20-week standard.
Historical Stance on Abortion:
 Prior to the 1960s, Indian law prohibited abortion, classifying it as an offense under Section 312 of the
Indian Penal Code, punishable by imprisonment or fine.
Shantilal Shah Committee:
 In the mid-1960s, this committee was established to assess the necessity for legalized abortion, leading to
the formulation of the MTP Act, 1971.
 Initially, the act allowed abortion up to 20 weeks, contingent on the woman's consent and medical advice.
 Amendments in 2002 and 2021 revised regulations, including extending permissible gestation for specific
cases to 24 weeks with requisite approvals.

2021 Amendment Highlights:
 The recent amendment permits termination between 20-24 weeks for certain cases, including rape
survivors, and mandates state-level Medical Boards to adjudicate terminations post 24 weeks in substantial
fetal abnormality instances.
 The failure of contraceptive clause, initially applicable only to married women, was extended to unmarried
women, recognizing their right to seek abortion.
 The MTP Act stipulates varying consent requirements, factoring in the woman's age and mental health, and
necessitates oversight by a registered medical practitioner.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
353
Reproductive Choices as Constitutional Right:
 The landmark judgment in Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) vs. Union Of India And Others (2017)
established women’s reproductive choices as a facet of personal liberty under Article 21 of the
Constitution.
 Gap in Practical Application: Despite progressive jurisprudence on reproductive rights and women's
privacy, there remains a disparity in the practical empowerment of women seeking abortions, often
overshadowed by medical authorities' decision-making power.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
354
232.
232. 20th ASEAN-India Economic Ministers’ Meeting
 The conference took place on August 21, 2023, in Semarang, Indonesia.
 Dr. Zulkifli Hasan, Indonesia's Minister of Trade, and Shri Rajesh Agrawal, Additional Secretary,
Department of Commerce, Ministry of Commerce and Industry of India, served as co-chairs.
 The meeting was attended by the economic ministers or their deputies from each of the ten ASEAN nations,
namely Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and
Vietnam.
 Also attending the meeting as an observer was the Democratic Republic of Timor-Leste.
Key Highlights of the Meeting
 During the meeting, India and ASEAN reviewed their bilateral trade and investment relations and
reaffirmed their commitment to bolstering and expanding their economic partnership in order to make sure
that the ASEAN-India Comprehensive Strategic Partnership delivers tangible benefits for both parties,
particularly in the post-pandemic era.
 In 2022–2023, bilateral trade between India and ASEAN totaled USD 131.5 billion, representing 11.3%
of India's total trade for that time period..
 The conference also discussed the ASEAN-India Business Council's (AIBC) initiatives for 2023,
including the fifth ASEAN-India Business Summit held on March 6, 2023 in Kuala Lumpur. In order to
promote stronger business ties and offer an industrial perspective to the widening and strengthening of
economic ties between ASEAN and India, the governments of ASEAN and India established the AIBC in
2005.
AITIGA Review - A Key Agenda
 A pivotal point of this year’s meeting was the thorough review of the ASEAN-India Trade in Goods
Agreement (AITIGA), originally signed in 2009.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
355
 The discussions were preceded by a meeting of the AITIGA Joint Committee, which deliberated on the
review’s roadmap. The Term of Reference and Work Plan for AITIGA Review Negotiations were finalized
during this process.
 The review of the AITIGA was a long-standing demand of Indian businesses and the early commencement
of the review would help in making the FTA trade facilitative and mutually beneficial.
 The Ministers agreed to follow a quarterly schedule of negotiations and conclude the review in 2025. The
review of AITIGA is expected to enhance and diversify trade while addressing the current asymmetry in the
bilateral trade.
About ASEAN
 ASEAN stands for Association of Southeast Asian Nations, which is an intergovernmental organization
aimed primarily at promoting economic, social, and cultural development and peace and security in Southeast
Asia.
 ASEAN was established on 8 August 1967 by the signing of the Bangkok Declaration by five founding
members: Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand. Later, five more countries joined
the association: Brunei (1984), Vietnam (1995), Laos and Myanmar (1997), and Cambodia (1999).
 ASEAN has a total of 10 member states and two observer states: East Timor and Papua New Guinea.
The combined population of ASEAN member states was about 683 million in 2023, which is equivalent to
about 8.8% of the world’s population.
 The headquarters of ASEAN is located in Jakarta, Indonesia. The official working language of ASEAN is
English , but the official languages of the contracting states are also recognized.
 The motto of ASEAN is "One Vision, One Identity, One Community" . The anthem of ASEAN is "The
ASEAN Way". The flag of ASEAN consists of a blue background with 10 yellow rice stalks representing the
10 member states and a red circle representing unity and cooperation.
 ASEAN has three pillars of cooperation: the ASEAN Political-Security Community (APSC), the ASEAN
Economic Community (AEC), and the ASEAN Socio-Cultural Community (ASCC). Each pillar has its
own blueprint and action plan to achieve the goals of ASEAN integration and community building.
 ASEAN has adopted a Charter in 2008, which provides the legal framework and institutional structure for
ASEAN, as well as the principles, values, and norms that guide its activities. The Charter also affirms the
commitment of ASEAN to uphold the principles of democracy, human rights, rule of law, good governance,
and sustainable development.
 ASEAN has several organs and bodies that facilitate its decision-making and implementation processes.
Some of the key organs are: the ASEAN Summit, which is the highest policy-making body that meets twice
a year; the ASEAN Coordinating Council, which comprises the foreign ministers of each member state and
oversees the implementation of summit decisions; the ASEAN Community Councils, which consist of three
sectoral ministerial bodies that coordinate the activities under each pillar; the ASEAN Secretariat, which
provides administrative and technical support to ASEAN organs and bodies; and the ASEAN Secretary-
General, who is appointed by the summit for a non-renewable term of five years and serves as the chief
administrative officer of ASEAN.
 ASEAN also engages with other regional and international organizations and partners through various
mechanisms, such as dialogues, forums, summits, treaties, agreements, and joint projects. Some of the major
partners of ASEAN are: China, Japan, South Korea, India, Australia, New Zealand, Russia, the United States,
the European Union, and the United Nations.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
356
233.
233. India Post Payment Bank
IPPB has recently reported its first operational profit, amounting to Rs 20.16 crore for the fiscal year 2022-
23, marking a significant 66.12% growth in its overall revenue.
 Establishment of IPPB: The bank was inaugurated on September 1, 2018, fully owned by the
Government of India, initiating its operations with pilot branches in Ranchi and Raipur.
 Utilizing Postal Network: IPPB operates leveraging the extensive postal network of India, encompassing
1,55,000 Post Offices and involving 3,00,000 postal employees in its banking services.
 Vision and Mission: IPPB aims to establish a reliable, affordable, and easily accessible banking service for
the common citizen, adhering to the principles of the India Stack framework.
 Innovative Banking Approach: The bank promotes paperless, cashless, and presence-less banking,
employing biometrics-integrated technology for secure and seamless transactions, available in 13 languages.
 Financial Inclusion: Committed to extending its services to the unbanked and underbanked population,
IPPB plays a crucial role in advancing a less-cash economy and aligns with the Digital India vision.
 Empowerment Programs: Acknowledging the efforts of Postmen and Gramin Dak Sevaks, IPPB
launched the 'Niveshak Didi' initiative, focusing on the empowerment of women beneficiaries.
 Diverse Services: The bank offers various services like loan referrals, affordable health and accidental
insurance products, and citizen services including Aadhaar-mobile updates, child Aadhaar enrollment, and
Aadhaar-enabled banking transactions.
 Supporting Government Initiatives: IPPB facilitates access to government Direct Benefit Transfer
programs like PM KISAN, ensuring financial security and empowerment for citizens.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
357
 Future Aspirations: IPPB aspires to evolve into a comprehensive service platform, expanding its reach and
accessibility through technology and innovation, thereby fostering a digitally inclusive society.
 Concept of Payment Banks: Initiated as part of the Reserve Bank of India’s differentiated banking
licenses strategy, payment banks aim to serve lower-income groups and small businesses.
 Recommendation by Nachiket Mor Committee: The establishment of 'Payments Bank' was advocated
by this committee to cater to the financial needs of various underserved sectors of the society.
 Operational Limitations: Payment banks can only accept demand deposits (savings and current accounts),
with a restriction on the maximum balance of Rs. 2,00,000 per individual customer, excluding time
deposits.
 Contribution to Financial Security: By providing accessible banking, IPPB contributes significantly to
financial security and empowerment, especially among marginalized communities.
 Role in Digital Transformation: Through its services, IPPB is not just a financial institution but also a
catalyst for digital transformation, bringing essential banking services to the doorstep of millions of Indians.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
358
234.
234. Coastal Aquaculture Authority (Amendment) Bill, 2023
Coastal Aquaculture Bill 2023
 The Bill was introduced in the Lok Sabha on April 7, 2023 by the Union Minister of Fisheries, Animal
Husbandry, and Dairying, Parshottam Rupala.
 The Bill seeks to amend certain provisions of the Coastal Aquaculture Authority Act, 2005 and
decriminalise offences under it for “promoting ease of doing business” and fine-tuning the "operational
procedures of Coastal Aquaculture Authority".
 The Bill also seeks to clarify that “coastal aquaculture and activities connected therewith” shall continue to
be regulated by "the Coastal Aquaculture Authority Act and no other Acts".
Key Provisions of the Bill
 The Bill seeks to broaden the definition of “coastal aquaculture” or “coastal aquaculture activity” to mean
"rearing and cultivation of any life stages of fish, including crustacean, mollusc, finfish, seaweed or any other
aquatic life under controlled conditions, either indoor or outdoor, in cement cisterns, ponds, pens, cages,
rafts, enclosures or otherwise in saline or brackish water in coastal areas, including activities such as
production of brood stock, seed, grow out, but does not include fresh water aquaculture".
 The Bill aims to promote newer forms of environment-friendly coastal aquaculture such as “cage
culture, seaweed culture, bi-valve culture, marine ornamental fish culture and pearl oyster culture”, which
have the potential for creating employment opportunities on a large scale for coastal fisher communities and
especially fisherwomen.
 The Bill also aims to encourage the establishment of facilities in areas having direct access to seawater
to produce genetically improved and disease-free broodstocks and seeds for use in coastal aquaculture.
 The Bill seeks to prevent the use of antibiotics and “pharmacologically active substances”, which are
harmful to human health in coastal aquaculture.
Biosecurity Measures
 The Bill includes new provisions for “biosecurity”, which refers to measures and strategies for analysing,
managing, and preventing the risk of introducing or spreading harmful organisms like viruses and bacteria
within the coastal aquaculture unit, which could lead to infectious diseases.
 The Bill provides for the introduction of a “Brood Stock Multiplication Centre” which receives “post-
larvae or juvenile which are specific pathogen free” or tolerant or resistant to such pathogens or other post-
larvae or juveniles from a “Nucleus Breeding Centre”, to be reared under strict biosecurity and disease
surveillance.
 The Bill also provides for the establishment of a “National Reference Laboratory” which shall be
responsible for testing and certifying the quality and health status of broodstocks and seeds used in coastal
aquaculture.
Decriminalisation of Offences
 The Bill seeks to decriminalise certain offences under the 2005 Act by replacing imprisonment with fines
or penalties.
 For example, under Section 16 of the 2005 Act, any person who contravenes any provision of the Act or
any rule or regulation made thereunder shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend
to three years or with fine which may extend to one lakh rupees or with both. The Bill replaces this
provision with a penalty not exceeding fifty thousand rupees.
 Similarly, under Section 17 of the 2005 Act, any person who obstructs any officer or employee of the
Authority in exercising his powers or performing his functions under the Act shall be punishable with
imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year or with fine which may extend to fifty thousand
rupees or with both. The Bill replaces this provision with a penalty not exceeding twenty-five thousand
rupees.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
359
235.
235. 15th BRICS Summit
From August 22 to August 24, 2023, Johannesburg, South Africa hosted the 15th BRICS Summit.
 Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, it was the group's first in-person conference since 2019.
 "BRICS and Africa: Partnership for Mutually Accelerated Growth, Sustainable Development, and
Inclusive Multilateralism" was the summit's theme.
 The leaders or representatives of the five member states—Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa
—attended the meeting.
 Cyril Ramaphosa, the president of South Africa, served as the summit's host and chair.
 67 leaders from various areas and organisations, including the African Union, the Arab Maghreb Union, the
Organization of Islamic Cooperation, the United Nations, and ASEAN, were also invited to the summit.
Key Highlights of the Summit
 Due to a determined attempt to improve its worldwide standing and representation, the meeting saw the
BRICS group grow from five to eleven nations. Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and
the United Arab Emirates are the new members. On January 1, 2024, full membership will go into
effect.
 The ASEAN-India Business Council (AIBC) was also discussed at the summit, and the AIBC's actions
in 2023, including the 5th ASEAN-India Business Summit held on March 6 in Kuala Lumpur, were
noted. The governments of ASEAN and India established the AIBC in 2005 with the goal of fostering
stronger business ties and offering an industrial perspective to the widening and strengthening of economic
ties between ASEAN and India.
 The summit discussed regional and global issues like the multifaceted effects of the Covid-19 pandemic,
climate change, increased market volatility worldwide, inflationary pressures, and geopolitical tensions.
Resilient supply chains, food security, energy security, health, and financial stability were both selected by
both parties as important areas for collaboration.
 The New Development Bank (NDB), the Contingent Reserve Arrangement (CRA), the BRICS
Payment System, the BRICS Joint Statistical Publication, and the BRICS basket reserve currency were
among the BRICS proposals that were addressed at the summit. These programmes seek to improve
collaboration between BRICS members in a number of areas, including infrastructure development, financial
stability, trade facilitation, data sharing, and coordination of monetary policy.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
360
Figure 103. Source: Visual Capitalist
About BRICS
 Jim O'Neill, a Goldman Sachs economist, first used the acronym BRICS in 2001 to refer to a group of
rapidly expanding nations that he believed will jointly control the world economy by the year 2055. BRIC
stood for Brazil, Russia, India, and China in its original form.
 BRIC country leaders initially got together in St. Petersburg, Russia, in July 2006 as a side event to the
G8 Outreach Summit.
 They formally established their group as BRIC in September 2006 at their inaugural Foreign Ministers'
Meeting in New York City.
 They met for the first time in 2009 in Yekaterinburg, Russia.
 South Africa joined the group in 2010
 The association has since hosted yearly summits in various host nations.
 The BRICS nations encompass about 27% of the world’s land surface and 42% of the global
population. Brazil, Russia, India, and China are among the world’s ten largest countries by population, area,
and GDP (PPP), and the latter three are considered to be current superpowers or potential emerging
superpowers.
 The BRICS nations have a combined nominal GDP of US$28 trillion (about 27% of the gross world
product), a total GDP (PPP) of around US$57 trillion (33% of global GDP PPP), and an estimated
US$4.5 trillion in combined foreign reserves (as of 2018).
 The BRICS nations are considered the foremost geopolitical rival to the G7 bloc of leading advanced
economies, announcing competing initiatives such as the New Development Bank, the BRICS Contingent
Reserve Arrangement, the BRICS payment system, the BRICS Joint Statistical Publication and the BRICS
basket reserve currency.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
361
236.
236. The CEC and Other ECs (Appointment, Conditions of Service, and Term of Office)
Bill, 2023

 Introduction of the Bill: The Indian Government introduced a bill in 2023 proposing changes in the
appointment process for the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC) and Election Commissioners (ECs), aiming
to exclude the Chief Justice of India from the selection panel.

 Supreme Court's Intervention: Prior to this bill, in March 2023, the Supreme Court mandated that the
CEC and ECs' appointments would be made by the President, based on recommendations from a committee
including the Prime Minister, the Leader of Opposition in the Lok Sabha, and the Chief Justice of India.

 Public Interest Litigation: The Supreme Court's decision was a response to a PIL filed in 2015,
questioning the constitutional validity of the existing appointment process for members of the Election
Commission.

 Article 324's Role: Article 324 of the Constitution, which governs the Election Commission, was under
scrutiny. It allows the President to determine the number of ECs and was pivotal in the court's interim
arrangement for appointments, pending a detailed law by Parliament.

 Lack of Specific Legislative Process: Before these developments, there was no detailed legislative
procedure for appointing the CEC and ECs, leading to appointments by the President based on governmental
recommendations.

 Proposed Selection Committee: The new bill proposes a Selection Committee comprising the Prime
Minister (chairperson), the Leader of the Opposition in the Lok Sabha, and a Union Cabinet Minister chosen
by the Prime Minister.

 Establishment of a Search Committee: The bill suggests creating a Search Committee, led by the Cabinet
Secretary, to shortlist candidates for the post of CEC and ECs. This committee will include experienced
members well-versed in election-related matters.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
362

 Safeguard Against Invalidations: Appointments of CEC and ECs won't be invalidated due to any vacancy
or flaw in the Selection Committee's formation.

 Repeal of the 1991 Act: The bill aims to repeal the Election Commission (Conditions of Service of
Election Commissioners and Transaction of Business) Act, 1991, replacing it with new regulations, including
aligning the salaries of the CEC and ECs with that of the Cabinet Secretary.

 Decision-making in the Election Commission: The bill retains the principle that decisions in the Election
Commission should ideally be unanimous, but in the event of disagreements, the majority’s opinion would
take precedence.

 Concerns Over Power Balance: The proposed composition of the Selection Committee has sparked
debates about the balance of power, as it seems to favor the executive, raising concerns about the Election
Commission's independence.

 Implications for Electoral Autonomy: Critics argue that the changes could undermine the Election
Commission's autonomy, crucial for unbiased election conduct. The new process might influence the
Commission's ability to operate without prejudice.

 Questioning Alignment with Constitutional Intent: The bill has been scrutinized for potentially not
aligning with the constitutional framers' intention of having an independent election overseeing body.

 Election Commission's Role in Fair Elections: The Election Commission, established in 1950, ensures
fair elections by supervising various aspects, including political parties' conduct and election expenditures,
enforcing the Model Code of Conduct, and addressing electoral malpractices.
About Election Commission of India

 Establishment:

 The Election Commission of India (ECI) was established on January 25, 1950, in accordance with the
Constitution of India.

 The establishment of the ECI marked a significant step in the strengthening of India's democratic
framework, ensuring free and fair electoral processes.

 Constitutional Provision:

 The ECI was set up under Article 324 of the Indian Constitution.

 This article empowers the ECI to supervise, direct, and control the entire process for conduct of elections to
Parliament and Legislature of every State and to the offices of the President and Vice-President of
India.

 First and Current Chief Election Commissioner:

 Sukumar Sen served as the first Chief Election Commissioner of India from March 21, 1950, to
December 19, 1958.

 He played a critical role in the first two general elections in India and helped establish the procedures and
practices to be followed.

 Shri Rajiv Kumar. Sh. Rajiv Kumar, Election Commissioner in ECI since 1st September 2020, took
charge as the 25th Chief Election Commissioner on 15th May 2022.

 Composition:

 Initially, the ECI functioned as a single-member body, but since October 16, 1989, it has been operating as
a multi-member body.

 The Election Commission consists of one Chief Election Commissioner and two Election
Commissioners.

 The President of India appoints the Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners.

 Tenure and Service Conditions:

 The Chief Election Commissioner and Election Commissioners have a tenure of six years, or up to the
age of 65 years, whichever is earlier.

 They enjoy the same status and receive salary and perks as available to Judges of the Supreme Court
of India.

 Independence and Removal:

 The Chief Election Commissioner can be removed from office only through impeachment by Parliament,
similar to the manner in which a judge of the Supreme Court is removed. This is to ensure independence.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
363

 However, the other Election Commissioners can be removed by the President of India on the
recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.

 Responsibilities and Powers:

 The ECI's primary responsibility is to conduct free, fair, and transparent elections for the Lok Sabha, Rajya
Sabha, State Legislative Assemblies, and the offices of the President and Vice-President.

 It issues the Model Code of Conduct for political parties and candidates so that the dignity of democracy is
maintained.

 It also oversees the operation of the Political Parties Registration Act of 1984, which sets the terms and
conditions for registering a political party.

 National Voters' Day:

 To encourage more young voters to take part in the political process, the Government of India has decided
to celebrate January 25 every year as "National Voters' Day."

 It has been started from January 25, 2011, to mark the Foundation day of Election Commission of
India, i.e., January 25, 1950.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
364
237.
237. Green Hydrogen Standards and Emission Thresholds for Production in India
What is Green Hydrogen?

 Hydrogen is a clean and versatile energy carrier that can be used for various applications such as power
generation, transportation, industry, and heating.

 Hydrogen can be produced from different sources such as natural gas, coal, biomass, water, and renewable
energy.

 Green hydrogen is hydrogen that is produced from renewable sources such as solar, wind, hydro, or
biomass, and has a low carbon footprint.

 Green hydrogen can help reduce greenhouse gas emissions and dependence on fossil fuels, and enhance
energy security and sustainability.
Why is Green Hydrogen Important for India?

 India has a large and growing demand for energy, especially in sectors such as transport, industry, and
agriculture.

 India has also committed to reduce its emissions intensity of GDP by 33-35% by 2030 from 2005 levels,
and achieve 40% of its electricity generation from non-fossil sources by 2030 under the Paris
Agreement.

 India has abundant renewable energy potential, especially solar and wind, which can be used to produce
green hydrogen at a competitive cost.

 India can use green hydrogen to decarbonize various sectors such as steel, fertilizer, refining, mobility,
and power generation.

 India can also leverage its domestic manufacturing capabilities and innovation ecosystem to become a
global leader in green hydrogen technology and export.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
365
What are the Green Hydrogen Standards and Emission Thresholds for Production in India?

 The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) has notified the Green Hydrogen Standard for
India on August 19, 2023.

 The standard defines green hydrogen as having a well-to-gate emission of not more than 2 kg CO2
equivalent per kg H2.

 The well-to-gate emission includes water treatment, electrolysis, gas purification, drying and compression
of hydrogen.

 The standard covers both electrolysis-based and biomass-based hydrogen production methods.

 The standard also specifies that a detailed methodology for measurement, reporting, monitoring, on-site
verification, and certification of green hydrogen and its derivatives shall be specified by the MNRE.

 The standard also specifies that the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) under the Ministry of Power shall
be the nodal authority for accreditation of agencies for the monitoring, verification and certification for green
hydrogen production projects.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
366
238.
238. Offshore Areas Mineral (Development and Regulation) Amendment Bill, 2023

 Legislative Update: The Rajya Sabha passed the Offshore Areas Mineral (Development and
Regulation) Amendment Bill, 2023, marking a significant reform in India's offshore mining sector by
amending the existing Act from 2002.

 Auction Introduction: The amendment introduces an auction regime, where production leases and
composite licenses are granted through competitive bidding, primarily to private entities.

 Role of PSUs: Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs) receive operating rights in mineral-bearing offshore
areas reserved by the Central Government, with exclusive rights for atomic minerals, including uranium,
thorium, rare metals, and Rare Earth Elements (REEs).

 Production Lease Duration: The amendment eliminates production lease renewals, establishing a
fixed 50-year lease period, consistent with the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Act,
1957.

 Restriction on Area Acquisition: Entities are limited in the total offshore area they can acquire, with a
maximum area defined by specific latitudinal and longitudinal measurements, applicable across various
minerals and rights.

 Offshore Areas Mineral Trust: The bill establishes a non-lapsable fund to finance exploration,
disaster relief, and research, supported by an additional levy on mineral production, capped at one-third of
the royalty.

 Business Efficiency and Timelines: The amendment facilitates the transfer of licenses or leases and sets
definitive production commencement timelines post-lease execution, promoting operational promptness.

 Revenue Accrual: The Indian Government claims all revenues, including royalties and auction premiums,
from offshore mineral production.

 Amendment Necessity: Despite the 2002 Act, offshore mining remained inactive, signaling untapped
maritime resources. The amendment addresses these inefficiencies, encouraging offshore exploration and
mining.

 Transparency and Discretion Issues: The original act faced challenges with discretionary practices and
transparency in offshore mining rights allocation. The amendment advocates a clear auction mechanism,
mirroring successful onshore practices under the amended MMDR Act.

 Maritime Resource Potential: India’s extensive Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) harbors abundant
recoverable resources. The Geological Survey of India (GSI) highlights substantial offshore reserves, yet
their exploitation is minimal.

 Economic Growth and Resource Optimization: By incentivizing both public and private sector
participation, the amendment aims to harness maritime resources, supporting India's economic trajectory.

 Promoting Transparent Practices: The auction-based allocation is designed to enhance transparency and
private sector involvement, ensuring judicious maritime resource utilization.

 Alignment with National Vision: The reforms align with India’s broader vision of capitalizing on its
maritime wealth, emphasizing sustainable and responsible mining practices.

 Strategic Importance of Atomic Minerals: By granting PSUs exclusive rights to atomic minerals, the
amendment underscores the strategic importance of these resources, potentially linked to national security
and technological applications.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
367
239.
239. Akhil Bharatiya Shiksha Samagam and ULLAS Initiative
The Prime Minister of India inaugurated the "Akhil Bharatiya Shiksha Samagam," a significant two-day
event, celebrating the third anniversary of the National Education Policy (NEP) 2020.

 Ullas Initiative Launch: Alongside the Samagam, the Union Minister of Education introduced the
"ULLAS: Nav Bharat Saksharta Karyakram" mobile application, marking a step forward in educational
accessibility.

 PM SHRI Scheme Funding: During the event, the first tranche of funds under the PM SHRI Scheme was
released, aimed at creating schools that foster proactive, productive, and participative citizens, reflecting the
ideals of NEP 2020.

 Language Inclusivity in Education: The Prime Minister unveiled educational and skill development
curriculum books, now available in 12 different Indian languages, promoting mother-tongue-based
education as per NEP 2020.

 Understanding ULLAS: The ULLAS program is a groundbreaking government initiative designed to
encourage lifelong learning and address literacy and essential life skills deficits among citizens aged 15 years
and older.

 Empowerment Through Education: ULLAS is committed to equipping individuals with fundamental
knowledge and competencies necessary for personal growth and national progress.

 Digital Access to Learning: The ULLAS mobile application provides a convenient digital access point to a
variety of educational materials through the DIKSHA portal.

 Features of ULLAS Initiative:

 Emphasis on Lifelong Learning: Advocates the principle of continuous education throughout one's life,
nurturing a society that values knowledge acquisition and self-improvement.

 Digital and Financial Literacy: Aims to endow participants with crucial digital skills and enhance
financial consciousness and autonomy.

 Development of Critical Life Skills: Focuses on delivering vital life competencies, including legal
awareness and digital know-how, thereby strengthening civic sense and individual empowerment.

 Recognition for Volunteers: Student volunteers participating in the initiative receive academic credits,
certificates, commendation letters, and other forms of acknowledgment, incentivizing their contribution.

 Holistic Development Approach: ULLAS, through its multifaceted educational approach, ensures the
holistic development of individuals, preparing them for various personal and professional life challenges.

 Community and National Impact: By fostering a culture of shared knowledge and personal development,
ULLAS contributes significantly to community enhancement and national development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
368
240.
240. National Handloom Day

 Observance Date: National Handloom Day is celebrated every year on August 7th in India.

 Purpose: The day is dedicated to recognizing the invaluable contribution of handloom weavers to India's
cultural heritage and economy.

 Focus on Women: A significant portion of the workforce in the handloom sector comprises women,
making this day especially important to acknowledge their efforts.

 2023 Theme: The chosen theme for National Handloom Day in 2023 is "Handlooms for Sustainable
Fashion."

 Theme's Emphasis: The 2023 theme underscores the importance of handloom weaving as a green
alternative to machine-produced textiles.

 Historical Roots: The inception of National Handloom Day is linked to the Swadeshi Movement of 1905,
which advocated for the preference of Indian goods over British imports.

 Promotion of Handlooms: During the Swadeshi Movement, handloom textiles were among the primary
products championed as a symbol of self-reliance.

 Official Recognition: The Indian Government formally declared August 7 as National Handloom Day in
the year 2015.

 Nationwide Celebrations: This day is marked with various events and activities across the country to
honor the handloom industry.

 Significance of Tradition: National Handloom Day serves as a reminder of India's rich handloom
weaving tradition that spans centuries.

 Economic Contribution: The day also acknowledges the pivotal role of handloom weavers in bolstering
the Indian economy by providing employment opportunities to a vast number of individuals.

 Sustainability Aspect: One of the primary objectives of National Handloom Day is to advocate for
sustainable fashion. Handloom textiles, crafted using natural fibers and age-old techniques, have a reduced
environmental footprint.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
369
241.
241. Amrit Bharat Stations Scheme
The Amrit Bharat Stations Scheme was initiated to redevelop railway stations across India.

 Recent Development: The Indian Prime Minister recently inaugurated the redevelopment of 508 railway
stations, covering 27 states and union territories.

 Budget Allocation: The redevelopment project is projected to cost over Rs 24,470 crores.

 Scheme's Objective: The primary goal is to transform railway stations into modern, well-equipped hubs.

 Scheme's Launch: The Ministry of Railways introduced the Amrit Bharat Stations Scheme in February
2023.

 Total Stations for Redevelopment: The scheme currently intends to upgrade and modernize a total of
1275 stations across the Indian Railway system.

 Design Inspiration: The design of the station buildings will draw inspiration from local culture, heritage,
and architecture. For example, the Jaipur Railway Station will incorporate elements reminiscent of the Hawa
Mahal and Amer Fort.

 Urban Development Approach: The scheme adopts a holistic approach to urban development,
envisioning the stations as "City Centres." This perspective aims to unify both parts of a city, ensuring
seamless traffic flow, inter-modal connectivity, and clear signage.

 Passenger Benefits: Redeveloped stations will offer modern amenities such as enhanced waiting rooms,
better seating on platforms, and complimentary Wi-Fi.

 Community Involvement: The redevelopment strategies will integrate feedback from local communities,
ensuring the station designs and amenities capture the region's essence.

 Sustainability Initiatives: The scheme will promote environmental sustainability by installing LED lights
in approximately 70,000 coaches and increasing the number of bio-toilets in trains.

 Emission Goals: The broader vision for India's railway network is to achieve Net-Zero Emissions by
2030, with a focus on green building standards and energy-efficient practices.

 Indian Railways' Heritage: Established on 16th April 1853, the inaugural passenger train journeyed a 34-
kilometer route between Mumbai's Bori Bandar and Thane.

 Railways' Mascot: The Indian Railways introduced its mascot, 'Bholu,' an elephant dressed as a railway
guard, on its 150th anniversary. The National Institute of Design created this mascot in 2002.

 Global Ranking: The Indian Railways holds the position of the world's fourth-largest railway network
with a track length of 67,368 km. It's the second-largest network managed under a single
administration, covering 115,000 km.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
370
242.
242. World Tribal Day 2023

 Official Name: The day is officially known as the International Day of the World’s Indigenous Peoples.

 Date of Observance: Celebrated annually on 9th August worldwide.

 Purpose: The day aims to promote and safeguard the rights of indigenous people and acknowledge their
contributions to society.

 Global Statistics: Indigenous people constitute less than 5% of the global population but represent 15%
of the world’s poorest individuals.

 Historical Background: World Tribal Day 2023 marks the recognition of the rights and contributions of
indigenous communities. Despite representing about 5% of the global population, these groups often face
disadvantages.

 Origin: The day was chosen in remembrance of the inaugural meeting of the UN Sub-Commission on the
Promotion and Protection of Human Rights' Working Group on Indigenous Populations in Geneva,
1982.

 UN Resolution: In December 1994, the UN General Assembly adopted a resolution to officially recognize
and commemorate this day, emphasizing the protection of tribal rights and global acknowledgment of their
voices and ideas.

 2023 Theme: The theme for the International Day of World’s Indigenous People in 2023 is “Indigenous
Youth as Agents of Change for Self-determination.”

 Significance: The day highlights challenges faced by indigenous communities, such as racism, poverty, and
limited access to healthcare and education.

 Cultural Importance: The day celebrates the rich cultural heritage, traditions, languages, and insights of
indigenous peoples, aiming to foster solidarity and raise public awareness.

 Promotion of Empathy: Recognizing and valuing indigenous cultures fosters greater empathy and respect,
leading to a more inclusive society.

 Tribal Population in India: According to the 2011 census, India's tribal population stands at 104 million,
accounting for 8.6% of the country's total population.

 Tribal Distribution in India: Central India houses the majority of the tribal population, with some regions
having up to 10% tribal inhabitants.

 Recognition in India: The Indian government recognizes 573 communities as Scheduled Tribes.

 Local Terminology: In India, tribal people are commonly referred to as ‘Adivasi’.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
371
243.
243. Proposed Change to the Criminal Laws in India
The Union Home Minister introduced three bills in the Lok Sabha to replace the Indian Penal Code (IPC), the
Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC), and the Indian Evidence Act, all of which were established during
British rule in India.

 The British colonial jurisprudence, which was created to dominate the country rather than to serve its
residents, is essentially where India's criminal laws are based.

 The Indian Penal Code (IPC), 1860, the Code of Criminal Procedure (CrPC), 1973, and the Indian
Evidence Act (IEA), 1872, make up the three primary parts of the country's criminal justice system.

 The IPC outlines several offences and stipulates penalties for them. The investigation, trial, and appeal
processes for criminal offences are outlined in the CrPC. The IEA addresses the relevance and admissibility
of evidence in courts.

 The criminal laws in India have been criticized for being outdated, ineffective, and discriminatory. Some of
the issues are:
o
o Colonial Era Laws: The Indian Penal Code (IPC) has many laws that are based on the moral and social
norms of 19th-century British culture, which may not be appropriate for modern Indian society. For instance
sedition is unlawful under Section 124A, and defamation is Criminal Offence under Section 499 of the IPC.
o
o Incapability: The criminal justice system has been unable to uphold the rights of the innocent and punish
those who have broken the law. False cases, incorrect convictions, acquittals, and delays in the administration
of justice occur frequently.
o
o Economic Survey 2018–19 estimates that there are approximately 3.5 crore cases waiting in the legal
system, primarily in district and subordinate courts. This weakens public faith in the rule of law and results in
violations of the right to a quick trial.
o
o Huge Undertrials: India has one of the highest numbers of convicts awaiting trial worldwide.
o
o Prisoners who are awaiting trial make up 67.2% of the entire jail population in India, according to
National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB) -Prison Statistics India (2015). This suggests that the right to bail
and the assumption of innocence have been violated.
o
o The Indian police force is overworked, understaffed, undertrained, and lacking in equipment. Corruption,
political meddling, abuses of human rights, and a lack of accountability in police operations are further
problems.

 There have been several attempts to reform the criminal laws in India by various committees and
commissions. Some of them are:
o
o Madhav Menon Committee (2007): It made a number of suggestions for changes to the Criminal Justice
System of India (CJSI), including the separation of law enforcement from the investigation process, the
creation of a National Judicial Commission, the implementation of a witness protection programme, etc.
o
o Malimath Committee (2003): The CJSI report it produced stated that the current system "weighed in
favour of the accused and did not appropriately focus on justice to the victims of crime." It proposed a
number of modifications to the IPC, CrPC, and IEA, including a switch from an adversarial to an inquisitorial
system, the addition of plea bargaining, an increase in victim compensation, etc.
o
o Law Commission Reports: The Law Commission of India has submitted several reports on various aspects
of criminal laws, such as death penalty, rape laws, communal violence, hate speech, etc. It has also
recommended a comprehensive review and revision of IPC, CrPC, and IEA.

 The government has also initiated some steps to amend the criminal laws in India. For example:
o
o In 2018, the Ministry of Home Affairs sought suggestions from various stakeholders for amendments in
IPC, CrPC, and IEA.
o
o In 2019, Parliament passed amendments to IPC and CrPC to provide stringent punishment for sexual
offences against children.
o
o In 2020, Parliament passed amendments to IEA to allow video conferencing for recording evidence and
statement of witnesses.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
372

 New Bills Introduced:
o
o Bharatiya Nyay Sanhita Bill, 2023: To replace IPC, 1860.
o
o Bhartiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita Bill, 2023: To replace CrPC, 1898.
o
o Bharatiya Sakshya Bill, 2023: To replace Evidence Act, 1872.

 Historical Background:
o
o IPC: India's official criminal code, drafted in 1860.
o
o CrPC: Administers criminal law procedures, enacted in 1973.
o
o Evidence Act: Established in 1872, governs evidence admissibility in Indian courts.

 Bharatiya Nyay Sanhita Bill Features:
o
o Defines terms like terrorism, separatism, and armed rebellion.
o
o Abolishes the sedition offense.
o
o Proposes capital punishment for mob lynching.
o
o Introduces 10-year imprisonment for deceiving women with false marriage promises.
o
o Advocates community service as punishment for specific crimes.
o
o Sets a 180-day maximum limit for filing charge sheets.

 Bhartiya Nagrik Suraksha Sanhita Bill Features:
o
o Encourages technology use in trials and appeals.
o
o Mandates video-recording for statements of sexual violence survivors.
o
o Requires police to update complainants on case status within 90 days.
o
o Stipulates arrests for specific cases need approval from a DSP-ranked officer.
o
o Consultation with victims is necessary before withdrawing certain cases.
o
o Allows in-absentia trials for absconding criminals.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
373
o
o Recognizes electronic records as evidence.
o
o Sets timelines for mercy petitions in death sentence cases.

 Bharatiya Sakshya Bill Features:
o
o Defines electronic evidence.
o
o Establishes criteria for electronic evidence admissibility.
o
o Incorporates provisions for DNA evidence admissibility.
o
o Recognizes expert opinions, like medical and handwriting analysis, as evidence.
o
o Emphasizes the presumption of innocence principle in the criminal justice system.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
374
244.
244. Luna 25
Luna-25 was a lunar mission initiated by Russia's space agency, Roscosmos, in August 2023. The mission
aimed to land near the lunar South Pole, specifically at the Boguslawsky crater. However, on August 20 it
failed to make a soft landing on the dark side of the Moon. It crashed onto the Moon's surface after losing
control due to 'technical glitch'.

 Launch Details: The Luna-25 spacecraft was launched using a Soyuz 2.1v rocket from the Vostochny
cosmodrome, located 5,550 kilometers east of Moscow, on August 11, 2023.

 Landing Expectation: The lander was expected to touch down on the moon on August 21, 2023. However,
India's lunar mission was scheduled for a landing on August 23, 2023, coinciding with the lunar sunrise.

 Mission Duration: Once on the moon's South Pole, Luna-25, roughly the size of a small car, was
designed to operate continuously for an entire year.

 Mission Outcome: The Luna-25 mission faced a significant setback when the spacecraft lost control
shortly after a crucial maneuver and crashed onto the moon's surface.

 Investigation: The exact reasons for the mission's failure remain uncertain. Roscosmos has initiated a
comprehensive investigation to determine the cause of the crash.

 Historical Context: The last successful lunar landing by Russia occurred in 1976. The failure of Luna-
25 underscores the challenges associated with lunar missions, even after such a long hiatus.

 Mission's Objective: Luna-25's primary goal was to collect rock samples from depths up to 15 cm and
analyze them for the presence of frozen water, crucial for future lunar bases.

 Mission Delays: Originally planned for an October 2021 launch, the mission was postponed to August
11, 2023, due to unforeseen complications. Additionally, following Russia's actions in Ukraine in February
2022, the European Space Agency's Pilot-D navigation camera, which was meant for testing on Luna-25, was
excluded from the project.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
375

 Luna-25 vs. Chandrayaan-3: Luna-25 had a lift-off mass of 1,750 kilograms, making it considerably
lighter than India's Chandrayaan-3, which weighed 3,800 kg. This lighter weight was believed to give Luna-
25 a propulsion advantage, as stated by India's space agency, ISRO.

 Lunar Exploration Significance: The moon's South Pole is believed to house substantial ice deposits.
Luna-25, launched from the Vostochny cosmodrome, was designed to study this region.

 Safety Measures: Despite their close timelines, Roscosmos assured that the Chandrayaan-3 and Luna-25
missions would not interfere with each other due to different landing zones.

 Spacecraft Specifications: The Luna-25 spacecraft weighed 1.8 tons and was equipped with 31 kg of
scientific instruments. It was planned to orbit the moon for 5 to 7 days before attempting to land near the
pole.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
376
245.
245. Chandrayaan-3
Chandrayaan-3, an initiative by ISRO, aimed to land on the Moon's south pole. However, post-landing, the
Vikram lander and Pragyan rover lost communication, possibly due to the harsh lunar night.

 Historic Landing: On August 23, 2023, at 6:04 pm, Chandrayaan-3's Vikram lander successfully
landed on the Moon, marking India as the first nation to achieve a landing on the Moon's south pole.

 National Space Day: To commemorate the success of Chandrayaan-3, August 23rd was declared as
'National Space Day' by PM Modi on August 26, 2023.

 ChaSTE Payload: The Vikram Lander was equipped with the ChaSTE (Chandra’s Surface
Thermophysical Experiment) payload, designed to measure the temperature profile of the lunar topsoil
around the pole. The probe could penetrate up to 10 cm beneath the surface and had 10 individual
temperature sensors.

 Pragyaan Rover: The 26kg rover, named Pragyaan (Sanskrit for wisdom), was designed to explore the
Moon's surface, collecting data and images. It was equipped with instruments to determine the lunar surface's
mineral composition and study its chemical makeup.

 Vikram Lander: The Vikram lander's landing was a significant achievement for India. The Automatic
Landing Sequence (ALS) was initiated 20 minutes before landing, allowing the lander to autonomously
select a suitable landing spot.

 Mission Launch: Chandrayaan-3 was launched from the Satish Dhawan Space Centre in Sriharikota on
July 14, 2023, using the Launch Vehicle Mark 3 (LVM3). The mission aimed to continue the objectives
of Chandrayaan-2, focusing on the lunar South Pole.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
377

 Mission Background: Chandrayaan-3 was designed to demonstrate India's capabilities in soft landings on
celestial bodies. It only included a rover and lander, relying on the Chandrayaan-2 orbiter for
communication with Earth.

 Mission Details: Chandrayaan-3's lander was powered by four throttle-able engines and included a
Laser Doppler Velocimeter (LDV). The mission aimed to study areas of the Moon's surface that haven't
been exposed to sunlight for billions of years, potentially containing ice and mineral deposits.

 Reason for Targeting the South Pole: The Moon's southern pole was chosen for its larger shadowed
areas, which might contain a consistent water supply. Scientists believe that the craters in this region might
hold fossil records of the early planetary system.

 Budget: Chandrayaan-3 had a budget of ₹615 million and was launched on July 14, aiming to study the
moon's characteristics, seismicity, plasma environment, and composition.

 Chandrayaan-3 vs. Chandrayaan-2: Chandrayaan-3 only included a lander and rover, while
Chandrayaan-2 also had an orbiter. The new mission utilized the Chandrayaan-2 orbiter for communication
and terrain mapping.

 Enhancements in Chandrayaan-3: The new mission featured 'Lander danger identification &
avoidance cameras' to aid in the landing process. Unlike its predecessor, which had a single camera,
Chandrayaan-3 was equipped with two.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
378
246.
246. To remove gender stereotypes from the law, a new SC handbook
The Supreme Court of India has released a handbook addressing the use of gender-unjust terms frequently
used in Indian courts.

 Identified Phrases: Terms like "career woman," "fallen woman," "faithful or obedient wife," "eve-
teasing," and "hermaphrodite" have been identified as gender-biased. The recommended replacements are
"woman," "woman," "wife," "street sexual harassment," and "intersex."

 Handbook's Purpose: The "Handbook on Combating Gender Stereotypes" is a 30-page guide aiming
to eliminate the use of gender-biased language in legal documents, judgments, and court proceedings.
Figure 107. Source: Mint

 Chief Justice's Remarks: Chief Justice of India, D.Y. Chandrachud, expressed hope that the handbook
would be a significant step towards creating a more just and equitable society.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
379

 Judicial Stereotypes: The Chief Justice emphasized that relying on predetermined stereotypes in judicial
decisions goes against the duty of judges to decide cases based on their individual merits.

 False Assumptions: The handbook challenges stereotypes, such as the notion that women are "overly
emotional" or "illogical." It emphasizes that gender doesn't influence one's capacity for rational thought.

 Judgmental Stereotypes: The handbook also addresses assumptions made about a woman's character
based on her attire or sexual history, which can influence judicial perspectives, especially in cases
involving sexual violence.

 Significance of Language: Chief Justice Chandrachud highlighted the importance of language in the legal
realm. Words convey the law's values and reflect a judge's perception of society.

 Historical Reference: As an illustration, the Chief Justice mentioned how the Code of Civil Procedure
1908 previously labeled financially disadvantaged individuals as "paupers." Recognizing the negative
connotation, the term was later changed to "indigent."

 Amendment's Purpose: The change from "pauper" to "indigent" in the Code of Civil Procedure was
not merely legal but aimed at acknowledging the dignity and humanity of the individuals referred to.

 Constitutional Ethos: Using stereotypical language can perpetuate ideas that are contrary to the principles
enshrined in the Indian Constitution.

 Language's Impact: Even if stereotypes don't influence a case's outcome, the language used can still
reinforce biased ideas.

 Language & Dignity: The words chosen in legal contexts can either uphold or diminish the dignity of
individuals, reflecting societal perceptions.

 Handbook's Coverage: The handbook delves into the so-called inherent characteristics attributed to
women, debunking them with rational explanations.

 Future Implications: The handbook's release signifies a progressive step in the Indian judiciary,
emphasizing the need for unbiased, respectful language in legal proceedings.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
380
247.
247. New scheme to help urban poor build houses
The Prime Minister announced a new housing scheme during the 77th Independence Day address to address
the urban housing crisis, complementing the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana Urban (PMAY-U) launched in
2015.

 PMAY-U Overview:
o
o Objective: Managed by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs (MoHUA), PMAY-U aims to address
urban housing shortages for economically disadvantaged groups.
o
o Target: Provide "pucca" houses to all eligible urban households by 2022, with the scheme extended to
December 2024.
o
o Beneficiaries: Addresses housing needs of EWS (annual income up to Rs. 3,00,000), LIG (up to Rs.
6,00,000), and MIG (up to Rs. 18,00,000).

 Components of PMAY-U:
o
o In-situ Slum Redevelopment (ISSR): Offers Central Assistance of Rs. 1 lakh per dwelling for slum
redevelopment using land as a resource.
o
o Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS): Provides interest subsidies for housing loans to EWS/LIG and
MIG groups.
o
o Affordable Housing in Partnership (AHP): Central Assistance of Rs. 1.5 Lakh for each EWS dwelling,
with a focus on affordability.
o
o Beneficiary-led Individual House Construction/Enhancement: EWS families can receive up to Rs. 1.5 lakh
for individual house construction or enhancement.

 Promotion of Women Empowerment: PMAY-U encourages house ownership in the name of a female
member or joint names.

 Progress: 118.9 lakh houses completed under PMAY-U, with 76.25 lakh occupied.

 Affordable Rental Housing Complexes (ARHCs): A sub-scheme under PMAY-U to provide affordable
rental housing near workplaces for urban migrants/poor.

 ANGIKAAR Campaign: Launched on 2nd October 2019, it promotes best practices like water & energy
conservation, waste management, and health for PMAY(U) beneficiaries.

 GHTC India: The Global Housing Technology Challenge - India (GHTC India) by MoHUA focuses on
identifying sustainable, eco-friendly, and disaster-resilient construction technologies.

 PMAY-U's Significance: The scheme is a significant step towards ensuring affordable housing for all,
addressing the challenges of urbanization, and promoting sustainable development.

 Registration & Implementation: Beneficiaries can register for the Vishwakarma Yojana at common
service centers in villages, with both central and state governments playing roles in its implementation.

 Integration with Value Chains: The scheme aims to integrate artisans into both domestic and global value
chains, enhancing their market reach.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
381
248.
248. Lakhpati Didi Scheme

 The Prime Minister, in his Independence Day address, introduced two initiatives, the Vishwakarma Yojana
and the Lakhpati Didi Scheme, to empower artisans and women's self-help groups (SHGs) in India.

 Vishwakarma Yojana:

 Objective: Aims to uplift individuals skilled in traditional craftsmanship, especially from the Other
Backward Classes (OBC) community.

 Inspiration: Named after Vishwakarma, the divine architect, it focuses on preserving the guru-shishya
parampara (teacher-pupil tradition) in artisanal trades.

 Features: Artisans will receive a PM Vishwakarma certificate and ID card, and can avail collateral-
free credit support up to ₹1 lakh initially and ₹2 lakh subsequently at a 5% interest rate.

 Budget & Training: Allocated between ₹13,000 crore to ₹15,000 crore for five years (2023-2028). Offers
a ₹500 stipend for skill training and ₹1,500 for modern tools.

 Scope: Covers 18 traditional trades in both rural and urban areas, including carpenters, potters, tailors, etc.

 Registration: Can be done at common service centers in villages, with funding from the central
government and support from state governments.

 Goal: Integrate artisans into domestic and global value chains, enhancing market opportunities.

 Lakhpati Didi Scheme:

 Objective: Aims to create two crore "lakhpati didis" (prosperous sisters) in villages, aligning with
poverty alleviation and economic empowerment goals.

 Features: Women will receive skill training to earn over ₹1 lakh annually.

 Drones for Agriculture: Women SHGs will be provided drones for agricultural tasks, promoting
precision farming, crop monitoring, and pest control.

 Training: Around 15,000 women's SHGs will be trained in drone operation and repair, as well as skills
like LED bulb making and plumbing.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
382

 Self-Help Groups (SHGs): Informal groups of individuals with similar socio-economic backgrounds
aiming to improve their living conditions collectively.

 Other Initiatives: The Rashtriya Mahila Kosh is another initiative related to women empowerment and
poverty alleviation.

 Significance of SHGs: SHGs play a pivotal role in developmental activities, and the government has taken
measures to promote them.

 UPSC Questions: The article also mentions previous UPSC questions related to the role of SHGs in
development and the connection between gender inequality, poverty, and microfinancing of women SHGs.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
383
249.
249. Cinematograph (Amendment) Bill, 2023
The Cinematograph (Amendment) Bill, 2023, recently passed by both the Lok Sabha and Rajya Sabha, aims
to modify the existing Cinematograph Act of 1952.

 Primary Focus: The bill extends the scope from merely censorship to also include copyright, introducing
stringent anti-piracy provisions.

 Anti-Piracy Measures:
o
o Objective: Deter film piracy through strict penalties.
o
o Penalties: Imprisonment ranging from 3 months to 3 years and fines from Rs. 3 lakhs up to 5% of the
audited gross production cost for unauthorized recording and distribution.

 Copyright Expansion:
o
o The 1952 Act, primarily centered on censorship, will now also cover copyright protection.
o
o This change aims to protect the intellectual property rights of filmmakers and content creators in line with
the evolving film distribution landscape.

 CBFC's Autonomy:
o
o The bill emphasizes the autonomy of the Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC).
o
o The government's revisional powers over CBFC decisions will be limited, aligning with the Supreme
Court's judgment in the K.M. Shankarappa vs Union of India (2000) case.

 New Age Ratings:
o
o The U/A rating will be divided into three categories:

 U/A 7+: Suitable for children above 7 with parental guidance.


o
o This classification aligns with the graded-age classifications under the IT Rules, 2021, and the Shyam
Benegal Committee recommendations (2017).

 Recertification for TV & Other Media:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
384
o
o Films rated for adults have historically been prohibited on TV since a 2004 Bombay High Court order.
o
o Broadcasters often make voluntary cuts to films for a U/A rating from CBFC.
o
o The bill formalizes this practice, allowing films to be recertified for TV and other media.

 Validity of Certificates:
o
o The amendment removes the 10-year validity restriction on CBFC certificates, granting them
perpetual validity.

 Cinematograph Act of 1952:
o
o Enacted to ensure films align with the tolerance limits of Indian society.
o
o Provides principles for film certification, considering factors like national sovereignty, state security,
public order, and morality.

 Central Board of Film Certification (CBFC):
o
o Established under Section 3 of the Act.
o
o A statutory body under the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, CBFC regulates public film
exhibitions as per the Cinematograph Act 1952 provisions.

 Appellate Tribunal:
o
o The Act provides for an Appellate Tribunal to address appeals against CBFC decisions.

 Bill's Significance:
o
o The amendment reflects the evolving needs of the film industry, addressing modern challenges like piracy
and the changing dynamics of content consumption.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
385
250.
250. The National Nursing and Midwifery Commission Bill (NNMC) and the National
Dental Commission Bill
The Lok Sabha passed two significant health bills during the Monsoon Session of Parliament: the National
Nursing and Midwifery Commission Bill (NNMC) and the National Dental Commission Bill.

 Purpose of the Bills: These legislative measures aim to repeal the Dentists Act, 1948, and the Indian
Nursing Council Act, 1947. The primary objective is to enhance transparency, quality, and standards in the
fields of nursing, midwifery, and dentistry.

 National Nursing and Midwifery Commission Bill (NNMC):
o
o Objective: Regulate and maintain education and service standards for nursing and midwifery
professionals.
o
o Features: The bill encompasses the assessment of institutions, maintenance of national and state registers,
and the creation of a system to bolster access, research, development, and the adoption of scientific
advancements in the nursing and midwifery sectors.
o
o Establishment of NNMC: The bill proposes the formation of the National Nursing and Midwifery
Commission (NNMC) to replace the existing Indian Nursing Council Act, 1947. This move is intended to
reform nursing and midwifery education and the profession in India.

 National Dental Commission Bill, 2023:
o
o Objective: Regulate the dentistry profession, ensuring quality and affordable dental education.
o
o Features: The bill emphasizes providing high-quality oral healthcare that aligns with global standards and
addresses related matters.

 Repealing Old Acts: Both bills signify a move away from older legislative frameworks, specifically the
Dentists Act, 1948, and the Indian Nursing Council Act, 1947.

 Nursing Personnel Data: As per the Indian Nursing Council records, India had approximately 33.41
lakh registered nursing personnel by 2022.

 Dentists Data: Government data indicates that India has around 2.89 lakh registered dentists.

 Focus on Quality: Both bills underscore the importance of maintaining and enhancing the quality of
education and services in their respective fields.

 Global Parity: The National Dental Commission Bill aims to elevate India's dental education and
services to match global standards.

 Emphasis on Transparency: The bills collectively aim to instill greater transparency in the fields of
nursing, midwifery, and dentistry.

 Affordability: The National Dental Commission Bill emphasizes the provision of affordable dental
education for aspiring professionals.

 Modernization: Both bills reflect an effort to modernize the respective professions, incorporating the latest
scientific advancements and best practices.

 Reformative Approach: The establishment of the NNMC and the provisions of the National Dental
Commission Bill indicate a reformative approach to healthcare education and services in India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
386
251.
251. Registration of Births and Deaths (Amendment) Bill, 2023
The Lok Sabha passed the Registration of Births and Deaths (Amendment) Bill, 2023, on August 1.

 Digital Birth Certificates: The bill facilitates the issuance of digital birth certificates, which will serve as a
singular document for various purposes, including:
o
o Admission to educational institutions
o
o Driving license applications
o
o Government job applications
o
o Passport or Aadhaar applications
o
o Voter enrollment
o
o Marriage registration

 Benefits: The digital birth certificate will eliminate the need for multiple documents to verify the date
and place of birth within India.

 State Consensus: Minister of State for Home, Nityanand Rai, mentioned that all Indian states had
agreed to the bill's provisions. The legislation was also open for consultation.

 Centralized Database: The primary purpose of the centralized database is to enhance service delivery to
the public. This database will also update the National Population Register (NPR), ration cards, and
property registration.

 NPR Details:
o
o The NPR first collected data in 2010 and was updated in 2015 through door-to-door enumeration.
o
o It currently holds a database of 119 crore residents.
o
o The NPR serves as the initial step towards the creation of the National Register of Citizens (NRC) as per
the Citizenship Act.

 Opposition Concerns:
o
o AIMIM's Asaduddin Owaisi opposed the bill, labeling it as a "backdoor NRC."
o
o He expressed concerns about the bill violating citizens' right to privacy and criticized the government's
lack of transparency.
o
o Owaisi highlighted potential risks, such as mass surveillance, profiling, disenfranchisement, voter
suppression, and discrimination. He also emphasized that only 54% of individuals in rural areas possess birth
certificates.

 Bill Passage Context: The bill was approved amidst strong protests from the opposition, particularly
concerning the ethnic violence in Manipur and demands for a statement from Prime Minister Narendra Modi
in Parliament.

 Act's History: The original Act, established in 1969, has not been amended since its inception.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
387

 Need for Amendment: Given societal changes and technological advancements since 1969, there's a
recognized need to update the Act, making it more citizen-centric.

 Bill's Significance: The amendment reflects the government's effort to modernize administrative
processes, leveraging technology to streamline documentation and service delivery.

 Data Collection Concerns: The bill's opponents have raised concerns about the government's intent to
gather personal data, especially when data on other significant issues, like poverty and COVID-19 related
deaths, is reportedly unavailable.

 Privacy and Surveillance: The potential for mass surveillance and privacy breaches has been a
significant point of contention regarding the bill.

 Citizen-Friendly Approach: The amendment aims to make the Act more accessible and beneficial for
citizens, simplifying processes and reducing bureaucratic hurdles.

 Digital Transformation: The bill is a step towards India's broader digital transformation goals,
emphasizing the importance of digital documentation in today's era.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
388
252.
252. Jal Jeevan Mission

 World Water Week 2023:
o
o Organized by the Stockholm International Water Institute from 20th to 24th August 2023.
o
o Theme: "Seeds of Change: Innovative Solutions for a Water-Wise World," focusing on innovative
solutions to address water challenges.

 Jal Jeevan Mission (JJM):
o
o Launched in 2019 with the objective to provide safe and adequate drinking water through individual
household tap connections to all rural households in India by 2024.
o
o Aims to rectify the shortcomings of past water supply programs.

 Historical Attempts at Rural Water Supply:
o
o India's first five-year plan (1951-56) prioritized basic water supply to rural areas.
o
o National Rural Drinking Water Supply Programme (1969) introduced with UNICEF's support.
o
o Accelerated Rural Water Supply Scheme (ARWS) and Minimum Needs Programme faced
implementation challenges.
o
o ARWS evolved into National Drinking Water Mission and later Rajiv Gandhi National Drinking Water
Mission (1991) with Panchayati Raj Institutions responsible for water supply.

 Har Ghar Jal Program:
o
o Launched in 2017 to provide piped water supply to every household.
o
o By April 1, 2018, only 20% of rural households were linked to piped water.

 Historical Context:
o
o The central government began assisting states with rural water supply in 1972. The Accelerated Rural
Water Supply Programme was renamed as National Rural Drinking Water Programme (NRDWP) in 2009,
which was restructured into JJM in 2019.

 Shortcomings of Previous Schemes:
o
o Unsustainable reliance on groundwater.
o
o Lack of community ownership leading to poor maintenance.
o
o Insufficient public awareness and involvement.
o
o Mismanagement of funds and inefficiencies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
389

 Jal Jeevan Mission's Learnings:
o
o Emphasis on tapping both surface water and groundwater.
o
o Focus on community engagement and sensitization.
o
o Public sharing of progress data through a central dashboard.
o
o Holistic approach including disaster preparedness, water transfers, technological interventions, and
greywater management.

 Current Status of JJM:
o
o Objective: Provide 55 litres of water per person per day to every rural household through Functional
Household Tap Connections (FHTC) by 2024.
o
o As of January 3, 2023, 56.14% of rural households had access to tapped water connections.
o
o Nine states and Union Territories achieved the Har Ghar Jal status.

 Water Resource Management Challenges:
o
o Groundwater depletion exacerbated by rapid urbanization.
o
o Interstate water disputes, e.g., the Cauvery River dispute.
o
o Water quality issues leading to waterborne diseases.
o
o Gender dynamics in water collection affecting women and girls.
o
o Climate change impacts on Himalayan glaciers affecting water supply.
o
o Inefficient wastewater management with only 27.3% water treatment capacity.

 Jal Jeevan Mission (Urban):
o
o Complements JJM (Rural) and aims to provide universal water supply through functional taps in all 4,378
statutory towns of India.

 Jal Shakti Ministry:
o
o The Jal Jeevan Mission (Rural) falls under the purview of the Ministry of Jal Shakti.

 Community Engagement:
o
o The mission emphasizes community involvement at all levels to ensure the success and sustainability of
the program.

 Diverse Water Sources:
o
o The mission promotes the use of both surface and groundwater sources, emphasizing recharge and
protection.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
390
253.
253. The Constitution (Jammu and Kashmir) Scheduled Tribes Order (Amendment) Bill,
2023
The government introduced a Bill to include four communities in Jammu and Kashmir's Scheduled Tribes
(STs) list: “Gadda Brahmin”, “Koli”, “Paddari Tribe”, and “Pahari Ethnic Group”.

 Bill Details: The Constitution (Jammu and Kashmir) Scheduled Tribes Order (Amendment) Bill,
2023 was introduced in the Lok Sabha on July 26, 2023.

 Existing ST Communities: Dominant ST communities in J&K include Gujjars and Bakerwals, primarily
residing in districts like Rajouri, Poonch, Reasi, and others. They were granted ST status in 1991.

 Concerns of Gujjar-Bakerwal: The proposed expansion of the ST list has led to apprehensions among the
Gujjar-Bakerwal community about a potential reduction in their quota benefits.

 Pahari Ethnic Group:
o
o Comprises Hindus, Muslims, and Sikhs.
o
o Includes Kashmiri-origin individuals who settled in Rajouri and Poonch.
o
o In 1989, the J&K government recommended ST status for Paharis, but it was rejected by the Registrar
General of India.
o
o The Paharis were granted a 4% reservation in 2019.

 Paddari Tribe:
o
o Reside in the remote Paddar area of Kishtwar district.
o
o The 2011 census recorded their population at 21,548, with a mix of Hindus, Buddhists, and Muslims.
o
o They speak the Paddari language.

 Opposition to Inclusion: Gujjar-Bakerwal leaders are particularly concerned about the proposed ST status
for Paharis and Paddaris. They argue that Gadda Brahmins and Kolis are already part of existing ST
communities.

 Previous Efforts for Pahari Inclusion:
o
o In 2014, a Bill proposing a 5% quota for Paharis was introduced but was not assented to by the
Governor.
o
o The Justice (retd) G D Sharma Commission in 2019 recommended ST status for the four communities,
which was approved by the Registrar General in 2022.

 Gujjar-Bakerwal Population: With nearly 18 lakh individuals, the Gujjar-Bakerwal community is the
third-largest group in J&K after Kashmiris and Dogras.

 Benefits of ST Status: ST communities receive 10% reservation in government jobs, educational
institutions, and political representation in J&K.

 Pahari Advisory Board: In response to demands from Paharis, an Advisory Board for Development of
Pahari Speaking People was established, defining Paharis as residents of Rajouri and Poonch, excluding
existing STs.

 Paddari Tribe's Location: The Paddari homeland borders Zanskar in Ladakh, Pangi in Himachal Pradesh,
and other parts of J&K.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
391
254.
254. Inter-Services Organisation (Command, Control & Discipline) Bill – 2023

 Bill Introduction: The Rajya Sabha passed the Inter-Services Organisation (Command, Control &
Discipline) Bill – 2023 on August 8, 2023.
o
o The Lok Sabha had previously passed it on August 4.

 Bill's Objective: The bill aims to empower the Commander-in-Chief and Officer-in-Command of
Inter-Services Organisations with disciplinary and administrative powers over personnel from different
services within these organisations.

 Current Scenario: Presently, personnel from the Army, Navy, and IAF are governed by their respective
service-specific acts.

 Bill's Provisions: While service personnel in Inter-Services Organisations will still be governed by their
Service Acts, the bill will allow heads of these organisations to exercise disciplinary and administrative
powers as per existing service acts, rules, and regulations, irrespective of the service the personnel belong to.

 Significance for Integrated Theatre Commands: The bill empowers the central government to constitute
an Inter-Services Organisation, paving the way for integrated theatre commands, a significant military reform
in the pipeline.

 Defence Minister's Statement: Union Defence Minister Rajnath Singh emphasized that the bill would
promote better coordination among defence forces, enhancing jointness and integration within the military,
especially in the context of modern, technology-driven warfare.

 Changes Post-Enactment: The heads of existing inter-services organisations currently lack these powers.
With the bill's enactment, disciplinary or administrative actions can be taken by the heads of these
organisations without referring to the personnel's respective services.

 Examples of Inter-Services Organisations: These include the Strategic Forces Command, the Andaman
and Nicobar Command, and joint training establishments like the National Defence College.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
392

 Benefits of the Bill: The bill will ensure:
o
o Effective discipline in inter-services establishments.
o
o No need to refer personnel undergoing disciplinary proceedings to their parent services.
o
o Faster resolution of disciplinary or administrative cases, saving time and public resources.

 Theaterisation Context: Theaterisation or the establishment of theatre commands is a major military
reform aiming to integrate the individual commands of the three services into tri-services organisations with
a shared military goal.

 Bill as a Precursor to Theaterisation: The bill is seen as a step towards the establishment of integrated
theatre commands. Plans are underway to establish three theatre commands: one facing Pakistan, one facing
China, and a maritime theatre command for peninsular India.

 Integrated Theatre Command Structure: Each integrated theatre command will have components from
the three services and will be led by a theatre commander from one of the services.

 Bill's Empowerment: The bill will enable the theatre commander or their subordinates to take disciplinary
or administrative actions against personnel in that specific theatre command without referring to the
individual services of the personnel.

 Notification Requirement: For the bill's provisions to be applied to theatre commands, a separate
government notification would be required.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
393
255.
255. The Katchatheevu controversy
Tamil Nadu Chief Minister M.K. Stalin revived the debate over Katchatheevu, an uninhabited 285-acre islet
off Rameswaram, by demanding its retrieval from Sri Lanka.

 Historical Transfer: Katchatheevu became a part of Sri Lanka following an agreement signed between
the then Prime Ministers of India and Sri Lanka, Indira Gandhi and Sirima R.D. Bandaranaike, from
June 26-28, 1974.

 Importance to Fisherfolk: Traditionally, fisherfolk from both India and Sri Lanka have used
Katchatheevu for fishing. St. Anthony’s Church on the islet holds an annual festival attended by devotees
from both countries.

 Reason for Negotiations: Sri Lanka claimed sovereignty over Katchatheevu based on Portuguese
jurisdiction during 1505-1658 CE. India argued that the Raja of Ramnad had possession of it as part of
his zamin.

 Reception of the 1974 Agreement: The transfer of Katchatheevu faced opposition in 1974, with parties
like DMK, AIADMK, Jan Sangh, and others staging walkouts in Parliament. Former PM Atal Bihari
Vajpayee criticized the decision, and M. G. Ramachandran sought the then Chief Minister Karunanidhi's
resignation over the issue.

 Revival of the Issue: The Katchatheevu issue was revived in August 1991 by then Chief Minister
Jayalalithaa. Both Jayalalithaa and Karunanidhi approached the Supreme Court on the matter in subsequent
years.

 Union Government's Stand: In August 2013, the Union government stated to the Supreme Court that
Katchatheevu's retrieval did not arise as no Indian territory was ceded to Sri Lanka. In December 2022, the
government reiterated that Katchatheevu lies on the Sri Lankan side of the maritime boundary.

 Current Scenario: Following letters from Chief Minister Stalin to Prime Minister Narendra Modi,
fishermen arrested by Sri Lankan authorities were released. However, their boats and fishing nets were not
returned.

 1976 Supplemental Pact: This pact clarified that fishing vessels and fishermen from both countries should
not engage in fishing in each other's waters without express permission.

 Historical Records: The decision to transfer Katchatheevu was based on exhaustive research of historical
records, as stated by the then External Affairs Minister Swaran Singh in 1974.

 Opposition's View: Opposition parties contended that the islet transfer decision was taken without
consulting the people or Parliament.

 Jayalalithaa's Demand: Initially demanding the islet's retrieval, Jayalalithaa later modified her stance to
seek the islet through "a lease in perpetuity."
09717289708 | w 6390573333
394

 Recent Developments: Ahead of Sri Lanka’s President Ranil Wickremesinghe's visit to New Delhi, Chief
Minister Stalin urged PM Modi to discuss the Katchatheevu issue with the visiting dignitary.

 Historical Negotiations: Talks regarding the boundary demarcation began as early as October 1921
between the governments of Madras and Ceylon.

 Current Status: The matter of Katchatheevu is currently sub-judice in the Supreme Court.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
395
256.
256. The Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation) Amendment Bill, 2023

 Legislative Move: On August 2, Parliament passed the Mines and Minerals (Development and Regulation)
Amendment Bill, 2023. This aims to attract private sector investment for exploring critical and deep-
seated minerals in India.

 Mineral Classification: The Bill classifies six minerals, including lithium (used in EV batteries), as
"critical and strategic". Previously, these were considered atomic minerals and their exploration was
restricted to government entities.

 Import Dependency: The geopolitical events, like the Russian invasion of Ukraine, highlighted the
vulnerabilities in global supply chains. India relies heavily on imports for critical minerals like lithium,
cobalt, graphite, and rare earth elements (REEs). The demand for such metals is expected to surge by 500%
by 2050.

 China's Dominance: China controls a significant portion of the global supply of critical minerals. For
instance, it owns a majority of cobalt mines in the Democratic Republic of Congo and produces 65% of the
world's REEs.

 India's Mineral Security Partnership: To reduce dependency on countries like China, India joined the
Mineral Security Partnership (MSP) and identified 30 minerals critical for its economic development
and national security.

 Need for Private Sector: India has explored only 10% of its Obvious Geological Potential (OGP) for
minerals. Most exploration has been done by government entities, with limited private sector involvement.
Exploration is a specialized, time-intensive, and risky operation.

 Bill's Provisions: The Bill proposes to:
o
o Remove six minerals from the atomic minerals list, opening them up for exploration.
o
o Allow activities like pitting, trenching, and drilling as part of reconnaissance.
o
o Introduce a new exploration license (EL) for private sector participation.

 Previous Mining Policy: The MMDR Act 1957 has seen multiple amendments. Initially, it allowed
private companies to engage in early-stage exploration. However, concerns about favoritism and misuse led
to changes, and by 2015, private companies could only get mining leases or composite licenses through
government auctions.

 Bill's Incentives: The Bill aims to align India's exploration processes with developed countries like
Australia. In such countries, private "junior explorers" undertake risky explorations, and upon discovery, sell
these to larger mining companies.

 Revenue Generation Concerns: The primary revenue for private companies with an exploration license
would be a share of the premium paid by the miner. However, this would materialize only after a discovered
mine is auctioned and operationalized, which could take years.

 Auction Method Issues: Auctioning exploration licenses can be challenging since the value of unexplored
minerals is unknown. Companies might be hesitant to invest heavily without assurance of utilizing
discovered resources.

 Global Comparison: In many global jurisdictions, private explorers can directly sell their discoveries to
miners. However, in India, only the government can auction what an explorer discovers.

 Supreme Court's Observation: The Court noted that companies would invest in discovering natural
resources only if they're assured of utilizing the discovered resources.

 Bill's Objective: The new policy aims to accelerate the pace of mineral exploration in India by leveraging
private sector expertise and investment.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
396
257.
257. Mercury Pollution and Minamata Convention

 Minamata Convention: An international treaty designed to protect human health and the
environment from anthropogenic emissions and releases of mercury and mercury compounds.

 Origin: The convention is named after the Minamata disease, which was identified in Minamata city,
Japan, in 1956. It was caused by mercury-tainted wastewater from a chemical factory that contaminated
the local fisheries.

 Objective: The convention seeks to reduce mercury pollution by controlling its production, use, and
emission into the environment.

 Mercury Sources: Major sources include coal-fired power plants, industrial processes, waste incineration,
and artisanal and small-scale gold mining.

 Health Impacts: Mercury can cause various health problems, including neurological and developmental
damage. Children and unborn babies are most vulnerable.

 Environmental Impact: Mercury can transform into methylmercury, a toxic compound, in water. It
can bioaccumulate in marine organisms, leading to higher concentrations in predatory fish consumed by
humans.

 Convention Provisions: The Minamata Convention includes provisions that relate to the entire life cycle of
mercury, including its mining, export and import, safe storage, and disposal.

 Phasing Out: The convention aims to phase out many products containing mercury, like certain types of
thermometers, batteries, and lamps, by set dates.

 Artisanal Gold Mining: The convention recognizes the role of artisanal and small-scale gold mining as the
largest source of mercury pollution and seeks to promote mercury-free methods.

 Financial Mechanism: The Global Environment Facility (GEF) serves as the financial mechanism for the
Minamata Convention, helping developing countries meet their obligations.

 Reporting: Parties to the convention are required to report on measures taken, effectiveness, and
challenges in meeting the convention's objectives.

 Adoption: The Minamata Convention was adopted in 2013 and entered into force in 2017.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
397
258.
258. Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) to conduct a non-invasive survey of the
Gyanvapi mosque

 Supreme Court Directive: The Supreme Court of India recently instructed the Archaeological Survey of
India (ASI) to conduct a non-invasive survey of the Gyanvapi mosque in Varanasi to determine if it was
constructed over a temple.

 Purpose of the Survey: The petitioners believe that the mosque was constructed on the foundation of a
temple and that Hindu idols and structures might be concealed within the mosque.

 Survey Techniques: ASI will employ non-invasive techniques, including ground-penetrating radar (GPR)
and carbon dating, to conduct a comprehensive survey of the Gyanvapi compound.

 Expected Outcomes: The survey aims to identify any remnants of a temple or other Hindu structures
within or below the mosque and to determine the age and origin of the current structures.

 Court Observer: An observer has been appointed by the court to oversee the survey process and report
any discrepancies or violations.

 Non-Invasive Archaeological Methods: These methods, which do not involve excavation, include:
o
o Active Methods: Inject energy into the ground and measure the response, estimating properties like
density and electrical resistance.
o
o Passive Methods: Measure existing physical properties, such as magnetometry (detecting magnetic
anomalies) and gravity surveying (measuring gravitational force variations).

 Ground-Penetrating Radar (GPR): GPR will be used by ASI to create a 3D model of buried
archaeological features. It works by emitting a radar impulse and recording return signals from the subsoil.

 Carbon Dating: This method determines the age of organic material by measuring its carbon content.

 __________Limitations of Archaeological Surveys:
o
o Different materials with similar physical properties can produce identical responses, leading to
interpretation ambiguities.
o
o Data limitations and measurement errors can challenge accurate estimations.
o
o Heterogeneous materials and complex geometries in archaeological structures can complicate data
interpretation.
o
o Emotional and political factors can influence interpretations, especially in cases involving religious sites.

 Archaeological Survey of India (ASI): ASI, under the Ministry of Culture, is India's primary
organization for archaeological research and cultural heritage protection.

 ASI's Role: ASI oversees more than 3650 ancient monuments and archaeological sites of national
significance. Its responsibilities encompass surveys, exploration, excavation, conservation, and maintenance
of protected monuments.

 ASI's Foundation: Founded in 1861 by Alexander Cunningham, the first Director-General of ASI, he
is also recognized as the "Father of Indian Archaeology."
09717289708 | w 6390573333
398
259.
259. United Naga Council seeks NRC in Manipur
The United Naga Council (UNC), representing Nagas in Manipur, has urged the State government to initiate
the process of updating the National Register of Citizens (NRC).

 Manipur's Stance: The BJP-led Manipur government, under Chief Minister Nongthombam Biren
Singh, has been seeking the Central government's approval to undertake an NRC update, similar to Assam's
process.

 Assam's NRC Outcome: In Assam, 19.06 lakh out of 3.3 crore applicants were excluded from the final
NRC draft due to insufficient documentation proving their citizenship.

 Reason for NRC: UNC emphasized the NRC as a vital tool to counter the rising influx of illegal
immigrants, which they believe is leading to an "unwarranted population invasion" in Manipur.

 Criticism of the Central Government: The UNC criticized the Central government for allegedly
promoting the inflow of people from Myanmar, leading to a demographic crisis in Manipur.

 Recent Influx from Myanmar: The Assam Rifles reported a fresh influx of 718 individuals from
Myanmar on July 23, which the UNC found concerning.

 Manipur's Demographics: Manipur is home to three primary communities: the Meiteis, Nagas, and
Kuki-Zomis. While the Meitei and Naga communities are indigenous, most Kuki-Zomi people are
believed to have migrated from Myanmar.

 Kuki-Meitei Clash: A perception that the Kuki-Zomi and their Chin relatives from Myanmar have been
promoting "narco-terrorism" has been a trigger for the ongoing Kuki-Meitei conflict since May 3.

 Verification and Identification Committee: The Manipur government extended the deadline for this
committee, responsible for identifying "illegal immigrants" from Myanmar in Chandel and Tengnoupal
districts, to September 30.

 Biometric Data Collection: Following the Union Home Ministry's advice, the Manipur government began
collecting biometric data of individuals from Myanmar in July. The National Crime Records Bureau has been
assisting in this process.

 Recent Entrants from Myanmar: 718 Myanmar nationals, including 301 children and 208 women,
entered the Chandel district on July 22 and 23 due to conflicts between the Myanmar Army and civil
forces.

 Settlement Locations: These Myanmar nationals are currently residing in seven villages in the Chandel
district, located along the India-Myanmar border.

 Report on Illegal Immigrants: A sub-committee of the Manipur Cabinet disclosed in March-April that
2,187 illegal immigrants from Myanmar established settlements in 41 locations across four districts.

 Call for Separate Administration: Tribal Affairs and Hill Development Minister Letpao Haokip, along
with other tribal MLAs, advocated for a distinct administration for the Kuki-Zomi people after the eruption
of ethnic violence on May 3.

 About NRC
o
o The National Register of Citizens (NRC) is a record organized by individual villages, listing properties or
homes sequentially.
o
o For each property or home, the register details the number of inhabitants and their names.
o
o Initially compiled after India's 1951 Census, the NRC hadn't been refreshed until recently. As of now,
only Assam has updated its NRC, but there are plans to extend this update nationwide.
o
o The primary objective of the NRC is to distinguish between "legitimate" residents and "illegal"
immigrants.
o
o The responsibility for overseeing the NRC falls under the Registrar General and Census Commissioner of
India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
399
260.
260. Mother being natural guardian of child has right to decide surname
The Supreme Court recently ruled in favor of a mother's right to decide her child's surname, especially when
she is the sole natural guardian after the biological father's demise.

 Previous High Court Ruling: The Andhra Pradesh High Court, in January 2014, had directed the mother
to revert the child's surname to its original and to list the deceased husband's name as the natural father in
records.

 Supreme Court's Perspective on Surnames: Surnames are not just markers of lineage or history but play
a vital role in a child's social reality and sense of belonging.

 Importance of Surname Homogeneity: The Supreme Court highlighted that a consistent surname within a
family fosters unity and identity.

 Mother's Rights: The court stated that the mother, as the sole natural guardian, also possesses the right
to give her child up for adoption.

 Guardianship Laws in India:
o
o Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act (HMGA) 1956: Typically, the father is considered the primary
guardian, with the mother being the secondary guardian. However, for children under five, the mother is
usually the primary custodian.
o
o Guardian and Wards Act of 1890: This law deals with appointing guardians for both the child and their
property. It also addresses child custody and guardianship disputes between parents.
o
o Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937: The father is the natural guardian, but the mother
has custody rights until the son turns seven and the daughter reaches puberty.

 "Best Interests of the Child" Defined: This principle, derived from the Juvenile Justice (Care and
Protection of Children) Act, 2015, emphasizes the child's basic rights, needs, identity, and overall well-
being.

 Supreme Court's Landmark Judgement: In the Githa Hariharan v. The Reserve Bank of India case
(1999), the court interpreted the term "after" in the HMGA to mean "in the absence of the father" rather
than "after the lifetime of the father". This interpretation, however, did not equate the rights of both
parents.

 Article 14 of the Constitution: This article ensures equality before the law and equal protection of laws
within India. The HMGA was challenged based on this article in the aforementioned Supreme Court case.

 Need for Amendments: Despite the Supreme Court's judgement, the HMGA has not been amended to
recognize both parents as equal guardians.

 Child-Centric Human Rights: The emphasis should be on the child's optimal growth and well-being. Joint
parenting with equal rights can be a balanced solution.

 Law Commission of India's Recommendation: In its 257th report (May 2015), the commission
recommended removing the superiority of one parent over the other. Both parents should be considered
natural guardians with equal rights.

 Proposed Changes to HMGA: The commission suggested amending the HMGA to recognize both parents
as natural guardians "jointly and severally", ensuring equal rights concerning the minor and their property.

 Mother's Autonomy: The Supreme Court's decision underscores a mother's autonomy in decisions related
to her child, especially in the absence of the biological father.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
400
261.
261. CAG Report on Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-
PMJAY),
Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (AB-PMJAY) is the government's flagship health
insurance scheme, aiming to provide free healthcare to over 50 crore underprivileged families with funding
up to ₹5 lakh per family annually.

 CAG Report: A report by the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) presented in the Lok Sabha
highlighted significant flaws in the scheme's implementation.

 Misappropriation of Funds: The CAG report identified mismanagement of funds, creation of fraudulent
accounts, and disbursement of funds without adequate evidence.

 Payments to Deceased Patients: The scheme made claims in the names of patients who had already
passed away.

 Kerala's High Number of Cases: Despite ranking first in the NITI Aayog Health Index, Kerala had a
high number of cases where patients availed treatments multiple times without biometric verification.
Between September 2018 and March 2021, Kerala recorded 2.02 lakh such cases, with claims
amounting to ₹472.64 crore.

 Chhattisgarh's Claims: Following Kerala, Chhattisgarh had claims worth ₹234.86 crore made for patients
without biometric verification.

 Claims for "Dead" Patients: The CAG report found that 88,760 patients who were previously marked as
"died" in the system continued to receive treatment under the scheme. Claims related to these patients
amounted to 2,14,923 cases.

 Kerala's Dead Patient Claims: Kerala had the highest number of claims made in the names of already
deceased patients, with 966 such cases and claims worth ₹2.61 crore.

 Madhya Pradesh's Dead Patient Claims: Madhya Pradesh followed Kerala with 403 claims made in the
names of patients who had already passed away.

 Aadhar Verification Issues: As per AB-PMJAY, patients can avail treatment once without an Aadhar or
its enrollment slip. However, the CAG report found that 8.2 lakh patients received treatment two or more
times without Aadhar or any biometric proof, leading to claims worth ₹1,678.68 crore.

 Scheme's Launch: PM-JAY, launched in September 2018, is promoted as the world's largest
government-funded health insurance scheme.

 Aadhar Declaration: Patients without Aadhar are required to provide a signed declaration promising to
produce the Aadhar before their subsequent treatment.

 Claims for Deceased Patients: The audit revealed that claims amounting to ₹6.97 crore were made for
3,446 patients who were previously marked as deceased.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
401

 CAG's Recommendation: The CAG report suggests improvements in the scheme's implementation based
on the findings and expects that adherence to the report's observations will enhance the scheme's execution.

 About the AB-PMJAY:
o
o Ayushman Bharat Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana (PM-JAY) stands as the world's most extensive
health insurance initiative, entirely funded by the Indian government.

 Launch and Coverage:
o
o Initiated in February 2018, PM-JAY provides a coverage of Rs. 5 lakh per family annually, catering
to both secondary and tertiary healthcare needs.

 Scope of Benefits:
o
o The scheme encompasses various health benefit packages, covering surgical procedures, day-to-day
medical treatments, medication costs, and diagnostic services.

 Target Beneficiaries:
o
o PM-JAY operates on an entitlement basis, primarily focusing on individuals identified through the latest
Socio-Economic Caste Census (SECC) data.

 Beneficiary Flexibility:
o
o The National Health Authority (NHA) allows States and Union Territories (UTs) the leeway to
incorporate non-SECC family databases with comparable socio-economic backgrounds, aligning them with
the remaining SECC families yet to be authenticated.

 Financial Structure:
o
o The scheme's financial support is divided as follows:

 A 60:40 split for states and UTs with their legislatures.

 A 90:10 division for Northeastern states, Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, and Uttarakhand.

 100% funding by the Central government for UTs without a legislative assembly.

 Overseeing Bodies:
o
o The National Health Authority (NHA) functions as an independent organization, established under
the Society Registration Act, 1860. Its primary role is to ensure the efficient rollout of PM-JAY in
collaboration with state administrations.
o
o At the state level, the State Health Agency (SHA) takes the lead, being the principal state government
entity tasked with executing the Ayushman Bharat PM-JAY initiative.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
402
262.
262. The State of Elementary Education in Rural India Report

 Report Overview:
o
o The "State of Elementary Education in Rural India - 2023" report was released by the Ministry of
Education.

 Survey Conducted By:
o
o The Development Intelligence Unit (DIU), a joint venture between the NGO Transform Rural India
and Sambodhi Research and Communications, carried out the survey.

 Survey Demographics:
o
o The survey collected data from 6,229 parents of schoolchildren aged 6–16 in rural areas across 21 Indian
states.

 Smartphone Usage:
o
o 49.3% of students have access to smartphones. A significant 76.7% of parents noted that their children
mainly use these devices for video games, indicating a tilt towards entertainment over educational activities.

 Entertainment on Smartphones:
o
o 56.6% of students use smartphones to watch movies, and 47.3% for music. Only 34% use them for
academic downloads, and just 18% access online learning tutorials.

 Access Variation by Class:
o
o Smartphone access differs by class level. Students in higher classes (Class VIII and above) have more
access (58.32%) compared to younger students (Classes I–III) at 42.1%.

 Parental Aspirations vs. Engagement:
o
o While 78% of parents hope their children achieve at least a graduation-level education, only 40% discuss
school learning daily with their children. 32% engage in such conversations a few times a week.
Figure 113. Source: The hindu

 Reasons for School Dropout (Girls):
o
o 36.8% of parents cited the need for girls to contribute to family earnings as a reason for dropping out.
31.6% mentioned a lack of interest in studies, and 21.1% attributed it to household responsibilities.

 Reasons for School Dropout (Boys):
o
o The primary reason, as cited by 71.8% of respondents, was a lack of interest in studies. 48.7% mentioned
the need for boys to contribute to family earnings.

 Parent-Teacher Meetings:

 84% of parents attend these meetings regularly. The main reasons for non-attendance include short notice
and unwillingness.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
403
263.
263. China releases new official map, showing territorial claims

 Map Release Date:
o
o On August 28, 2023, China's government unveiled the "2023 edition of the standard map of China."

 Territorial Claims:
o
o This new map continues to depict the entire State of Arunachal Pradesh and the Aksai Chin region as
part of China's territory.

 Issuing Authority:
o
o The 2023 map was released by China's Ministry of Natural Resources.

 Consistent Claims:
o
o The map retains the territorial claims on China's western borders and the so-called nine-dash line that
encompasses the entire South China Sea, similar to previous editions.

 Additional Claim:
o
o A "tenth dash" has been added east of Taiwan, emphasizing Beijing's territorial claims over the island.

 Previous Actions:
o
o Earlier in April, Beijing announced the "standardization" of the names of 11 locations in Arunachal
Pradesh, including a town near the capital, Itanagar. This act was perceived as a response to India's events
leading up to the G-20 summit in Arunachal Pradesh, which Beijing had opposed.

 Significance of the Release:
o
o The map was introduced during the "National Mapping Awareness Publicity Week" in China.

 Digital Maps:
o
o Following the release of the standard map, the Ministry of Natural Resources plans to launch "digital
maps and navigation and positioning" tools. These will be utilized in various sectors, including location-
based services, precision agriculture, platform economy, and intelligent connected vehicles.

 Anniversary:
o
o 2023 marks the 30th anniversary of the Law of Surveying and Mapping of the People's Republic of
China. This law was established to bolster the administration of surveying and mapping, promoting its
development and ensuring its contribution to national defense, economic growth, and societal progress.

 Border Management:
o
o Under President Xi Jinping's leadership, Beijing has intensified its management of border regions. In
2022, a new border law was enacted, detailing the responsibilities of civilian and military authorities in
China to "safeguard national sovereignty."

 Border Education:
o
o The issuance of new names is linked to Article 7 of the border law, which emphasizes the promotion of
border education across all government levels.

 Military Drills:
o
o Article 22 of the border law mandates the Chinese military to conduct border drills and "resolutely
prevent, stop and combat" perceived "invasions, encroachments, and provocations."
09717289708 | w 6390573333
404
264.
264. Supreme Court & Muslim Personal Law Practices:
 Date & Location: August 30, 2022, New Delhi.
 Constitution Bench: A five-judge bench addressed petitions challenging Muslim Personal Law practices.
 Parties Impleaded: National Human Rights Commission (NHRC), National Commission of Women
(NCW), and National Commission of Minorities.
 Bench Leader: Justice Indira Banerjee.
 Advocate's Request: Senior advocate Shyam Diwan, representing petitioner Ashwini Kumar Upadhyay,
sought the involvement of the aforementioned statutory bodies.
 Violation of IPC: A separate petition claims personal law practices breach Section 494 of the Indian Penal
Code, which criminalizes remarrying during the lifetime of a spouse.
 Legal Consequence: Violation of Section 494 can lead to imprisonment (up to seven years) and a fine.
 Case Listing: The case will be addressed post-Dasara holidays.
 Upadhyay's Argument: Claims polygamy and nikah halala (remarrying a divorced husband requires an
intervening marriage) are unconstitutional.
 Legal Challenge: Section 2 of the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act, 1937, is alleged to
violate Articles 14, 15, and 21 of the Constitution due to its recognition of polygamy and nikah halala.
 Insights into Muslim Personal Law on Marriage:
 As per the Sharia or Muslim personal law, men are granted the privilege to practice polygamy, allowing
them to have up to four wives simultaneously.
 'Nikah halala' mandates that a Muslim woman must marry another man and subsequently divorce him
before she can remarry her former husband.
 A Muslim man can initiate a divorce by pronouncing 'Talaq' once and waiting for three months, a practice
termed as 'Talaq-e-Hasan'.
 The "Triple talaq" method allows a man to divorce his wife instantly by uttering the word "talaq" thrice in
any medium, including digital formats like email or text message.
 In Islamic traditions, 'talaq' and 'khula' are the respective terms for divorce initiated by men and women.
 Historical Application of Muslim Law in India:
 The Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act was introduced in 1937 with the objective of
establishing an Islamic legal code for Indian Muslims.
 During British rule, the colonial powers aimed to govern Indians based on their indigenous cultural norms.
For Muslims, the teachings and writings in the Quran were given paramount importance.
 Since its inception in 1937, the Shariat Application Act has been governing facets of Muslim social life,
such as marriage and divorce, ensuring that the state does not intervene in these personal matters.
 Personal Laws Pertaining to Other Religions:
 The Hindu Succession Act of 1956 provides guidelines for property inheritance among Hindus, Buddhists,
Jains, and Sikhs.
 The Parsi community follows the Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act of 1936, which lays out rules in
alignment with their religious traditions.
 The Hindu Marriage Act of 1955 codified the laws related to marriage among Hindus.
 Flexibility of the Shariat Application Act in India:
 The Shariat Application Act's applicability has been a subject of debate, especially when women’s rights,
viewed as fundamental rights, clash with religious rights.
 A landmark case in this context is the Shah Bano case of 1985. Shah Bano, a 62-year-old woman, sought
alimony from her ex-husband.
 The Supreme Court upheld her right, but this decision faced significant backlash from the Islamic
community, sparking a debate on the extent of judicial interference in personal/religious laws.
 While the Shariat Application Act safeguards the application of Islamic laws in personal relationships, it
doesn't explicitly define these laws. It emphasizes that in personal disputes, the state should remain a
bystander, allowing religious authorities to make decisions based on their interpretations of the Quran and
Hadith.
 AIMPLB's Stance: Argues the matter is a "cultural issue" deeply tied to Islam.
 Constitutional Perspective: The Constitution permits varied religious practices until a Uniform Civil Code
(UCC) is established, as per AIMPLB.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
405
 Source of Personal Laws: They derive from religious scriptures, not legislative acts.
 Article 13's Definition: Personal laws aren't categorized as 'laws', so their validity can't be challenged
based on fundamental rights.
 AIMPLB's View on Petitions: They see the petitions as a push towards the implementation of the Uniform
Civil Code.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
406
265.
265. Immunity to legislators on bribery: Supreme Court to revisit order
Background
 The Supreme Court of India has decided to revisit its 1998 Constitution Bench judgment in the P V
Narasimha Rao case, which granted legislators immunity from criminal prosecution on bribery charges for
their speeches or votes in Parliament .
 The case deals with the interpretation of Articles 105 (2) and 194 (2) of the Constitution, which extend
parliamentary privilege and immunity to members of Parliament and State Legislatures respectively .
 The Supreme Court of India is the highest court in the land, and it has the jurisdiction to interpret the
Constitution and examine the legislation passed by the State Legislatures and Parliament.
 The President of India appoints the Chief Justice of India and up to 34 additional justices to the
Supreme Court on the advice of a collegium of senior judges.
 The Supreme Court can issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights or for any other reason, and it
also has original, appellate, and advisory jurisdiction.
 The 1993 Jharkhand Mukti Morcha (JMM) bribery scandal, in which Shibu Soren and some of his
party's MPs were suspected of accepting payments to vote against a motion of no confidence against the
then-P V Narasimha Rao government, is referred to as the P V Narasimha Rao case.
 The Lok Sabha's members can voice their disapproval of the government through a no-confidence motion,
which, if approved by a majority vote, can result in the dismissal of the administration.
 Invoking immunity under Article 105 (2), which says that no member of Parliament will be subject to any
actions in any court with respect to anything said or any vote given by him in Parliament or any committee
thereof, the Supreme Court had dismissed the lawsuit against the JMM MPs.
Purpose
 Article 105 (2)'s goal is to ensure that lawmakers can carry out their responsibilities without worrying about
repercussions.
 Members of State Legislatures are similarly protected by Article 194 (2).
 These articles are based on the principle of parliamentary privilege, which is a legal immunity enjoyed by
members of certain legislatures, in which they are granted protection against civil or criminal liability for
actions done or statements made in the course of their legislative duties .
 Parliamentary privilege is derived from the British parliamentary system, and is recognized as part of the
basic structure of the Constitution by the Supreme Court .
Reconsideration
 In order to evaluate whether the majority opinion in the P V Narasimha Rao case is accurate, the Supreme
Court has now sent the case to a 7-judge Bench.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
407
 This is because Articles 105 (2) and 194 (2) are intended to allow lawmakers to do their jobs freely and
without fear of repercussions for their words or votes, not to grant them greater advantages in terms of
exemption from the country's general criminal law.
 Due to its implications for the sanctity of democracy and the representatives of the people's integrity and
accountability, the issue is also of significant and widespread public importance.
 The minority view in the P V Narasimha Rao case had held that Article 105 (2) does not protect legislators
from criminal liability for accepting bribes or indulging in corruption, as these acts are not part of their
legislative functions, but are offences against public justice .
 The minority view had also argued that Article 105 (2) should be read along with Article 101 (3) (a), which
provides for disqualification of a member from either House if he votes or abstains from voting contrary to
any direction issued by his political party without obtaining prior permission .
Implications
 The outcome of this case may have implications for other cases involving allegations of bribery or
corruption against legislators, such as:
 The cash-for-votes scam in 2008, in which some BJP MPs had alleged that they were offered money by
Samajwadi Party leaders to support the UPA government during a trust vote in Parliament .
 The horse-trading charges in Karnataka in 2019, in which several Congress-JD(S) MLAs had resigned from
their seats, allegedly after being lured by BJP leaders to topple the coalition government .
 The outcome may also affect the scope and extent of parliamentary privilege and immunity, and may
require a balance between protecting legislators from undue interference and ensuring their accountability to
public interest.
Supreme Court of India
 The Supreme Court of India is the country's highest court and has the ability to interpret the Constitution
and examine legislation passed by the State Legislatures and Parliament.
 The President of India appoints the Chief Justice of India and up to 34 additional justices to the Supreme
Court on the advice of a collegium of senior judges.
 The Supreme Court can issue writs for the enforcement of fundamental rights or for any other reason, and it
also has original, appellate, and advisory jurisdiction1.
 The current Chief Justice of India is Dhananjaya Y. Chandrachud. He was sworn in as the 50th Chief
Justice of India on November 9, 2022 . Since the establishment of the Supreme Court of India in 1950, there
have been a total of 50 Chief Justices of India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
408
266.
266. The Nari Shakti Vandan Adhiniyam 2023
The Nari Shakti Vandan Adhiniyam 2023, popularly known as the Women's Reservation Bill 2023, is a
proposed constitutional amendment that would reserve one-third of all seats in the Lok Sabha, state
legislative assemblies, and the Delhi assembly for women.
 The Minister of Law and Justice introduced the bill in the Lok Sabha on September 19, 2023, and it was
approved by both houses of Parliament by a two-thirds majority.
 The legislation won't take effect unless it has been approved by at least half of the states and the President.
Key features of the bill
 Reservation for women in the lower house: The proposed legislation calls for the insertion of Article
330A into the constitution, which borrows from its provisions regarding the Lok Sabha's reservation of seats
for SCs and STs.
 The measure stipulates that diverse constituencies in states or union territories may receive reserved seats
for women on a rotating basis.
 The law aims to enable one-third of the seats to be designated for women on a rotating basis in the SC/ST
seats.
 Reservation for women in state legislative assemblies: Article 332A, which requires the reservation of
seats for women in each state Legislative Assembly, is introduced by the proposed legislation.
 A third of the total seats filled by direct elections to the Legislative Assemblies must also be set aside for
women, as well as one-third of the seats designated for SCs and STs.
 Reservation for women in NCT of Delhi: The bill modifies Article 239AA of the constitution, which
accords unique status to the Union Territory of Delhi as the nation's capital with regard to its legislative and
administrative operations.
 This special status includes a reservation for women in the NCT of Delhi. According to the proposed
legislation, women will be given a third of the available seats in the Delhi assembly, and seats designated for
SCs will also be subject to this reservation.
 Reservation beginning: As soon as the census conducted after the passage of this bill has been published,
the reservation will take effect.
 Delimitation will be done based on the census to reserve seats for women.
 Reservation duration: From the date this measure is introduced, a reservation will be available for 15
years. But it will continue until the time period specified by a statute passed by Parliament.
 After each delimitation, seats designated for women shall be rotated in accordance with a law passed by
Parliament.
Historical background of the bill
 Women's reservation was discussed in the Constituent Assembly but was rejected on the grounds that all
groups should have representation in a democracy.
 The 73rd and 74th amendments to the constitution, which require all state governments to reserve one-
third of the seats in panchayats and municipalities for women, were made possible by the recommendations
of the Committee on the Status of Women in India (1974) and the National Perspective Plan for
Women (1988) regarding the reservation of women in local bodies.
 The Deve Gowda government submitted the first Women's Reservation Bill in 1996 as the 81st
Constitutional Amendment Bill, but it failed to gain support from enough major parties to become law2.
 The bill was last passed by Rajya Sabha in 2010 as the 108th Constitutional Amendment Bill during
UPA government’s tenure, but could not be taken up by Lok Sabha due to opposition from some parties and
lack of political will.
 The current bill is a modified version of the previous bills, with some changes such as inclusion of Delhi
assembly and removal of quota within quota provision for OBCs (Other Backward Classes).
 The bill is also a fulfilment of India’s international commitments under various conventions and treaties
such as CEDAW (Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women),
Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action, Sustainable Development Goals, etc..
09717289708 | w 6390573333
409
Figure 1.Source "PRS India
09717289708 | w 6390573333
410 Category Provisions Significance Context The Lok Sabha passed the Women’s Reservation Bill
with more than a two-thirds majority -
Previously, the Women's reservation was passed in 2010 in the Rajya Sabha
- Reservation Reserves 33% (one-third) of Lok Sabha seats (inserted Article 330A) and state assembly seats
(inserted Article 332A) for women through direct election Ensures greater gender representation; addressing
gender disparity in politics.
For SC/STs
Provides sub-reservation for SCs, STs, and Anglo-Indians among women candidates
Promotes intersectional representation. Inserts a clause in Article 330A, reserving one-third of seats for
women within SCs and STs in Lok Sabha Empowering marginalized women
For NCT, Delhi
Inserts a subsection in Article 239 AA, reserving seats for women in the legislative assembly of the National
Capital Territory of Delhi
Provides women in Delhi with representation at the state level. Subsection (bb) reserves one-third of SC and
ST seats in the Delhi Assembly for women Ensures marginalized women's participation in Delhi's legislative
assembly.
Duration
The reservation period initially lasts for 15 years from the commencement of the act, with the possibility of
extension by Parliament.
Will encourage more women to join active politics. Enforcement The implementation of reservation begins
after the completion of the delimitation process based on the first Census conducted after the Bill's passage.
Will ensure correct representation of data on women and subsequent seat reservation.
Rotation of seat
Seat rotation for reserved seats occurs following each subsequent delimitation
This will ensure a fair chance for every section in a particular constituency to represent.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
411
267.
267. The history and debates about ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’ in the preamble of the
Constitution
Introduction
 The Constitution's preamble is an introductory paragraph that lists the fundamental tenets and objectives of
the law of the land.
 The Objectives Resolution, which was enacted in 1947, served as the foundation for the preamble that
the Constituent Assembly created.
 The phrases "socialist" and "secular" were not there in the original preamble, which referred to India as a
"SOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC".
 During the Emergency enacted by the then-prime minister Indira Gandhi in 1976, the 42nd Amendment
Act added the terms "socialist" and "secular" to the preamble.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
412
Meaning and purpose of ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’
 The word "socialist" was added to emphasise socialism as the Indian state's guiding philosophy and goal,
with a focus on eradicating poverty and adopting a particular brand of socialism that incorporated public
ownership exclusively in necessary sectors.
 The word "secular" was added to affirm secularism as a fundamental principle and characteristic of the
Indian state, which entails treating all religions equally, remaining neutral on religious issues, and not
favouring any particular religion as the official state religion.
Debates and controversies over ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’
 Several parties and organisations have objected to and criticised the preamble's use of the words "socialist"
and "secular" for a variety of reasons.
 Some claim that these phrases were not included in the Constitution by its framers and that a dictatorial
government imposed them without seeking consensus or input from the general public.
 Some have also contended that these phrases are within the scope of Article 368's ability for Parliament to
change any portion of the Constitution, with the exception of the basic structure .
 Some have also contended that these terms are nebulous and unclear, and that many governments and
courts have abused and misconstrued them to further their own objectives.
 Some have also contended that these statements impose a consistent worldview on a pluralistic community
and are incompatible with the cultural and religious diversity of India.
Significance and relevance of ‘socialist’ and ‘secular’
 Despite the controversy, a number of parties and organisations have defended and endorsed these terms for
a number of reasons.
 Some have claimed that these phrases encapsulate the Constitution's spirit and core values, which include
ensuring justice, liberty, equality, and fraternity for all of its constituents.
 Some have also claimed that these terms are in conformity with India's duties under several conventions
and treaties, including the UDHR (Universal Declaration of Human Rights), CEDAW (Convention on the
Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women), among others.
 As they support inclusive growth, distributive justice, human rights, and secular values123, some have also
suggested that these phrases are pertinent and essential for India's social and economic development.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
413
268.
268. Himachal Pradesh gets ground ready for cannabis cultivation
Background
 The state of Himachal Pradesh is well-known for its apple production, which accounts for around 40% of
its horticultural revenue.
 However, the climate change, pests, illnesses, low production, and market fluctuations are just a few of the
difficulties faced by apple growers.
 Some apple growers have turned to the illegal production of cannabis (hemp), a profitable cash crop in the
State, to diversify their sources of income and deal with the uncertainties.
 Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD), two psychotropic substances found in the
cannabis plant, have a variety of medical, industrial, and recreational uses2.
 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances (NDPS) Act of 1985 forbids the growing of cannabis
and sets severe penalties for its manufacture, possession, sale, and usage.
 The term "cannabis" is a general term used to describe the various psychoactive preparations of the plant
Cannabis sativa, according to the WHO (World Health Organization).
 Cannabis is by far the most extensively farmed, trafficked, and abused illicit substance in the world,
according to the WHO.
 The majority of cannabis species are dioecious, meaning they have distinct male and female plants. Hashish
is the name for the unpollinated female plants.
 Delta9 tetrahydrocannabinol, which is present in cannabis, is the main psychoactive component (THC).
Legalisation of cannabis cultivation
 The Himachal Pradesh government is getting closer to allowing the growing of cannabis for non-narcotic
uses like medical, industrial, and research purposes.
 Uttarakhand, a state adjacent to Himachal Pradesh, was the first in India to legalise cannabis
production in 2017.
 After examining the viability and advantages of cannabis production, a five-member committee of
parliamentarians recently recommended that it be made legal.
 The committee has recommended that the State develop a cannabis growing policy in compliance with the
NDPS Act, 1985, and the NDPS Rules, 1989123. Section 10 (a) of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic
Substances (NDPS) Act of 1985 allows states to enact regulations governing cannabis growth for fibre,
seeds, or horticultural purposes (iii).
 The committee has also suggested that the State should implement a licencing system to control the
cultivation, processing, marketing, and export of cannabis products.
 The committee has also emphasised how legalising marijuana production will benefit the state's economy,
create jobs, increase tax income, and help the farmers who have been calling for the lifting of the cultivation
restriction.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
414
09717289708 | w 6390573333
415
269.
269. Children from void, voidable marriages entitled to parents’ share in ancestral
property: SC
Introduction
 The Supreme Court of India recently ruled that children born out of void or voidable marriages are
legitimate and have the right to inherit their parents’ share in ancestral property under the Hindu Succession
law.
 The ruling was delivered by a three-judge bench headed by Chief Justice of India D.Y. Chandrachud on
September 1, 2023, in a case related to the interpretation of Section 16 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955.
 The ruling has implications for the rights and status of children born out of invalid marriages, which are
either null and void or can be annulled by a decree of nullity.
Key features of the ruling
 The ruling clarified that children born out of void or voidable marriages are entitled to inherit their
parents’ share in a joint Hindu family property governed by the Mitakshara law, which applies to most
parts of India except West Bengal and Assam.
 The ruling also stated that such children will not have any rights in or to the property of any other person in
the family, other than their parents.
 The ruling also explained that the share of the parent in the ancestral property will be determined by a
notional partition, which assumes a state of affairs immediately prior to the death of the parent, and allocates
the property that would have been allotted to him or her if a partition had taken place.
 The ruling also affirmed that Section 16 (3) of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, which confers legitimacy
on children born out of invalid marriages, does not violate the basic structure of the Constitution or infringe
upon the rights of other coparceners.
Historical background of Section 16
 Section 16 of the Hindu Marriage Act, 1955, was introduced by an amendment in 1976, with an aim to
protect the interests and welfare of children born out of invalid marriages.
 Section 16 (1) and (2) provide that such children shall be deemed to be legitimate, notwithstanding that
their parents’ marriage is null and void or has been annulled by a decree of nullity.
 Section 16 (3) provides that such children shall only be entitled to inherit their parents’ property and not
any other coparcenary property.
 Section 16 was enacted to remove the stigma and hardship faced by such children, who were otherwise
considered illegitimate and denied any rights in their parents’ property.
Arguments in favour of Section 16
 The supporters of Section 16 argue that it is a progressive and humane provision that upholds the dignity
and rights of children born out of invalid marriages, who are innocent and should not suffer for their parents’
fault.
 They also argue that Section 16 is in consonance with the constitutional principles of equality, justice, and
social welfare, as well as the international obligations under various conventions and treaties such as
CEDAW (Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination Against Women), CRC
(Convention on the Rights of the Child), etc..
 They also argue that Section 16 does not affect or dilute the rights of other coparceners, as it only grants
limited inheritance rights to such children in their parents’ property, and not in any other coparcenary
property.
Arguments against Section 16
 The opponents of Section 16 argue that it is an arbitrary and unjust provision that violates the sanctity and
validity of marriage, and encourages illegal and immoral relationships.
 They also argue that Section 16 is against the basic structure and spirit of the Constitution, as it alters the
nature and character of Hindu joint family property governed by Mitakshara law, which is based on birth
rather than legitimacy.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
416
 They also argue that Section 16 infringes upon the rights and interests of other coparceners, as it reduces
their share and creates confusion and disputes in the partition and succession of ancestral property.
Aspect Mitakshara Dayabhaga Basis of Inheritance The basis of inheritance is the principle of
propinquity i.e. nearness in blood relationship or consanguinity. This is a purely secular principle meaning
sons & daughters should inherit equally as they are equally nearer to a deceased parent. However, agnates are
preferred over cognates. The law of succession is based on religious efficacy or spiritual benefits (offering of
obligation or pindadan) and therefore a person who confers more religious benefit on deceased is preferred. It
rejects preference of agnates over cognates.
Rights in Joint Family Property
Son, grandson, and great-grandson have rights by birth in the joint family property, having an equal interest
with the father.
The son, grandson, great-grandson has no such right until the father is alive. The father can dispose of
property at his pleasure. After his death, property (separate as well as ancestral) devolves by succession or
inheritance. Community of Interest & Possession The coparceners have a community of interest and unity
of possession, but their interest in property fluctuates. The coparceners have specified and ascertained shares
in joint family property.
Rights of Brothers & Collaterals
The brothers and even collaterals, so long as they are joint, do not have the right to dispose of their shares.
Both brother and collaterals have this right. Doctrine of Survivorship The doctrine of survivorship applies,
and on the death of a coparcener, his share is taken by other coparceners. In the event of a coparcener dying
issueless, his widow has the right to succeed to his share and to enforce partition on her account.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
417
270.
270. 41st and 42nd Indian world heritage sites
41st World Heritage Site: Santiniketan
 Location: Santiniketan is situated in the Birbhum district of West Bengal.
 Historical Significance: Debendranath Tagore, Rabindranath Tagore's father, established an ashram in
Santiniketan in 1862, naming it "abode of peace."
 Original Name: The area was initially called Bhubadanga and was renamed Santiniketan by Debendranath
Tagore.
 Educational Legacy: Rabindranath Tagore set up a school in 1901 based on the Brahmachary Ashram
model, which later became Visva Bharati University.
 Proposal for UNESCO: The Ministry of Culture proposed Santiniketan for the UNESCO World Heritage
List, highlighting its significance in human values, architecture, arts, town planning, and landscape design.
 Preservation: The Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) has undertaken the restoration of several
structures in Santiniketan.
 Rabindranath Tagore: Born on May 7, 1861, in Calcutta, Tagore was a polymath who excelled in various
fields. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Literature in 1913 for "Gitanjali."
 Knighthood: Tagore was knighted by King George V in 1915 but renounced it after the 1919 Jallianwala
Bagh Massacre.
 National Anthems: Tagore wrote the national anthems of India ("Jana Gana Mana") and Bangladesh
("Amar Shonar Bangla").
 Tagore's Paintings: Rabindranath Tagore took up painting at the age of 67 and produced over 2,000
paintings, sketches, and doodles. His art was exhibited in Paris and London.
 Global Influence: Tagore's influence was not limited to India. His works were translated into several
languages, and he traveled extensively in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.
 Educational Philosophy: Tagore's educational philosophy was rooted in a holistic approach. He believed
in a system where students could understand and appreciate the world in its entirety, rather than just through
textbooks.
 Death: Rabindranath Tagore passed away on August 7, 1941, in Calcutta.
42nd World Heritage Site: Hoysala Temples
 Location: The Hoysala temples are located in Belur, Halebid, and Somanathapur in Karnataka.
 Chennakeshava Temple in Belur:
 Built by Hoysala King Vishnuvardhana in 1116 AD to commemorate his victory over the Cholas.
 Historically, Belur (also known as Velapuri, Velur, and Belapur) was situated on the banks of the Yagachi
River and served as one of the capitals of the Hoysala Empire.
 The temple is star-shaped and is the primary temple in the temple complex at Belur, dedicated to Lord
Vishnu.
 Hoysaleshwara Temple in Halebid:
 This twin-shrined temple stands as the largest Shiva temple constructed by the Hoysalas.
 The temple's sculptures depict various aspects of Shiva, scenes from the Ramayana, the Mahabharata, and
the Bhagavata Purana.
 Halebid houses a walled complex containing three Jaina basadi (temples) from the Hoysala period and a
stepped well.
 Keshava Temple of Somanathapur:
 A trikuta (three-shrined) temple dedicated to Lord Krishna in three forms: Janardhana, Keshava, and
Venugopala.
 The main Keshava idol is missing, while the Janardhana and Venugopala idols have suffered damage.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
418
Figure 1. (Image Source: Indian Express; The image shows the first 40 UNESCO World Heritage Sites in
India)
 Hoysala Dynasty:
 Originated in areas spanning Karnataka and Tamil Nadu, with Sala recognized as the dynasty's founder.
 Initially, the Hoysalas were feudatories of the Chalukyas of Kalyana (Western Chalukya Empire).
 Notable rulers included Vishnuvardhana, Veera Ballala II, and Veera Ballala III, with Vishnuvardhana
(Bittideva) being the most prominent.
 The dynasty was known for its religious tolerance, patronizing Hinduism, Jainism, and Buddhism. King
Vishnuvardhana converted from Jainism to Vaishnavism under the influence of the saint Ramanuja.
 UNESCO Recognition: The 'Sacred Ensembles of the Hoysala' had been on UNESCO's Tentative list
since April 15, 2014.
 Inception:
 Started by the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, adopted
by UNESCO in 1972.
 First Indian Site:
 The Ajanta Caves were among the first group of Indian sites to be included in the World Heritage List in
1983.
 Criteria for Selection:
 Represent a masterpiece of human creative genius.
 Exhibit an important interchange of human values, over time or within a cultural area of the world.
 Testify to a tradition or a civilization which has disappeared.
 Offer an outstanding example of a type of building, architectural or technological ensemble or landscape.
 Be an outstanding example of traditional human settlement, land-use, or sea-use.
 Directly or tangibly be associated with events, traditions, ideas, beliefs, or artistic and literary works.
 Contain superlative natural phenomena, areas of exceptional natural beauty, or major stages of Earth's
history.
 Be outstanding examples of ongoing ecological and biological processes.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
419
 Be importantly associated with the habitat of biological species or communities of threatened species.
 Contain the most important and significant natural habitats for in-situ conservation.
 World Heritage Committee Meetings:
 The World Heritage Committee meets annually to review nominated sites and oversee the state of
conservation of existing sites.
 Composed of representatives from 21 of the States Parties to the Convention, elected by the General
Assembly.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
420
271.
271. PM Vishwakarma Yojna
Introduction
 On September 17, 2023, in honour of Vishwakarma Jayanti, Prime Minister Narendra Modi unveiled the
PM Vishwakarma Yojna.
 The programme intends to give financial assistance to persons who work as blacksmiths, goldsmiths,
potters, carpenters, sculptors, and other traditional handicrafts.
 The programme focuses on socially and economically disadvantaged communities, particularly Other
Backward Classes (OBC) groups.
Objectives of the scheme
 The scheme has the following objectives:
 To enable recognition of artisans and craftspeople as Vishwakarma.
 To provide skill upgradation and training opportunities.
 To support access to modern tools and equipment.
 To facilitate easy access to collateral-free credit at concessional interest rates.
 To encourage digital transactions and empowerment.
 To create a platform for brand promotion and market linkages.
Features of the scheme
 The scheme has the following features:
 It is a Central Sector Scheme with a Rs 13,000 crore initial budget that is entirely funded by the
Government of India.
 It is jointly run by three important ministries: the Department of Financial Services (DFS) under the
Ministry of Finance, the Ministry of Skill Development and Entrepreneurship (MSDE), and the Ministry
of Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (MoMSME) (MoF).
 It includes 18 traditional trades from both urban and rural settings, including carpentry, weaving, and
making pottery.
 It provides a grant of Rs. 500 for skill development and Rs. 1500 for the purchase of contemporary
tools.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
421
 At a reduced interest rate of 5%, it offers collateral-free lending support up to Rs 1 lakh (first tranche)
and Rs 2 lakh (second tranche).
 It provides the recipients with an identity card and a PM Vishwakarma certificate.
Benefits of the scheme
The programme offers the following advantages:
 By increasing employment possibilities and tax revenue, it strengthens the state's economy.
 It raises the standard and level of competition for goods and services produced by artisans and craftspeople.
 It protects and advances India's cultural legacy and generational skills.
 It gives women and underserved or underrepresented groups more influence by ensuring their financial
inclusion and social security.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
422
272.
272. India-Middle East-Europe Corridor
Introduction to IMEC:
 At the most recent G20 Summit in New Delhi, the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC)
Project was officially launched.
 The Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment (PGII), which aims to meet the
infrastructure needs of low- and middle-income nations, is responsible for it.
Figure 5. Source. The Hindu
Components of IMEC:
 IMEC will have networks for railroad, ship-to-rail, and road transportation.
 The East Corridor (from India to the Arabian Gulf) and the Northern Corridor are the two main
routes (Gulf to Europe).
 A high-speed data cable, a hydrogen pipeline, and an electrical cable will also be present in the corridor.
Figure 6. Source: Frontline
09717289708 | w 6390573333
423
Key Signatories:
Countries involved include India, the US, Saudi Arabia, UAE, the European Union, Italy, France, and
Germany.
Ports and Connectivity:
 Mundra, Kandla, and Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust are all in India.
 Middle East’s Ports are in in Saudi Arabia and the UAE (Fujairah, Jebel Ali, and Abu Dhabi) (Dammam,
Ras Al Khair).
 Europe's ports include those in France, Italy, and Greece (Piraeus) (Marseille).
Objectives:
 To establish a comprehensive transportation network connecting India, the Middle East, and Europe.
 Enhance transportation efficiency, reduce costs, increase economic unity, generate employment, and reduce
Greenhouse Gas emissions.
Geopolitical Implications:
 In the Eurasian region, IMEC is seen as a response to China's Belt and Road Initiative (BRI).
 It can balance out China's might, especially in areas with strong ties to the United States.
 Bypassing Pakistan, the corridor provides India with overland connectivity to the West, addressing some of
its earlier difficulties.
About Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment:
 PGII Overview:
 PGII stands for Partnership for Global Infrastructure and Investment.
 It's a transparent, high-impact partnership focused on infrastructure needs of low and middle-income
nations.
 Aims to support the economic and national security interests of the U.S. and its allies.
 Financial Commitments:
 G7 plans to mobilize $600 billion by 2027 for transformative infrastructure projects in developing and
middle-income countries.
 The U.S. President pledged $200 billion over the next five years, combining grants, public financing, and
private capital for PGII.

 The European Commission President announced Europe's commitment of 300 billion euros for the PGII in
the same timeframe.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
424
273.
273. Hangzhou 2022 Asian Games
Backdrop:
 The Indian football team recently celebrated a win in the SAFF Cup 2023.
 Differences have emerged between the clubs of the Indian Super League (ISL) and the All India Football
Federation (AIFF) concerning player participation in the Asian Games.
2022 Asian Games in Hangzhou:
 The event is slated from 23rd September to 8th October 2023 in Hangzhou, China.
 Initially set for 2022, it was deferred due to the global health crisis.
Asian Games Overview:
 It's Asia's premier sports event, occurring quadrennially.
 The Olympic Council of Asia (OCA) oversees it, with acknowledgment from the International Olympic
Committee.
 The emblem consists of a sunrise with interconnected rings.
Genesis & Oversight:
 Post-World War II, Guru Dutt Sondhi, affiliated with the Indian International Olympic Committee,
introduced the concept.
 The inaugural event was in New Delhi in 1951.
 The Asian Games Federation initially supervised it (1951-1978), with the OCA taking over from 1982
onwards.
India's Contribution:
 India played a foundational role and was the venue for the debut Asian Games.
 India again played host for the 9th iteration in 1982, introducing "Appu, the Indian elephant" as the event's
symbol.
Details of the 19th Asian Games:
 The games will showcase 40 sports and 61 categories in 54 arenas in Hangzhou and its five partner cities.
 Nine of these sports will also act as qualifiers for the 2024 Paris Olympics.
 Event symbols: Robotic figures named Chenchen, Congcong, and Lianlaian.
 The event's torch, termed "Eternal Flame", draws inspiration from China's ancient Liangzhu Culture.
Introduction of Esports and Breaking:
 Esports: A virtual competitive gaming arena. Games include titles like League of Legends and DOTA 2.
 Breaking: A form of street dance, rooted in the hip hop culture of the 1970s.
Subsequent Asian Games:
 The 20th edition is planned for Nagoya, Japan, in 2026.
About AIFF (All India Football Federation):
 It's the apex body governing football activities in India.
 Established in Shimla on 23rd June 1937.
 Joined the FIFA family in 1948.
 It oversees national squads and diverse league and club tournaments in India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
425
Figure 7. Source: INQ Sport
09717289708 | w 6390573333
426
274.
274. For G20 leaders, a hamper full of India’s rich crafts, organic produce
Event Overview:
 India hosted the 17th G20 Summit in New Delhi on September 11-12, 2023, with the theme of " One
Earth, One Family, One Future".
 As a gesture of hospitality and goodwill, Prime Minister Narendra Modi presented the visiting heads of
state and leaders with special gift hampers that showcased India’s rich cultural and natural heritage.
 The gift hampers contained a variety of handcrafted items and organic products that were selected from
different regions of India, reflecting the diversity and uniqueness of the country.
 The 2023 G20 Summit in Delhi allowed global leaders to delve into India's cultural tapestry via specially
curated gifts.
Contents of the gift hampers
Each gift was nestled inside a "Sandook" (traditional chest) embellished with ornate brass designs.
The chest was carved from Sheesham, an Indian rosewood, celebrated for its long-lasting nature and distinct
wood pattern.
Gastronomic Delights:
 Leaders received Saffron sourced from Jammu and Kashmir, a spice held in high regard for its culinary and
therapeutic attributes.
 Tea Varieties:
 Darjeeling Tea from West Bengal: Renowned globally for its premium quality.
 Nilgiri Tea: A milder brew originating from the southern mountainous regions of India.
 Coffee Choice:
 Araku Coffee: A unique coffee variant cultivated organically in the Araku Valley, devoid of mechanical
interventions or chemicals.
 Natural Sweetener:
 Sundarbans Honey: A pure honey variant from the world's most expansive mangrove forest. Noted for its
rich flavonoid content, it boasts multiple health advantages.
 Scented Gift:
 Kannauj's Zighrana Ittar: A fragrance that encapsulates India's longstanding tradition of perfume creation.
 Textile Offerings:
 Pashmina Shawl from Kashmir: Crafted using wool from the high-altitude Changthangi goat.
 Khadi Scarf: Presented during the leaders' Rajghat visit, it stands as a symbol of India's struggle for
independence and sustainable fashion.
 Symbolic Keepsakes:
 In 2023, unique coins and stamps were unveiled to honor India's role in the G20 Presidency.
 The designs were influenced by the G20 emblem and the philosophy of 'Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam'.
 A postage stamp, adorned in gold hues, showcased the lotus, emblematic of India's national identity.
Significance of the gift hampers
 The gift hampers were meant to convey India’s appreciation and respect for the G20 leaders and their
spouses, as well as to promote India’s cultural and natural assets.
 The gift hampers also reflected India’s commitment to the G20 agenda of resilient and sustainable recovery,
as they showcased India’s efforts to preserve and promote its heritage, biodiversity, and environment.
 The gift hampers also aimed to enhance India’s soft power and image in the global arena, as they
demonstrated India’s creativity, innovation, and diversity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
427
09717289708 | w 6390573333
428
275.
275. Strengthening India-Saudi Arabia Strategic Partnership
Acknowledgment of Partnership:
 The Indian leader emphasized Saudi Arabia's integral position as a key strategic collaborator.
 Both dignitaries underscored the value of their alliance, especially in the context of their roles in fostering
regional harmony.
Inaugural Meeting of SPC:
 The first-ever session of the India-Saudi Strategic Partnership Council (SPC) saw leadership from both
nations at the helm.
 The dialogue encompassed diverse sectors like defense, energy, education, technology, and healthcare,
showcasing the breadth of their collaborative endeavors.
Focus on Refinery Project:
 This joint venture, which includes ARAMCO, ADNOC, and several Indian entities, anticipates an
infusion of USD 50 billion.
 To fast-track this initiative, a specialized task force was constituted, targeting the mobilization of Saudi
Arabia's earmarked USD 100 billion investment.
 Situated in Ratnagiri, Maharashtra, upon completion, this first-of-its-kind refinery in India will rank among
the world's top refineries.
Strengthened Collaborations:
 The visit witnessed the signing of eight pacts, fortifying ties across multiple domains.
 Key collaborations included tie-ups between India's Central Vigilance Commission and Saudi's Anti-
Corruption body, along with partnerships in the realms of tech, education, and farming.
Commitment to Energy Supply:
 Saudi Arabia reiterated its dedication to being a steadfast crude oil supplier to India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
429
Defense and Security Collaborations:
 The nations committed to intensifying their defense and counter-terrorism efforts.
 A particular focus was on curbing terrorist access to advanced weaponry like missiles and drones.
 They also explored avenues to boost tourism ties, in sync with Saudi Arabia's ongoing transformation
initiatives.
Diplomatic Implications:
 This diplomatic engagement is noteworthy, especially in light of Saudi Arabia's recent reconciliation with
Iran, facilitated by China.
Role of the SPC:
 The SPC is envisioned as an all-encompassing platform to nurture collaborations across varied sectors.
 It's designed to foster in-depth dialogues, policy crafting, and synchronized efforts to roll out joint ventures.
Snapshot of India-Saudi Ties:
 Saudi Arabia stands as India's penultimate crude oil provider, catering to a significant portion of India's oil
demands.
 Ranking as India's fourth principal trade ally, the trade dynamics between the two nations in FY22
touched a value of USD 29.28 billion.
 Cultural connections are evident through religious pilgrimages like Hajj and India's esteemed
participation in Saudi cultural events in 2018.
 2021 marked the commencement of their maiden naval collaborative exercise, termed "Al-Mohed Al-
Hindi".
 The substantial Indian community in Saudi Arabia, approximated at 2.6 million, is the Kingdom's
largest foreign community, lauded for its developmental contributions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
430
276.
276. 20th ASEAN-India Summit
Introduction
 The 20th ASEAN-India Summit was held on September 11, 2023, in Jakarta, Indonesia.
 The summit was attended by Prime Minister Narendra Modi and the leaders of the 10 ASEAN member
states: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and
Vietnam.
 The summit marked the 30th anniversary of the ASEAN-India dialogue partnership and the 10th
anniversary of the ASEAN-India strategic partnership.
Highlights of the summit
 The summit adopted the Jakarta Declaration on ASEAN-India Comprehensive Strategic Partnership
in the New Era, which outlined the vision and priorities for enhancing cooperation in various fields such as:
 Political and security cooperation, including counter-terrorism, maritime security, cyber security, and
defence industry.
 Economic cooperation, including trade, investment, connectivity, digital transformation, and innovation.
 Socio-cultural cooperation, including education, health, culture, tourism, and people-to-people exchanges.
 Regional and global issues, including climate change, sustainable development, pandemic response, and
regional architecture.
 The summit also launched the ASEAN-India Plan of Action (2023-2027), which provided a roadmap for
implementing the Jakarta Declaration and identified specific actions and projects for each area of
cooperation.
 The summit also witnessed the signing of several agreements and memoranda of understanding (MoUs)
between India and ASEAN countries in various sectors such as energy, agriculture, health, and education.
Significance of the summit
 The summit reflected the growing strategic partnership between India and ASEAN, which is based on
shared values and interests.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
431
 The summit also showcased the potential for cooperation between India and ASEAN in various sectors,
especially in the post-pandemic recovery and resilience.
 The summit also demonstrated the commitment of both sides to work together for regional peace and
stability, especially in the context of the Indo-Pacific vision and the recent developments in Myanmar.
About ASEAN
 ASEAN stands for the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, which is a regional organization of 10
countries in Southeast Asia.
 ASEAN was established on August 8, 1967, by the Bangkok Declaration, which was signed by
Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
 ASEAN later expanded to include Brunei, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, and Vietnam as its members.
 ASEAN’s headquarters is located in Jakarta, Indonesia.
 ASEAN holds regular summits and meetings among its leaders, ministers, and officials to discuss and
cooperate on various issues of common interest.
 ASEAN’s main objectives are to accelerate economic growth, social progress, and cultural development; to
promote regional peace and stability; and to enhance cooperation with other regions and international
organizations.
 ASEAN has a population of over 600 million and a GDP of over $3 trillion, making it one of the largest
and most dynamic regions in the world.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
432
277.
277. The 18th East Asia Summit
Reinforcing Commitment to the East Asia Summit:
 India's Prime Minister underscored the pivotal role of the EAS framework and reiterated India's dedication
to bolstering it further.
 India voiced its robust backing for ASEAN's central role and advocated for a transparent, unrestricted, and
principle-driven Indo-Pacific region.
Insights on Quad and Global Issues:
 The Prime Minister delved into the Quad's strategic vision and its collaborative stance on tackling global
concerns, including terrorism, environmental shifts, and ensuring supply chain resilience.
India's Climate Change Endeavors:
 India's proactive steps in the realm of climate change were spotlighted, encompassing initiatives like the
International Solar Alliance (ISA), Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure (CDRI), Mission LiFE, and
the One Sun One World One Grid (OSOWOG) concept.
About East Asia Summit
 The East Asia Summit (EAS) is a regional forum held annually by leaders of 18 countries in the East
Asian, Southeast Asian, South Asian and Oceanian regions.
 The EAS was established in 2005 as a platform for dialogue and cooperation on strategic, political, and
economic issues of common interest and concern.
 The EAS is based on the ASEAN Plus Six mechanism, which includes the 10 ASEAN member states
(Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam)
and six dialogue partners (Australia, China, India, Japan, New Zealand, and South Korea).
 The EAS was expanded to include Russia and the United States in 2011 at the Sixth EAS in Bali.
 The EAS is led by ASEAN as the driving force and follows the principles of openness, inclusiveness,
transparency, respect for international law, and ASEAN centrality.
 The EAS covers various areas of cooperation such as energy security; environment and disaster
management; education; finance; global health; food security; connectivity; trade and investment; maritime
security; non-proliferation; counter-terrorism; etc

 The EAS aims to promote peace, security, stability, prosperity and integration in East Asia through
dialogue and cooperation among its members.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
433
278.
278. R. Ravi Kannan Wins Ramon Magsaysay Award 2023
 A surgical oncologist from Assam named Dr. R. Ravi Kannan got the Ramon Magsaysay Award in 2023.
 He was given this prestigious award for his outstanding achievements to improving cancer care in Assam,
notably through initiatives that put the needs of the general public and those with minimal resources first.
 He is the director of the Cachar Cancer Hospital and Research Center (CCHRC), which offers Barak
Valley residents and residents of other areas in Assam cheap and high-quality cancer care.
Background
 Born in Chennai, Dr. Ravi Kannan earned his medical degree from Madras Medical College in 1984.
 He spent 23 years as a consultant surgical oncologist at the Cancer Institute (WIA) in Chennai, where he
developed knowledge and a name for himself in the industry.
 He travelled to Assam with his family in 2007 to join the CCHRC, which at the time was a small,
struggling hospital with few resources and amenities. He left his lucrative practise in Chennai at that time.
 In 1992, a group of local doctors and philanthropists founded the hospital with the goal of serving the needs
of the underserved and cancer patients in Barak Valley. He took on the job of revitalising and expanding the
facility.
Achievements
 The CCHRC has expanded from a 25-bed hospital to a 100-bed facility with cutting-edge technology and
equipment under the direction of Dr. Ravi Kannan.
 60 percent of the hospital's more than 16,000 annual patients receive free or heavily discounted care.
 The hospital also offers free housing, food, and jobs to the patient's caretakers, as well as free transportation
for people who live in outlying areas.
 In cooperation with regional NGOs and governmental organizations, the hospital also runs a number of
outreach activities, such as cancer awareness camps, screening camps, palliative care services, etc.
 The hospital also conducts clinical studies, publishes articles, hosts workshops, and other research and
training initiatives to raise the bar for cancer treatment.
Recognition
 Dr. Ravi Kannan has received several awards and honours for his exemplary service and dedication to his
profession and society, such as:
 Padma Shri Award (2017), India’s fourth-highest civilian honour.
 Dr. B.C. Roy National Award (2016), India’s highest medical honour.
 Swami Vivekananda National Award (2015), for excellence in social service.
 CNN-IBN Indian of the Year (2014), in public service category.
About Ramon Magsaysay Award
 The Ramon Magsaysay Award is given annually to people and groups in Asia who exhibit extraordinary
bravery, honesty, and service to their communities.
 The award was created in 1957 with the support of the Philippine government by the trustees of the
Rockefeller Brothers Fund in New York City.
 Ramon Magsaysay, the third president of the Philippines, who perished in a plane disaster in 1957, is
honoured with the award.
 He was renowned for his trustworthy leadership and commitment to serving the people.
 As one of the most distinguished accolades in Asia, the prize is frequently referred to as the "Nobel Prize
of Asia".
 The award is presented annually on August 31st, which coincides with the birthday of Ramon
Magsaysay.
 The award presentation takes place in Manila at the Cultural Center of the Philippines.
 The winners are given a plaque, a medallion with Ramon Magsaysay's likeness etched on it, and
US$50,000 cash.
 The award encompasses a variety of cooperative endeavours, including advancements in political and
security matters, economic and social development, and advancements in culture and education.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
434
 Vinoba Bhave from India, Chiang Mon Lin from Taiwan, Robert Dick from New Zealand, Mochtar Lubis
from Indonesia, and Mother Teresa from India were the inaugural winners of the honour in 1958.

 Vinoba Bhave, who was honoured for his civic leadership and support of nonviolence and human rights,
was the first winner from India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
435
279.
279. ‘Gujarat Declaration’ underlining outcome of the first WHO Traditional Medicine
Global Summit 2023 released
Introduction
 The World Health Organization (WHO) released the outcome document of the first WHO Traditional
Medicine Global Summit 2023 in the form of “Gujarat Declaration” on September 4, 2023.
 The declaration was endorsed by the participants of the summit, which was held in Gandhinagar, Gujarat,
India, on August 17-18, 2023.
Objectives of the summit
 The summit aimed to look anew at the application of rigorous scientific methods to unlock the vast
potential of traditional, complementary and integrative medicine (TCIM) for health and well-being for
all.
 The summit also aimed to support the implementation of the WHO Traditional Medicine Strategy 2014-
2023 and the WHO Global Strategy on Digital Health 2020-2025.
Key features of the declaration
 The declaration reaffirmed global commitments towards indigenous knowledges, biodiversity and
traditional, complementary and integrative medicine.
 The declaration recognized the role of India as the host of the WHO Global Centre for Traditional
Medicine (WHO GCTM) at Jamnagar, Gujarat, which was inaugurated by Prime Minister Narendra
Modi during the summit.
 The declaration outlined an action agenda for scaling up efforts to further implement evidence-based TCIM
interventions and approaches in support of the goal of universal health coverage (UHC) and all health-related
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs).
About WHO
 WHO was established on April 7, 1948, by the Constitution of WHO, which was signed by 61 countries.
 It incorporated the assets, personnel, and duties of previous international health organizations such as the
League of Nations’ Health Organization and the Office International d’Hygiène Publique.
 WHO is headquartered in Geneva, Switzerland and has six regional offices (Africa, Americas, Eastern
Mediterranean, Europe, South-East Asia, Western Pacific) and over 150 country offices.
 It employs over 7,000 staff from more than 150 countries.
 WHO is governed by the World Health Assembly (WHA), which is composed of representatives from all
its 194 member states.
 The WHA elects an executive board of 34 members who advise it on policy matters.
 The WHA also appoints a director-general who serves as the chief administrative officer of WHO. The
current director-general is Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus from Ethiopia.
 WHO’s main publications include the World Health Report, which provides an overview of global health
issues; the International Classification of Diseases (ICD), which provides a standard system for coding
diseases and health conditions; the International Health Regulations (IHR), which provide a legal
framework for international cooperation on health security; etc.
 WHO has played a leading role in several public health achievements, such as the eradication of smallpox
in 1980, the near-eradication of polio, the development of vaccines for Ebola and COVID-19, the adoption of
the Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, the implementation of the Global Strategy to Reduce
Harmful Use of Alcohol, etc.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
436
280.
280. Central Bank Digital Currency
Introduction
 A central bank digital currency (CBDC) is a digital form of a country’s official money that is issued and
regulated by the central bank.
 A CBDC is different from cryptocurrencies, which are not backed by any authority and operate in a
decentralized manner.
 A CBDC is also different from the existing digital payment systems, which rely on intermediaries such as
banks and payment service providers.
 A CBDC can be designed in various ways, such as:
 Wholesale CBDC: It is accessible only to financial institutions for interbank transactions and settlement.
 Retail CBDC: It is accessible to the general public for everyday transactions and payments.
 Hybrid CBDC: It combines the features of both wholesale and retail CBDCs.
Indian Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC)
 Indian Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) is a digital form of the Indian rupee that is issued and
regulated by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI).
 Indian CBDC is also known as digital rupee (e₹) or eINR or E-Rupee. It is a legal tender that can be
used for transactions and payments like cash.
 Indian CBDC is different from cryptocurrencies, which are not backed by any authority and operate in a
decentralized manner.
 Indian CBDC is also different from the existing digital payment systems, which rely on intermediaries such
as banks and payment service providers.
Features
 Indian CBDC has the following features:
 It is issued in the same denominations as paper currency and coins.
 It is distributed through financial intermediaries, i.e., banks, which offer digital wallets to users.
 It can be used for both person-to-person (P2P) and person-to-merchant (P2M) transactions.
 It can be transacted using mobile phones or devices, QR codes, or other methods.
 It offers features of physical cash such as trust, safety, and settlement finality.
 It does not earn any interest and can be converted to other forms of money, such as deposits with banks.
Global Scenario
 Several countries around the world are exploring or experimenting with CBDCs, either at the conceptual or
pilot stage. Some of the examples are:
 China: It has launched a pilot project of its digital yuan (e-CNY) in several cities since 2020. It aims to
use it for domestic retail payments as well as cross-border transactions.
 Sweden: It has initiated a pilot project of its e-krona since 2020. It aims to provide an alternative to cash as
the use of cash declines in the country.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
437
 Bahamas: It has become the first country to launch a nationwide CBDC called Sand Dollar in 2020. It
aims to improve financial inclusion and resilience in the island nation.
 India: The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has proposed amendments to the RBI Act, 1934, which would
enable it to launch a CBDC. It has also set up an inter-departmental group to study various aspects of a
CBDC.
About Reserve Bank of India
 The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is India’s central bank and regulatory body responsible for regulation of
the Indian banking system.
 The RBI was established on April 1, 1935, under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. It was
nationalized on January 1, 1949.
 The RBI is headquartered in Mumbai, Maharashtra. It has four regional offices in Delhi, Kolkata,
Chennai, and Bengaluru. It also has 31 branch offices across India.
 The RBI is governed by a central board of directors, which consists of one governor, four deputy governors,
two government nominees, ten independent directors, and four local board representatives. The current
governor is Shaktikanta Das.
 The RBI performs various functions such as:
 Issuing and managing the supply of the Indian rupee
 Formulating and implementing monetary policy
 Supervising and regulating banks and non-banking financial institutions
 Maintaining financial stability and resilience
 Managing foreign exchange reserves and external sector
 Developing and overseeing payment and settlement systems
 Promoting financial inclusion and literacy
 Conducting research and providing data and statistics
09717289708 | w 6390573333
438
281.
281. National Mission for Clean Ganga
Overview:
 Over the past seven years, India's National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG) has made strides, but there
remain significant hurdles in realizing its objectives.
Progress in Sewage Treatment:
 NMCG has set up facilities that can treat around 20% of the sewage produced in the five primary states
along the Ganga: Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, and West Bengal.
 By 2024, sewage treatment capacity is expected to cover 33% of the estimated generation, with a goal to
reach 60% by 2026.
 The mission aims to establish Sewage Treatment Plants (STPs) with a combined capacity of about
7,000 MLD by 2026. As of July 2023, operational STPs can handle 2,665 MLD.
About NMCG:
 Established on 12th August 2011 as a society under the Societies Registration Act, 1860.
 Initially, it functioned as the executing arm of the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA),
which later dissolved in 2016. It was succeeded by the National Council for Rejuvenation, Protection,
and Management of River Ganga.
 The mission's primary goal is to diminish pollution and rejuvenate the Ganga River, with the "Namami
Gange" program being a cornerstone of its efforts.
Organizational Structure:
 The structure includes the National Ganga Council chaired by India's Prime Minister, an Empowered Task
Force led by the Union Minister of Jal Shakti, the NMCG itself, State Ganga Committees, and District Ganga
Committees.
About Namami Gange Project
 Namami Gange is a flagship programme launched by the Government of India in 2014 to rejuvenate the
river Ganga and its tributaries.
 The programme is implemented by the National Mission for Clean Ganga (NMCG), which is the nodal
agency for coordinating and monitoring the activities under the programme.
 The programme has a budget of Rs 20,000 crore for the period 2015-2020 and covers five states along the
river Ganga: Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, and West Bengal.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
439
282.
282. Opposition to the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Act (FCA), 2023
Context:
 The Mizoram Assembly recently voiced its opposition to the Forest (Conservation) Amendment Act
(FCA), 2023. This move underscores the ongoing tension between forest conservation and tribal rights in
Northeast India.
Concerns with the FCA:
 The 2023 amendment permits the diversion of forest land for projects within 100 km of India's
international borders without the need for forest clearance under the 1980 Forest (Conservation) Act.
 Given that a significant portion of Northeast India lies within this 100 km range, there are apprehensions
about potential environmental repercussions and encroachments on tribal rights.
Classification Issues:
 Until 1996, the FCA's provisions were limited to officially declared or notified forests and those
recorded in government documents post-October 1980.
 Areas not officially labeled as forests, even if they possess forest characteristics, are vulnerable to
commercial exploitation. This challenges a 1996 Supreme Court verdict in the Godavarman case, which
determined that areas resembling forests would be safeguarded by conservation laws.
Figure 9. Source: India Today
State Responses:
 Both Mizoram and Tripura have passed resolutions against the amendment, underscoring their dedication to
safeguarding their citizens' rights and interests.
 Nagaland is facing calls to adopt a similar stance, while Sikkim has expressed concerns over the 100 km
exemption provision.
Unclassed Forests:
 A significant portion of Northeastern forests are privately owned by individuals, clans, village councils, or
communities, a setup facilitated by the Constitution's special provisions for tribal communities.
 Over half of the Recorded Forest Areas (RFA) in the Northeast are categorized as “unclassed forests,”
which aren't officially notified. This means a substantial portion of these forests could be excluded from the
Act unless they're documented in government records.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
440
Forest Protection Mechanisms in Northeast:
 The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act
(FRA) 2006 includes various forest types, aligning with the 1996 Supreme Court's redefinition.
 Articles 371A (for Nagaland) and 371G (for Mizoram) in the Constitution offer special protections,
preventing the application of laws that infringe upon tribal customary law, land ownership, and transfer
without state legislative assembly resolutions.
Mizoram's Unique Position:
 While Mizoram transitioned from a Union Territory to a State in 1986 through the Constitution's Fifty-
Third Amendment, adding Article 371G, it still falls under the FCA's purview. This amendment impacts
over 84% of its forest areas.
Forest Rights Act (FRA) 2006:
 The FRA acknowledges traditional forest rights across various forest categories, offering an added
protective layer for tribal communities. However, most Northeastern states, barring Assam and Tripura,
haven't adopted the FRA, citing unique land ownership structures and the absence of forest-dependent
communities.
Constitutional Exemptions for Northeastern States:
 Specific Constitutional articles, such as Article 371A for Nagaland and Article 371G for Mizoram, provide
these states with exemptions, ensuring that their unique cultural and tribal rights are preserved.
Forest Resources and Biodiversity in Northeast
 Northeast India accounts for about 8% of India’s geographical area, but harbours about 25% of India’s
forest cover and 35% of India’s biodiversity.
 The region has diverse forest types, ranging from tropical evergreen to temperate alpine forests.
 The region hosts several endemic and endangered species of flora and fauna, such as the one-horned
rhinoceros, the red panda, the orchids, etc.
 The region also has several protected areas, such as national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, biosphere reserves,
etc., which are important for conservation and ecotourism.
Indigenous Communities and Tribes
 Northeast India has a population of about 45 million, out of which about 68% belong to various
indigenous communities and tribes.
 The region has more than 200 ethnic groups, each with its own distinct culture, language, religion, and
identity.
 The region also has several autonomous councils and districts, which are granted special powers and status
under the Sixth Schedule of the Constitution of India to protect the rights and interests of the indigenous
people.
 The indigenous people have a close relationship with the forest resources, as they depend on them for their
livelihoods, food security, health care, cultural practices, etc.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
441
Figure 10.Source: Down to Earth
09717289708 | w 6390573333
442
283.
283. Myanmar denied leadership for regional block ASEAN
Key Decision:
 The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) has chosen to withhold the rotating leadership of
their regional bloc from Myanmar for the year 2026.
Implications for Myanmar:
 This resolution is a significant blow to Myanmar's ruling generals, who have been pursuing global
acknowledgment after their forceful takeover in 2021.
Alternate Leadership:
 The Philippines has consented to assume the ASEAN chairmanship for 2026. This decision was made
during the ASEAN summit hosted by Indonesia.
Rationale Behind Myanmar's Exclusion:
 Diplomats from ASEAN have indicated that Myanmar's ongoing internal conflict is a primary reason for its
exclusion.
 There's also apprehension that ASEAN's ties with global entities like the United States and the European
Union could be adversely affected due to their non-recognition of Myanmar's military regime.
Backdrop of Myanmar's Situation:
 In 2021, Myanmar's military deposed the democratically elected government led by Aung San Suu Kyi,
resulting in extensive international criticism and demands for her release.
 Western nations, especially the US, have been outspoken in their disapproval of Myanmar's military
governance.
Concerns in Myanmar:
 Post the military coup, Myanmar's security forces have allegedly been responsible for the deaths of around
4,000 civilians and the detention of over 24,000 individuals.
 The country's economy has taken a severe hit, with almost half its population now grappling with poverty.
 The military has consistently overlooked international legal obligations to safeguard civilians during
conflicts.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
443
About ASEAN:
 ASEAN is a regional consortium that fosters economic, political, and security collaboration.
 Founded in August 1967 in Bangkok, Thailand, the ASEAN Declaration (Bangkok Declaration) was signed
by its founding members: Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand.
 The chairmanship of ASEAN rotates yearly, determined by the alphabetical sequence of the English names
of its member countries.
 In 2022, the combined GDP of all ASEAN nations was approximately USD 3.66 trillion.
 Trade between India and the ASEAN region reached 98.39 billion from April 2021 to February 2022, with
significant trade partners being Indonesia, Singapore, Malaysia, Vietnam, and Thailand.
ASEAN Members:
 The organization unites ten Southeast Asian countries: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia,
Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
444
284.
284. 29th World Ozone Day
Significance of the Day:
 World Ozone Day, observed annually on September 16, highlights global efforts to protect the ozone
layer and focuses on the dangers of ozone layer depletion.
Ozone Layer Importance:
 The ozone layer, a fragile shield of gas, protects the Earth from the harmful portion of the sun's ultraviolet
(UV) rays, thus helping preserve life on the planet.
Ozone Depletion Causes:
 Human-made chemicals known as ozone-depleting substances (ODS) have been found to cause the thinning
of the ozone layer. Major ODS include chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), carbon tetrachloride, and methyl
chloroform.
Figure 11. Source: New Wolrd Encylopedia
Global Response:
 The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer was established in 1985, followed by the
Montreal Protocol in 1987, aiming to phase out the production and consumption of ODS.
World Ozone Day 2023 Theme:
 The theme for World Ozone Day 2023 is "Montreal Protocol: Fixing the Ozone Layer and Reducing
Climate Change," emphasizing the dual benefits of the Montreal Protocol in ozone layer recovery and
climate change mitigation.
India's Role and Achievements:
 India has successfully phased out ODS like Chlorofluorocarbons, Carbon Tetrachloride, Halons, Methyl
Bromide, and Methyl Chloroform as of January 1, 2010.
 The country has also exceeded its target by achieving a 44% reduction in Hydrochlorofluorocarbons
(HCFCs) by 2020, compared to the baseline's 35%.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
445
India Cooling Action Plan (ICAP):
 Launched in March 2019, ICAP aims to reduce cooling demand, cut down refrigerant emissions, and
enhance energy efficiency in the cooling sector. It is the first such action plan in the world.
Kigali Amendment:
 The Kigali Amendment to the Montreal Protocol, which India ratified in September 2021, plans for the
phasedown of Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), potent greenhouse gases used widely in air conditioning and
refrigeration.
Tropospheric Ozone:
 Unlike stratospheric ozone, tropospheric, or ground-level ozone, is a harmful pollutant contributing to
global warming and can have adverse health effects.
Combatting Tropospheric Ozone:
 Strategies to reduce tropospheric ozone formation include cutting down emissions of volatile organic
compounds (VOCs) and nitrogen oxides (NOx), primarily from vehicles and industries.
Gothenburg Protocol:
 Established in 1999 and amended in 2012, the Gothenburg Protocol aims to cut air pollution, reduce
health risks, and protect the environment by setting emission ceilings for certain pollutants.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
446
285.
285. Three years of the Abraham Accords
Introduction
 The Abraham Accords are a set of agreements that were signed in 2020 by Israel and various Arab nations,
signalling a significant change in Middle Eastern diplomatic relations.
 The term "Abraham Accords" was given to the agreements as a sign of brotherhood and as a reference to
the biblical Abraham, who is thought to be the common ancestor of Jews and Arabs.
 The primary countries involved in the Abraham Accords include:
 Israel: Israel pledged to re-establish diplomatic ties with the participating Arab countries as a crucial
participant to the Accords, marking a substantial break from the historically antagonistic connections it
maintained with many Arab states.
 United Arab Emirates (UAE): The UAE was the first Arab nation to openly proclaim the Abraham
Accords-related normalisation of its relations with Israel. Economic, technological, and cultural exchanges
are all included in this historic deal, as well as the creation of full diplomatic relations.
 Bahrain: Bahrain followed the UAE's lead by signing a similar agreement with Israel. The Bahrain-Israel
Peace Agreement also covers diplomatic ties and cross-sector cooperation.
 Sudan: By consenting to normalise relations with Israel, Sudan ratified the Abraham Accords. Sudan's
foreign policy underwent a significant change as a result, and the country was later taken off the U.S. list of
state sponsors of terrorism.
 Morocco: Another Arab country, Morocco, committed to restoring diplomatic ties with Israel when it
entered the Accords.
 In exchange for Morocco's cooperation with Israel, the United States acknowledged Morocco's sovereignty
over the Western Sahara in this agreement.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
447
Significance of the Accords
 The Accords have several implications for the region and beyond, such as:
 Promoting peace and stability: The Accords have reduced tensions and conflicts between Israel and its Arab
neighbours, as well as opened new avenues for dialogue and cooperation on regional and global issues.
 Enhancing economic and social development: The Accords have boosted trade and investment flows
between Israel and the Arab states, as well as fostered innovation and collaboration in various sectors such as
energy, health, education, tourism, etc.
 Strengthening strategic partnerships: The Accords have strengthened the strategic partnerships between
Israel and the U.S., as well as between the Arab states and the U.S., which share common interests and values
in countering threats such as Iran, terrorism, etc.
 Influencing other actors: The Accords have influenced other actors in the region and beyond to reconsider
their relations with Israel or to join the normalization process. For example, Saudi Arabia has allowed Israeli
flights to use its airspace; Oman has expressed its support for the Accords; India has welcomed the Accords
as a positive development for peace and prosperity.
Challenges and Prospects
 The Accords also face some challenges and prospects in their implementation and expansion, such as:
 Addressing the Palestinian issue: The Accords have been criticized by some parties, especially by the
Palestinians, who see them as a betrayal of their cause and rights. The Accords have also sidelined or
weakened the role of the Arab Peace Initiative, which calls for a comprehensive solution to the Israeli-
Palestinian conflict based on a two-state formula.
 Balancing regional interests: The Accords have created new alignments and rivalries in the region, which
may affect the balance of power and interests among various actors. For example, Turkey and Iran have
opposed or condemned the Accords as a threat to their influence or interests; Egypt and Jordan have
expressed their concerns about their role or status as previous peace partners with Israel; Qatar has
maintained its ties with both Israel and its adversaries such as Hamas or Iran.
 Expanding participation: The Accords have opened new possibilities for more countries to join or support
them, either formally or informally. However, this may depend on various factors such as domestic politics,
public opinion, security concerns, economic incentives, etc. For example, Saudi Arabia has shown some
signs of warming up to Israel, but it has not officially recognized or normalized relations with it; Lebanon has
maintained its official stance of hostility towards Israel, but it has also engaged in indirect talks with it over
maritime boundaries.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
448
286.
286. The global push to make ecocide a crime
Introduction
 Ecocide is a term that means the destruction or damage of the environment, especially when it is caused
by human activities.
 Ecocide is not yet recognized as an international crime, but there is a growing movement to make it so,
as a way to prevent and punish environmental harm and protect human rights.
 Mexico is one of the countries that is considering passing a law to make ecocide a crime, in response to the
environmental and social impacts of its Maya train project.
What is ecocide?
 The term "ecocide" is derived from Greek and Latin and means "killing one's environment" or "killing
one's home."
 Olof Palme popularised the term "ecocide" when he charged the US with the crime during the 1972 UN
Conference on the Human Environment.
 Deforestation, oil spills, mining, pollution, and other actions that harm the ecosystem severely, widely, or
over time are all examples of ecocide.
 The health and welfare of people, animals, and plants that depend on the environment can also be impacted
by ecocide.
 Ecocide may be done purposefully or unintentionally by people, businesses, governments, or other
organisations.
Why make ecocide a crime?
 Making ecocide a crime can have several benefits for the environment and society, such as:
 Deterring potential perpetrators from causing environmental harm by imposing legal sanctions and
penalties.
 Holding accountable those who commit environmental harm by bringing them to justice and providing
remedies to the victims.
 Raising awareness and education about the importance of environmental protection and conservation
among the public and policymakers.
 Promoting cooperation and collaboration among countries and stakeholders to prevent and address
environmental issues.
How to make ecocide a crime?
 There are different ways to make ecocide a crime at different levels, such as:
 National level: Countries can enact their own laws and regulations to define and criminalize ecocide within
their jurisdictions. For example, 11 countries have already criminalized ecocide, such as Ecuador,
France, Georgia, etc.
 Regional level: Countries can form regional agreements or treaties to harmonize their laws and policies on
ecocide and cooperate on cross-border environmental issues. For example, the European Parliament has
voted unanimously to enshrine ecocide in law in 2023.
 International level: Countries can amend the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court (ICC)
to include ecocide as one of the core international crimes, along with genocide, crimes against humanity, war
crimes, and crimes of aggression. This would enable the ICC to prosecute individuals or entities that commit
ecocide anywhere in the world.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
449
287.
287. Khalistan Movement
Introduction
 In the Punjab area of India and Pakistan, the Khalistan movement is a separatist movement that aims to
establish an independent Sikh state.
 Due to the fact that Canada is home to a sizable Sikh diaspora, some of whom support or empathise with
the Khalistani cause, the movement has caused tension and conflict between India and Canada.
 Over the years, the movement has experienced many ups and downs, frequently reflecting the shifting
politics of India and the subcontinent.
Historical Background
 The Khalistan movement emerged in the 1970s and 1980s, as a response to the perceived discrimination
and oppression of Sikhs by the Indian state.
 The movement was led by Jarnail Singh Bhindranwale, a religious leader who advocated for Sikh rights
and autonomy.
 The movement turned violent and militant, as it carried out attacks on government officials, security forces,
and civilians.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
450
 The movement reached its peak in 1984, when the Indian Army launched Operation Blue Star to flush
out Bhindranwale and his followers from the Golden Temple, the holiest shrine of Sikhs.
 The operation resulted in heavy casualties on both sides, as well as damage to the temple complex. It also
sparked widespread anger and resentment among Sikhs, leading to the assassination of Prime Minister
Indira Gandhi by her Sikh bodyguards.
 The assassination triggered anti-Sikh riots in Delhi and other parts of India, killing thousands of Sikhs and
displacing many more.
 The movement gradually declined in the late 1980s and early 1990s, as the Indian government launched
counter-insurgency operations, such as Operation Black Thunder, to eliminate the remaining militants.
Canada’s Role
 Canada has been a destination for many Sikh immigrants and refugees since the early 20th century. Canada
has one of the largest Sikh populations outside India, estimated at over 600,000.
 Some of the notable incidents involving Khalistani elements in Canada are:
 Air India Flight 182 Bombing (1985): A bomb planted by Babbar Khalsa, a Khalistani militant group,
exploded on board Air India Flight 182 en route from Montreal to Delhi, killing all 329 people on board. It
was the deadliest terrorist attack in Canadian history.
 Kanishka Trial (2003-2005): A Canadian court acquitted two suspects, Ripudaman Singh Malik and Ajaib
Singh Bagri, of involvement in the Air India bombing, citing lack of evidence. The verdict was seen as a
failure of justice by India and many Canadians.
 Komagata Maru Apology (2016): Prime Minister Justin Trudeau apologized in Parliament for the 1914
incident, when Canada turned away a ship carrying 376 passengers from India, mostly Sikhs. Many of them
were killed or imprisoned upon their return to India. Trudeau’s apology was seen as a gesture to appease the
Sikh community in Canada.
 Trudeau’s India Visit (2018): Trudeau’s visit to India was marred by controversies over his perceived
proximity to Khalistani sympathizers. He was snubbed by Indian leaders, who accused him of interfering in
India’s internal affairs. He also faced criticism for inviting Jaspal Atwal, a convicted Khalistani terrorist, to a
reception in Delhi.
Current Scenario
 The Khalistan movement has resurfaced in recent years, especially in the wake of the farmers’ protests in
India against the new farm laws. Many Sikh groups and individuals in Canada have expressed solidarity with
the protesters and called for Khalistan.
 The tensions between India and Canada have escalated recently, when Trudeau accused India of
involvement in the killing of Hardeep Singh Nijjar, designated as a terrorist by India, in Surrey in June
2023. India rejected the allegations and accused Canada of sheltering Khalistani extremists.
 The relations between the two countries have also been affected by other issues, such as trade, human
rights, and COVID-19. Canada has paused talks on a proposed trade treaty with India, citing human rights
concerns. India has also delayed the supply of COVID-19 vaccines to Canada, citing domestic needs
09717289708 | w 6390573333
451
288.
288. Centre identifies 62 new elephant corridors; total now 150
Recent Development:
 The Indian government recently identified 62 new elephant corridors, elevating the total to 150, up from 88
in 2010, underscoring India's dedication to wildlife conservation.
Understanding Elephant Corridors:
 Elephant corridors are narrow stretches of land that facilitate the movement of elephants between distinct
habitats that are conducive to their survival.
Verification Process:
 The corridors were pinpointed by individual state governments, followed by ground validation to confirm
their authenticity.
Geographical Distribution:
 West Bengal is at the forefront with 26 corridors, making up 17% of the total. East central India contributes
35% with 52 corridors, the North East has 32% with 48 corridors, Southern India accounts for 21% with 32
corridors, and Northern India lags with 12%, having 18 corridors.
Corridor Utilization Trends:
 A report by the central government indicated a 40% rise in elephant corridors across India's 15 elephant
range states. However, 19% of these pathways (29 corridors) are witnessing diminished use, with 10 needing
urgent restoration due to various damages.
Factors Behind Decreased Corridor Use:
 The decline is primarily due to habitat fragmentation and destruction, which are increasingly prevalent
threats to wildlife.
Reasons for Corridor Expansion:
 Elephants have broadened their territories, particularly in the Vidarbha region of Maharashtra and the
southern part of the state adjacent to Karnataka, leading to an increase in corridors.
Elephant Population Dynamics:
 There's been a notable rise in elephant sightings in regions like Madhya Pradesh and northern Andhra
Pradesh, indicating shifts in their habitual roaming areas.
India's Global Stand on Elephants:
 India holds the distinction of having the largest population of the Asian Elephant species, a testament to the
country's conservation efforts.
Conservation Challenges:
 Despite the increase in corridors, challenges persist, including human-elephant conflict, loss of natural
habitat, and climate change-related impacts.
Importance of Elephant Corridors:
 These corridors are crucial for ensuring the safe migration of elephants, reducing human-elephant conflicts,
and aiding genetic diversity.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
452
Community and Conservation:
 Local communities play a significant role in conservation efforts, necessitating initiatives that harmonize
human livelihoods with wildlife conservation.
Legislative Protection:
 Elephants are legally protected under Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, emphasizing
the country's commitment to preserving this iconic species.
International Conservation Efforts:
 India is a signatory to various international conventions aimed at elephant conservation, including the
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
453
289.
289. India-Africa Collaboration on Renewable Energy
Africa's Renewable Energy Potential:
 Africa can be a global force in renewable energy generation and innovation.
 The continent has abundant renewable energy sources: solar, wind, geothermal, hydro energy, and green
hydrogen.
 Africa holds over 40% of the world's crucial mineral reserves essential for renewable and low-carbon
technologies.
India's Opportunities in Africa:
 Africa includes some of the world's fastest-growing countries: Rwanda, Senegal, Tanzania.
 The continent has a population of over one billion and a combined GDP of 2.5 trillion dollars.
 Africa is rich in commodities like crude oil, gas, leather, gold, and other metals.
 Namibia and Niger are top global producers of uranium; South Africa leads in platinum and chromium
production.
 India seeks to diversify oil supplies, with Africa playing a role in India’s energy matrix.
 Eastern African nations are key actors in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR) geopolitics due to their
strategic location.
 India has signed MoUs with all African nations on the IOR, indicating increased defence engagement.
 Under the Pan African e-Network Project (2009), India provided satellite connectivity, tele-medicine, and
tele-education to African countries.
 The subsequent phase, e-VidyaBharti and e-ArogyaBharti (e-VBAB) in 2019, focused on tele-education
and medical education.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
454
International Solar Alliance (ISA):
 Hosted its 5th regional meeting in Kigali, Rwanda in August 2023.
 Nine solar power demonstration projects were inaugurated in Uganda, Comoros, and Mali.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
455
 A report titled "Roadmap of Solar Energy for Universal Energy Access" was released, focusing on solar
mini-grids and Decentralised Renewable Energy solutions.
 Projects aim to improve the well-being of underserved communities and serve as symbols of global
cooperation.
 ISA is partnering with the G20 Presidency of India to promote solar energy.
 ISA addresses the lack of affordable funding and technical expertise, especially in LDCs and Small Island
Developing States (SIDS).
 Decentralised Energy System: Locates energy production facilities closer to consumption sites. Optimizes
the use of renewable energy, reduces fossil fuel use, and increases eco-efficiency.
About ISA:
 A collaborative platform for increased deployment of solar energy technologies.
 Joint effort by India and France to combat climate change through solar energy.
 Headquarters located in Gurugram, India.
 106 countries have signed the ISA Framework Agreement, with 86 ratifying it.
 All UN member states are eligible to join ISA.
 The United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) granted Observer Status to ISA.
 ISA is headed by the Director General with a term of four years, eligible for re-election.
 Incumbent Director General (as of October, 2023): Ajay Mathur
09717289708 | w 6390573333
456
290.
290. Rashtriya Poshan Maah 2023
 The Ministry of Women and Child Development celebrated the 6th Rashtriya Poshan Maah in
September, 2023.
 The objective for 2023 was to tackle malnutrition through a life-cycle approach, the foundation of Mission
Poshan 2.0.
 Poshan Maah 2023 emphasized awareness on critical human life stages: pregnancy, infancy, childhood,
and adolescence.
 The theme for the year was "Suposhit Bharat, Sakshar Bharat, Sashakt Bharat" (Nutrition-rich India,
Educated India, Empowered India).
 Poshan Maah 2023 aimed for large-scale community involvement, leveraging Gram Panchayats and Urban
Local Bodies to achieve the vision of ‘Suposhit Bharat in the Amrit Kaal’.
 The MoWCD led nationwide efforts during the month to raise awareness about nutrition, with a focus on
Exclusive Breastfeeding and Complementary Feeding.
 Activities during the month included Swasth Balak Spardha (Healthy Child Competition) and Poshan Bhi
Padhai Bhi (Nutrition and Education).
 In 2022, over 170 million sensitization activities were conducted during Poshan Maah, with more than 600
million activities as part of the Jan Andolan movement during Poshan Pakhwadas and Poshan Maahs
annually.
Poshan 2.0:
 Poshan 2.0 was launched in August 2021, urging Aspirational Districts to establish a Poshan Vatika
(nutrition garden) in September.
 In FY 2021-22, the government integrated schemes into Saksham Anganwadi and POSHAN 2.0. The
integrated schemes encompass:
 Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS)
 POSHAN Abhiyaan
 Scheme for Adolescent Girls (SAG)
 National Creche Scheme
 Poshan Maah Activities:
 Poshan Maah activities centered on antenatal care, optimal breastfeeding, anaemia, growth monitoring,
girls' education, diet, right age of marriage, hygiene, sanitation, and eating healthy.
 Activities were based on Social and Behavioural Change Communication (SBCC) and Jan Andolan
Guidelines.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
457
 A food and nutrition quiz and meme competition were organized on the My Gov portal.
 A unique nutrition park was established at the Statue of Unity (Gujarat) to provide nutrition-related
education.
Poshan Abhiyan:
Poshan Abhiyan, or the National Nutrition Mission, is the Government of India’s program to improve
nutritional outcomes for children, pregnant women, and lactating mothers.
Poshan Abhiyan was launched on International Women’s Day on 8th March 2018 in Jhunjhunu,
Rajasthan.
The mission aims to reduce stunting, underweight, low birth weight, and anaemia among various groups,
with specific yearly targets set until 2022.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
458
291.
291. Aatmanirbhar Bharat Rozgar Yojana (ABRY)
 Launched as part of the Aatmanirbhar Bharat 3.0 package.
 Aimed to boost the economy and increase employment post-COVID recovery.
 Focuses on incentivizing new employment creation and restoring lost employment during the COVID-19
pandemic.
Objectives:
 Reduce financial burden on employers across sectors, encouraging them to hire more.
 Provide social security benefits to new employees with a monthly wage under Rs. 15,000, who lost jobs
due to COVID-19 and regained employment post-October 1, 2020.
 Support economic revival and increase formal sector job opportunities.
Key Features:
 Implemented through the Employees Provident Fund Organization (EPFO).
 Government credits both the employees’ share (12% of wages) and employers' share (12% of wages) of
contribution for two years. The exact share credited depends on the employment strength of the EPFO
registered establishments.
 Approximately 71.8 Lakh employees are expected to benefit during the scheme period. Beneficiaries
registered up to 31st March 2022 will continue to receive benefits for 2 years from their registration date.
Benefits:
 Reduces hiring costs for employers, enhancing their competitiveness and profitability.
 Supports economic recovery and growth post-COVID.
 Aims to incentivize employers to create new employment opportunities with social security benefits and
restore jobs lost during the pandemic.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
459
 Contributes to boosting the economy and enhancing social security for workers.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
460
292.
292. Aditya L1 Mission
 Dedicated satellite for comprehensive study of the Sun.
 Mission aims to study the solar corona, photosphere, chromosphere, and solar wind.
 Has 7 distinct payloads, all indigenously developed: Five by ISRO and two by Indian academic
institutes in collaboration with ISRO.
 "Aditya" in Sanskrit means the Sun. L1 refers to Lagrange Point 1 of the Sun-Earth system.
 Launched on September 2, 2023, ten days after the successful landing of ISRO's Moon mission,
Chandrayaan-3.
 It is projected to reach its designated orbit at the L1 point approximately 127 days after its launch.
 Stays in Earth-bound orbits for 16 days post-launch, undergoing 5 manoeuvres.
 Begins its 110-day trajectory to the L1 Lagrange point after a Trans-Lagrangian1 insertion manoeuvre.
 Once at L1, it orbits in a plane roughly perpendicular to the line joining the Earth and the Sun.
 Positioned at L1 for constant, uninterrupted view of the Sun.
 Will be approximately 1.5 million km away from Earth, directed towards the Sun.
 Will study the Sun's outer atmosphere but will neither land on nor approach the Sun.
 The mission duration is planned to be 5.2 years, but it may be extended depending on the performance of
the spacecraft and instruments.
Instruments on Aditya L1:
 Visible Emission Line Coronagraph (VELC):
 Observes the Sun's outermost layer, the corona.
 Measures specific emission lines and the corona's magnetic field.
 Solar Ultraviolet Imaging Telescope (SUIT):
 Images Sun in near-ultraviolet wavelengths (200-400 nm).
 Studies sunspots, plages, and other solar features.
 Aditya Solar Wind Particle Experiment (ASPEX):
 Measures properties of solar wind particles.
 Detects ions accelerated by solar events.
 Plasma Analyser Package for Aditya (PAPA):
 Analyzes solar wind ions in a low-energy range (10 eV to 20 keV).
Significance of Exploring the Sun:
 Enhances understanding of our solar system.
 Helps in space weather prediction.
 Contributes to advances in solar physics and astrophysics.
 Informs pursuit of fusion energy on Earth.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
461
 Improves design and operation of satellites and spacecraft.
Lagrange Points:
 Special positions in space where gravitational forces of two large bodies balance out.
 Five Lagrange Points: L1, L2, L3, L4, and L5.
 L1: Significant for solar observations, continuously views the Sun without any eclipses.
 L2: Positioned behind Earth, great for observing the Universe without Earth's shadow.
 L3: Positioned behind the Sun, offers potential observations of the Sun's far side.
 L4 and L5: Maintain stable positions, forming an equilateral triangle with the two larger bodies.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
462
09717289708 | w 6390573333
463
293.
293. State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World (SOFI) 2023
 The "State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World" (SOFI) 2023 report was released by the United
Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO).
 It highlights the disparity between the cost of nutritious meals and the economic realities of a
significant portion of the global population.
 Global Hunger Trends:
 Global hunger numbers remained stagnant between 2021 and 2022.
 Over 122 million more people have faced hunger since 2019 due to the pandemic, weather shocks,
conflicts, and the war in Ukraine.
 Nutritional Access: About 2.4 billion people, predominantly women and rural residents, lacked consistent
access to nutritious, safe, and sufficient food in 2022.
 Child Malnutrition: In 2021, 22.3% (148.1 million) children were stunted, 6.8% (45 million) were
wasted, and 5.6% (37 million) were overweight.
 Impact of Urbanization on Diet: Accelerating urbanization has led to increased consumption of
processed and convenience foods, causing a rise in overweight and obesity rates across various regions.
 Rural Dependence on Global Markets: Rural regions, especially in Africa and Asia, which were
previously self-sustaining, now rely more on national and global food markets.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
464
 Regional Diet Cost Trends:
 Between 2019 and 2021, Asia experienced the highest increase in the cost of a healthy diet, with a rise of
almost 9%.
 South Asia recorded the highest percentage (72%) of individuals unable to afford a healthy diet.
 Africa's Nutritional Challenge: Eastern and Western Africa face severe food affordability issues, with
85% of their populations unable to access a healthy diet. Combined with Asia, these regions contributed to
92% of the global rise in this concern, highlighting Africa's critical situation.
 Forward Projection: By 2050, urban dwellers are projected to make up 70% of the global population. This
shift emphasizes the need to adapt food systems to meet urban demands and address hunger and malnutrition.
SOFI 2023 Key Findings on India:
 India boasts the most affordable healthy diet among BRICS.
 Mumbai's Economic Disparity: Mumbai's food costs have skyrocketed, outpacing wage growth,
spotlighting urban India's growing economic challenges.
 India's relative low-cost diet is overshadowed by the fact that 74% of its population can't afford it,
highlighting the nation's income inequality.
Food Security's National Importance:
 India's Nutritional Status: India's Global Food Security Index 2022 indicates a 16.3% prevalence of
undernutrition. Additionally, 30.9% of Indian children are stunted, 33.4% are underweight, and 3.8% are
obese.
 Boosting India's Economy: Agriculture is pivotal for India, with over 70% of the population engaged in
agriculture-related activities, making it the backbone of the nation's economy.
 Reducing Poverty in India: Food security can significantly impact poverty reduction. As per the Global
Multidimensional Poverty Index 2023, India has over 230 million individuals living in poverty.
 Fighting Climate Change for Food Security: Climate change, with its extreme weather events, poses a
threat to India's food security. Adopting sustainable farming and investing in climate-resilient crops can help
India adapt to these challenges.
Challenges in India's Food Landscape:
 Infrastructure and Food Security: Inadequate infrastructure, such as poor transportation and storage
facilities, leads to high wastage and impacts food availability and affordability.
 Agricultural Practices in India: Over-cultivation, excessive pesticide use, and improper irrigation
techniques have led to decreased soil fertility and reduced crop yields in India.
 Weather Challenges: Extreme weather events, including floods, droughts, and heatwaves, due to climate
change have affected food production and increased food prices in India.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
465
 Supply Chain Inefficiencies: Inefficient supply chain networks, including inadequate transportation and
distribution, contribute to food insecurity, leading to higher consumer prices and lower farmer profits.
 Land Fragmentation: Fragmented landholdings in India, where farmers own small and scattered plots,
hinder the adoption of modern farming practices, affecting food production.
Indian Initiatives:
 National Food Security Act (NFSA) 2013: The NFSA aims to provide subsidized food grains to
approximately two-thirds of India's population. It ensures that people receive adequate quantity and quality of
food at affordable prices.
 National Food Processing Mission: This mission focuses on promoting the food processing industry,
which can help in reducing food wastage, ensuring value addition to agricultural produce, enhancing farmers'
income, and creating employment opportunities.
 Pradhan Mantri Fasal Bima Yojana (PMFBY): PMFBY is an insurance scheme that provides
comprehensive crop insurance from pre-sowing to post-harvest against non-preventable natural risks. It aims
to support and stabilize the income of farmers.
 National Horticulture Mission: This mission promotes holistic growth of the horticulture sector through
an area-based regionally differentiated strategy. It includes research, technology promotion, extension, post-
harvest management, processing, and marketing.
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO):
 Specialized agency of the United Nations focused on defeating hunger.
 Founded in 1945; World Food Day celebrated on 16th October to mark its anniversary.
 Based in Rome, Italy.
 Sister organizations: World Food Programme and International Fund for Agricultural Development
(IFAD).
 Initiatives Taken:
 Globally Important Agricultural Heritage Systems (GIAHS).
 Monitors the Desert Locust situation globally.
 Oversees the Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme through the Codex Alimentarius Commission
(CAC).
 Adopted the International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture in 2001.
 Flagship Publications:
 The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture (SOFIA).
 The State of the World's Forests (SOFO).
 The State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World (SOFI).
 The State of Food and Agriculture (SOFA).
 The State of Agricultural Commodity Markets (SOCO).
09717289708 | w 6390573333
466
294.
294. One Nation, One Election
 The Central government established a panel, led by former President Ram Nath Kovind, to assess the
feasibility of the 'one nation, one election' (ONOE) concept.
 Simultaneous Elections involves synchronizing the election cycles of the Lok Sabha and State Assemblies
to conduct them within a specific timeframe.
 This practice was common until 1967 but became irregular due to premature dissolutions of Assemblies and
Lok Sabhas.
 Presently, only a few states, including Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Odisha, and Sikkim, align their
elections with Lok Sabha polls.
 The Law Commission of India's 2018 draft report suggests ONOE could result in public money savings,
reduced administrative and security strain, and more consistent policy implementation.
 Constitutional Feasibility: Articles 83(2) and 172 dictate the tenure of the Lok Sabha and State
Assemblies. The ONOE concept could be problematic if governments dissolve prematurely.
 Federalism Concerns: ONOE might conflict with the federal nature of India, as it emphasizes national
unity over the distinct identity of states.
 Election Costs: The Election Commission of India (ECI) estimates a significant budget for simultaneous
elections, including costs for EVMs, VVPATs, and storage.
 Voter Behaviour: There's a concern that voters might prioritize national issues over state-specific ones,
potentially sidelining regional parties.
 Accountability Issues: Frequent elections can enhance political accountability and stimulate grassroots
economic activity.
Restoring Simultaneous Elections:
 The Law Commission suggests amendments to the Constitution, the Representation of the People Act,
1951, and procedural rules of legislative bodies.
 Proposals include introducing a constructive vote of no-confidence and modifying the Anti-Defection Law.
Global Practices:
 South Africa: Holds simultaneous elections for national and provincial legislatures every five years.
 Sweden: Conducts elections for its national legislature, provincial legislature, and local bodies on a fixed
date every four years.
 Britain: The Fixed-term Parliaments Act, 2011 mandates general elections every five years on a set date.
 Germany: Article 67 of its Basic Law proposes a constructive vote of non-confidence.
Election Commission of India:
 The ECI is an autonomous, permanent constitutional body responsible for organizing free and fair elections
in India.
 It oversees elections to Parliament, state legislatures, the office of the president, and the office of the vice-
president.
 The ECI does not handle elections to urban bodies like Municipalities and Panchayats; this is managed by a
separate State Election Commission.
 The Election Commission of India (ECI) was established in 1950.
 The ECI is supported by its secretariat located in New Delhi.
 Sukumar Sen served as the 1st Chief Election Commissioner of India, from 21 March 1950 to 19 December
1958.
 Initially a one-member body with only the Chief Election Commissioner (CEC).
 Later expanded to a multi-member body with three election commissioners.
 The President appoints the CEC and other election commissioners.
 The tenure, conditions of service, and emoluments of the commissioners are determined by the President.
 The CEC and the two other election commissioners have powers and emoluments equivalent to a Supreme
Court judge.
 Decisions are made by a majority in case of differing opinions among the three members.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
467
 The CEC can be removed by the President based on a resolution passed by both Houses of Parliament with
a special majority. Grounds for removal include proved misbehaviour or incapacity.
Powers and Responsibilities:
 Divided into three categories: Administrative, Advisory, and Quasi-judicial.
 Determines territorial areas of Electoral Constituencies.
 Prepares, revises electoral rolls, and registers eligible voters.
 Notifies election schedules, dates, and scrutinizes nomination papers.
 Recognizes political parties and allocates election symbols.
 Advises on post-election disqualification of Parliament and State Legislature members.
 Issues the Model Code of Conduct for political parties and candidates.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
468
295.
295. Indian Air Force's Trishul Exercise
 Annual training exercise by the Indian Air Force (IAF).
 Organized by the Western Air Command (WAC).
 Geographical span: From Leh in Kashmir to Nal in Rajasthan.
Objectives:
 Validate operational preparedness of the Western Air Command.
 Mobilize and utilize all frontline assets.
 Test ability to respond effectively to security challenges.
Features:
 Deployment of frontline fighter aircraft: Rafale, Mirage 2000, Su-30MKIs.
 Involvement of heavy-lift transport aircraft: Chinook and Apache helicopters.
 Participation of Garud Special Forces for unconventional warfare and special operations.
Location:
 Training drills in the northern sector: Ladakh, Himachal Pradesh, Jammu & Kashmir, and Punjab.
Significance:
 WAC has played a crucial role in supporting India's military posture in Ladakh.
 Instrumental in airlifting troops and military equipment to forward areas in eastern Ladakh.
 Demonstrates IAF's readiness to address any eventuality in the Ladakh sector.
 Bolsters India's military posture along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) against Chinese forces.
Indian Air Force (IAF) Overview:
Establishment and Early Years:
 Supported the Royal Air Force of the UK during World War II against Japan.
 Targeted Japanese bases in Burma to halt their advance into India.
 Received the prefix "Royal" from King George VI in 1945.
 Became the Indian Air Force in 1950 after India's independence.
Structure and Leadership:
 President of India is the Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces.
 Fourth-largest air force in the world.
 Headquarters located in New Delhi.
 Motto: "Touch the sky with Glory" (derived from the Bhagavad Gita).
 Led by the Chief of Air Staff, an air chief marshal.
Major Operations and Wars:
 Operation Meghdoot (1984): Regained control of Siachen glacier heights.
 Operation Vijay (1961): Liberation of Goa.
 Second Kashmir War (1965) with Pakistan.
 Bangladesh Liberation War (1971).
 Operation Poomalai (1987): Airdrop over Jaffna, Sri Lanka.
 Operation Cactus (1988): Intervention in the Maldives.
 Kargil War (1999) with Pakistan.
 Balakot airstrike and the India-Pakistan standoff of 2019.
Humanitarian and Relief Operations:
 Relief during the Gujarat cyclone (1998).
 Tsunami relief operations (2004).
Special Observances: Celebrates Air Force Day on 8th October every year.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
469
296.
296. India’s name change to ‘Bharat’
(Image Source: The Free Press Journal)
Names' Significance:
 Both "Bharat" and "India" are recognized in the Indian Constitution.
 "Bharat" holds historical and cultural significance, while "India" is also acknowledged on the
international stage.
Political Implications:
 The choice between the names has political nuances, especially with the formation of the I.N.D.I.A.
alliance.
 The government's use of "President of Bharat" for a G-20 Summit invitation has added to the discussions
on the topic.
Origins of the Names:
 "India" and its variations, such as "Hind," have foreign roots, typically used by outsiders to describe areas
around the Indus River.
Historical Context:
 During Afghan and Mughal rule, "Hindustan" was used to describe northern India.
 The British used "India" to represent the entire subcontinent.
National Identity Movement:
 The Indian Renaissance emphasized a collective national identity.
 There was a preference for indigenous names like "Bharat" over those given by foreigners.
Partition-Era Naming Debates:
 The Muslim League had reservations about the name "India" post-independence.
 They associated "India" with Hindu-majority regions, leading to the proposal of "Pakistan" for Muslim-
majority areas.
Constitutional Reference:
 The Indian Constitution was originally adopted in English by the Constituent Assembly.
 A Hindi translation was published in 1950, signed by the members of the Constituent Assembly.
 The 58th Amendment in 1987 addressed the use of Hindi and English in official documents, giving the
President the power to publish the official text of the Constitution in Hindi for legal proceedings.
 Article 1(1) of the Constitution uses both "India" and "Bharat" to define the nation, with variations in
emphasis between the English and Hindi versions.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
470
Bilingual Official Documents:
 India maintains a dual-language approach in official matters, as seen in the "Gazette of India" in English
and "Bharat ka Rajpatra" in Hindi.
Global Name Changes:
 Countries like Siam (now Thailand), Zaire (now Democratic Republic of the Congo), and East
Pakistan (now Bangladesh) have renamed themselves to better reflect national identities or political
transitions.
India's Global Identity:
 "India" remains the primary name for international diplomatic and official engagements.
Cultural Expressions:
 "Jai Hind" and "Jai Bharat" coexist in India, symbolizing the nation's diverse historical and cultural
roots.
Judicial Stance:
 The Supreme Court has twice rejected efforts to rename 'India' solely to 'Bharat', in 2016 and 2020.
 The Court reaffirmed that both "Bharat" and "India" are mentioned in the Constitution. In 2015, the Centre
also opposed a name change, emphasizing the extensive deliberation during the Constitution's
drafting.
Potential Impact of Renaming:
 Altering the naming convention could influence cultural and identity perceptions. The tradition of dual
naming, reflecting India's linguistic diversity, is seen as both appropriate and aligned with the Constitution.
The urgency of such a change is debated in light of other national priorities.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
471
297.
297. State of Educational Empowerment for Religious Minorities in India
The status of educational empowerment schemes for religious minorities in India has recently come under
scrutiny. These programs were designed to bridge the educational gap and promote inclusivity among
different religious communities.
 Religious Minorities in India: They include Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists, Jains, and
Zoroastrians, constituting approximately 20% of the population.
 Sachar Committee's Report (2006): Highlighted disparities, especially placing Muslims behind several
other groups in development indicators.
 Ministry of Minority Affairs (2006): Established to focus on educational empowerment, economic
development, infrastructure improvement, and special needs of religious minorities. Scholarships for
minority students became a key component.
 Pre-Matric Scholarship Scheme: Initially for minority students from class 1 to 10. Later revised to cover
only class 9 and 10, citing the Right to Education Act (RTE Act) which covers compulsory education up
to class 8.
 Post-Matric Scholarship Scheme: For students of class 11 and above (till Ph.D.). The funds for this
scheme increased from Rs 515 crore to Rs 1,065 crore in 2023-24.
 Merit-cum-Means based Scholarship Scheme: Targeted professional and technical courses at
undergraduate and postgraduate levels. However, it faced a significant reduction in funds in 2023-24.
 Maulana Azad National Fellowship (MANF): Offered financial assistance to research scholars
pursuing M.Phil and Ph.D., but was discontinued in 2022.
 Padho Pardesh: Provided an interest subsidy on education loans for overseas studies but was
discontinued from 2022-23.
 Begum Hazrat Mahal National Scholarship: Scholarship for meritorious girls for higher secondary
education. No funds were allocated in 2023-24.
 Naya Savera: Offered free coaching to minority students for competitive exams but was discontinued
in 2023-24.
 Nai Udaan: Supported minority students preparing for various examinations. No funds were allocated in
2023-24.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
472
 Scheme for Providing Education to Madrasas and Minorities (SPEMM): Aimed at modernizing
madarsa education. Allocation was reduced in 2023-24.
 Budget Allocation: The Ministry of Minority Affairs saw a 38% decrease in budget allocation for the
fiscal year 2023-24 compared to 2022-23, impacting the implementation of various programs.
Constitutional Provisions:
Article 25: Guarantees freedom of conscience and free profession, practice, and propagation of religion.
Article 26: Grants every religious denomination the right to establish and maintain institutions for religious
and charitable purposes.
Article 29: Provides the right to conserve distinct language, script, or culture.
Article 30: Allows all minorities to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
473
298.
298. 18th G20 Summit
 The 18th G20 Summit took place in New Delhi, India, on September 9th and 10th, 2023. This was the
first time India hosted the G20 Leaders' Summit.
 The theme of the summit was "Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam", which translates to "The world is one
family".
 The G20 was founded in 1999 in response to the financial crises of the late 1990s, with the aim of
bringing together the world's major economies to discuss and promote international financial stability.
 G20 2024 Host: Brazil will officially take over the presidency on December 1, 2023.
 Current G20 Troika Countries:
 2022 Presidency: Indonesia
 2023 Presidency: India
 2024 Presidency: Brazil
 For the first time, the 'Troika' comprises only developing nations.
 India’s G20 Sherpa: Mr. Amitabh Kant.
 G20 has two official tracks: Finance Track and Sherpa Track.
 Unofficial track includes engagement groups or civil society groups
Sherpa Track:
 Established after the forum became a leaders’ summit in 2008.
 Focuses on socio-economic issues: agriculture, anti-corruption, climate, digital economy, etc.
 Each representative is called a ‘Sherpa’. Metaphor from mountaineering, indicating assistance in heavy
lifting.
Finance Track:
 Headed by finance ministers and central bank governors.
 Focuses on fiscal and monetary policy issues.
Major Conclusions of 18th G20 Summit:
 African Union's Inclusion: The G20 leaders agreed to admit the African Union as a permanent member,
enhancing the representation of developing countries. This inclusion allows African interests to be
recognized within the G20.
 Global Biofuels Alliance (GBA): An India-led initiative, GBA aims to promote the adoption of biofuels,
positioning them as a key component of the energy transition. The alliance was launched with nine initiating
members, including India, the US, Brazil, Argentina, and others.
 India – Middle East – Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC): An MoU was signed to establish IMEC, a
significant infrastructure project connecting India, the Middle East, and Europe. It aims to establish
transport corridors and is seen as an alternative to China's Belt and Road Initiative.
 G20 Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion: Prepared by the World Bank, this document praised
India's Digital Public Infrastructure for its transformative impact, highlighting rapid financial inclusion
and the success of the Jan Dhan-Aadhar-Mobile (JAM) Trinity.
 Renewable Energy Commitment: G20 countries pledged to triple global renewable energy capacity by
2030. This move could potentially avoid carbon dioxide emissions by seven billion tonnes between 2023
and 2030.
 Commitment to Global Food Security: The leaders recognized the importance of addressing rising
commodity prices, especially food and energy. They emphasized the human suffering caused by the war in
Ukraine and its impact on global food and energy security.
 The G20 also reached a consensus on the Deccan G20 High-level principles on Food Security and Nutrition
and introduced the Millet initiative called MAHARISHI.
 Small Arms and Terrorist Safe Havens: The New Delhi Declaration condemned terrorism in all its forms
and supported the Financial Action Task Force's efforts to recover criminal proceeds.
 Healthcare Resilience and Research: The declaration emphasized building a resilient healthcare system,
enhancing primary healthcare, and addressing ongoing epidemics. There was also a push for integrating
traditional medicine practices with modern medicine.
 Finance Track Agreements: India's G-20 presidency focused on creating a framework for
cryptocurrencies, emphasizing the need for robust Multilateral Development Banks and monitoring risks in
the crypto-asset ecosystem.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
474
 India-Mercosur Preferential Trade Agreement (PTA): India and Brazil agreed to expand the India-
Mercosur PTA to enhance economic ties. Mercosur is a trading bloc in Latin America.
 Climate Financing Commitment: The declaration called for a significant increase in climate financing,
emphasizing the need for trillions of dollars to achieve net-zero emissions by 2050.
 India’s Cultural Showcase: The summit highlighted India's rich cultural heritage, including a brass statue
of Lord Buddha and diverse musical traditions.
 Tripling Renewable Energy Capacity: The G20 countries committed to tripling the global renewable
energy capacity by 2030. This aligns with global efforts to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius and
represents a significant shift away from fossil fuels.
 Black Sea Grain Initiative: In light of the impacts of the war in Ukraine on global food and energy
security, G20 leaders called for the full and timely implementation of the Black Sea grain initiative. This
initiative aims to ensure food security and stabilize grain prices.
 India-US Collaboration: India and the US focused on strengthening their technology partnership,
especially in the areas of semiconductor supply chains and telecom infrastructure. They also emphasized
the removal of Chinese telecom equipment and expanded cooperation in domains like space and
artificial intelligence.
 GE F-414 Jet Engine Agreement: A significant step in defense cooperation between the U.S. and India
was marked by the commercial agreement between General Electric Aerospace and Hindustan
Aeronautics Ltd. (HAL) to manufacture GE F-414 jet engines in India.
 Cryptocurrency Framework: Under India's G-20 presidency, there was a foundation laid for a
coordinated policy and regulatory framework for cryptocurrencies. The emergence of a global consensus on
crypto asset regulation was emphasized, and the rapid developments in the crypto-asset ecosystem were
underscored for monitoring potential risks.
Other G-20 Summits:
P20 Summit:
 First ever G20 Parliamentary Speakers’ Summit.
 Concluded at India International Convention Centre, Delhi on October 14, 2023.
 Theme: ‘Parliaments for One Earth, One Family, One Future’.
W-20 Summit:
 Held in Mahabalipuram, Tamil Nadu.
 Theme: 'Women-Led Development- Transform, Thrive and Transcend'.
 Focuses on gender equity and women's empowerment.
 First W20 Summit was in Turkey in 2015.
B20 (Business 20):
 Official G20 dialogue forum for the global business community.
 Theme for B20 India: R.A.I.S.E. (Responsible, Accelerated, Innovative, Sustainable, Equitable
Businesses.)
 PM Narendra Modi addressed the B20 Summit India 2023 in New Delhi.
T20 Summit (Think20):
 Official Engagement Group of the G20.
 Acts as an “idea bank” for the G20.
 Held in Mysuru from 31st July to 2nd August 2023.
 Dr. Samir Saran is the Chair of the Think20 Secretariat.
C-20 (Civil 20) Summit:
 India Chair: Mata Amritanandamayi (spiritual leader)
 Host City: Jaipur, Rajasthan.
 Provides a platform for Civil Society Organizations (CSO).
 Logo: symbolizes the flame of hope, self-motivation, and selfless service.
SAI20 (Supreme Audit Institutions 20) Summit:
 Held in Goa, led by the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) of India.
 Focuses on Blue Economy and Responsible AI.
Startup20 Summit:
 Established under the G20 India Presidency 2023.
 Represents the global startup ecosystem.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
475
 Host city: Gurugram.
S20 Summit (Science20):
 Held at Isha Yoga Center, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu.
 Theme: 'Disruptive Science for Sustainable Development'.
 Chaired by Prof Ashutosh Sharma.
L20 Summit:
 Summits of labor and employment leaders from G20 countries.
 Held in Patna, Bihar
 Topics: 'Universal Social Security' and 'Women and Future of Work'.
 Chair: Shri Hiranmay Pandya, All India President, Bhartiya Mazdoor Sangh
U20 (Urban 20):
 City diplomacy initiative of cities from G20 countries.
 Ahmedabad is the Chair for the 6th edition of U20.
 Chairmanship: Ahmedabad Mayor, Mr. Kirit Parmar.
Y20 (Youth 20) Summit:
 Host City: Varanasi.
 Themes include Future of Work, Peacebuilding, Climate Change, Shared Future, and Health.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
476
299.
299. Maratha Quota
 The Maratha community in Maharashtra has been demanding reservations in educational institutions and
government jobs.
Maratha Community:
 Comprises peasants, landowners, and others, making up nearly 33% of Maharashtra's population.
 Not all Marathi-speaking people belong to the Maratha community.
 Historically identified as a ‘warrior’ caste with significant land holdings.
 Over time, factors like land fragmentation, agrarian distress, unemployment, and lack of educational
opportunities have led to their social and economic backwardness. They play a crucial role in the rural
economy.
 The community has sought reservation under the Socially and Educationally Backward Classes (SEBC)
category.
Timeline of Maratha Reservation Demand:
2017: A commission led by Retired Justice N G Gaikwad recommended reservation for Marathas under
SEBC.
2018: Maharashtra Assembly proposed a 16% reservation for the Maratha community.
2018: The Bombay High Court upheld the reservation but suggested it be 12% in education and 13% in
jobs.
2020: The Supreme Court stayed the reservation's implementation and referred the case for a larger bench.
2021: The Supreme Court struck down the Maratha reservation, citing the 50% cap on total reservations
set in 1992. The Maratha reservation had pushed the overall reservation to 64% and 65% in education and
jobs, respectively.
2022: Post the Supreme Court upholding the 10% quota for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS), the state
government stated that economically weaker Marathas could benefit from the EWS quota until the Maratha
reservation issue is resolved.
Indira Sawhney Judgment (1992):
 The Supreme Court set a 50% cap on reservations.
 Exceptions to this rule are only for extraordinary situations to integrate remote area populations into the
mainstream.
 The court found no "exceptional circumstances" in Maharashtra to breach this limit.
 The state cannot accord backward status to a community; only the president can modify the central list of
socially and backward classes. States can merely make "suggestions".
Supreme Court's Observations (2021):
 Upheld the validity of the 102nd Constitution Amendment.
 Stated that separate reservation for Marathas violates Articles 14 (right to equality) and 21 (due process
of law).
102nd Amendment Act of 2018:
 Introduced Articles 338B and 342A in the Constitution.
 Article 338B established the National Commission for Backward Classes.
 Article 342A empowers the President to specify the socially and educationally backward communities
in a State.
 The Parliament has the authority to include a community in the Central List for socially and backward
classes for reservation benefits.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
477
300.
300. Stocktake Report
 Released by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) before the
18th G-20 summit in New Delhi.
 Contains 17 main findings related to the Paris Agreement objectives.
Purpose of Global Stocktake:
 Established under the 2015 Paris Agreement.
 Evaluates countries' Greenhouse Gas (GHG) reduction efforts every five years.
 Encourages nations to elevate their climate ambitions.
Key Recommendations:
 Recognize the urgency of the climate crisis through the Paris Agreement.
 Transition from fossil fuels ensuring fairness.
 Boost renewable energy, eliminate unabated fossil fuels, and reverse deforestation.
 Global adaptation to climate change is fragmented; transparent reporting is needed.
 Immediate action required to manage climate risks and support affected communities.
 Align financial flows with climate-resilient development.
Impact:
 Influenced the G20 Leaders Declaration 2023.
 Emphasized the need for USD 5.8-5.9 trillion before 2030 for developing countries and USD 4 trillion
annually by 2030 for clean energy.
UNFCCC (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change)
 Established in 1992 during the Earth Summit in Rio.
 Entered into force on March 21, 1994.
 Has near universal membership with 197 Parties.
 Secretariat initially in Geneva, moved to Bonn, Germany in 1996.
Objective:
 Stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations to prevent dangerous interference with the climate system.
 Ensure food production isn't threatened and allow sustainable economic development.
Institutional Arrangements:
 Conference of the Parties (COP): Supreme decision-making body.
 Subsidiary Bodies: SBSTA (Scientific and Technological Advice) and SBI (Implementation).
Paris Agreement on Climate Change
 Legally binding global agreement under UNFCCC adopted in 2015 during COP21.
 Replaced the Kyoto Protocol.
Aims:
 Combat climate change and limit global warming to below 2°C, aiming for 1.5°C above pre-industrial
levels.
 Reduce greenhouse gas emissions, adapt to climate change impacts, and support developing countries.
Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs):
 Countries submit and update their NDCs every 5 years.
 NDCs are pledges to reduce emissions and adapt to climate change impacts.
Performance (as per the State of the Global Climate 2022 report):
 Last eight years (2015-2022) have been the warmest on record.
 Failed to achieve even the 2°C target.
 Inequitable phasing out of fossil fuels.
 Lack of disaster risk reduction and climate risk management plans.
09717289708 | w 6390573333
478
301.
301. NavIC Integration in Smartphones
 India's Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology is pushing for mandatory NavIC support
in devices.
 The recent Apple iPhone 15 has incorporated NavIC, an innovation by ISRO.
 NavIC is designed to work alongside, not replace, existing global navigation systems.
Government's Strategy:
 The goal is to have NavIC as a standard feature in all Indian smartphones by 2025, with an emphasis on 5G
devices.
 Incentives might be offered to manufacturers through the Production-Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme for
adopting NavIC-compatible chips.
NavIC's Evolution:
09717289708 | w 6390573333
479
 In May 2023, ISRO introduced the second generation of Navigation satellites to amplify NavIC's
reach.
 These satellites will utilize an additional L1 frequency, promoting compatibility with other global
navigation systems.
 This step aligns with India's ambition to be a leader in space technology.
NavIC Essentials:
 A standalone navigation system by ISRO, active since 2018.
 Delivers real-time location services in India and its surrounding 1500 km radius.
 Comprises 7 operational satellites: a mix of geostationary and geosynchronous orbits.
 Gained acknowledgment from the International Maritime Organization (IMO) in 2020 for its role in the
Indian Ocean Region.
Applications:
 Navigation for land, air, and sea.
 Aid during disasters.
 Monitoring vehicles and managing fleets.
 Integration with mobile devices.
 Ensuring accurate timing for systems like ATMs and power grids.
 Geographical mapping and data collection.
Importance to India:
 Tech Independence: Diminishes dependency on international systems, such as GPS, highlighting India's
technological self-reliance.
 Precision & Reliability: Offers dependable location services, especially tailored for the Indian region.
 Customized for India: Crafted considering India's unique geographical challenges, ensuring optimal
location services.
 Catalyst for Innovation: The integration of NavIC can spur the creation of region-specific apps and
services.
Global Navigation Systems:
 U.S. - GPS
 Russia - GLONASS
 European Union – Galileo
 China - BeiDou
Regional Navigation Systems:
 India - NavIC
 Japan – QZSS
Indian Space Research Organisation (ISRO)
 Operates under the Department of Space, Government of India.
 Located in Bengaluru, Karnataka.
 Vision: Harness space technology for national development and conduct space research.
 Antrix Corporation Limited is ISRO's commercial arm.
 Current chairman: Shri S. Somanath.
 Previously known as the Indian National Committee for Space Research (INCOSPAR) founded in 1962
by Dr. Vikram Sarabhai, within the Department of Atomic Energy.
 ISRO was founded in the year 1969.
 Initial focus: communication satellites, remote sensing, and space transportation.
 First Indian spacecraft: 'Aryabhata'.
Achievements:
 Established the INSAT system, a major communication satellite system.
 Has a large constellation of remote sensing satellites.
 Notable missions: AstroSat, Mars Orbiter Mission (MOM), Chandrayaan-1, 2 & 3.
 Chandrayaan-3 is the first Moon Mission to make successful landing on the Lunar South Pole.
Launch Vehicles:

 Developed PSLV (for earth-observation satellites) and GSLV (for communication satellites).

Current Affairs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Current Affairs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Current Affairs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bhopal 9109108421 | Indore 9109108422 | Jaipur 9109108430| Jodhpur 9109108419 | Jabalpur 9039911553 | Lucknow 9109108172| Nagpur 9109108171 | Ranchi

You might also like